ML042470018: Difference between revisions

From kanterella
Jump to navigation Jump to search
(StriderTol Bot change)
(StriderTol Bot change)
 
Line 17: Line 17:


=Text=
=Text=
{{#Wiki_filter:ATTACHMENT 3 VIRGINIA ELECTRIC AND POWER COMPANY DOMINION NUCLEAR CONNECTICUT, INC.
{{#Wiki_filter:}}
SURRY POWER STATION UNITS 1 AND 2 AND ISFSI NORTH ANNA POWER STATION UNITS 1 AND 2 AND ISFSI MILLSTONE POWER STATION UNITS 1, 2 AND 3 AND ISFSI ASSOCIATED RADIOACTIVE MATERIAL PACKAGES NUCLEAR FACILITY QUALITY ASSURANCE PROGRAM DESCRIPTION TOPICAL REPORT DOM-QA-1, REVISION 0 AUGUST 24, 2004 COMPARATIVE ANALYSIS OF CURRENT N45.2 SERIES QA STANDARDS TO NQA-1-1994 STANDARDS 429 PAGES FOLLOW
 
THE FOLLOWING TABLES PROVIDE COMPARISON OF THE NQA-1-1994 QUALITY ASSURANCE STANDARDS TO THE N45.2 AND RELATED QA STANDARDS THAT FORM THE BASIS OF THE CURRENT QA PROGRAMS FOR DOMINIONS NUCLEAR FACILITIES.
AS MUCH AS PRACTICAL, THE TABLES ARE ARRANGED IN THE ORDER OF THE TEXT FROM THE NQA-1 STANDARDS IN THE CENTER COLUMN WITH THE APPROPRIATE CURRENT STANDARDS REFERENCE IN THE LEFT COLUMN. COMMENTS ON DIFFERENCES ARE CONTAINED IN THE RIGHT HAND COLUMN. NQA-1 STANDARDS THAT DID NOT HAVE A CORRESPONDING CURRENT STANDARD ARE NOT INCLUDED IN THE COMPARISON TABLES (I.E. SUBPARTS 2.7, 2.18, 2.20).
BOOKMARKS ARE INCLUDED TO ALLOW FOR NAVIGATION TO SPECIFIC SECTIONS.
 
CRITERION 1                                          BASIC REQUIREMENT 1                                              COMMENTS ANSI N45.2-1977/N18.7-1976                                            NQA-1 1994 N45.2 § 2 ¶ 2 - The program shall define the                The organizational structure, functional responsibilities, Similar requirement, but NQA-1 addresses this in the organizational structure within which the Quality            levels of authority, and lines of communication for        Introduction to Part I, § 2 Applicability.
Assurance Program is to be planned and implemented          activities affecting quality shall be documented.
and shall clearly delineate the responsibility and authority                                                            Overall Note: Aspects from N45.2 and N18.7 dealing of the various personnel and organizations involved.                                                                    with qualification and training are addressed with N45.2 § 3 ¶ 1 - The organizational structure, functional                                                                Criterion 2, and Reg. Guide 1.8 regarding selection, responsibilities, levels of authority, and lines of internal                                                            training and qualification of personnel.
and external communication for management, direction and execution of the Quality Assurance Program shall be documented.
N45.2 § 1.2 ¶ 1 - This standard is intended to apply to the facility owners, major contractors, such as the nuclear steam supply system designer or supplier, process equipment designer or supplier, the architect-engineer or facility designer, the constructor, and other organizations participating in activities affecting quality.
N18.7§ 3.2 ¶ 1 Assignment of Authority and Responsibility. It is essential that all members of the organization involved in operation of nuclear power plants, including those at the highest management levels, recognize the necessity that the plants be operated under a well formulated and detailed administrative controls and quality assurance program to assure safety and efficiency. Lines of authority, responsibility and communication shall be established from the highest management level through intermediate levels to and including the onsite operating organization (including those offsite organizational units assigned responsibility for procurement, design and construction, quality assurance, and technical support activities). These relationships shall be documented and updated, as appropriate, in the form of organizational charts, functional descriptions of departmental responsibilities and relationships and job descriptions for key personnel positions or in equivalent forms of documentation.
N18.7§ 3.2 ¶ 2 The owner organization shall specify in writing the authority and responsibility assigned individuals and organizations involved in establishing, executing and measuring the overall effectiveness of the administrative controls and quality assurance program required by this Standard.
N 45.2 §3 ¶ 2 - The authority and responsibility of          Persons or organizations responsible for assuring that an  Similar requirement.
04/19/04                                                                            Organization                                                                    Page 1 of 6
 
CRITERION 1                                            BASIC REQUIREMENT 1                                            COMMENTS ANSI N45.2-1977/N18.7-1976                                          NQA-1 1994 persons and organization performing activities shall be      appropriate quality assurance program has been clearly established. Persons and organizations performing    established and verifying that activities affecting quality quality assurance functions shall have sufficient            have been correctly performed shall have sufficient authority, access to work areas, and organizational          authority, access to work areas, and organizational freedom to:                                                  freedom to:
(1) identify quality problems;                              (a) identify quality problems; (2) initiate, recommend, or provide solutions to quality    (b) initiate, recommend, or provide solutions to quality problems through designated channels;                        problems through designated channels; (3) verify implementation of solutions; and                  (c) verify implementation of solutions; and (4) control further processing, delivery, installation, of a (d) assure that further processing, delivery, installation, nonconforming item, deficiency, or unsatisfactory            or use is controlled until proper disposition of a condition until proper dispositioning has occurred.          nonconformance, deficiency, or unsatisfactory condition N18.7 § 3.2 ¶ 4 Persons or organizations performing          has occurred.
functions of assuring that the administrative controls and quality assurance program is established and implemented or of assuring that an activity has been correctly performed shall have sufficient authority and organizational freedom to: identify quality problems; initiate, recommend or provide solutions, through designated channels; and verify implementation of solutions.
N45.2 § 3 ¶ 3 The person or organization responsible for    Such persons or organizations shall have direct access to  Similar requirement.
defining and measuring the overall effectiveness of the      responsible management at a level where appropriate Quality Assurance Program shall be designated, shall be      action can be effected. Such persons or organizations sufficiently independent from the pressures of production    shall report to a management level such that required and shall have direct access to responsible management at    authority and organizational freedom are provided, a level where appropriate action can be required, and        including sufficient independence from cost and schedule shall report regularly on the effectiveness of the program. considerations.
N18.7 § 3.2 ¶ 3 The persons or organizations responsible for defining and measuring the overall effectiveness of the program shall be designated, shall be sufficiently independent from cost and scheduling considerations when opposed to safety considerations, shall have direct access to responsible management at a level where appropriate action can be accomplished, and shall report regularly on the effectiveness of the program to the plant manager and the cognizant offsite management.
SUPPLEMENT 1S-1 Supplementary Requirements for Organization 1 GENERAL This Supplement provides amplified requirements for organization.
04/19/04                                                                            Organization                                                      Page 2 of 6
 
CRITERION 1                                        BASIC REQUIREMENT 1                                                COMMENTS ANSI N45.2-1977/N18.7-1976                                          NQA-1 1994 It supplements the requirements of Basic Requirement 1 of this Part (Part I) and shall be used in conjunction with that Basic Requirement when and to the extent specified by the organization invoking this Part (Part I).
2 RESPONSIBILITY 2.1 Purpose N45.2 § 3 ¶ 4 The organizational structure and the        The organizational structure and the responsibility        Similar requirement.
functional responsibility assignments shall be such that  assignments shall be such that:
N18.7 § 3.2 ¶ 5 The organizational structure and the functional responsibility assignment shall be such that:
N45.2 § 3 ¶ 4 (1) attainment of quality objectives is      (a) quality is achieved and maintained by those who have    Similar requirement.
accomplished by those who have been assigned              been assigned responsibility for performing work; and responsibility for performing work; e.g. the designer, the welder, or the nuclear facility operator. This may included interim examinations, checks, and inspections of the work by the individual performing the work.
N18.7 § 3.2 ¶ 5 (1) Attainment of program objectives is accomplished by those who have been assigned responsibility for performing work. This may include interim examinations, checks, and inspections of the work by the individual performing the work.
N45.2 § 3 ¶ 4 (2) verification of conformance to          (b) quality achievement is verified by persons or          Similar requirement.
established quality requirements is accomplished by those  organizations not directly responsible for performing the  N18.7 includes a statement that the verification also who do not have direct responsibility for performing the  work.                                                      cannot be done by the person directly supervising the work; e.g., the design reviewer, the checker, the                                                                      work. NQA-1 addresses the independence in the inspector, or the tester                                                                                              respective sections of design control (Criterion III),
N18.7 § 3.2 ¶ 5 (2) Verification of conformance to                                                                    inspection (Criterion X), and testing (Criterion XI).
established program requirements is accomplished by a                                                                  There is no specific requirement or definition for the qualified person who does not have responsibility for                                                                  checker as stated in N45.2. This checking could be performing or directly supervising the work. The method                                                                accomplished by any of the other three functions.
and extent of such verification shall be commensurate with the importance of the activity to plant safety and reliability.
2.2 Delegation of Work N45.2 § 1.3 ¶ 1 - The facility owner or his designated    The individual(s) or organization(s) responsible for        Similar requirement for N45.2 and NQA-1. N18-7 goes representative and other organizations are also            establishing and executing a quality assurance program      into details that are covered in the integrated QAPD responsible for assuring that the necessary and            under this Standard may delegate any or all of the work    through other sections of Section 1, Organization, such as appropriate requirements of this standard are invoked. to others but shall retain responsibility therefore.        description of site executive management and nuclear The facility owner may delegate to other organizations                                                                oversight. However, overall the QAPD and NQA-1-1994 the work of establishing and executing the Quality                                                                    meet the intent of these sections for both N45.2 and Assurance Program or any part thereof, but shall retain                                                                N18.7.
responsibility for overall program effectiveness. In no 04/19/04                                                                          Organization                                                                      Page 3 of 6
 
CRITERION 1                                          BASIC REQUIREMENT 1                                                COMMENTS ANSI N45.2-1977/N18.7-1976                                            NQA-1 1994 way shall the program operate to diminish the responsibility of any contractor for the quality of items or services furnished or for execution of the contractors designated portion of the Quality Assurance Program.
ANS N18.7 § 3.4.2 The Plant Manager shall have overall responsibility for the execution of the administrative controls and quality assurance program at the plant to assure safety. An individual or organizational unit knowledgeable and experienced in nuclear power plant operational phase activities and quality assurance practices shall be designated and assigned the responsibility to verify that the program is being effectively implemented. Depending on the organizational structure, the individual or organizational unit may report functionally to onsite plant management or an offsite organization (see also 3.2). Reporting to onsite plant management is preferable since such an arrangement actually results in improved communications in identifying problems and initiating corrective action.
The individual or organizational unit in this case may receive technical guidance from offsite support groups.
This individual's or organizational unit's duties and responsibilities shall be such that the required attention can be devoted, as required, to verifying that the program is being effectively executed. The individual or organizational unit shall report on the effectiveness of the program to the Plant Manager and to other cognizant management as may be designated. Their activities shall be periodically audited by designated offsite personnel.
2.3 Nonconforming Items Responsibility for the control of further processing,      Addressed in implementing procedures.
delivery, installation, or operation of nonconforming items shall be designated in writing.
3 MULTIPLE ORGANIZATIONS 3.1 Responsibility N45.2 § 3 ¶ 1 - Where multiple organizational                Where more than one organization is involved in the        Similar requirement.
arrangements exist, the responsibility of each              execution of activities covered by this Part (Part I), the Additional explanatory information from N45.2 and organization shall be clearly established.                  responsibility and authority of each organization shall be N18.7 is more a factor of the founding principles and N45.2 § 3 ¶ 5 In structuring the organization and            clearly established and documented.                        policy of quality assurance. Much of this is addressed in assigning responsibility, quality assurance should be                                                                  the Policy section of the QAPD. Additional information recognized as an interdisciplinary function involving                                                                  is contained in the various sections of the QAPD related many organizational components and, therefore, should                                                                  to the specific functions such as inspections, testing, 04/19/04                                                                            Organization                                                                    Page 4 of 6
 
CRITERION 1                                        BASIC REQUIREMENT 1                                              COMMENTS ANSI N45.2-1977/N18.7-1976                                          NQA-1 1994 not be regarded as the sole domain of a single quality                                                                auditing, design reviews, and independent reviews by the assurance group. For example, it may be more                                                                          review bodies and the SNS function.
appropriate for design engineers to perform design reviews rather than quality assurance engineers because of the special competence required to perform these reviews. Quality assurance encompasses many functions and activities and extends to various levels in all participating organizations, from the top executive to all workers whose activities may influence quality.
N18.7 § 3.2 In structuring the organization and assigning responsibility, quality assurance should be recognized as an interdisciplinary function involving many organizational components and, therefore, should not be regarded as the sole domain of a single quality assurance group. For example, it may be more appropriate for nuclear engineers to perform reviews of plant nuclear engineering activities rather than quality assurance engineers because of the special competence required to perform these reviews. Quality assurance encompasses many functions and activities and extends to various levels in all participating organizations, from the top executive to all workers whose activities may influence quality.
3.2 Interface Control N18.7 § 3.4 Onsite Operating Organization                  3.2.1 The external interfaces between organizations and  N45.2 and N18.7 only address interface control with 3.4.1 General. A number of factors influence                the internal interfaces between organizational units, and external organizations related to the design control management in its decision regarding the establishment      changes thereto, shall be documented.                    function. However, this should have further controls of an onsite operating organization. These include the                                                                where external organizations provide a quality function owner organization's established staffing policies, the                                                              for the facility, such as a contractor performing physical size and complexity of the nuclear power plant,                                                              construction activities, or providing an audit service, as the number of units, the extent of assistance provided by                                                            well as other functions.
offsite technical support organizations, the extent of                                                                N18.7 focuses only on the onsite operating organization reliance on consultants and the availability of qualified                                                            functions. This particular section provides more of a personnel from other sources to assist in activities, such                                                            philosophy on the initial onsite organization and changes as initial start-up, refueling, maintenance or modification                                                          thereto rather than any specific requirements.
work.
A nuclear power plant onsite operating organization may change with time. For example, the number and qualifications of personnel making up the onsite technical support staff can generally be reduced as a plant progresses through initial operation to operational maturity. Management shall give careful consideration to 04/19/04                                                                          Organization                                                                      Page 5 of 6
 
CRITERION 1                                          BASIC REQUIREMENT 1                                          COMMENTS ANSI N45.2-1977/N18.7-1976                                          NQA-1 1994 the timing and extent of such changes.
3.2.2 Interface responsibilities shall be defined and documented.
N18.7 § 3.4.2 Requirements for the Onsite Operating                                                              N18.7 provides specific requirements for the minimum Organization. The onsite operating organization shall                                                            discipline experience of the onsite operating staff. The include one or more individuals knowledgeable in the                                                              experience and qualification requirements for selecting following fields: nuclear power plant operation; nuclear                                                          and training onsite and offsite staff are addressed in power plant mechanical, electrical and electronic                                                                Section 2 of the QAPD and the company commitment to systems; nuclear engineering; chemistry and                                                                      Reg. Guide 1.8 as defined in that section.
radiochemistry; radiation protection; and quality                                                                N18.7 also addresses positions requiring NRC license assurance. Initial incumbents or replacements for                                                                requirements. This is likewise addressed in Section 2 of members of the onsite operating organization and offsite                                                          the QAPD and the specific commitment to Reg. Guide technical support organizations shall have appropriate                                                            1.8 addressed therein.
experience, training and retraining to assure that                                                                N18.7 requires the minimum staffing levels of licensed necessary competence is maintained in accordance with                                                            personnel who shall be present during various operating the provisions of American National Standard for                                                                  conditions and situations to be specified. These staffing Selection and Training of Nuclear Power Plant Personnel,                                                          levels will be specified in the applicable facilities N18.1-1971. [4] Personnel whose qualifications do not                                                            technical specifications rather than the QAPD.
meet those specified in N18.1 and who are performing inspection, examination, and testing activities during the operations phase of the plant, including preoperational and start-up testing, shall be qualified to American National Standard Qualifications of Inspection, Examination, and Testing Personnel for the Construction Phase of Nuclear Power Plants, N45.2.6-1973 [5], except that the QA experience cited for Levels I, II, and III should be interpreted to mean actual experience in carrying out the types of inspection, examination, or testing activity being performed.
The owner organization shall designate those positions in the onsite operating organization, which shall be filled by personnel holding NRC reactor operator and senior reactor operator licenses. Requirements for the minimum number of personnel holding such licenses who shall be present at the plant under various operating conditions and situations shall also be specified.
04/19/04                                                                          Organization                                                                  Page 6 of 6
 
CRITERION 2                                          BASIC REQUIREMENT 2                                    COMMENTS ANSI N45.2-1977/N18.7-1976                                          NQA-1 1994
: 2. QUALITY ASSURANCE PROGRAM N45.2 §1.3 ¶1 - It is the responsibility of the facility  A documented quality assurance program shall be            Similar requirement.
owner to provide for the establishment and execution of a  planned, implemented, and maintained in accordance with Quality Assurance Program for the facility consistent with this Part (Part I), or portions thereof.
the provisions of this standard.
N45.2 §1.3 ¶1 - The facility owner or his designated      The program shall identify the activities and items to      Similar requirement.
representative and other organizations invoking this      which it applies.
standard are responsible for identifying the structures, systems, and components and for specifying the extent to which the provisions of this standard apply.
§2 ¶3 - The program shall identify the items and services to which this and other standards apply.
N45.2 §2 ¶1 - The establishment of the program shall      The establishment of the program shall include              Similar requirement.
include considerations of the technical aspects of the    consideration of the technical aspects of the activities activities to be performed. The program shall contain      affecting quality.
provisions to assure identification of and compliance with requirements of pertinent ANSI and other recognized and appropriate engineering codes, standards, requirements, and practices.
N45.2 §2 ¶3 - Since items and services will differ in      The program shall provide control over activities affecting Similar requirement.
regard to relative safety, reliability, and performance    quality to an extent consistent with their importance.
importance, various methods or levels of control and verification may be used to assure adequate quality.
Regardless of the methods or levels used, the program shall provide for the assurance of quality consistent with applicable codes, standards, and other requirements. Some factors to be considered in assigning methods or levels of quality assurance are as follows: (1) the consequence of malfunction or failure of the item; (2) the design and fabrication complexity or uniqueness of the item; (3) the need for special controls and surveillance over processes and equipment; (4) the degree to which functional compliance can be demonstrated by inspection or test; (5) the quality history and degree of standardization of the item; (6) the difficulty of repair or replacement N45.2 §2 ¶1 - A documented Quality Assurance Program      The program shall be established at the earliest time      Similar requirement.
which complies with the applicable sections and elements  consistent with the schedule for accomplishing the of this standard shall be established at the earliest      activities.
04/21/04                                                          Quality Assurance Program                                                Page 1 of 26
 
CRITERION 2                                          BASIC REQUIREMENT 2                                      COMMENTS ANSI N45.2-1977/N18.7-1976                                            NQA-1 1994 practical time consistent with the schedule for accomplishing the activities for the nuclear facility.
N45.2 §2 ¶6 - The program shall provide for the              The program shall provide for the planning and              Similar requirements.
accomplishment of activities affecting quality under        accomplishment of activities affecting quality under suitably controlled conditions. Controlled conditions        suitably controlled conditions. Controlled conditions include the use of appropriate equipment, suitable          include the use of appropriate equipment, suitable environmental conditions for accomplishing the activity,    environmental conditions for accomplishing the activity, and assurance that prerequisites for the given activity have and assurance that prerequisites for the given activity have been satisfied. The program shall take into account the      been satisfied. The program shall provide for any special need for special controls, processes, test equipment, tools, controls, processes, test equipment, tools, and skills to and skills to attain the required quality and the need for  attain the required quality and for verification of quality.
verification of quality by inspection, examination, or test.
N45.2 -The program shall define the organizational          The program shall provide for indoctrination and training,  Organizational structure is covered in structure within which the Quality Assurance Program is      as necessary, of personnel performing activities affecting  Basic Requirement 1 of NQA-1 and to be planned and implemented and shall clearly delineate    quality to assure that suitable proficiency is achieved and  Section 1 of the QAPD. NQA-1 the responsibility and authority of the various personnel    maintained.                                                  focuses on indoctrination and training and organizations involved.                                                                                              of personnel under this basic requirement, as covered in QAPD, Section 2.
The program shall provide for the regular review, by        Management of those organizations implementing the          Similar requirement.
management of organizations participating in the program,    quality assurance program, or portions thereof, shall of the status and adequacy of that part of the Quality      regularly assess the adequacy of that part of the program Assurance Program for which they have designated            for which they are responsible and shall assure its responsibility.                                              effective implementation.
Note: ANSI N45.2.6 addresses the qualification of            Note: Supplement 2S-1 provides requirements while            NRC Reg. Guides 1.8 and 1.28 require inspection and test personnel.                              Appendix 2A-1 is considered nonmandatory (by NQA-1)          using NQA-1, Appendix 2A-1 for guidance on qualification of inspection and test personnel. inspection and test personnel qualification.
ANSI N45.2.6 QUALIFICATIONS OF INSPECTION,                  SUPPLEMENT 2S-1 EXAMINATION AND TESTING PERSONNEL FOR                        Supplementary Requirements for the Qualification of NUCLEAR POWER PLANTS                                        Inspection and Test Personnel
: 1. INTRODUCTION                                              1 GENERAL 1.1 Scope This Standard delineates the requirements for the            This Supplement provides amplified requirements for the      NQA-1 does not define examination qualification of personnel who perform inspection,          qualification of personnel who perform inspection and        separate from inspection and testing, examination, and testing to verify conformance to            testing to verify conformance to specified requirements for  but the intent is the same.
specified requirements of nuclear power plant items          the purpose of acceptability.
(structures, systems, and components of nuclear power 04/21/04                                                            Quality Assurance Program                                                        Page 2 of 26
 
CRITERION 2                                    BASIC REQUIREMENT 2              COMMENTS ANSI N45.2-1977/N18.7-1976                                    NQA-1 1994 plants) whose satisfactory performance is required to prevent postulated accidents which could cause undue risk to the health and safety of the public; or to mitigate the consequences of such accidents if they were to occur. The requirements may also be extended to other items of nuclear power plants when specified in contract documents.
Regulatory Guide-1.58 C-1 The requirements for qualification of nuclear power plant inspection, examination, and testing personnel (4) that are included in ANSI N45.2.6-1978 are acceptable to the NRC staff and provide an adequate basis for complying with the pertinent quality assurance requirements of Appendix B to CFR Part 50, subject to the following:
(4)The terms "inspection," "examination," and "testing" are defined in Section 1.4, "Definition," of ANSI N45.2.6-1978. 1. Section 1.2, "Applicability," of ANSI N45.2.6-1978 states that the standard applies "to personnel who perform inspections, examinations, and tests. . .during preoperational and startup testing, and during operational phases of nuclear power plants." However, for qualification of personnel (1) who approve preoperational, startup, and operational test procedures and test results and (2) who direct or supervise the conduct of individual preoperational, startup, and operational tests, the guidelines contained in Regulatory Guide 1.8, "Personnel Selection and Training," should be followed in lieu of the guidelines of ANSI N45.2.6-1978.
1.2 Applicability The requirements of this Standard apply to personnel who                                  Applicability of NQA-1-1994 is perform inspections, examinations, and tests during                                      addressed in the Introduction (Section fabrication prior to and during receipt of items at the                                  I- 2, not in each section.)
construction site, during construction, during preoperational and startup testing, and during operational phases of nuclear power plants. The requirements of this Standard do not apply to personnel who perform inspections for government or municipal authorities, or who perform as authorized inspectors in accordance with the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. The 04/21/04                                                      Quality Assurance Program                              Page 3 of 26
 
CRITERION 2                                    BASIC REQUIREMENT 2 COMMENTS ANSI N45.2-1977/N18.7-1976                                    NQA-1 1994 requirements of this Standard are not intended to apply to personnel who only perform inspection, examination, or testing in accordance with ANST "Recommended Practice No. SNT-TC-1A", since these personnel are certified in accordance with the requirements of SNT-TC-1A and its applicable supplements. The requirements of this Standard are optional, at the discretion of the employer, for application to personnel who perform calibration or to craftsmen who perform installation checkouts as part of their basic installation responsibility to ready the installation for preoperational testing.
Regulatory Guide-1.58 C-2. Section 1.2, "Applicability," of ANSI N45.2.6-1978 states: "The requirements of this Standard are not intended to apply to personnel who only perform inspection, examination, or testing in accordance with ASNT
'Recommended Practice No. SNT-TC-1A', since these personnel are certified in accordance with the requirements of SNT-TC-1A and its applicable supplements." SNT-TC-1A-1975 is acceptable for the qualification of personnel performing nondestructive examinations and should be used where applicable, subject to the following: a. SNT-TC-1A-1975 applies to qualification of nondestructive testing personnel for the following nondestructive test methods: (1) Radiographic Testing; (2) Magnetic Particle Testing; (3) Ultrasonic Testing; (4) Liquid Penetrant Testing;(5) Eddy Current Testing;(6)
Neutron Radiographic Testing; and (7) Leak Testing. b. For qualification of personnel performing nondestructive examinations required by Section III and Section XI of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, SNT-TC-1A-1975 should be used in conjunction with the additional provisions of the Code.
Regulatory Guide-1.58 C-3. Section 1.2, "Applicability,"
of ANSI N45.2.6-1978 states: "The ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, as well as other ANSI Standards, have been considered in the development of the Standard, and this Standard is intended to be compatible with their requirements." While Section III and Section XI of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code address requirements for the qualifications of certain personnel who perform inspection, examination, and testing, these 04/21/04                                                        Quality Assurance Program            Page 4 of 26
 
CRITERION 2                                    BASIC REQUIREMENT 2            COMMENTS ANSI N45.2-1977/N18.7-1976                                    NQA-1 1994 sections do not address the qualification of all personnel described in ANSI Standard N45.2.6.-1978. ANSI N45.2.6-1978, subject to the exceptions of the regulatory positions, should be used in conjunction with Section III and Section XI of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code for the qualification of inspection, examination, and testing personnel where the ASME Code does not address the requirements covered by ANSI N45.2.6-1978.
Regulatory Guide-1.58 C-4. Section 1.5, "Referenced Documents," of ANSI N45.2.6-1978 states: "Other documents that are required to be included as a part of this Standard are either identified at the point of reference or described in Section 6 of this Standard." The specific applicability or acceptability of listed standards has been or will be covered separately in other regulatory guides, where appropriate.
Regulatory Guide-1.58 C-9. Section 1.2, "Applicability,"
of ANSI N45.2.6-1978 states: "The requirements of this Standard do not apply to personnel who perform inspections for government or municipal authorities, or who perform as authorized inspectors in accordance with the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code." The requirements and recommendations of ANSI N45.2.6-1978, subject to the provisions of Regulatory Positions 1 through 8, are considered acceptable for use by or for all NRC permit holders and licensees, including those that are government or municipal authorities.
This Standard is to be used in conjunction with ANSI                                      NQA-1 incorporates ANSI N45.2.
N45.2. The requirements apply to personnel of the owners,                                  NQA-1 is also intended to be architect-engineers, nuclear power plant system designers                                  compatible with ASME Boiler and and system suppliers, plant designers and plant                                            Pressure Vessel Code.
constructors, equipment suppliers, outside testing agencies, and consultants. The ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, as well as other ANSI Standards have been considered in the development of the standard, and this Standard is intended to be compatible with their requirements.
1.3 Responsibility It is the responsibility of each organization participating in                            Responsibility is defined in the 04/21/04                                                      Quality Assurance Program                              Page 5 of 26
 
CRITERION 2                                          BASIC REQUIREMENT 2                                      COMMENTS ANSI N45.2-1977/N18.7-1976                                            NQA-1 1994 the project to assure that only those personnel within their                                                              Introduction to Part I of NQA-1-1994, respective organizations who meet the requirements of this                                                                Section 3.
Standard are permitted to perform inspection, examination, and testing activities covered by this Standard that verify conformance to quality requirements.
The organization or organizations responsible for establishing the applicable requirements for activities covered by this Standard shall be identified and the scope of their responsibility shall be documented. The work of establishing selection and training practices and qualification procedures and of providing the resources in terms of personnel, equipment, and services necessary to implement the requirements of this Standard, may be deleted to other qualified organizations and such delegations be documented. It is the responsibility of each organization using personnel covered by this Standard to conform to the requirements of this Standard applicable to the organization's work. It is the responsibility of the organization performing these activities to specify the detailed methods and procedures for meeting the requirements of this Standard, unless they are specified in the contract documents.
1.4 Definitions 1.4.1 Inspection. A phase of quality control which by        inspection - examination or measurement to verify            Similar means of examination, observation, or measurement            whether an item or activity conforms to specified determines the conformance of materials, supplies, parts,    requirements (From NQA-1-1994, Part I - Introduction) components, appurtenances, systems, processes, or structures to predetermined quality requirements 1.4.2 Examination. An element of action consisting of        (NQA-1-1994, Part II definitions)                            NQA-1 Subpart 2.8 defines investigation of materials, supplies, parts, components,    examination - an element of inspection consisting of          examination similar to ANSI N45.2.6 appurtenances, systems, processes, or structures to          investigation of materials, components, supplies, and determine conformance to those specified requirements        services to determine conformance to those specified which can be determined by such investigation.              requirements which can be determined by such Examination is usually nondestructive and includes simply    investigation. Examination is usually nondestructive and physical manipulation, gaging, and measurement              includes simple physical manipulation, gaging, and measurement.
1.4.3 Testing. The determination or verification of the      testing - an element of verification for the determination of NQA-1 defines testing similar to capability of an item to meet specified requirements by      the capability of an item to meet specified requirements by  ANSI N45.2.6 04/21/04                                                            Quality Assurance Program                                                        Page 6 of 26
 
CRITERION 2                                            BASIC REQUIREMENT 2                                      COMMENTS ANSI N45.2-1977/N18.7-1976                                            NQA-1 1994 subjecting the item to a set of physical, chemical,          subjecting the item to a set of physical, chemical, environmental, or operating conditions.                      environmental, or operating conditions 1.4.4 Refer to ANSI N45.2.10 for other definitions to be                                                                  NQA-1 contains definitions in the used in conjunction with this Standard.                                                                                    Introduction to Part I that are used with this section.
It supplements the requirements of Basic Requirement 2 of    Not a requirement.
this Part (Part I) and shall be used in conjunction with that Basic Requirement when and to the extent specified by the organization invoking this Part (Part I). The requirements of this Supplement do not apply to the qualification of personnel for performance of nondestructive examination.
1.5 Referenced Documents Other documents that are required to be included as a part                                                                Not a requirement.
of this Standard are either identified at the point of reference or described in Section 6 of this Standard. The issue or edition of the referenced document that is required will be specified either at the point of reference or in Section 6 of this Standard.
N18.7 - 3.3 Indoctrination and Training.                    2 CERTIFICATION Provisions shall be made for indoctrination and training of                                                                N18.7 and NQA-1 have similar those personnel in the owner organization performing                                                                      requirements for qualification and activities affecting quality to assure that suitable                                                                      training. NQA-1 covers this with proficiency is achieved and maintained. Such personnel                                                                    section 2.1 through 2.7 below. In also shall be provided training concerning the                                                                            addition, NQA-1, SUPPLEMENT administrative controls and quality assurance program                                                                      2S-4, calls out additional which, as a minimum, shall include the following areas:                                                                    indoctrination and training overall company policies, procedures, or instructions                                                                      requirements. Intent of the standards which establish the program; procedures or instructions                                                                    is consistent, although NQA-1-1994 is which implement the program related to the specific job-                                                                  more specific.
related activity.
: 2. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS                                      2.1 Qualification Requirements 2.1 Planning Plans shall be developed for staffing, indoctrination, and                                                                NQA-1 addresses Planning in Part II.
training of an adequate number of personnel to perform the required actions, examinations, and tests and shall reflect the schedule of project activity so as to know adequate time for assignment or selection and training of the required personnel.
04/21/04                                                            Quality Assurance Program                                                          Page 7 of 26
 
CRITERION 2                                            BASIC REQUIREMENT 2                                    COMMENTS ANSI N45.2-1977/N18.7-1976                                            NQA-1 1994
: 4. PERFORMANCE                                              The responsible organization shall designate those          Similar requirements. Rather than Personnel who are assigned the responsibility and            activities that require qualified inspection and test      NQA-1 containing a table for levels of authority to perform functions covered by this Standard      personnel and the minimum requirements for such            capability the information is contained shall have, as a minimum, the level of capability shown in  personnel. Further, the responsible organization shall      in Appendix 2A-1.
Table 1. When a single inspection or test requires          establish written procedures for the qualification of implementation by a team or group, personnel not meeting    inspection and test personnel, and for the assurance that the requirements of this Standard may be used in data-      only those personnel who meet the requirements of this taking assignments or in plant or equipment operation        Supplement are permitted to perform inspection and test provided they are supervised or overseen by a qualified      activities.
individual participating in the inspection, examination, or  When a single inspection or test requires implementation test.                                                        by a team or a group, personnel not meeting the Regulatory Guide-1.58 C-7. Section 4, "Performance," of      requirements of this Part (Part I) may be used in ANSI N45.2.6-1978 states: "When a single inspection or      data-taking assignments or in plant or equipment test requires implementation by a team or group, personnel  operation, provided they are supervised or overseen by a not meeting the requirements of this Standard may be used    qualified individual.
in data-taking assignments or in plant or equipment operation provided they are supervised or overseen by a qualified individual participating in the inspection, examination, or test." These personnel should have sufficient training to ensure an acceptable level of competence in the performance of their activities.
2.2 Personnel Selection Personnel selected for performing inspection and test activities shall have the experience or training commensurate with the scope, complexity, or special nature of the activities.
2.1.1 Indoctrination.                                        2.3 Indoctrination Provisions shall be made for the indoctrination of          Provisions shall be made for the indoctrination of personnel as to the technical objectives of the project; the personnel as to the technical objectives and requirements codes and standards that are to be used; and the quality    of the applicable codes and standards, and the quality assurance elements that are to be employed.                  assurance program elements that are to be employed.
2.1.2 Training.                                              2.4 Training The need for formal training programs shall be              The need for a formal training program shall be determined, and such training activities shall be conducted  determined, and such training activities shall be conducted as required to qualify personnel who perform inspections,    as required to qualify personnel who perform inspections examinations, and tests.                                    and tests.
On-the job participation shall also be included in the      On-the-job training shall also be included in the program, program, with emphasis on first-hand experience gained      with emphasis on first-hand experience gained through 04/21/04                                                            Quality Assurance Program                                                        Page 8 of 26
 
CRITERION 2                                            BASIC REQUIREMENT 2                                      COMMENTS ANSI N45.2-1977/N18.7-1976                                              NQA-1 1994 through actual performance of actions, examinations, and      actual performance of inspections and tests.
tests.
Records of training, when used as the basis for                                                                              Records are addressed in Section 3 of certification, shall be maintained.                                                                                          this Supplement to NQA-1.
2.2 Determination of Initial Capability                        2.5 Determination of Initial Capability The capabilities of a candidate for certification shall be    The capabilities of a candidate for certification shall be    Note Dominion nuclear facilities were initially determined by a suitable evaluation of the          initially determined by a suitable evaluation of the          previously committed to Regulatory candidate's education, experience, training, test results, or  candidate's education, experience, training, and either test  Guide 1.58, which was withdrawn by capability demonstration.                                      results or capability demonstration.                          the NRC based on acceptance of Regulatory Guide-1.58 C-10. Section 2.2, "Determination                                                                      NQA-1-1983. The NRC has accepted of Initial Capability," and Section 2.3, "Evaluation of                                                                      NQA-1-1994 as equivalent to NQA Performance," of ANSI N45.2.6-1978 deal with the use of                                                                      1983 (Exelon SER), therefore any evaluation of job performance and determination of initial                                                                  specific reference in this table to RG capability to perform the job. Use of the measures outlined                                                                  1.58 is met or superceded by use of in these sections to establish that an individual has the                                                                    NQA-1.
required qualifications in lieu of required education and experience should result in documented objected evidence (i.e., procedures and record of written test) demonstrating that the individual indeed does have "comparable" or "equivalent" competence to that which would be gained from having the required education and experience.
2.3 Evaluation of Performance                                  2.6 Evaluation of Performance The job performance of inspection, examination, and            The job performance of inspection and test personnel shall    This requirements of this subsection testing personnel shall be reevaluated at periodic intervals  be reevaluated at periodic intervals not to exceed 3 years. are similar for ANSI N45.2.6 and not to exceed three years.                                                                                                  NQA-1-1994.
Reevaluation shall be by evidence of continued                Reevaluation shall be by evidence of continued satisfactory performance or redetermination of capability      satisfactory performance or re-determination of capability in accordance with Subsection 2.2.                            in accordance with the requirements of para. 2.5 above.
If, during this evaluation or at any other time, it is        If during this evaluation or at any other time, it is determined by the responsible organization that the            determined by the responsible organization that the capabilities of an individual are not in accordance with the  capabilities of an individual are not in accordance with the qualifications specified for the job, that person shall be    qualification requirements specified for the job, that removed from that activity until such time as the required    person shall be removed from that activity until such time capability has been demonstrated                              as the required capability has been demonstrated.
Any person who has not performed inspection,                  Any person who has not performed inspection or testing examination, or testing activities in his qualified area for a activities in his qualified area for a period of 1 year shall period of one year shall be reevaluated by a                  be reevaluated by a re-determination of required capability redetermination of required capability in accordance with      in accordance with the requirements of para. 2.5 above.
04/21/04                                                              Quality Assurance Program                                                          Page 9 of 26
 
CRITERION 2                                            BASIC REQUIREMENT 2                                        COMMENTS ANSI N45.2-1977/N18.7-1976                                              NQA-1 1994 Subsection 2.2.
2.4 Written Certification of Qualification                    2.7 Certificate of Qualification The qualification of personnel shall be certified in writing  The qualification of personnel shall be certified in writing    This requirements of this subsection in an appropriate form, including the following              in an appropriate form, including the following                are virtually the same in both information:                                                  information:                                                    standards.
: 1. employer's name                                            (a) employer's name;
: 2. identification of person being certified                  (b) identification of person being certified;
: 3. level of capability
: 4. activities certified to perform                            (c) activities certified to perform;
: 5. basis used for certification, including:                  (d) basis used for certification, which includes such factors as:
(a) records of education, experience and training            (1) education, experience, indoctrination, and training (b) test results, where applicable                            (2) test results, where applicable (c) results of capability demonstration                      (3) results of capability demonstration
: 6. results of periodic evaluations                            (e) results of periodic evaluation;
: 7. results of physical examinations, when required            (f) results of physical examinations, when required;
: 8. signature of employer's designated representative          (g) signature of employer's designated representative who      Clarification in NQA-1 is responsible for such certification;
: 9. date of certification and date of certification expiration (h) date of certification and date of certification expiration.
2.5 Physical                                                  2.8 Physical The responsible organization shall identify any special      The responsible organization shall identify any special        Similar requirements. NQA-1 requires physical characteristics needed in the performance of each    physical characteristics needed in the performance of each      Subsequent examinations whereas activity. Personnel requiring these characteristics shall    activity, including the need for initial and subsequent        N45.2 requires intervals not to have them verified by examination at intervals not to        physical examination.                                          exceed one year.
exceed one year.
: 3. QUALIFICATIONS                                            The following information is from Appendix 2A-1 3.1 General                                                  1 GENERAL The requirements contained within this Section define the    This Appendix provides nonmandatory guidance on the            NQA-1-1994, Supplement 2S-1, minimum capabilities that qualify personnel to perform        qualifications of inspection and test personnel. This          Supplementary Requirements for the inspections, examinations, and tests which are within the    Appendix may be used in conjunction with Basic                  Qualification of Inspection and Test scope of this Standard. There are three levels of            Requirement 2 and Supplement 2S-1 of Part I.                    Personnel will include use of the qualification. The requirements for each level are not        2 FUNCTIONAL QUALIFICATIONS                                    guidance provided in Appendix 2A-1, limiting with regard to organizational position of            Three levels of qualification may be utilized depending on      or the proposed alternatives as professional status, but rather, are limiting with regard to  the complexity of the functions involved. The                  approved.
functional activities which are within the scope of this      recommendations for each level are not limiting with Standard.                                                    regard to organizational position or professional status but, rather, are limiting with regard to functional activities.
04/21/04                                                            Quality Assurance Program                                                          Page 10 of 26
 
CRITERION 2                          BASIC REQUIREMENT 2                          COMMENTS ANSI N45.2-1977/N18.7-1976                          NQA-1 1994 Proposed alternative to qualification requirements for Dominion QA Program - (1) The company may choose to not specifically use the designations of Level I, II, and III for qualification of inspectors. However, the qualification program will ensure that only personnel that meet the required education and experience requirements, and have demonstrated appropriate capabilities in the inspection activities they are assigned will be certified and used to perform those inspections. The inspectors used in planning inspections will meet or exceed the education and experience requirements of for a Level II inspector plus have an additional three years of related inspection experience for nuclear facilities. The inspectors used to evaluate the capabilities of other inspectors will meet or exceed the education and experience requirements for a Level II inspector plus have an additional five years of related experience in inspection, examination, or testing activities for nuclear facilities. This related experience may include ASME VT 1, 2, or 3 examinations, NDE, or ASME Section XI inservice inspection or testing activities. A qualified engineer may also be used to evaluate the capabilities of an inspector. The training program for inspectors will be evaluated and approved by personnel who meet the education, experience, and capabilities designated for a Level III person specific to the discipline or a qualified engineer. For the purposes of this alternative, a qualified engineer is one who has a baccalaureate in engineering in a discipline related to the inspection activity (such as, electrical, mechanical, civil) and has a minimum of five years engineering work experience with at least two years of this experience related to nuclear facilities.
(2) As an alternative to the education requirement of high school graduation (or GED), satisfactory demonstration of reading, writing, and mathematical skills through completion of an NANT accredited training development program or an approved inspector training program for nuclear facility personnel will be deemed equivalent.
The following information on Level I, II, and III is 04/21/04                                    Quality Assurance Program                                    Page 11 of 26
 
CRITERION 2                                            BASIC REQUIREMENT 2                                      COMMENTS ANSI N45.2-1977/N18.7-1976                                              NQA-1 1994 from Appendix 2A-1 3.2 Level I Personnel Capabilities                          2.1 Level I Personnel Capabilities A Level I person shall be capable of performing the          A Level I person should be capable of performing and          Similar capabilities described.
inspections, examinations, and tests that are required to be documenting the results of inspections or tests that are performed in accordance with documented procedures          required to be performed in accordance with documented and/or industry practices. The individual shall be familiar  procedures, acceptance standards, and/or industry with the tools and equipment to be employed and shall        practices as defined in user's written procedures.
have demonstrated proficiency in their use. The individual shall also be capable of determining that the calibration status of inspection and measuring equipment is current, that the measuring and test equipment is in proper condition for use, and that the inspection, examination, and test procedures are approved.
3.3 Level II Personnel Capabilities                          2.2 Level II Personnel Capabilities A Level II person shall have all of the capabilities of a    A Level II person should have all of the capabilities of a    Similar capabilities described.
Level I person for the inspection, examination or test      Level I person for the inspection or test category or class category or class in question. Additionally, a Level II      in question. Additionally, a Level II person should have person shall have demonstrated capabilities in planning      demonstrated capabilities in planning inspections and inspections, examinations, and test; in setting up tests    tests; in setting up tests, including preparation and setup of including preparation and set-up of related equipment, as    related equipment, as appropriate; in supervising or appropriate; in supervising or maintaining surveillance      maintaining surveillance over the inspections and tests; in over the inspections, examinations, and tests; in            supervising and certifying lower level personnel; and in supervising and certifying lower level personnel; in        evaluating the validity and acceptability of inspection and reporting inspection, examination, and testing results; and  test results.
in evaluating the validity and acceptability of inspection, examination, and test results 3.4 Level Ill Personnel Capabilities                        2.3 Level III Personnel Capabilities A Level III person shall have all of the capabilities of a  A Level III person should have all of the capabilities of a    Similar capabilities described.
Level II person for the inspection, examination or test      Level II person for the inspection or test category or class category or class in question. In addition, the individual  in question. in addition, the individual should also be shall also be capable of evaluating the adequacy of          capable of evaluating the adequacy of specific programs specific programs used to train and test inspection,        used to train and certify inspection and test personnel examination, and test personnel whose qualifications are    whose qualifications are covered by this Appendix.
covered by this Standard.
Regulatory Guide-1.58 C-5. Section 3.4, "Level III Personnel Capabilities," of ANSI N45.2.6-1978 specifies the capability requirements of Level III personnel. In additional, the individual should be capable of reviewing 04/21/04                                                            Quality Assurance Program                                                        Page 12 of 26
 
CRITERION 2                                        BASIC REQUIREMENT 2                                    COMMENTS ANSI N45.2-1977/N18.7-1976                                          NQA-1 1994 and approving inspection, examination, and testing procedures and of evaluating the adequacy of such procedures to accomplish the inspection, examination, and test objectives.
The following information on education and experience is from Appendix 2A-1 3.5 Education and Experience - Recommendations            3 EDUCATION AND EXPERIENCE QUALIFICATIONS The following is the recommended personnel education      These education and experience recommendations should      Similar recommendations.
and experience for each level. These education and        be considered with recognition that other factors experience recommendations should be treated to            commensurate with the scope, complexity, or special recognize that other factors may provide reasonable        nature of the activity may provide reasonable assurance assurance that a person can competently perform a          that a person can competently perform a particular task.
particular task. Other factors which may demonstrate      Other factors which may demonstrate capability in a given capability in a given job are previous performance or      job are previous performance or satisfactory completion of satisfactory completion of capability testing              capability testing. These factors and the basis for their Regulatory Guide-1.58 C-6. Section 3.5, "Education and    equivalency should be documented.
Experience-Recommendations," of ANSI N45.2.6.-1978 states that the education and experience specified are recommendations and that other factors may provide reasonable assurance that a person can competently perform a particular task. The set of recommendations has been reviewed by the NRC staff and found to be acceptable with one exception. In addition to the recommendations listed under Section 3.5 for Level I, II, and III personnel, the candidate should be a high school graduate or have earned the General Education Development equivalent of a high school diploma. Since only one set of recommendations is provided for the education and experience of personnel, a commitment to comply with the regulatory positions of this guide in lieu of providing an alternative to the recommendations of the standard means that the specified education and experience recommendations of the standard will be followed.
3.5.1 Level I                                              3.1 Level I
: 1. Two years of related experience in equivalent          3.1.1 Two years of related experience in equivalent        Similar recommendations.
inspection, examination, or testing activities, or        inspection or testing activities; or 04/21/04                                                          Quality Assurance Program                                                  Page 13 of 26
 
CRITERION 2                                              BASIC REQUIREMENT 2                                        COMMENTS ANSI N45.2-1977/N18.7-1976                                                  NQA-1 1994
: 2. High school graduation and six months of related              3.1.2 High school graduation and 6 months of related            Similar recommendations.
experience in equivalent inspection, examination, or            experience in equivalent inspection or testing activities; or testing activities, or
: 3. Completion of college level work leading to an                3.1.3 Completion of college level work leading to an            Similar recommendations.
Associate Degree in a related discipline plus three months      associate degree in a related discipline plus 3 months of of related experience in equivalent inspection,                  related experience in equivalent inspection or testing examination, or testing activities.                              activities.
3.5.2 Level II                                                  3.2 Level II
: 1. One year of satisfactory performance as Level I in the        3.2.1 One year of satisfactory performance as a Level I in      Similar recommendations.
corresponding inspection, examination or test category or        the corresponding inspection or test category or class; or class, or
: 2. High school graduation plus three years of related            3.2.2 High school graduation plus 3 years of related            Similar recommendations.
experience in equivalent inspection, examination, or            experience in equivalent inspection or testing activities; or testing activities, or
: 3. Completion of college level work leading to associate        3.2.3 Completion of college level work leading to an            Similar recommendations.
Degree in a related discipline plus one year related            associate degree in a related discipline plus 1 year of experience in equivalent inspection, examination, or            related experience in equivalent inspection or testing testing activities, or                                          activities; or
: 4. Four-year college graduation plus six months of related      3.2.4 Graduation from a 4 year college plus 6 months of          Similar recommendations.
experience in equivalent inspection, examination, or            related experience in equivalent inspection or testing testing activities                                              activities.
3.5.3 Level III                                                  3.3 Level III
: 1. Six years of satisfactory performance as a Level II in        3.3.1 Six years of satisfactory performance as a Level II in    Similar recommendations.
the corresponding inspection, examination or test category      the corresponding inspection or test category or class; or or class, or
: 2. High school graduation plus ten years of related              3.3.2 High school graduation plus 10 years of related            Similar recommendations.
experience in equivalent inspection, examination, or            experience in equivalent inspection or testing activities; or testing activities; or high school graduation plus eight        high school graduation plus 8 years of experience in years experience in equivalent inspection, examination, or      equivalent inspection or testing activities with at least 2 testing activities, with at least two years as Level II, and    years as a Level II and with at least 2 years associated with with at least two years associated with nuclear facilities-or    nuclear facilities - or, if not, at least sufficient training to if not, at least sufficient training to be acquainted with the  be acquainted with the relevant quality assurance aspects relevant quality assurance aspects of a nuclear facility, or    of a nuclear facility; or
: 3. Completion of college level work leading to an                3.3.3 Completion of college level work leading to an            Similar recommendations.
associate Degree and seven years of related experience in        associate degree and 7 years of related experience in equivalent inspection, examination, or testing activities,      equivalent inspection or testing activities with at least 2 with at least two years of this experience associated with      years of this experience associated with nuclear facilities -
nuclear facilities-or if not, at least sufficient training to be or, if not, at least sufficient training to be acquainted with 04/21/04                                                                Quality Assurance Program                                                      Page 14 of 26
 
CRITERION 2                                            BASIC REQUIREMENT 2                                        COMMENTS ANSI N45.2-1977/N18.7-1976                                              NQA-1 1994 acquainted with the relevant quality assurance aspects of a    the relevant quality assurance aspects of a nuclear facility; nuclear facility, or                                          or
: 4. Four-year college graduation plus five years of related    3.3.4 Graduation from a 4 year college plus 5 years of        Similar recommendations.
experience in equivalent inspection, examination, or          related experience in equivalent inspection or testing testing activities, with at least two years of this experience activities with at least 2 years of this experience associated associated with nuclear facilities-or if not, at least        with nuclear facilities - or, if not, at least sufficient sufficient training to be acquainted with the relevant        training to be acquainted with the relevant quality quality assurance aspects of a nuclear facility.              assurance aspects of a nuclear facility.
The following is from Supplement 2S-1
: 5. RECORDS                                                    3 RECORDS 3.1 Record Files A File of records of personnel qualification shall be          Records of personnel qualification shall be established and    Similar requirement.
established and maintained by the employer. Collection,        maintained by the employer. These records shall include storage, and control of records required by this Standard      the information required by para. 2.7 above.
shall be in accordance with ANSI N45.2.9.
ANSI N45.2.6 addresses the qualification of inspection        SUPPLEMENT 2S-2                                                Exceptions and clarifications to NQA-and test personnel, as described above. For NDE                Supplementary Requirements for the Qualification of            1-1994, supplement 2S-1 defined.
activities, N45.2.6 refers to the use of SNT-TC-1A for        Nondestructive Examination Personnel qualification.
Regulatory Guide-1.58 C-8. An important concept that is        NQA-1-1994, Supplement 2S-2, Supplementary not addressed directly in ANSI N45.2.6-1978. ANST              Requirements for the Qualification of Nondestructive Recommended Practice No. SNT-TC-1A-1975, or the                Examination Personnel, subsection 2.1, requires ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code is that                  application of Recommended Practice SNT-TC-1A, June occupational radiation exposure should be maintained as        1980 Edition to NDE personnel. The company will low as is reasonable achievable (ALARA). In all cases          implement the qualification program required by this where inspection, examination, and testing personnel may      supplement in accordance with the applicable standard for be exposed to radiation field during their activities in      the facilitys commitment to the ASME code or other restricted areas, these personnel should receive instruction  applicable code governing the activity. This alternative is in radiation protection and radiation-dose-reduction          considered acceptable because other editions of this considerations related to work they are expected to            recommended practice or other national standards may be perform. Regulatory Guide 8.8, "Information Relevant to        required by industry codes or regulations for qualification Ensuring that Occupational Radiation Exposures at              of NDE personnel Nuclear Power Stations Will Be As Low As Is Reasonably Achievable," describes techniques, features, and recommendations to maintain occupational exposures ALARA.
1 GENERAL This Supplement provides amplified requirements for the 04/21/04                                                              Quality Assurance Program                                                        Page 15 of 26
 
CRITERION 2                                            BASIC REQUIREMENT 2                                      COMMENTS ANSI N45.2-1977/N18.7-1976                                              NQA-1 1994 qualification of personnel who perform radiographic (RT),
magnetic particle (MT), ultrasonic (UT), liquid penetrant (PT), eddy current (ET), neutron radiographic (NRT), leak testing (LT), acoustic emission (AE), and visual testing (VT) [hereinafter referred to as nondestructive examination (NDE)] to verify conformance to specified requirements.
It supplements the requirements of Basic Requirement 2 of this Part (Part I) and shall be used in conjunction with that Basic Requirement when and to the extent specified by the organization invoking this Part (Part I).
2 CERTIFICATION 2.1 Applicable Documents The American Society of Nondestructive Testing                Each standard invokes a different Recommended Practice No. SNT-TC-1A, December 1980            edition of SNT-TC-1A.
Edition, and its applicable supplements shall apply as        The quality program should designate requirements to NDE personnel covered by this                the specific edition the company will Supplement.                                                  meet. It may be that we describe that as being specified in the implementing procedures and correspondence with the NRC (similar to changed ASME codes).
2.2 Program The responsible organization shall establish written procedures for the control and administration of NDE personnel training, examination, and certification.
2.3 Records Records of personnel qualification shall be established and maintained by the employer.
SUPPLEMENT 2S-3                                              ANSI N45.2.23 addresses the Supplementary Requirements for the Qualification of          qualification of lead auditors. NQA                                                              Quality Assurance Program Audit Personnel                    1994 is consistent with ANSI N45.2.23.
ANSI N45.2.23 addresses the qualification of lead auditor:
This Standard provides requirements and guidance for the qualification of audit team leaders, henceforth identified as a "Lead Auditor", who organizes and directs audits, reports, audit findings, and evaluates corrective action.
04/21/04                                                            Quality Assurance Program                                                        Page 16 of 26
 
CRITERION 2                                        BASIC REQUIREMENT 2              COMMENTS ANSI N45.2-1977/N18.7-1976                                        NQA-1 1994 This Standard also provides requirements and guidance for the qualifications of individuals, henceforth referred to as "Auditor", who participate in an audit, such as technical specialists, management representatives, and auditors-in-training.
1.2 Applicability                                            1 GENERAL                        N45.2.23 was a standalone document therefore repeats applicability and definitions defined in NQA-1-1994.
The requirements of this Standard apply to Auditors and Lead Auditors who perform audits for the plant owner, contractors, or other organizations participating in activities affecting the quality of structures, systems, and components of nuclear power plants which are subject to audit in accordance with requirements of ANSI N45.2.
This Standard shall be used in conjunction with the requirements of ANSI N45.2.12.
1.3 Responsibility The organization or organizations responsible for                                            Responsibility is defined in the implementation of the applicable requirements of this                                        Introduction of NQA-1-1994, Section standard shall be identified and the scope of their                                          I-3.
responsibilities and authorities shall be documented. The work of establishing practices and procedures and providing the resources in terms of personnel, equipment, and services necessary to implement the requirements of this Standard may be delegated to other organizations, and such delegations shall also be documented. It is the responsibility of each of these organizations to comply with the practices and procedures so established and to conform with the applicable requirements of this Standard.
1.4 Definitions The following definitions are provided to assure uniform                                      NQA-1-1994 calls out in Supplement understanding of selected terms as they are used in this                                      2S-3-1 General what an auditor Standard. Other terms and definitions are contained in                                        and lead auditor means rather than ANSI N45.2.10.                                                                                specific definitions.
1.4.1 Auditor. Any individual who performs any portion of an audit, including Lead Auditors, technical specialists, and others such as management representatives and auditors-in-training.
04/21/04                                                          Quality Assurance Program                            Page 17 of 26
 
CRITERION 2                                          BASIC REQUIREMENT 2                                    COMMENTS ANSI N45.2-1977/N18.7-1976                                          NQA-1 1994 1.4.2 Lead Auditor. An individual qualified to organize and direct an audit, report audit findings, and evaluate corrective action.
1 4.3 Audit. A documented activity performed in            audit - a planned and documented activity performed to      NQA-1 similar definition to ANSI accordance with written procedures or checklists to verify, determine by investigation, examination, or evaluation of    N45.2.10.
by examination and evaluation of objective evidence, that  objective evidence the adequacy of and compliance with applicable elements of the quality assurance program have  established procedures, instructions, drawings, and other been developed, documented, and effectively implemented    applicable documents, and the effectiveness of in accordance with specified requirements. An audit        implementation. An audit should not be confused with should not be confused with surveillance or inspection for  surveillance or inspection activities performed for the sole the sole purpose of process control or product acceptance. purpose of process control or product acceptance. [from Part I - Introduction]
1.5 Referenced Documents Documents that are referenced in this Standard are identified at the point of reference and described in Section 6 of this Standard REGULATORY POSITION RG 1.146 C1. Section 1.5 of ANSI/ASME N45.2.23-1978 states that documents that are referenced in this standard are identified at the point of reference and described in Section 6 of the standard. The specific applicability of these listed documents has been addressed in the latest revision of the following regulatory guides:
ANSI Standard Regulatory Guide N45.2 1.28 N45.2.9 1.88 N45.2.10 1.74 REGULATORY POSITION RG 1.146 C2. ANSI/ASME N45.2.23-1978 does not include the statement that is found in other N45.2 series standards excluding activities covered by ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code Section III, Divisions 1 and 2, and Section XI from the requirements of the standard. The NRC staff considers that ANSI/ASME N45.2.23-1978 applies to these Code-covered activities where the ASME Code does not address the requirements covered by ANSI/ASME N45.2.23-1978.
: 2. QUALIFICATIONS OF AUDITORS AND LEAD 04/21/04                                                          Quality Assurance Program                                                      Page 18 of 26
 
CRITERION 2                                          BASIC REQUIREMENT 2                                      COMMENTS ANSI N45.2-1977/N18.7-1976                                            NQA-1 1994 AUDITORS (ANSI N45.2.23) 2.1 General                                                This Supplement provides amplified requirements for the This Section delineates the qualifications of Auditor and  qualification of an audit team leader, henceforth identified Lead Auditors.                                              as a Lead Auditor, who organizes and directs audits, reports audit findings, and evaluates corrective action.
This Supplement also provides amplified requirements for the qualifications of individuals, henceforth referred to as Auditors, who participate in an audit, such as technical specialists, management representatives, and auditors-in-training.
It supplements the requirements of Basic Requirement 2 of this Part (Part I) and shall be used in conjunction with that Basic Requirement when and to the extent specified by the organization invoking this Part (Part I).
2.2 Qualification of Auditors                              2 QUALIFICATION OF AUDITORS 2.1 Responsibility of Auditing Organization The responsible auditing organization shall establish the  The responsible auditing organization shall establish the    Similar requirements.
audit personnel qualifications and the requirements for the audit personnel qualifications and the requirements for the use of technical specialists to accomplish the auditing of  use of technical specialists to accomplish the auditing of the quality assurance programs                              quality assurance programs.
Personnel selected for quality assurance auditing          Personnel selected for quality assurance auditing            Similar requirements.
assignments shall have experience or training              assignments shall have experience or training commensurate with the scope, complexity, or special        commensurate with the scope, complexity, or special nature of the activities to be audited.                    nature of the activities to be audited.
Auditors shall have, or be given, appropriate training or  Auditors shall have, or be given, appropriate training or    Similar requirements.
orientation to develop their competence for performing      orientation to develop their competence for performing required audits.                                            required audits.
Competence of personnel for performance of the various      Competence of personnel for performance of the various        Similar requirements.
auditing functions shall be developed by one or more of    auditing functions shall be developed by one or more of the following methods:                                      the methods given in (a) through (c) below:
2.2.1 Orientation to provide a working knowledge and        (a) orientation to provide a working knowledge and            Similar requirements.
understanding of ANSI B45.2, this Standard, and the        understanding of this Part (Part I) and the auditing auditing organization's procedures for implementing audits  organization's procedures for implementing audits and and reporting results.                                      reporting results; 2.2.2 Training programs to provide general and              (b) training programs to provide general and specialized      Similar requirements.
specialized training in audit performance.                  training in audit performance.
General training shall include fundamentals, objectives,    General training shall include fundamentals, objectives,      Similar requirements.
characteristics, organization, performance, and results of  characteristics, organization, performance, and results of 04/21/04                                                          Quality Assurance Program                                                    Page 19 of 26
 
CRITERION 2                                            BASIC REQUIREMENT 2                                      COMMENTS ANSI N45.2-1977/N18.7-1976                                              NQA-1 1994 quality auditing..                                              quality auditing.
Specialized training shall include methods of examining,        Specialized training shall include methods of examining,    Similar requirements.
questioning, evaluating, and documenting specific audit        questioning, evaluating, and documenting specific audit items and methods of closing out audit findings                items and methods of closing out audit findings.
2.2.3 On-the-job training guidance, and counseling under        (c) on-the-job training, guidance, and counseling under the Similar requirements.
the direct supervision of a Lead Auditor. Such training        direct supervision of a Lead Auditor. Such training shall shall include planning, performing, reporting, and follow-      include planning, performing, reporting, and follow-up up action involved in conducting audits.                        action involved in conducting audits.
2.3 Qualification of Lead Auditors                              3 QUALIFICATION OF LEAD AUDITORS An individual shall meet the requirements of paragraphs        An individual shall meet the requirements of para[graph]s  Similar requirements.
2.3.1 through 2.3.5 prior to being designated a Lead            3.1 through 3.4 below prior to being designated a Lead Auditor.                                                        Auditor 2.3.1 Education and Experience. The prospective Lead                                                                        NQA-1-1994 does not require specific Auditor shall have verifiable evidence that a minimum of                                                                    education and experience to the level ten (10) credits under the following scoring system have                                                                    described in N45.2.23, but has been accumulated.                                                                                                          included this information in Appendix 2.3.1.1 Education (4 credits maximum). Associate degree                                                                    2A-3, Non-mandatory Guidance on from an accredited institution score one (1) credit or if the                                                              the Education and Experience of Lead degree is an engineering, physical sciences, mathematics,                                                                  Auditors. NQA-1 SUPPLEMENT or quality assurance, score two (2) credits or, a bachelor                                                                  2S-4 (described below) meets the degree from an accredited institution score two (2) credits                                                                intent of this section.
or if the degree is in engineering, physical sciences, mathematics, or quality assurance, score three (3) credits; in addition score one (1) credit for a master degree in engineering, physical sciences, business management, or quality assurance from an accredited institution.
2.3.1.2 Experience (9 points maximum). Technical                .
experience in engineering, manufacturing, construction, operation, or maintenance, score one (1) credit for each full year with a maximum of five (5) credits for this aspect of experience. If two (2) or more years of this experience have been in the nuclear field, score one (1) additional credit, or, if two (2) or more years of this experience have been in quality assurance, score two (2) additional credits, or, if two (2) or more years of this experience have been in auditing, score three (3) additional credits, or, if two (2) or more years of this experience have been in nuclear quality assurance, score three (3) additional credits, or, if two (2) 04/21/04                                                              Quality Assurance Program                                                      Page 20 of 26
 
CRITERION 2                                        BASIC REQUIREMENT 2                                      COMMENTS ANSI N45.2-1977/N18.7-1976                                          NQA-1 1994 or more years of this experience have been in nuclear quality assurance auditing, score four (4) additional credits.
2.3.1.3 Other Credentials of Professional Competence (2 credits maximum). Certification of competency in engineering, science, or quality assurance specialties issued and approved by a State Agency, or National Professional or Technical Society, score two (2) credits.
2.3.1.4 Rights of Management (2 points maximum). The Lead Auditor's employer may grant up to two (2) credits for other performance factors applicable to auditing which may not be explicitly called out in this standard. Examples of these factors are leadership, sound judgment, maturity, analytical ability, tenacity, past performance, QA training courses.
2.3.2 Communication Skill.                                  3.1 Communication Skills The prospective Lead Auditors shall have the capability to  The prospective Lead Auditor shall have the capability to  Similar requirements.
communicate effectively, both written and oral.            communicate effectively, both in writing and orally.
These skills shall be attested to in writing by the Lead    These skills shall be attested to in writing by the Lead    Similar requirements.
Auditor's employer.                                        Auditor's employer.
2.3.3 Training                                              3.2 Training Prospective Lead Auditors shall have training to the extent Prospective Lead Auditors shall have training to the extent Similar requirements.
necessary to assure their competence in auditing skills. necessary to assure their competence in auditing skills.
Training in the following areas shall be given based upon  Training in the following areas shall be given based upon  Similar requirements.
management evaluation of the particular needs of each      management evaluation of the particular needs of each prospective Lead Auditor.                                  prospective Lead Auditor.
2.3.3.1 Knowledge and understanding of ANSI N45.2, its      3.2.1 Knowledge and understanding of this Part (Part I)    N45.2.23 called out details met by the associated Standards, particularly ANSI N45.2.12, and      and other nuclear-related codes, standards, regulations,    statement in NQA-1 regarding the other nuclear-related codes, standards, regulations,        and regulatory guides, as applicable.                      elements in NQA-1-1994, Part I.
regulatory guides, as applicable.
2.3.3.2 General structure of quality assurance programs as  3.2.2 General structure of quality assurance programs as a  N45.2.23 called out details met by the a whole and applicable elements such as organization;      whole and applicable elements as defined in this Part (Part statement in NQA-1 regarding the design control; procurement document control;              I).                                                        elements in NQA-1-1994, Part I.
instructions; procedures and drawings; document control; control of purchased material equipment and services; identification and control of materials, parts and components; control of special processes; inspection; test control; control of measuring and test equipment; 04/21/04                                                          Quality Assurance Program                                                      Page 21 of 26
 
CRITERION 2                                            BASIC REQUIREMENT 2                                      COMMENTS ANSI N45.2-1977/N18.7-1976                                            NQA-1 1994 handling, storage and shipping; inspection, test, and operating status; nonconforming materials, parts, or components; corrective action; quality assurance records; audits; and quality information feedback.
2.3.3.3 Auditing techniques of examining, questioning,        3.2.3 Auditing techniques of examining, questioning,        Similar requirements.
evaluating and reporting; methods of identifying and          evaluating, and reporting; methods of identifying and following up on corrective action items; and closing out      following up on corrective action items; and closing out audit findings.                                              audit findings.
2.3.3.4 Audit planning in the quality-related functions for  3.2.4 Audit planning in the quality-related functions for    NQA-1 adds siting, refueling and the following activities: design, purchasing, fabrication,    the following activities: siting, designing, purchasing,    decommissioning as the standard handling, shipping, storage, cleaning, erection,              fabricating, handling, shipping, receiving, storing,        addresses construction.
installation, inspection, testing, statistics, nondestructive cleaning, erecting, installing, inspecting, testing, examination, maintenance, repair, operation, modification    operating, maintaining, repairing, refueling, modifying, of nuclear facilities or associated components and safety    and decommissioning of nuclear facilities or associated aspects of the nuclear facility.                              components, and safety aspects of the nuclear facility.
2.3.3.5 On-the-job training to include the elements of audit  3.2.5 On-the-job training to include applicable elements of  Similar requirement.
activity as described in ANSI N45.2.12.                      the audit program.
2.3.4 Audit Participation.                                    3.3 Audit Participation The prospective Lead Auditor shall have participated in a    The prospective Lead Auditor shall have participated in a    Similar requirement.
minimum of five (5) quality assurance audits within a        minimum of five (5) quality assurance audits within a period of time not to exceed three (3) years prior to the    period of time not to exceed 3 years prior to the date of date of qualification, one audit of which shall be a nuclear  qualification, one audit of which shall be a nuclear quality quality assurance audit within the year prior to his          assurance audit within the year prior to his qualification.
qualification.
2.3.5 Examination.                                            3.4 Examination The prospective Lead Auditor shall pass an examination        The prospective Lead Auditor shall pass an examination      Similar requirement.
which shall evaluate his comprehension of and ability to      which shall evaluate his comprehension of and ability to apply the body of knowledge identified in paragraph 2.3.3. apply the body of knowledge identified in para. 3.2 above.
The test may be oral, written, practical, or any              The examination may be oral, written, practical, or any      Similar requirement.
combination of the three types.                              combination of the three types.
The development and administration of the examination        The development and administration of the examination        Similar requirement.
shall be in accordance with Section 4 of this Standard.      shall be in accordance with Section 5 of this Supplement.
: 3. MAINTENANCE OF QUALIFICATION                              4 MAINTENANCE OF QUALIFICATION 3.1 General The maintenance of proficiency established in this Section shall apply to the Lead Auditor only.
3.2 Maintenance of Proficiency                                4.1 Maintenance of Proficiency 04/21/04                                                            Quality Assurance Program                                                      Page 22 of 26
 
CRITERION 2                                            BASIC REQUIREMENT 2                                      COMMENTS ANSI N45.2-1977/N18.7-1976                                            NQA-1 1994 Lead Auditors shall maintain their proficiency through one  Lead Auditors shall maintain their proficiency through one Similar requirement.
or more of the following: regular and active participation  or more of the following: regular and active participation in the audit process; review and study of codes, standards,  in the audit process; review and study of codes, standards, procedures, instructions, and other documents related to    procedures, instructions, and other documents related to quality assurance programs and program auditing;            quality assurance program and program auditing; or participation in training programs.                          participation in training program(s).
Based on management annual assessment, management            Based on annual assessment, management may extend the Similar requirement.
may extend the qualification, require retraining, or require qualification, require retraining, or require requalification.
requalification.
3.3 Requalification                                          4.2 Requalification Lead Auditors who fail to maintain their proficiency for a  Lead Auditors who fail to maintain their proficiency for a    Similar requirement.
period of two years or more shall require requalification. period of 2 years or more shall require requalification.
Requalification shall include retraining in accordance with  Requalification shall include retraining in accordance with    Similar requirement.
the requirements of paragraph 2.3.3, reexamination in        the requirements of para. 3.2 above, reexamination in accordance with paragraph 2.3.5 and participation as an      accordance with para. 3.4 above, and participation as an Auditor in at least one nuclear quality assurance audit. Auditor in at least one nuclear quality assurance audit.
These evaluations shall be documented.                      These evaluations shall be documented.                        Similar requirement.
: 4. ADMINISTRATION                                            5 ADMINISTRATION 4.1 Organizational Responsibility                            5.1 Organizational Responsibility Training of auditors shall be the responsibility of the      Training of auditors shall be the responsibility of the        Similar requirement.
employer.                                                    employer.
The responsible auditing organization shall select and      The responsible auditing organization shall select and        Similar requirement.
assign personnel who are independent of any direct          assign personnel who are independent of any direct responsibility for performance of the activities which they  responsibility for performance of the activities which they will audit.                                                  will audit.
The Lead Auditor shall, prior to commencing the audit,      The Lead Auditor shall, prior to commencing the audit,        Similar requirement.
concur that assigned personnel collectively have            concur that assigned personnel collectively have experience or training commensurate with the scope,          experience or training commensurate with the scope, complexity, or special nature of the activities to be        complexity, or special nature of the activities to be audited.                                                    audited.
4.2 Qualification Examination                                5.2 Qualification Examination The development and administration of the examination        The development and administration of the examination          Similar requirement.
for Lead Auditor required by paragraph 2.3.5 is the          for a Lead Auditor required by para. 3.4 above is the responsibility of the employer.                              responsibility of the employer.
The employer may delegate this activity to an independent    The employer may delegate this activity to an independent      Similar requirement.
certifying agency, but shall retain responsibility for      certifying agency, but shall retain responsibility for conformance of the examination and its administration to    conformance of the examination and its administration to this Standard.                                              this Part (Part I).
04/21/04                                                            Quality Assurance Program                                                    Page 23 of 26
 
CRITERION 2                                        BASIC REQUIREMENT 2                                    COMMENTS ANSI N45.2-1977/N18.7-1976                                          NQA-1 1994 Integrity of the examination shall be maintained by the    Integrity of the examination shall be maintained by the    Similar requirement.
employer or certifying agency through appropriate          employer or certifying agency through appropriate confidentiality of files and, where applicable, proctoring confidentiality of files and, where applicable, proctoring of examinations.                                          of examinations.
Copies of the objective evidence regarding the type(s) and Copies of the objective evidence regarding the type(s) and Similar requirement.
content of the examination(s) shall be retained by the    content of the examination(s) shall be retained by the employer in accordance with the requirements of Section    employer in accordance with the requirements of Section 6
: 5.                                                        below.
: 5. RECORDS                                                6 RECORDS 5.1 General                                                6.1 General Records of personnel qualifications for Auditors and Lead  Records of personnel qualifications for Auditors and Lead  Similar requirement.
Auditors performing audits shall be established and        Auditors performing audits shall be established and maintained by the employer.                                maintained by the employer.
5.2 Certification of Qualification                        6.2 Certification of Qualification Each Lead Auditor shall be certified by his employer as    Each Lead Auditor shall be certified by his employer as    Similar requirement.
being qualified to lead audits.                            being qualified to lead audits.
This certification shall, as a minimum, document the      This certification shall, as a minimum, document the      Similar requirement.
following:                                                following:
a) Employer's name                                        (a) employer's name:
b) Lead Auditor's name                                    (b) Lead Auditor's name; c) Date of certification or recertification                (c) date of certification or recertification; d) Basis for qualification (i.e., education, experience,  (d) basis of qualification (i.e., education, experience, communication skills, training, examination, etc.)        communication skills, training, examination, etc.);
e) Signature of employers' designated representative who  (e) signature of employer's designated representative who is responsible for such certification                      is responsible for such certification.
An example of a format for documenting the records of a                                                              Example not called out in NQA-1 but Lead Auditor is given in Appendix A                                                                                  exists in standard as Non-Mandatory Appendix 2A-3 5.3 Updating of Lead Auditors' Records                    6.3 Updating of Lead Auditors' Records Records for each Lead Auditor shall be maintained and      Records for each Lead Auditor shall be maintained and      Similar requirement.
updated annually.                                          updated annually.
5.4 Record Retention Qualification records shall be retained as required by                                                                Records requirements are addressed in ANSI N45.2.12 and maintained as required by ANSI                                                                      Basic and Supplemental requirements N45.2.9.                                                                                                              (Section 17) of NQA-1-1994.
SUPPLEMENT 2S-4                                            This Supplement of NQA-1-1994 is Supplementary Requirements for Personnel Indoctrination    met in conjunction with applicable and Training                                              ANSI N18.1 and/or ANS-3.1 04/21/04                                                          Quality Assurance Program                                                    Page 24 of 26
 
CRITERION 2                          BASIC REQUIREMENT 2                                      COMMENTS ANSI N45.2-1977/N18.7-1976                          NQA-1 1994 standards.
1 GENERAL This Supplement provides amplified requirements for the indoctrination and training of personnel performing or managing activities affecting quality.
It supplements the requirements of Basic Requirement 2 of    NQA-1, SUPPLEMENT 2S-4, this Part (Part I) and shall be used in conjunction with that describes indoctrination and training Basic Requirement when and to the extent specified by the    requirements that meet the intent of organization invoking this Part (Part I).                    those stated in ANSI N45.2.23.
2 APPLICABILITY This Supplement applies to personnel performing or managing activities affecting quality. Personnel to be indoctrinated or trained shall be identified.
The extent of indoctrination and training shall be commensurate with the following:
(a) the scope, complexity, and nature of the activity; and (b) the education, experience, and proficiency of the person.
Activities affecting quality include siting, designing, purchasing, fabricating, handling, shipping, receiving, storing, cleaning, erecting, installing, inspecting, testing, operating, maintaining, repairing, refueling, modifying, and decommissioning.
3 INDOCTRINATION Personnel shall be indoctrinated in the following subjects as they relate to a particular function:
(a) general criteria, including applicable codes, standards, and company procedures; (b) applicable quality assurance program elements; and (c) job responsibilities and authority.
4 TRAINING Training shall be provided, if needed, to:
(a) achieve initial proficiency; (b) maintain proficiency; and (c) adapt to changes in technology, methods, or job responsibilities.
5 RECORDS Records of the implementation of indoctrination and 04/21/04                                  Quality Assurance Program                                                        Page 25 of 26
 
CRITERION 2                          BASIC REQUIREMENT 2 COMMENTS ANSI N45.2-1977/N18.7-1976                        NQA-1 1994 training may take the form of:
(a) attendance sheets; (b) training logs; or (c) personnel training records.
04/21/04                                  Quality Assurance Program          Page 26 of 26
 
CRITERION 3                                            BASIC REQUIREMENT 3                                    COMMENTS ANSI N45.2; N45.2.11; and N18.7                                            NQA-1 1994 N45.2, § 4.1 General N45.2 Measures shall be established and documented to          The design shall be defined, controlled, and verified.      Similar requirements.
assure that the applicable specified design requirements,      Applicable design inputs shall be appropriately specified such as design bases, regulatory requirements, codes, and      on a timely basis and correctly translated into design standards are correctly translated into specifications,        documents.
drawings, procedures, or instructions.
Design interfaces shall be identified and controlled.      Addressed in later parts of N45.2.11.
Design adequacy shall be verified by persons other than    Addressed in later parts of N45.2.11.
those who designed the item.
Design changes, including field changes, shall be governed  Addressed in later parts of N45.2.11.
by control measures commensurate with those applied to the original design.
N45.2.11 § 2. Program Requirements 2.1 Establishment and Documentation                            This subsection is covered by NQA-1, Requirements 1 and    NQA-1 does not repeat information A quality assurance program for design shall be                2 and is not repeated in criterion 3                        from other criteria as in the ANSI established and documented to comply with the                                                                              standards.
requirements of this Standard.
The program documents shall define the organizational structure within which the program is to be implemented, and shall delineate the authority and responsibility of the persons and organizations involved performing design activities affecting the quality of design.
The program documents shall identify the items and services and the specific activities to which this standard is applied. The design responsibilities and interfaces among the contributing organizations, both internal and external, should be identified.
Provisions should be made in the program for periodic audits, review, and evaluation of the effectiveness of the program in achieving quality objectives. Correction of deficiencies shall be an integral part of the program.
N45.2.11, § 2.2 Program Procedures                            NOTE: Program procedure requirements have been              NQA-1 does not repeat information Procedures shall be employed to assure that design            incorporated into multiple sections of NQA-1 and are not    from other criteria as in the ANSI activities are carried out in a planned, controlled, orderly  generally repeated for specific programs.                  standards. Additional standards and and correct manner. Program procedures shall cover the        1. and 2. Responsibilities of organizations is addressed in NRC Regulatory Guides also provide following as applicable:                                      Basic Requirement 1 and Supplement 1S-1.                    information on many of these program
: 1. Responsibilities of organizations involved in the          3. Interface control is addressed in Supplements 1S-1 and  requirements.
program, such as owner, A-E, NSSS supplier and other          3S-1.
04/28/04                                                                    Design Control                                                            Page 1 of 28
 
CRITERION 3                                          BASIC REQUIREMENT 3                                  COMMENTS ANSI N45.2; N45.2.11; and N18.7                                        NQA-1 1994 contractors.                                                4. Document control is addressed in Basic Requirement 6
: 2. Responsibilities within design organizations.            and Supplement 6S-1.
: 3. Technical information exchanges across external and      5. Maintenance of design documents is addressed under internal interfaces.                                        document control and retention is addressed in basic
: 4. Document control including review, approval, release,    requirement 17 and Supplement 17S-1.
distribution, and revision.                                6. Management review of the program is addressed under
: 5. Maintenance and retention of design documents.          Basic Requirement 2.
: 6. Management review of status and adequacy of program. 7. Training requirements are addressed in Basic
: 7. Necessary training of personnel performing activities    Requirement 2.
covered by this standard.                                  8. Design input is addressed in Basic Requirement 3 and
: 8. Identifying appropriate design input.                    Supplement 3S-1.
: 9. Preparation of design documents.                        9. Preparation of design documents is addressed in Basic
: 10. Specifying quality levels, acceptance standards, and    Requirement 3 and Supplement 3S-1.
record requirements.                                        10. Specifying quality levels is addressed in Basic
: 11. Performance of design verifications.                    Requirement 2. Specifying acceptance standards is
: 12. Conducting audits of design activities, their reporting addressed in Basic Requirements 3, 5, 10, and 11 with and follow-up.                                              associated Supplements. Records requirements are
: 13. Taking corrective action (see Section 9).              addressed in Supplement 3S-1 and Basic Requirement 17
: 14. Making experience reports available to cognizant        and Supplement 17S-1.
design personnel.                                          11. Design verification is addressed in Supplement 3S-1.
: 15. Controlling design changes.                            12. Audits is addressed in Basic Requirement 18 and
: 16. Other procedures as required by this standard.          Supplement 18S-1.
: 13. Corrective Action is addressed in Basic Requirements 15 and 16 and their associated Supplements.
: 14. Experience reports (operating experience included) are not addressed to any significant degree in NQA-1 related to design.
: 15. Change control is addressed in Supplement 3S-1.
: 16. Other procedures may be addressed throughout NQA-1 in addition to Supplement 3S-1.
N45.2.11, § 2.3 Factors Considered                          These factors are generally addressed as principles        Not requirements.
Some of the factors to be considered in establishing the    throughout the standards of NQA-1.
program include:                                            A similar list of factors to consider is contained as
: 1. Nature of the organization such as the plant owner,      nonmandatory guidance in Appendix 3A-1.
manufacturer, or architect-engineer, and the nature of the design interfaces among them.
: 2. Importance of the design activity to plant safety.
: 3. State of the art such as experimental, developmental, or 04/28/04                                                                Design Control                                                  Page 2 of 28
 
CRITERION 3                                        BASIC REQUIREMENT 3                                    COMMENTS ANSI N45.2; N45.2.11; and N18.7                                      NQA-1 1994 standard design.
: 4. Nature of design activity such as conceptual, preliminary, detailed design, or field engineering.
N45.2.11 § 1 Introduction                                  See NQA-1-1994, Part 1, Introduction, for Purpose and 1.1 Scope                                                  Applicability.
This standard provides requirements and guidance for a quality assurance program for the design of nuclear power plant structures, systems and components whose satisfactory and reliable performance is required:
: 1. To prevent accidents that could cause undue risk to the health and safety of the public; or
: 2. To mitigate the consequences of such accidents if they were to occur.
SUPPLEMENT 3S-1 SUPPLEMENTARY REQUIREMENTS FOR DESIGN CONTROL 1 GENERAL This Supplement provides amplified requirements for design control.
N45.2.11 § 1.1 - The requirements of this standard may    It supplements the requirements of Basic Requirement 3 of  Similar statement regarding use to the also be extended to other structures, systems and          this Part and shall be used in conjunction with that Basic extent specified by the purchaser components in whole or in part as specified by the        Requirement when and to the extent specified by the        (organization invoking this Part) purchaser.                                                organization invoking this Part.
This standard covers activities which affect the final design.
This standard is intended to be used in conjunction with ANSI N45.2.
N45.2.11 § 1.2 Applicability This standard applies to the plant owner, nuclear steam    See NQA-1-1994, Part 1, Introduction, for Applicability    Similar applicability established supply system (NSSS) designer, architect engineer or plant and Responsibility.                                        between the standards.
designer, and other organizations participating in design activities affecting quality of items covered by this standard. The extent to which the individual sections and elements of this standard are applied will depend upon factors such as the nature and scope of the work to be performed and the importance of the structures, systems and components to safe plant operation.
The ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code (Hereafter referred to as the Code) as well as other ANSI Standards, 04/28/04                                                                Design Control                                                          Page 3 of 28
 
CRITERION 3                                            BASIC REQUIREMENT 3                                    COMMENTS ANSI N45.2; N45.2.11; and N18.7                                          NQA-1 1994 has been considered in the development of this standard, and this standard is intended to be compatible with their requirements.
However, this standard does not apply to activities covered by Section III Division I and 2 and Section XI of the Code for those activities covered by the Code.
N45.2.11 § 1.3 Responsibility It is the responsibility of the plant owner to provide for the See NQA-1-1994, Part 1, Introduction, for Applicability    Similar responsibilities exist between establishment and execution of a quality assurance            and Responsibility.                                        the standards.
program for the plant design consistent with the provisions of this standard. The plant owner may delegate to other organizations the work of establishing and executing the quality assurance program, or any part thereof, but shall retain responsibility for overall program effectiveness. It is the responsibility of the plant owner and other organizations invoking this standard to identify the structures, systems and components, and to specify the extent to which the provisions of this standard apply to such structures, systems and components. In no way shall the program operate to diminish the responsibility of any contractor for the quality of services furnished.
N45.2.11 § 1.4 Definitions The following definitions are provided to assure a uniform    Note that the below definitions are copied from the        Definitions are contained in NQA understanding of select terms as they are used in this        introduction to Part I of NQA-1.                          1994, Part I, Introduction, § 4 Terms standard.                                                                                                                and Definitions Design - Technical and management processes which              Design process - technical and management processes that  Similar definition.
commence with identification of design input and which        commence with identification of design input and that lead lead to and include the issuance of design output              to and include the issuance of design output documents documents.
Design Input - Those criteria, parameters, bases or other      Design input - those criteria, parameters, bases, or other Similar definition.
design requirements upon which detailed final design is        design requirements upon which detailed final design is based.                                                        based Design Output - Documents such as drawings,                    Design output - drawings, specifications, and other        Similar definition.
specifications and other documents defining technical          documents used to define technical requirements of requirements of structures, systems and components as          structures, systems, components, and computer programs delineated in Section 4.
External Design Interface - Relationship between design                                                                  Design interface is not defined in groups from different companies. Examples are the                                                                        NQA-1, but controls for interface are 04/28/04                                                                    Design Control                                                          Page 4 of 28
 
CRITERION 3                                            BASIC REQUIREMENT 3                                      COMMENTS ANSI N45.2; N45.2.11; and N18.7                                            NQA-1 1994 interfaces between the plant owner and the architect                                                                        described in Supplement 3S-1, § 6 engineer or the plant owner and the NSSS supplier, or the                                                                    Interface Control architect engineer and the NSSS supplier.
Final Design - Approved design output documents and            Design, final - approved design output documents and          Similar definition.
approved changes thereto.                                      approved changes thereto Internal Design Interface - Relationship between design                                                                      Design interface is not defined in groups or organizations within a company.                                                                                    NQA-1, but controls for interface are described in Supplement 3S-1, § 6 Interface Control Procedures - A document that specifies or describes how        Procedure - a document that specifies or describes how an    Similar definition.
an activity is to be performed. It may include methods to      activity is to be performed be employed, equipment or materials to be used and sequence of operations.
Design change - any revision or alteration of the technical  New definition not previously in requirements defined by approved and issued design            N45.2.11.
output documents and approved and issued changes thereto N45.2.11, § 1.5 Referenced Documents                                                                                        Applicability of other standards and Other documents that are required to be included as part of                                                                  Regulatory Guides is addressed in this standard will be identified at the point of reference and                                                              Appendix C of the new QAPD.
described in Section 12 of this standard. The issue or edition of the referenced document that is required will be specified either at the point of reference or in Section 12 of this standard.
NRC Reg. Guide 1.64, Reg. Position C.1 indicates that the specific acceptability of these listed documents has been or will be covered separately in other regulatory guides or in Commission regulations where appropriate.
N45.2.11, § 3. Design Input Requirements                      2 DESIGN INPUT 3.1 General                                                    Applicable design inputs, such as design bases,              Similar requirement.
Applicable design inputs, such as design bases, regulatory    performance requirements, regulatory requirements, codes, requirements, codes and standards, shall be identified,        and standards, shall be identified and documented, and documented and their selection reviewed and approved.          their selection reviewed and approved by the responsible design organization.
The design input should be specified on a timely basis and    The design input shall be specified and approved on a        Similar requirement.
to the level of detail necessary to permit the design activity timely basis and to the level of detail necessary to permit to be carried out in a correct manner and to provide a        the design activity to be carried out in a correct manner and consistent basis for making design decisions,                  to provide a consistent basis for making design decisions, accomplishing design verification measures, and                accomplishing design verification measures, and 04/28/04                                                                    Design Control                                                            Page 5 of 28
 
CRITERION 3                                          BASIC REQUIREMENT 3                                    COMMENTS ANSI N45.2; N45.2.11; and N18.7                                          NQA-1 1994 evaluating design changes.                                  evaluating design changes.
N45.2 Changes or deviations from specified design            Changes from approved design inputs, including the reason  Similar requirement.
requirements or quality standards shall be identified,      for the changes, shall be identified, approved, documented, documented, and controlled.                                  and controlled.
N45.2.11 §3.1, ¶ 1 - Changes from specified design inputs including the reasons for the changes shall be identified, approved, documented and controlled.
N45.2.11 § 3.2 Requirements                                                                                              The detailed list of design input The design input shall include but is not limited to the                                                                requirements has been moved to (and following, where applicable:                                                                                            expounded upon as nonmandatory
: 1. Basic functions of each structure, system and                                                                        guidance in) NQA-1, Appendix 3A-1.
component.
: 2. Performance requirements such as capacity, rating, system output.
: 3. Codes, standards, and regulatory requirements including the applicable issue and/or addenda.
: 4. Design conditions such as pressure, temperature, fluid chemistry and voltage.
: 5. Loads such as seismic, wind, thermal and dynamic.
: 6. Environmental conditions anticipated during storage, construction and operation such as pressure, temperature, humidity, corrosiveness, site elevation, wind direction, nuclear radiation, electromagnetic radiation and duration of exposure.
: 7. Interface requirements including definition of the functional and physical interfaces involving structures, systems and components.
: 8. Material requirements including such items as compatibility, electrical insulation properties, protective coating and corrosion resistance.
: 9. Mechanical requirements such as vibration, stress, shock and reaction forces.
: 10. Structural requirements covering such items as equipment foundations and pipe supports.
: 11. Hydraulic requirements such as pump net positive suction heads (NPSH), allowable pressure drops, and allowable fluid velocities.
: 12. Chemistry requirements such as provisions for sampling and limitations on water chemistry.
04/28/04                                                                Design Control                                                            Page 6 of 28
 
CRITERION 3                            BASIC REQUIREMENT 3 COMMENTS ANSI N45.2; N45.2.11; and N18.7                        NQA-1 1994
: 13. Electrical requirements such as source of power, voltage, raceway requirements, electrical insulation and motor requirements.
: 14. Layout and arrangement requirements.
: 15. Operational requirements under various conditions, such as plant startup, normal plant operation, plant shutdown, plant emergency, operation, special or infrequent operation, and system abnormal or emergency operation.
: 16. Instrumentation and control requirements including indicating instruments, controls and alarms required for operation, testing, and maintenance. Other requirements such as the type of instrument, installed spares, range of measurement, and location of indication should also be included.
: 17. Access and administrative control requirements for plant security.
: 18. Redundancy, diversity and separation requirements of structures, systems and components.
: 19. Failure effects requirements of structures, systems and components, including a definition of those events and accidents which they must be designed to withstand.
: 20. Test requirements including in-plant tests and the conditions under which they will be performed.
: 21. Accessibility, maintenance, repair and inservice inspection requirements for the plant including the conditions under which these will be performed.
: 22. Personnel requirements and limitations including the qualification and number of personnel available for plant operation, maintenance, testing and inspection and permissible personnel radiation exposures for specified areas and conditions.
: 23. Transportability requirements such as size and shipping weight, limitations, I.C.C. regulations.
: 24. Fire protection or resistance requirements.
: 25. Handling, storage and shipping requirements.
: 26. Other requirements to prevent undue risk to the health and safety of the public.
: 27. Materials, processes,. parts and equipment suitable for 04/28/04                                                    Design Control              Page 7 of 28
 
CRITERION 3                                            BASIC REQUIREMENT 3                                        COMMENTS ANSI N45.2; N45.2.11; and N18.7                                            NQA-1 1994 application.
: 28. Safety requirements for preventing personnel injury including such items as radiation hazards, restricting the use of dangerous materials, escape provisions from enclosures, and grounding of electrical systems.
N45.2.11, § 4. Design Process                                  3 DESIGN PROCESS Design activities shall be prescribed and accomplished in      The responsible design organization shall prescribe and        Similar requirement.
accordance with procedures of a type sufficient to assure      document the design activities on a timely basis and to the that applicable design inputs are correctly translated into    level of detail necessary to permit the design process to be specifications, drawings, procedures or instructions.          carried out in a correct manner, and to permit verification N45.2.11 § 4.1, ¶ 2 - The design activities may be            that the design meets requirements. Design documents prescribed in job specifications, work-instructions,          shall be adequate to support facility design, construction, planning sheets, procedure manuals, test procedures, or        and operation.
any other type of written form, which provides adequate control and permits reviewing, checking or verifying the results of the activity, by personnel who are experienced in the subject activity.
ANSI N45.2 These measures shall include provisions to          Appropriate quality standards shall be identified and          Similar requirement.
assure that appropriate quality standards are specified and    documented, and their selection reviewed and approved.
included or referenced in design documents.
N45.2.11 § 4.1, ¶ 1 - Appropriate quality standards shall be identified, documented and their selection reviewed and approved.
N45.2.11 § 4.1, ¶ 1 - Changes from specified quality          Changes from specified quality standards, including the        Similar requirement.
standards including reasons for the changes shall be          reasons for the changes, shall be identified, approved, identified, approved, documented and controlled.              documented, and controlled.
N45.2 Measures shall also be established for the selection    Design methods, materials, parts, equipment, and processes      Similar requirement.
and review for suitability of application of materials, parts, that are essential to the function of the structure, system, or equipment, and processes that are essential to the function    component shall be selected and reviewed for suitability of of the structure, system, or component.                        application.
Applicable information derived from experience, as set          Reference ANSI N45.2.11, § 2.2, Item forth in reports or other documentation, shall be made          14 regarding experience.
available to cognizant design personnel.
04/28/04                                                                    Design Control                                                              Page 8 of 28
 
CRITERION 3                                              BASIC REQUIREMENT 3                                      COMMENTS ANSI N45.2; N45.2.11; and N18.7                                            NQA-1 1994 N45.2.11 § 4.1, ¶ 3 - Methods shall provide for relating the  The final design (approved design output documents and        Similar requirement.
final design back to the source of design input. This          approved changes thereto) shall:
traceability shall be documented in accordance with the        (a) be relatable to the design input by documentation in      New information regarding assemblies requirements of Section 10.                                    sufficient detail to permit design verification; and          and component parts.
N45.2.11 § 4.1, ¶ 4 - The design activities shall be          (b) identify assemblies and/or components that are part of documented in sufficient detail to permit verification and    the item being designed. When such an assembly or auditing as required by this standard.                        component part is a commercial grade item that, prior to its installation, is modified or selected by special inspection and/or testing to requirements that are more restrictive than the Suppliers published product description, the component part shall be represented as different from the commercial grade item in a manner traceable to a documented definition of the difference.
N45.2.11, § 4.2, Design Analyses                              3.1 Design Analyses Design analyses such as physics, stress, thermal, hydraulic    Design analyses shall be performed in a planned,              Similar requirement. Examples and accident, shall be performed in a planned, controlled      controlled, and documented manner.                            removed from NQA-1.
and correct manner.
N45.2.11, § 4.2, ¶ 2 - Design analysis shall be legible and    Design analysis documents shall be legible and in a form      Similar requirement.
be in a form suitable for reproduction, filing and retrieving. suitable for reproduction, filing, and retrieval.
N45.2 Design control measures shall provide for design        They shall be sufficiently detailed as to purpose, method,    Similar requirement. Examples analyses, such as physics, stress, thermal, hydraulic,        assumptions, design input, references, and units such that a  removed from NQA-1.
accident; compatibility of materials; accessibility for        person technically qualified in the subject can review and inservice inspection, maintenance, and repair; and            understand the analyses and verify the adequacy of the delineation of acceptance criteria for inspections and tests. results without recourse to the originator.
N45.2.11, § 4.2, ¶ 2 - Analyses shall be sufficiently detailed as to purpose, method, assumptions, design input, references and units such that a person technically qualified in the subject can review and understand the analyses and verify the adequacy of the results without recourse to the originator.
N45.2.11, § 4.2, ¶ 2 - Calculations shall be identified by    Calculations shall be identifiable by subject (including      Similar requirement.
subject (including structure, system, or component to          structure, system, or component to which the calculation which the calculation applies) originator, reviewer and date  applies), originator, reviewer, and date; or by other data or by other data such that the calculations are retrievable. such that the calculations are retrievable.
(a) Computer programs may be utilized for design analysis    NQA-1 provides additional controls without individual verification of the program for each      on use of computer programs for application provided:                                        design analyses.
(1) the computer program has been verified to show that it 04/28/04                                                                    Design Control                                                          Page 9 of 28
 
CRITERION 3                                          BASIC REQUIREMENT 3                                      COMMENTS ANSI N45.2; N45.2.11; and N18.7                                          NQA-1 1994 produces correct solutions for the encoded mathematical model within defined limits for each parameter employed; and (2) the encoded mathematical model has been shown to produce a valid solution to the physical problem associated with the particular application.
Computer programs shall be controlled to assure that changes are documented and approved by authorized personnel.
Where changes to previously verified computer programs are made, verification shall be required for the change, including evaluation of the effects of these changes on (1) and (2) above.
N45.2.11, § 4.2, ¶ 2 - Procedures shall include            (b) Documentation of design analyses shall include (1)      Similar requirement. For N45.2.11, requirements for:                                          through (6) below:                                          item 1, the identification of documents
: 1. Identifying documents to permit ready reference and    (1) definition of the objective of the analyses;            is addressed under NQA-1, retrieval.                                                (2) definition of design inputs and their sources;          Supplement 17S-1.
: 2. Defining the objective of the analyses.                (3) results of literature searches or other applicable
: 3. Definition of design inputs and their sources.          background data;
: 4. Documenting the results of literature searches or other (4) identification of assumptions and indication of those applicable background data.                                that must be verified as the design proceeds;
: 5. Documenting assumptions, and identifying those          (5) identification of any computer calculation, including assumptions that must be verified as the design proceeds. computer type, computer program (e.g., name), revision
: 6. Identification of computer calculations, including      identification, inputs, outputs, evidence of or reference to computer type, code or programming, inputs and outputs. computer program verification, and the bases (or reference
: 7. Review and approval.                                    thereto) supporting application of the computer program to the specific physical problem; (6) review and approval.
N45.2.11, § 4.3 Drawings                                                                                                Requirements for control of documents (i.e. drawings) is addressed in Basic Requirement 6. Specific information regarding drawings is contained as non-mandatory guidance in NQA-1, Appendix 3A-1, § 3(a).
04/28/04                                                                Design Control                                                            Page 10 of 28
 
CRITERION 3                                          BASIC REQUIREMENT 3                                    COMMENTS ANSI N45.2; N45.2.11; and N18.7                                        NQA-1 1994 N45.2.11, § 4.4 Specifications                                                                                          Requirements for control of documents (i.e. specifications) is addressed in Basic Requirement 6.
Specific information regarding specifications is contained as non-mandatory guidance in NQA-1, Appendix 3A-1, § 3(b).
N45.2.11, § 4.5 Other Design Documents                                                                                  Requirements for procedures is addressed in Basic Requirement 5.
Requirements for control of documents (i.e. drawings) is addressed in Basic Requirement 6. Specific information regarding other design documents is contained as non-mandatory guidance in NQA-1, Appendix 3A-1, § 3(b).
NQA-1, Appendix 3A-1, § 3(c) provides guidance on information that design documents should include to support facility operation.
N45.2 § 4.3 Design Verification                            4 DESIGN VERIFICATION N45.2.11 § 6. Design Verification N45.2 Design control measures shall be applied to verify    Design control measures shall be applied to verify the      Similar requirement.
or check the adequacy of design, such as by the            adequacy of design, such as by one or more of the performance of design reviews, by the use of alternate or  following: the performance of design reviews, the use of simplified calculational methods, or by the performance of  alternate calculations, or the performance of qualification a suitable testing program.                                tests.
N45.2.11, § 6.1 General Measures shall be applied to verify the adequacy of design.
Design verification is the process of reviewing, confirming, or substantiating the design by one or more methods to provide assurance that the design meets the specified design inputs.
Verification of computer programs shall include            NQA-1-1994 Additional requirement appropriate testing.                                        to cover computer programs used in design.
N45.2 The responsible design organization shall identify    The responsible design organization shall identify and      Similar requirement.
the particular design verification methods utilized.        document the particular design verification method(s) 04/28/04                                                                Design Control                                                          Page 11 of 28
 
CRITERION 3                                          BASIC REQUIREMENT 3                                    COMMENTS ANSI N45.2; N45.2.11; and N18.7                                          NQA-1 1994 used.
The results of design verification shall be clearly        Additional requirement for NQA                                                              documented with the identification of the verifier clearly  1994.
indicated.
N45.2 The verifying or checking process shall be              Design verification shall be performed by any competent    Similar requirement.
performed by individuals or groups other than those who      individual(s) or group(s) other than those who performed perform the original design but who may be from the same      the original design but who may be from the same organization.                                                organization.
N45.2.11, § 6.1, ¶ 2 Design verification shall be performed by any competent individuals or groups other than those who performed the original design but who may be from the same organization.
N45.2.11, § 6.1, ¶ 2                                          This verification may be performed by the originators      NQA-1 addresses the NRC statement This verification may be performed by the originator's        supervisor, provided the supervisor did not specify a      and encompasses the MPS and VA supervisor provided the supervisor did not specify a          singular design approach or rule out certain design        QATR alternatives.
singular design approach, or rule out certain design          considerations and did not establish the design inputs used NRC Reg. Guide 1.64 has been considerations and did not establish the design inputs used  in the design or, provided the supervisor is the only      withdrawn with endorsement of in the design, or if the supervisor is the only individual in individual in the organization competent to perform the    NQA-1 through Reg. Guide 1.28.
the organization competent to perform the verification.      verification.
NRC Reg, Guide 1.64, Reg. Position C.2 states to replace the above sentence with the following: The duties of a supervisor and the relationship with subordinates varies widely in different organizations. Regardless of their title, individuals performing design verification should not (1) have immediate supervisory responsibility for the individual performing the design, (2) have specified a singular design approach, (3) have ruled out certain design considerations, or (4) have established the design inputs for the particular design aspect being verified. While design verification by the designers immediate supervisor is encouraged, it should not be construed that such verification constitutes the required independent design verification, nor should the independent design verification be construed to dilute or replace the clear responsibility of supervisors for the quality of work performed under their supervision.
MPS QATR alternative states: the Regulatory position 04/28/04                                                                  Design Control                                                        Page 12 of 28
 
CRITERION 3                                        BASIC REQUIREMENT 3                                    COMMENTS ANSI N45.2; N45.2.11; and N18.7                                        NQA-1 1994 states, in part, "It should not be construed that such verification constitutes the required independent design verification." The licensee has developed the following alternative to allow for adequate independent design verification:
* This review may be performed by the originator's Supervisor, only if the Supervisor:
* Did not specify a singular design approach;
* Did not establish the design inputs or did not rule out certain Design considerations;
* Is the only individual in the organization competent to perform the review.
Where the Supervisor performs the design review, the next level of management shall fulfill the Supervisor's responsibilities.
VA QATR alternative states: With regard to Paragraph C.2(1) of Regulatory Guide 1.64: If in an exceptional circumstance the designers immediate Supervisor is the only technically qualified individual available, this review may be conducted by the Supervisor, providing that: (a) the other provisions of the Regulatory Guide are satisfied, and (b) the justification is individually documented and approved in advance by the Supervisors management, and (c) Nuclear Oversight audits cover frequency and effectiveness of use of Supervisors as design verifiers to guard against abuse.
N45.2.11, § 6.1, ¶ 2                                        Cursory supervisory reviews do not satisfy the intent of Similar statement.
Cursory supervisory reviews do not satisfy the intent of    this Part.
this standard.
N45.2 The depth of review can range from a detailed check                                                            Not a requirement.
of the complete design to a limited check of such things as the design approach and the results obtained in the original design.
N45.2.11, § 6.1, ¶ 2 Design verification may vary from spot checking of calculations to actual tests in the field.
Verification shall be performed in a timely manner.      Additional requirement.
Design verification, for the level of design activity    Additional requirement.
04/28/04                                                                Design Control                                                      Page 13 of 28
 
CRITERION 3                                            BASIC REQUIREMENT 3                                      COMMENTS ANSI N45.2; N45.2.11; and N18.7                                            NQA-1 1994 accomplished, shall be performed prior to release for procurement, manufacture, construction, or release to another organization for use in other design activities except in those cases where this timing cannot be met, such as when insufficient data exist. In those cases, the unverified portion of the design shall be identified and controlled.
In all cases the design verification shall be completed prior Additional requirement.
to relying upon the component, system, structure, or computer program to perform its function.
N45.2.11, § 6.2 Extent                                        4.1 Extent of Design Verification The extent of the design verification required is a function  The extent of the design verification required is a function  Similar requirement.
of the importance to safety of the item under consideration,  of the importance to safety, the complexity of the design, the complexity of the design, the degree of standardization,  the degree of standardization, the state of the art, and the the state-of-the-art, and the similarity with previously      similarity with previously proven designs.
proven designs.
N45.2.11, § 6.2, ¶ 1                                          Where the design has been subjected to a verification        Similar requirement.
Where the design of a particular structure, system, or        process in accordance with this Part, the verification component for a particular nuclear power plant has been      process need not be duplicated for identical designs.
subjected to a verification process in accordance with this standard, the verification process need not be duplicated for identical designs.
N45.2 Regardless of the degree of standardization or          However, the applicability of standardized or previously      Similar requirement.
similarity to previously proven designs, the applicability of proven designs, with respect to meeting pertinent design standardized or previously proven designs with respect to    inputs, shall be verified for each application.
meeting pertinent design requirements shall be verified for each application.
N45.2.11, § 6.2, ¶ 1 However, the applicability of standardized or previously proven designs, with respect to meeting pertinent design inputs, including environmental conditions, shall be verified for each application.
N45.2.11, § 6.2, ¶ 1                                          Known problems affecting the standard or previously          Similar requirement.
However, known problems affecting the standardized            proven designs and their effects on other features shall be design and their effects on other features shall be          considered.
considered.
N45.2.11, § 6.2, ¶ 1                                          The original design and associated verification measures      Similar requirement.
The original design and associated verification measures      shall be adequately documented and referenced in the files 04/28/04                                                                    Design Control                                                          Page 14 of 28
 
CRITERION 3                                          BASIC REQUIREMENT 3                                      COMMENTS ANSI N45.2; N45.2.11; and N18.7                                          NQA-1 1994 shall, however, be adequately documented and referenced      of subsequent application of the design.
in the files of subsequent application of the design.
N45.2.11, § 6.2, ¶ 2                                        Where changes to previously verified designs have been      Similar requirement, but added Where changes to previously verified designs have been      made, design verification shall be required for the changes, clarification to check impacts from a made, design verification shall be required for the changes, including evaluation of the effects of those changes on the  change on other design analyses.
including evaluation of the effects of those changes on the  overall design and on any design analyses upon which the overall design.                                              design is based that are affected by the change to previously verified design.
N45.2.11, § 6.3 Methods                                      4.2 Methods N45.2 Verifying or checking should consist of, as a          Acceptable verification methods include, but are not        Similar requirement.
minimum, reviewing the design, spot-checking the            limited to, any one or a combination of the following:
calculations or analyses, and assessing the results against  design reviews, alternate calculations, and qualification the original design bases and functional requirements.      testing.
N45.2.11, § 6.3, ¶ 1 The responsible design organization shall identify and document the particular design verification methods to be used. Acceptable verification methods include but are not limited to:
: 1. Design reviews-
: 2. Alternate calculations-
: 3. Qualification testing-N45.2.11, § 6.3.1 Design Reviews                            4.2.1 Design Reviews.
N45.2 There are many ways of performing design reviews,      These are critical reviews to provide assurance that the    Not a requirement.
and various depths of reviews may be required depending      final design is correct and satisfactory.
upon the importance and complexity of the design being reviewed, the degree of standardization, the state-of-the-art, and the similarity with previously proven designs.
N45.2 The methods for design review can range from a formalized, multi-organization review to an informal, single-person review.
N45.2.11, § 6.3.1, ¶ 1 Design reviews are critical reviews to provide assurance that design documents such as drawings, calculations, analyses or specifications are correct and satisfactory.
Design reviews can range from multi-organization reviews to single-person reviews. The depth of review can range from a detailed check of the complete design to a limited check of such things as the design approach and the results 04/28/04                                                                  Design Control                                                          Page 15 of 28
 
CRITERION 3                                            BASIC REQUIREMENT 3                                    COMMENTS ANSI N45.2; N45.2.11; and N18.7                                        NQA-1 1994 obtained. The results of the review shall be documented and measures taken to ensure that the findings are implemented. Whether the review is conducted by one individual or a multi-organization there are a number of basic questions that shall be addressed such as:
N45.2.11, § 6.3.1 - Lists the following 19 items to          Where applicable, (a) through (f) below shall be addressed. Similar requirement.
consider in the design review.
: 1. Were the inputs correctly selected and incorporated into  (a) Were the design inputs correctly selected?              Similar requirement.
design? (See paragraph 3.2).
: 2. Are assumptions necessary to perform the design          (b) Are assumptions necessary to perform the design        Similar requirement.
activity adequately described and reasonable, where          activity adequately described and reasonable?
necessary, are the assumptions identified for subsequent    Where necessary, are the assumptions identified for re-verifications when the detailed design activities are    subsequent reverifications when the detailed design completed?                                                  activities are completed?
: 7. Was an appropriate design method used?                    (c) Was an appropriate design method used?                  Similar requirement.
: 3. Are the appropriate quality and quality assurance        (d) Were the design inputs correctly incorporated into the  Multiple questions in N45.2.11 related requirements specified?                                      design?                                                    to incorporating design inputs into the
: 4. Are the applicable codes, standards and regulatory                                                                    design combined into one question on requirements including issue and addenda properly                                                                        design inputs for NQA-1-1994.
identified and are their requirements for design met?
: 5. Have applicable construction and operating experience been considered?
: 9. Are the specified parts, equipment, and processes suitable for the required application?
: 10. Are the specified materials compatible with each other and the design environmental conditions to which the material will be exposed?
: 11. Have adequate Maintenance features and requirements been specified?
: 12. Are accessibility and other design provisions adequate for performance of needed maintenance and repair?
: 13. Has adequate accessibility been provided to perform the in-service inspection expected to be required during the plant life?
: 14. Has the design properly, considered radiation exposure to the public and plant personnel?
: 15. Are the acceptance criteria incorporated in the design 04/28/04                                                                  Design Control                                                        Page 16 of 28
 
CRITERION 3                                          BASIC REQUIREMENT 3                                    COMMENTS ANSI N45.2; N45.2.11; and N18.7                                        NQA-1 1994 documents sufficient to allow verification that design requirements have been satisfactorily accomplished?
: 16. Have adequate preoperational and subsequent periodic test requirements been appropriately specified?
: 17. Are adequate handling, storage, cleaning and shipping requirements specified?
: 8. Is the output reasonable compared to inputs?            (e) Is the design output reasonable compared to design      Similar requirement.
inputs?
: 6. Have the design interface requirements been satisfied?  (f) Are the necessary design input and verification        Similar requirement.
requirements for interfacing organizations specified in the design documents or in supporting procedures or instructions?
: 18. Are adequate identification requirements specified?                                                                N45.2.11 identifies these two items
: 19. Are requirements for record preparation review,                                                                    regarding design reviews. These are approval, retention, etc., adequately specified?                                                                        covered in NQA-1 under Requirements 8 and 17 along with associated Supplements.
N45.2.11, § 6.3.2 Alternate Calculations                    4.2.2 Alternate Calculations Verification of some types of calculations or analyses may  These are calculations or analyses that are made with      Similar requirement.
be achieved by comparison with alternate methods of        alternate methods to verify correctness of the original calculation or analyses. This shall be performed by a      calculations or analyses. The appropriateness of person or persons other than those who performed the        assumptions, input data used, and the computer program or original calculation. Where alternate calculations are      other calculation method used shall also be reviewed.
performed to verify the correctness of the original calculation a review shall also be performed to address the appropriateness of assumptions, input data, and the code or other calculation method used. The alternate method used for comparison may be a more simplified approach or less rigorous, such as when a hand calculation is used to check the computer code output. Although the simplified or less rigorous method may not exactly check the original calculation or analysis, it must provide results consistent with the original calculation or analyses.
N45.2.11, § 6.3.3 Qualification Testing                    4.2.3 Qualification Tests N45.2.11, § 6.3.3, ¶ 1 Design verification for some designs                                                            Not a requirement.
or specific design features can be achieved by suitable qualification testing of a prototype or initial production unit.
04/28/04                                                                Design Control                                                          Page 17 of 28
 
CRITERION 3                                            BASIC REQUIREMENT 3                                    COMMENTS ANSI N45.2; N45.2.11; and N18.7                                          NQA-1 1994 N45.2 In those cases where the adequacy of a design is to    Where design adequacy is to be verified by qualification    Similar requirement.
be verified by tests, the testing shall be identified.      tests, the tests shall be identified. The test configuration N45.2.11, § 6.3.3, ¶ 2 In those cases where the adequacy    shall be clearly defined and documented.
of a design is to be verified by a qualification test, the testing shall be identified and documented.
N45.2 Testing shall demonstrate adequacy of performance      Testing shall demonstrate adequacy of performance under      Similar requirement.
under the most adverse design conditions.                    conditions that simulate the most adverse design N45.2.11, § 6.3.3, ¶ 2 Testing shall demonstrate adequacy    conditions.
of performance under the most adverse design conditions.
N45.2 Operating modes and environmental conditions in        Operating modes and environmental conditions in which        Similar requirement.
which the item must perform satisfactorily shall be          the item must perform satisfactorily shall be considered in considered in determining the most adverse conditions.      determining the most adverse conditions.
N45.2.11, § 6.3.3, ¶ 2 All pertinent operating modes shall be considered in determining these design conditions where it is intended that the test program confirm the adequacy of the overall design.
N45.2.11, § 6.3.3, ¶ 2 Where the test is only intended to    Where the test is intended to verify only specific design    Similar requirement. Example from verify a specific design feature, the other features of the  features, the other features of the design shall be verified N45.2.11 is eliminated in NQA-1.
design shall be verified by other means. For example, it    by other means.
may be most effective to verify that an instrumentation cabinet is designed to withstand the maximum earthquake-caused vibratory motions by actually subjecting the cabinet and its associated components to shaker tests which correspond to these vibratory motions. The shaker tests will not, however, verify that the circuitry is designed correctly, or that the component in the cabinet will perform its intended function. Other tests or verification means are required to confirm that remaining design functions are adequately performed by the instrumentation and that those components perform the intended functions for the varying design conditions to which they are subjected.
N45.2.1, § 6.3.3, ¶ 3 Qualification testing shall be        Test results shall be documented and evaluated by the        Similar requirement for documenting performed in accordance with written test procedures        responsible design organization to assure that test          and evaluating test results.
which incorporate or reference the requirements and          requirements have been met.                                  Requirements for conduct of tests are acceptance limits contained in applicable design                                                                          addressed in NQA-1, Requirement 11.
documents. The test procedures shall include provisions for assuring that prerequisites for the given test have been met, that adequate instrumentation of the required range 04/28/04                                                                  Design Control                                                          Page 18 of 28
 
CRITERION 3                                            BASIC REQUIREMENT 3                                      COMMENTS ANSI N45.2; N45.2.11; and N18.7                                          NQA-1 1994 and accuracy is available and used, and that necessary monitoring is performed. Prerequisites include such items as calibrated instrumentation, appropriate equipment, trained personnel, condition of test equipment and the item to be tested, suitable environmental conditions and provisions for data acquisition. Test results shall be documented and evaluated by the responsible designer to assure that test requirements have been satisfied.
N45.2 If testing indicates that modifications to the item    If qualification testing indicates that modifications to the Similar requirement.
are necessary to obtain acceptable performance, the item      item are necessary to obtain acceptable performance, the shall be modified and retested as necessary to assure        modification shall be documented and the item modified satisfactory performance.                                    and retested or otherwise verified to assure satisfactory N45.2.1, § 6.3.3, ¶ 4 If testing indicates that modifications performance.
to the item are necessary to obtain acceptable performance, the modification shall be documented and the item modified and retested or otherwise verified to assure satisfactory performance.
N45.2.1, § 6.3.3, ¶ 4 When tests are being performed on      When tests are being performed on models or mockups,        Similar requirement.
models or mock-ups, scaling laws shall be established and    scaling laws shall be established and verified.
verified. The test configuration shall be clearly defined and documented.
N45.2.1, § 6.3.3, ¶ 4 The results of model test work shall    The results of model test work shall be subject to error    Similar requirement.
be subject to error analysis, where applicable, prior to use  analysis, where applicable, prior to use in final design in final design work.                                        work.
N45.2, § 4. Change Control                                    5 CHANGE CONTROL N45.2.11, § 8. Design Change Control N45.2 Design changes, including field changes, shall be      Changes to final designs, field changes, modifications to    Similar requirement.
governed by design control measures commensurate with        operating facilities, and nonconforming items those applied to the original design.                        dispositioned use-as-is or repair shall be justified and N18.7, 5.2.7.2 Modifications. Design activities associated    subject to design control measures commensurate with with modifications of safety-related structures, systems,    those applied to the original design.
and components shall be accomplished in accordance with N45.2.11-1974.[9]
N45.2.11, § 8, ¶ 1 Documented procedures shall be provided for design changes to approved design documents, including field changes, which assure that the impact of the change is carefully considered, required actions documented and information concerning the 04/28/04                                                                    Design Control                                                      Page 19 of 28
 
CRITERION 3                                          BASIC REQUIREMENT 3                                  COMMENTS ANSI N45.2; N45.2.11; and N18.7                                          NQA-1 1994 change is transmitted to all affected persons and organizations. These changes shall be justified and subjected to design control measures commensurate with those applied to the original design.
N45.2.11, § 8.1 Reasons for Changes                                                                                    Examples not stated in NQA-1 Design changes frequently result from such things as the following:
: 1. Qualification, preoperational, or operational test results are not satisfactory.
: 2. Interference problems discovered during construction.
: 3. Failures of structures, systems, or components to meet functional requirements.
: 4. Disposition of nonconforming items.
: 5. Changes in regulatory or other requirements.
: 6. Operational experience.
: 7. Design improvement.
N45.2, §4 It is the intent of this standard that design      These measures shall include assurance that the design  Similar requirement.
changes be reviewed and approved by the organizations        analyses for the structure, system. Changes shall be that performed the original design, review, and approval. approved by the same affected groups or organizations In the event that it is not practical for the original        which reviewed and approved the original design organizations to perform the required review or approval,    documents; except where an organization which originally other responsible design organizations may be designated,    was responsible for approving a particular design provided the designated organizations have access to          document is no longer responsible, then the Owner or his pertinent background information, have demonstrated          designee shall designate a new responsible organization competence in the specific design area of interest, and have  which could be the Owners engineering organization, or adequate understanding of the requirements and intent of      component are still valid.
the original design.
N45.2.11, § 8.2 Review of Changes Normally, the procedures for effecting design changes shall require that the documents which reflect the design change be reviewed and approved by the same groups or organizations which reviewed and approved the original design documents. Where an organization which originally was responsible for approving a particular design document is no longer responsible, the plant owner shall designate the new responsible organization which may be the owners own engineering organization. The designated organization shall have access to pertinent background information, have demonstrated competence in the specific 04/28/04                                                                  Design Control                                                      Page 20 of 28
 
CRITERION 3                                          BASIC REQUIREMENT 3                                      COMMENTS ANSI N45.2; N45.2.11; and N18.7                                          NQA-1 1994 design area of interest and have an adequate understanding of the requirements and intent of the original design.
When a design change is approved other than by revision      Additional requirement.
to the affected design documents, measures shall be established to incorporate the change into these documents, where such incorporation is appropriate.
N45.2.11, § 9.2 Review of Procedure                          Where a significant design change is necessary because of    Similar requirement.
Where a significant design change is necessary because of    an incorrect design, the design process and verification an incorrect design the design process and verification      procedure shall be reviewed and modified as necessary.
procedure shall be reviewed and modified as necessary.
N45.2, § 4.2 Interface Control                              6 INTERFACE CONTROL N45.2.11, § 5. Interface Control N45.2 Design control measures shall be applied as            Design interfaces shall be identified and controlled and the Similar requirement.
necessary to identify and control design interfaces and for  design efforts shall be coordinated among the participating coordination among participating design organizations.      organizations.
N45.2.11, § 5.1 External 5.1.1 Identification of Interface. The external interfaces between organizations performing work affecting quality of design shall be identified in writing and shall include those organizations providing criteria, designs, specifications and technical direction.
N45.2.11, § 5.2 Internal 5.2.1 Identification of Interface. Each organization performing work affecting quality of design shall identify in writing its internal design interfaces for managing the flow of design information between organizational units.
N45.2 These measures shall include the establishment of      Interface controls shall include the assignment of          Similar requirement.
procedures among participating design organizations for      responsibility and the establishment of procedures among the review, approval, release, distribution, and revision of participating design organizations for the review, approval, documents involving design interfaces.                      release, distribution, and revision of documents involving N45.2.11, § 5.1 External                                    design interfaces.
5.1.2 Responsibilities. Responsibilities for organizations shall be defined and documented in sufficient detail to cover the preparation, review and approval of documents involving design interfaces. Responsibilities may be set forth in tabular form or flow charts accompanied by appropriate text to clarify the intent. Appendices A and B 04/28/04                                                                  Design Control                                                          Page 21 of 28
 
CRITERION 3                                            BASIC REQUIREMENT 3                                      COMMENTS ANSI N45.2; N45.2.11; and N18.7                                            NQA-1 1994 provide examples.
N45.2.11, § 5.2 Internal 5.2.2 Responsibilities. Responsibilities for each organizational unit shall be defined and documented in sufficient detail to cover the preparation, review, approval, distribution and revision of documents involving design interfaces.
N45.2.11, § 5.1 External                                      Design information transmitted across interfaces shall be    Similar requirement. NQA-1-1994 5.1.3 Lines of Communication. Systematic methods shall        documented and controlled. Transmittals shall identify the  added detail on informal be established for communicating needed design                status of the design information or document provided and,  communication.
information across external design interfaces, including      where necessary, identify incomplete items which require changes to the design information as work progresses.          further evaluation, review, or approval. Where it is Documents shall identify the positions and titles of key      necessary to initially transmit design information orally or personnel in the communication channels and their              by other informal means, the transmittal shall be confirmed responsibilities for decision-making, for resolution of        promptly by a controlled document.
problems, for providing and reviewing information, and for taking other action within the scope of this standard.
5.1.4 Documentation. Procedures shall be established to control the flow of design information between organizations. Design information transmitted from one organization to another shall be documented in specifications, drawings or other controlled documents which are uniquely identified and issued by authorized persons. The procedures shall provide that design interface information be transmitted to affected organizations and that any information requested in the design interface transmittal be transmitted back to the originator.
Documentation requesting information or action shall be controlled by a system which assures that the response and the request can be related. Where it is necessary to initially transmit design information orally or by other informal means, the transmittal shall be confirmed promptly by a controlled document.
N45.2.11, § 5.2 Internal 5.2.3 Lines of Communication. Systematic methods shall be established for communicating needed design information across the internal design interfaces, including changes to the design information as work progresses.
5.2.4 Documentation. Procedures shall be established to 04/28/04                                                                    Design Control                                                          Page 22 of 28
 
CRITERION 3                                            BASIC REQUIREMENT 3                                      COMMENTS ANSI N45.2; N45.2.11; and N18.7                                            NQA-1 1994 control the flow of design information between organizational units. Design information transmitted from one organizational unit to another shall be documented and controlled. Transmittals shall identify, the status of the design information or document provided and, where necessary, identify incomplete items which require further evaluation, review or approval. Where it is necessary to initially transmit design information orally or by other informal means, the transmittal shall be confirmed promptly by a controlled document.
N45.2.11, § 7 Document Control                                7 DOCUMENTATION AND RECORDS N45.2 Records of implementation of these design control      Design documentation and records, which provide                Similar requirement.
measures shall be available for review.                      evidence that the design and design verification processes N45.2.11, §6.1, ¶ 3                                          were performed in accordance with the requirements of The results of design verification efforts shall be clearly  this Part (Part 1), shall be collected, stored, and maintained documented, with the identification of the verifier clearly  in accordance with documented procedures.
indicated thereon, and filed.
N45.2.11, § 7 Document Control Documented procedures shall be used to control issuance of design documents and changes thereto. These procedures shall assure that documents, including changes, are reviewed for adequacy and approved for release by authorized personnel and are properly distributed.
N45.2.11, §6.1, ¶ 3                                          The documentation shall include not only final design          Similar requirement.
Documentation of results shall be auditable against the      documents, such as drawings and specifications, and verification methods identified by the responsible design    revisions thereto but also documentation which identifies organization.                                                the important steps, including sources of design inputs that N45.2.11, § 10, ¶ 2 The documentation shall include not      support the final design.
only the final design documents such as drawings and specifications, and revisions thereto but also records of the important steps including sources of design inputs, which support the final design. The records shall be legible, identifiable and retrievable.
7.1 Document Preparation, Approval and Issue                                                                                Document Control requirements for Personnel shall be made aware of and use proper and                                                                          NQA-1 are addressed in Requirement current instructions, procedures, drawings and design                                                                        6 and Supplement 6S-1, rather than inputs. Participating organizations shall have documented                                                                    repeated under design control.
procedures for control of design documents and changes 04/28/04                                                                  Design Control                                                            Page 23 of 28
 
CRITERION 3                            BASIC REQUIREMENT 3 COMMENTS ANSI N45.2; N45.2.11; and N18.7                          NQA-1 1994 thereto to assure that current and appropriate documents are available for use. The document control procedures shall provide for:
: 1. Identification of personnel positions or organizations responsible for preparing, reviewing, approving ,and issuing documents and revisions thereto. This identification may take the form of Project General Instructions, design organization Policy Statements, a matrix showing document type against function, or other written forms appropriate to the organizational method of performing the design process.
: 2. Identification of the proper documents to be used in performing the design. The identification should include title applicable revisions, date of issue or any other relevant information that would precisely identify the document to be used.
: 3. Coordination and control of design (internal and external) interface documents. These interface documents should be mutually agreed to and prepared in sufficient detail to assure that the required reviews and approvals are accomplished.
: 4. Ascertaining that proper documents are accessible and are in fact being used. This might be accomplished by several schemes including the following examples:
periodic issuance of master drawing or specification lists showing the latest applicable revision (such lists could provide a reference for auditing the accessibility and use of the latest documents); or some type of receipting system can provide assurance that the latest documents have been received and obsolete revisions recalled. An example of such a receipting system is Appendix C, Drawing Issue Check List.
: 5. Establishing distribution lists which are updated and maintained current to assure that the proper personnel are sent all the required documents to perform the work. ANSI N45.2.11 7.2 Document Revision Significant changes to documents shall be reviewed and approved by the same organizations that performed the 04/28/04                                                      Design Control              Page 24 of 28
 
CRITERION 3                              BASIC REQUIREMENT 3              COMMENTS ANSI N45.2; N45.2.11; and N18.7                          NQA-1 1994 original review and approval unless other organizations are specifically designated. The reviewing organizations shall have access to pertinent background data information upon which to base their approval. However, minor changes to design documents, such as inconsequential editorial corrections or changes to commercial terms and conditions, may not require that the revised document receive the same review and approval as the original documents. To avoid a possible omission of a required review, the type of minor changes which do not require such a review and approval and the persons who can authorize such a decision shall be clearly delineated in the document control procedures.
N45.2.11, § 9. Corrective Action                                                    NQA-1 Corrective Action In addition to correcting a deficiency (or error), corrective                      requirements are identified in Basic action also includes, for significant or recurring                                  Requirements 15 and 16 and any deficiencies (or errors), determining the cause and                                associated Supplements.
instituting appropriate changes in the design process and the quality assurance program to prevent similar types of deficiencies (or errors) from recurring. A procedure shall be employed for providing such corrective action. This procedure shall also contain provisions for reporting the deficiency and corrective action to appropriate levels of supervision and management. The procedure shall also include follow-up actions that cannot be immediately completed to assure timely resolution and/or completion of the corrective action.
9.1 Detection of Errors Deficiencies or error in the design or the design quality assurance program may, be detected by:
: 1. Design verification measures.
: 2. Personnel using the design documents.
: 3. Audits.
: 4. Tests conducted.
: 5. Actual failure during operation.
: 6. Other means.
N45.2.11, § 10 Records                                                              NQA-1 identifies most records Design documentation and records which provide evidence                            requirements in Basic Requirement 17 that the design and review process was performed in                                and Supplement 17S-1 and doesnt accordance with the requirements of this standard shall be                          repeat the information in other 04/28/04                                                      Design Control                                Page 25 of 28
 
CRITERION 3                              BASIC REQUIREMENT 3            COMMENTS ANSI N45.2; N45.2.11; and N18.7                          NQA-1 1994 collected, stored and maintained in accordance with the                            sections.
requirements of ANSI N45.2.9.
 
Documentation and records will be either of the lifetime or nonpermanent category as defined in ANSI N45.2.9.
N45.2.11, § 11. Audits                                                              NQA-1 Audit requirements are A comprehensive system of planned and documented                                    contained in Basic Requirements 2 and audits shall be carried out to verify compliance with all                          18 and associated Supplements.
aspects of the Quality Assurance program for design including those procedures delineating quality assurance actions required during the design process.
11.1 Personnel These audits shall be performed in accordance with written procedures or checklist by personnel not having direct responsibilities in the areas being audited. For example, the person who performs an audit on design verification should not have been responsible for performing the design verification. The personnel performing audits shall be of a level of competency and have sufficient authority and organizational freedom to make the audit process meaningful and effective.
11.2 Internal Audits Design organizations performing work in accordance with the requirements of this standard shall be audited to assure that their design quality assurance programs are being implemented. Audits may be conducted internally by the design organization or by a unit independent of the design organization.
11.3 External Audits Organizations shall conduct or delegate the conduct of external audits of design organizations performing work for them to assure that specified design quality assurance program requirements are being implemented and are effective.
11.4 Audit Control Audits shall include an evaluation of design quality assurance policies, practices, procedures and instructions; the effectiveness of implementation; and actions taken to 04/28/04                                                      Design Control                                Page 26 of 28
 
CRITERION 3                          BASIC REQUIREMENT 3 COMMENTS ANSI N45.2; N45.2.11; and N18.7                        NQA-1 1994 correct deficiencies in the program. The audits should include the examination of design activities, processes and documents and records. An audit plan shall be developed and should identify the functional areas to be audited, the extent of audit within these areas to determine effectiveness, the names and assignments of those who will perform the audit, the scheduling arrangements and the methods of reporting findings and recommendations.
11.5 Audit Schedule Audits should be conducted on a routine basis to establish the adequacy of and conformance to the design quality assurance requirements. Audits should also be conducted when one or more of the following conditions exists:
: 1. When it is necessary to determine the capability of a subcontractor's quality assurance program prior to awarding of contract of purchase order for design services.
: 2. When, after award of contract, sufficient time has elapsed for the implementation of the quality assurance program for design and it is appropriate to determine that the organization is performing the functions as defined in the quality assurance program description, codes, standards and other contract documents.
: 3. When significant changes are made in functional areas of the quality assurance program for design including significant reorganizations and procedure revisions.
: 4. When it is suspected that safety related performance of the item is in jeopardy due to deficiencies and nonconformances in the quality assurance program.
: 5. When a systematic, independent assessment of program effectiveness or item quality or both is considered necessary.
: 6. When it is considered necessary to verify implementation of required corrective actions.
11.6 Results Audit results shall be documented and reviewed by management having responsibility in the areas audited.
Audit reports shall be in sufficient detail to permit management evaluation of the breadth of the audit as well as the validity of the findings.
04/28/04                                                    Design Control              Page 27 of 28
 
CRITERION 3                            BASIC REQUIREMENT 3 COMMENTS ANSI N45.2; N45.2.11; and N18.7                          NQA-1 1994 11.7 Follow-Up Appropriate corrective action and timely follow-up action, including re-audit of deficient areas, shall be taken where indicated by the audit findings.
04/28/04                                                    Design Control              Page 28 of 28
 
CRITERION 4                                          BASIC REQUIREMENT 4                                    COMMENTS ANSI N45.2 § 5, N45.2.13 § 3, N18.7 § 5.2.13.1                                NQA-1 1994 N45.2 Measures shall be established and documented to        Applicable design bases and other requirements necessary  Similar requirements.
assure that applicable regulatory requirements, design      to assure adequate quality shall be included or referenced bases, and other requirements which are necessary to        in documents for procurement of items and services.        ANSI N18.7 contains more detail on assure adequate quality are included or referenced in the                                                              the applicability of the measures and documents for procurement of items and services.                                                                        the need for procedures to control the N45.2.13 § 3.1 The Purchaser shall establish measures to                                                                procurement process. These are assure that applicable regulatory requirements, design                                                                  covered in a more general sense in the bases, and other requirements (including specific issue                                                                Introduction section of NQA-1, Part I.
dates and applicable addenda) which are necessary to                                                                    ANSI N18.7 invokes the use of ANSI assure adequate quality are included or invoked by                                                                      N45.2.13 requirements related to reference in the documents for procurement of items and                                                                Procurement Document Control services.                                                                                                              (Section 3 of that standard). The N18.7 § 5.2.13 Procurement and Materials Control.                                                                      applicable requirements have been
¶ 1 Measures shall be provided for procurement,                                                                        included in NQA-1, Supplement 4S-1.
documentation and control of those materials and                                                                        This has been acknowledged by the components including spare and replacement parts                                                                        NRC through the withdrawal of the necessary for plant operation, refueling, maintenance and                                                              Regulatory Guide (1.123) that modification. These measures shall utilize American                                                                    endorsed ANSI N45.2.13 where National Standard Quality Assurance Requirements for the                                                                licensees are committing to NQA-1.
Control of Procurement of Items and Services for Nuclear Power Plants, N45.2.13-1976. Procedures shall be established and implemented to ensure that purchased materials and components associated with safety-related structures or systems are:
(1) Purchased to specifications and codes equivalent to those specified for the original equipment, or those specified by a properly reviewed and approved revision.
(In those cases where the original item or part is found to be commercially "off the shelf," or without specifically identified quality assurance requirements, spare and replacement parts may be similarly procured but care shall be exercised to assure at least equivalent performance. In those cases where the QA requirements of the original item cannot be determined, an engineering evaluation shall be conducted by qualified individuals to establish the requirements and controls. This evaluation shall assure that interfaces, interchangeability, safety, fit and function are not adversely affected or contrary to applicable regulatory or code requirements. The results of this evaluation shall 04/28/04                                                        Procurement Document Control                                                      Page 1 of 8
 
CRITERION 4                                        BASIC REQUIREMENT 4                                      COMMENTS ANSI N45.2 § 5, N45.2.13 § 3, N18.7 § 5.2.13.1                              NQA-1 1994 be documented)
N18.7 § 5.2.13.1 Procurement Document Control.
Measures shall be provided to assure that applicable regulatory requirements, design bases and other requirements which are necessary to assure adequate quality are included or referenced in the procedures for procurement of items and services.
N45.2 To the extent necessary, procurement documents      To the extent necessary, procurement documents shall        Similar requirement.
shall require contractors to provide a Quality Assurance  require Suppliers to have a quality assurance program Program consistent with the pertinent requirements of this consistent with the applicable requirements of this Part standard.                                                  (Part1).
N18.7 5.2.13.1 To the extent necessary, procurement documents shall require suppliers to provide a quality assurance program consistent with the pertinent requirements of American National Standard Quality Assurance Program Requirements for Nuclear Power Plants, N45.2-1971. [2]
SUPPLEMENT 4S-1 SUPPLEMENTARY REQUIREMENTS FOR PROCUREMENT DOCUMENT CONTROL 1 GENERAL This Supplement provides amplified requirements for procurement document control.
It supplements the requirements of Basic Requirement 4 of this Part (Part1) and shall be used in conjunction with that Basic Requirement when and to the extent specified by the organization invoking this Part (Part1).
2 CONTENT OF THE PROCUREMENT DOCUMENTS N45.2 Procurement documents shall include provisions      Procurement documents issued at all tiers of procurement    Similar requirement.
for the following, as applicable:                          shall include provisions for the following, as deemed N45.2.13 § 3.2 Content of the Procurement Documents -      necessary by the Purchaser.
Procurement documents issued at all tiers of procurement shall include provisions for the following, as deemed necessary by the Purchaser:
N45.2.13 § 3.2.1 Scope of Work.                            2.1 Scope of Work N45.2.13 § 3.2.1 A statement of the scope of the work to  A statement of the scope of the work to be performed by      Similar requirement.
be performed by the Supplier shall be in the procurement  the Supplier shall be in the procurement documents.
04/28/04                                                        Procurement Document Control                                                Page 2 of 8
 
CRITERION 4                                            BASIC REQUIREMENT 4                                      COMMENTS ANSI N45.2 § 5, N45.2.13 § 3, N18.7 § 5.2.13.1                                  NQA-1 1994 documents.
ANSI N45.2, (2) Basic Technical Requirements                    2.2 Technical Requirements ANSI N45.2 Drawings, specifications, codes and industrial      Technical requirements shall be specified in the              Similar requirement.
standards with applicable revision data, test and inspection    procurement documents. Where necessary, these requirements, and special instructions and requirements,        requirements shall be specified by reference to specific such as for designing, fabricating, cleaning, erecting,        drawings, specifications, codes, standards, regulations, packaging, handling, shipping, and, if applicable, extended    procedures, or instructions, including revisions thereto that storage in the field; and for test equipment.                  describe the items or services to be furnished. The N45.2.13 § 3.2.2 Technical Requirements. Technical              procurement documents shall provide for identification of requirements shall be specified in the procurement              test, inspection, and acceptance requirements of the documents by reference to the specific drawings,                Purchaser for monitoring and evaluating the Suppliers specifications, codes, regulations, procedures or              performance.
instructions including revisions thereto that describe the items or services to be furnished. The procurement documents shall identify or provide for later identification of test, inspection and acceptance requirements, and any special instructions and requirements for such activities as designing, identification, fabrication, cleaning, erecting, packaging, handling, shipping and extended storage. All such technical requirement documents shall be prepared, reviewed and released under the requirements established by ANSI N45.2.11.
N18.7 § 5.2.13.1, ¶ 2 Procurement documents shall include provisions for the following, as applicable: (2) Basic Technical Requirements. Where specific technical requirements apply, such as drawings, specifications, and industrial codes and standards, they shall be identified by titles and dates of issue in such a way as to clearly set forth the applicable documents. Where procedural requirements apply, in such areas as test and inspection needs, fabrication, cleaning, erecting, packaging, handling, shipping and storage, they too, shall be identified clearly and in such a way as to avoid uncertainty as to source and need.
N45.2 (1) Supplier Quality Assurance Program                    2.3 Quality Assurance Program Requirements N45.2 (1) Identification of quality assurance requirements      Procurement documents shall require that the Supplier        Similar requirement.
and the elements of the program applicable to the items or      have a documented quality assurance program that              The appendix referred to in N45.2.13 services procured. This may be accomplished in various          implements portions or all of the requirements of this Part  was not considered a part of the ways, such as the following: (a) invoking this standard by      (Part1).                                                      standard. The guidance in the 04/28/04                                                            Procurement Document Control                                                        Page 3 of 8
 
CRITERION 4                                          BASIC REQUIREMENT 4                                  COMMENTS ANSI N45.2 § 5, N45.2.13 § 3, N18.7 § 5.2.13.1                                  NQA-1 1994 reference, or (b) invoking applicable sections or elements                                                            appendix has been incorporated into of this standard, or (c) invoking other specific requirements                                                          the NQA-1 nonmandatory guidance of which meet the intent of this standard.                                                                                Appendices 4A-1 and 7A-1.
N45.2.13 § 3.2.3 Quality Assurance Program Requirements. Procurement documents shall require that the Supplier have a documented quality assurance program that implements portions or all of ANSI N45.2 as well as applicable quality assurance program requirements of other nationally recognized codes and standards. (The Appendix provides an explanation and examples of logic and considerations which may be used to decide how and to what extent quality assurance program requirements shall be specified in procurement documents. The Appendix is not a part of this standard.)
N18.7 § 5.2.13.1, ¶ 1, Sentence 2 - To the extent necessary, procurement documents shall require suppliers to provide a quality assurance program consistent with the pertinent requirements of American National Standard Quality Assurance Program Requirements for Nuclear Power Plants, N45.2-1971.
N18.7 § 5.2.13, ¶ 1 The Appendix to N45.2.13 is              The extent of the program required shall depend upon the Similar requirement.
particularly useful in determining the quality assurance      type and use of the item or service being procured.      The appendix referred to in N45.2.13 requirements depending on the complexity or safety of the                                                              was not considered a part of the item.                                                                                                                  standard. The guidance in the N18.7 § 5.2.13.1, ¶ 2 Procurement documents shall include                                                              appendix has been incorporated into provisions for the following, as applicable: (1) Supplier                                                              the NQA-1 nonmandatory guidance of Quality Assurance Program. Identification of quality                                                                  Appendices 4A-1 and 7A-1.
assurance requirements applicable to the items or services procured.
N45.2 (5 ) Lower Tier Procurements. Provisions for            The procurement documents shall require the Supplier to  Similar requirement.
extending applicable requirements of procurement              incorporate appropriate quality assurance program        The appendix referred to in N45.2.13 documents to lower tier subcontractors and suppliers,        requirements in subtier procurement documents.          was not considered a part of the including purchasers access to facilities and records.                                                                standard. The guidance in the N45.2.13 § 3.2.3 The procurement documents shall require                                                              appendix has been incorporated into the Supplier to incorporate appropriate quality assurance                                                              the NQA-1 nonmandatory guidance of program requirements in subtier procurement documents.                                                                Appendices 4A-1 and 7A-1.
N18.7 § 5.2.13.1, ¶ 2 Procurement documents shall include provisions for the following, as applicable: (5) Lower Tier Procurement. Provisions for extending applicable 04/28/04                                                          Procurement Document Control                                                    Page 4 of 8
 
CRITERION 4                                        BASIC REQUIREMENT 4                                          COMMENTS ANSI N45.2 § 5, N45.2.13 § 3, N18.7 § 5.2.13.1                                NQA-1 1994 requirements to lower tier subcontractors and suppliers, including purchaser's access to facilities and records.
N45.2(3) Source Inspection and Audit                        2.4 Right of Access N45.2 Provisions for access to the plant facilities and    At each tier of a procurement, the procurement documents        Similar requirements.
records for source inspection and audit when the need for  shall provide for access to the Supplier's plant facilities and N45.2.13 contains guidance on such inspection or audit has been determined.              records for inspection or audit by the Purchaser, his          sufficient notice for access to a N45.2.13 § 3.2.4 Right of Access. At each tier of a        designated representative, and/or other parties authorized      suppliers facility that are more good procurement, the procurement document shall provide, as    by the Purchaser.                                              business sense than quality assurance deemed necessary by the Purchaser, for access to the                                                                        requirements.
Supplier's plant facilities and records for inspection or audit by the Purchaser, his designated representative, and/or other parties authorized by the Purchaser. The provisions should include a statement of the minimum time of advance notice and the method of communication of such notice. They should include or provide for the later identification (see Section 6.2) of the events such as witness and hold points established or considered appropriate for the Purchaser's presence at the Supplier's facility.
N18.7 § 5.2.13.1, ¶ 2 Procurement documents shall include provisions for the following, as applicable: (3) Source Inspection and Audit. Provisions for access to the supplier's facilities and records for source inspection and audit when the need for such inspection or audit has been determined.
(4) Documentation Requirements.                            2.5 Documentation Requirements N45.2 Records to be prepared, maintained, submitted. Or    The procurement documents at all tiers shall identify the      Similar requirement.
made available for review, such as drawings,                documentation required to be submitted for information, specifications, procedures, procurement documents,          review, or approval by the Purchaser. The time of inspection and test records, personnel and procedure        submittal shall also be established.
qualifications, and material, chemical, and physical test results.
N45.2.13 § 3.2.5 Documentation Requirements. The procurement documents at all tiers shall identify the documentation required to be submitted, including quality assurance records for information, review, or approval of the Purchaser. The time of submittal shall also be established.
N18.7 § 5.2.13.1, ¶ 2 Procurement documents shall include 04/28/04                                                        Procurement Document Control                                                              Page 5 of 8
 
CRITERION 4                                        BASIC REQUIREMENT 4                                      COMMENTS ANSI N45.2 § 5, N45.2.13 § 3, N18.7 § 5.2.13.1                                NQA-1 1994 provisions for the following, as applicable: (4)
Documentation Requirements. Records to be prepared, maintained, submitted or made available for review, such as drawings, specifications, procedures, procurement documents, inspection and test records, personnel and procedure qualifications, and material, chemical, and physical test results.
N45.2 Instruction on record retention and disposition shall When the Purchaser requires the Supplier to maintain        Similar requirement.
be provided.                                                specific quality assurance records, the retention times and N45.2.13 § 3.2.5 - The Purchaser shall prescribe to the    disposition requirements shall be prescribed.
Supplier those quality assurance records of compliance for which retention responsibility remains with the Supplier.
ANSI N45.2.9 provides guidance for retention and disposition of quality assurance records.
N18.7 § 5.2.13.1, ¶ 2 Procurement documents shall include provisions for the following, as applicable: (4)
Instruction on record retention and disposition shall be provided.
2.6 Nonconformances N45.2.13 § 3.2.6 Nonconformances. The procurement          The procurement documents shall include Purchaser's          Similar requirement.
documents shall include Purchaser's requirements for        requirements for reporting and approving disposition of reporting and approving disposition of nonconformances. nonconformances.
Section 8 of this standard provides further guidelines on handling nonconformances.
2.7 Spare and Replacement Parts N18.7 § 5.2.13 Procurement and Materials Control.          The procurement documents shall require the identification  Similar requirement.
¶ 1 Measures shall be provided for procurement,            of appropriate spare and replacement parts or assemblies documentation and control of those materials and            and the appropriate delineation of the technical and quality components including spare and replacement parts            assurance related data required for ordering these parts or necessary for plant operation, refueling, maintenance and  assemblies.
modification.
N45.2.13 § 3.3 Procurement Document Review                  3 PROCUREMENT DOCUMENT REVIEW N45.2.13 § 3.3 A review of the procurement documents        A review of the procurement documents and changes            Similar requirement.
shall be made to assure that documents transmitted to the  thereto shall be made to assure that documents transmitted prospective Suppliers for bid or contract purposes include  to the prospective Supplier(s) include appropriate appropriate provisions to assure items or services meet the provisions to assure that items or services will meet the specified requirements.                                    specified requirements.
N45.2.13 § 3.3 - a. Such reviews shall be performed prior  Reviews shall be performed and documented to provide        Similar requirement.
04/28/04                                                        Procurement Document Control                                                  Page 6 of 8
 
CRITERION 4                                          BASIC REQUIREMENT 4                                      COMMENTS ANSI N45.2 § 5, N45.2.13 § 3, N18.7 § 5.2.13.1                                  NQA-1 1994 to release for bid and contract award and shall assure that  objective evidence of satisfactory accomplishment of such the documents are complete and contain the applicable        review prior to contract award.
requirements specified in Section 3.2 of this standard.
: d. Performance of reviews shall be documented to provide objective evidence of accomplishment.
N45.2.13 § 3.3 - b. Changes made in the procurement          Changes made as a result of the bid evaluations or          Similar requirement.
documents as a result of the bid evaluations or precontract  precontract negotiations shall be incorporated into the negotiations shall be incorporated into the procurement      procurement documents. The review of such changes and documents. The review of such changes and their effects      their effects shall be completed prior to contract award.
shall be completed prior to contract award.
N45.2.13 § 3.3 - b - This review shall include the          This review shall include the following considerations:      Similar requirement.
following considerations.                                    (a) appropriate requirements specified in Section 2 of this
: 1) Appropriate requirements specified in Section 3.2.        Supplement;
: 2) Determination of any additional or modified design        (b) determination of any additional or modified design criteria imposed after preparation of the procurement        criteria, documents.                                                  (c) analysis of exceptions or changes requested or specified
: 3) Analysis of exceptions or changes requested or specified  by the Supplier and determination of the effects such by the Supplier and determination of the effects such        changes may have on the intent of the procurement changes may have on the intent of the procurement            documents or quality of the item or service to be furnished.
documents or quality of the item or service to be furnished.
N45.2.13 § 3.3 - c. Reviews required by this section shall  Reviews required by this Section shall be performed by      Similar requirement.
be performed by personnel who have access to pertinent      personnel who have access to pertinent information and information and who have an adequate understanding of        who have an adequate understanding of the requirements the requirements and intent of the procurement documents. and intent of the procurement documents.
4 PROCUREMENT DOCUMENT CHANGES N45.2 Changes in procurement documents shall be subject      Procurement document changes shall be subject to the        Similar requirements.
to the same degree of control as was utilized in the        same degree of control as utilized in the preparation of the The controls of ANSI N45.2 Section 7 preparation of the original document.                        original documents.                                          are those related to Criterion 6, N45.2.13 § 3.4 Procurement Document Control                                                                              Document Control.
Procurement documents shall be controlled in accordance                                                                  The VA alternatives are inconsistent with ANSI N45.2 Section 7.                                                                                                between N18.7 and N45.2.13. The N18.7 § 5.2.13.1 ¶1, sentence 3 - Where changes are made                                                                  clarifying statement for N45.2.13 is to procurement documents, they shall be subject to the                                                                    bounded by the context of the related same degree of control as was used in the preparation of                                                                  statements (e.g., Section 3) within the original documents.                                                                                                  NQA-1 and the clarifications are no Alternative from current VA QA Topical Report                                                                            longer considered necessary.
With regard to Section 5.2.13.1 of ANSI N18.7-1976, titled Procurement Document Control: The words the same degree of control in the last sentence are replaced 04/28/04                                                        Procurement Document Control                                                          Page 7 of 8
 
CRITERION 4                                BASIC REQUIREMENT 4 COMMENTS ANSI N45.2 § 5, N45.2.13 § 3, N18.7 § 5.2.13.1                      NQA-1 1994 with Engineering review.
N45.2.13 § 3.1, sentence 2 - Procurement document changes shall be subject to the same degree of control as utilized in the preparation of the original documents.
Alternative from current VA QA Topical Report:
(3) With regard to Section 3.1 of ANSI N45.2.13-1976, titled Procurement Document Preparation, Review and Change Control: The phrase the same degree of control is stipulated to mean equivalent level of review and approval. The changed document may not always be rereviewed by the originator; however, at least an equivalent level supervisor shall review and approve any changes.
04/28/04                                                  Procurement Document Control          Page 8 of 8
 
CRITERION 5                                        BASIC REQUIREMENT 5                                COMMENTS ANSI N45.2 § 6 - ANSI N18.7                                        NQA-1 1994 Related Definitions: ANSI N45.2.10                        Procedure - a document that specifies or describes  Similar definition.
Procedure - a document that specifies or describes        how an activity is to be performed how an activity is to be performed. It may include methods to be employed, equipment or materials to be used and sequence of operations.
Related Definitions: ANSI N45.2.10                        Qualified Procedure - an approved procedure that has Similar definition.
Qualified Procedure- A procedure which incorporates      been demonstrated to meet the specified requirements all applicable codes and standards, manufacturers        for its intended purpose.
parameters, and engineering specifications and has been proven adequate for its intended purpose.
Related Definitions: ANSI N18.7                                                                                No related definitions in NQA-1 emergency procedures. Written procedures which                                                                Procedure types are discussed in the specify actions, including manipulation of plant                                                              QAPD.
controls, to reduce the consequence of an accident or potentially hazardous condition which has already occurred, to implement the emergency plan, or to prepare for possible hazardous natural occurrences.
maintenance and modification procedures. Written procedures defining the policies and practices by which structures; mechanical, electrical and instrumentation and control systems; and components thereof of a nuclear power plant are kept in a condition of good repair or efficiency so that they are capable of performing their intended functions. As used in this Standard, these procedures apply to those activities performed by maintenance or contractor personnel to maintain, repair or modify safety-related equipment.
Related activities are those actions taken by operating personnel to determine that a planned maintenance activity can be safely performed under the existing plant operating conditions, to authorize the release of equipment to be maintained in accordance with equipment control procedures, and to assure that the equipment has been returned to normal operating status at the completion of the maintenance work including verification of functional acceptability. Procedures for these related activities by operating personnel are considered to be operating procedures, but may be included in maintenance procedures.
04/28/04                                                    Instructions, Procedures, and Drawings                                            Page 1 of 17
 
CRITERION 5                                        BASIC REQUIREMENT 5                                      COMMENTS ANSI N45.2 § 6 - ANSI N18.7                                        NQA-1 1994 off-normal condition procedures. Written procedures which specify operator actions for restoring an operating variable to its normal controlled value when it departs from its range or to restore normal operating conditions following a perturbation. Such actions are invoked following an operator observation or an annunciator alarm indicating a condition which, if not corrected, could degenerate into a condition requiring action under an emergency procedure operating procedures. Written procedures defining the normal method, means and limits of operation of a nuclear power plant, a plant system or systems, or processes, including actions to be taken by operating personnel for removal from and return to service equipment on which maintenance is to be or has been performed (see also maintenance and modification procedures).
Related Definitions: ANSI N45.2.10                        Document - any written or pictorial information          Similar definition.
Documentation - any written or pictorial information      describing, defining, specifying, reporting or certifying describing, defining, specifying, reporting or certifying activities, requirements, procedures, or results. A activities, requirements, procedures, or results.        document is not considered to be a Quality Assurance Record until it satisfies the definition of a Quality Assurance Record as defined in this Supplement.
ANSI N45.2 Activities affecting quality shall be          Activities affecting quality shall be prescribed by and  Similar requirement.
prescribed by documented instructions, procedures, or    performed in accordance with documented instructions,    ANSI N18.7 contains a lot of specific drawings, of a type appropriate to the circumstances and procedures, or drawings of a type appropriate to the      detail on the type and content of shall be accomplished in accordance with these            circumstances.                                            procedures. Will incorporate the instructions, procedures, or drawings.                                                                              appropriate information into the QAPD
_____                                                                                                              using current alternatives to N18.7 N18.7 - 5.3 The administrative controls and quality                                                                without a specific commitment to N18.7 assurance program shall be carried out through plant                                                                to avoid confusion by use of redundant life in accordance with written procedures. Activities                                                              standards.
affecting safety at nuclear power plans shall be                                                                   
 
==Reference:==
ANSI N45.2.4, 5, 6, 8, and 11 described by written procedure of a type appropriate to                                                            contain additional procedure the circumstances and shall be accomplished in                                                                      requirements. These have been accordance with these instructions and procedures.                                                                  incorporated into NQA-1, Subparts 2.4, 5.2.7 Maintenance or modifications of equipment shall                                                              2.5, 2.6, and 2.8. N45.2.11 requirements be preplanned and performed in accordance with                                                                      are incorporated into Supplement 3S-1 of written procedures, documented instructions or                                                                      NQA-1.
04/28/04                                                      Instructions, Procedures, and Drawings                                                Page 2 of 17
 
CRITERION 5                                      BASIC REQUIREMENT 5                                    COMMENTS ANSI N45.2 § 6 - ANSI N18.7                                        NQA-1 1994 drawings appropriate to the circumstances which conform to applicable codes, standards, specifications,                                                          Reg. Guide 1.33 lists the activities that and criteria. Skills normally possessed by qualified                                                            require procedures. Will continue to have maintenance personnel may not require detailed step-                                                            procedures of the types addressed by Reg.
by-step delineations in a written procedure.                                                                    Guide 1.33 N45.2 - Instructions, procedures, or drawings shall      These documents shall include or reference appropriate Similar requirement. NQA-1 is not as include appropriate quantitative or qualitative criteria  quantitative or qualitative acceptance criteria for    detailed in describing examples of for determining that important activities have been      determining that prescribed activities have been      quantitative criteria. The requirement satisfactorily accomplished. The activity may be          satisfactorily accomplished.                          regarding approved preplanned methods prescribed in job specifications, work instructions, shop                                                        is addressed in the Introduction to Part II construction drawings, job tickets, planning sheets,                                                            of NQA-1 and in the appropriate operating or procedure manuals, test procedures, or any                                                          Subparts.
other type of written form, provided that the activity is adequately described. Quantitative criteria, such as dimensions, tolerances, and operating limits, and qualitative criteria, such as comparative workmanship samples, shall be specified, as appropriate, for determining satisfactory work performance and quality compliance.
ANSI N18.7 - 5.3 These procedures shall include appropriate quantitative or qualitative acceptance criteria for determining that important activities have been satisfactorily accomplished. These procedures shall provide an approved preplanned method of conducting operations. Procedures shall be prepared and approved prior to implementation as required by 4.3 and 5.2.15.
ANSI N18.7 - 5.2.2 Procedure Adherence. Procedures                                                              The requirement to have and work in shall be followed, and the requirements for use of                                                              accordance with procedures is addressed procedures shall be prescribed in writing. Rules shall be                                                        in the Basic Requirement of NQA-1. The established which provide methods by which temporary                                                            level of detail of N18.7 is not contained in changes to approved procedures can be made, including                                                            the Basic or Supplemental requirements the designation of a person or persons authorized to                                                            of NQA-1. This is addressed in the approve such changes. Temporary changes which                                                                    QAPD.
clearly do not change the intent of the approved procedure, shall as a minimum be approved by two members of the plant staff knowledgeable in the areas affected by the procedures. At least one of these 04/28/04                                                      Instructions, Procedures, and Drawings                                              Page 3 of 17
 
CRITERION 5                                      BASIC REQUIREMENT 5        COMMENTS ANSI N45.2 § 6 - ANSI N18.7                                      NQA-1 1994 individuals shall be the supervisor in charge of the shift and hold a senior operators license on the unit affected.
Such changes shall be documented and, if appropriate, incorporated in the next revision of the affected procedure. In the event of an emergency not covered by an approved procedure, operations personnel shall be instructed to take action so as to minimize personnel injury and damage to the facility and to protect health and safety.
Guidance should be provided to identify the manner in which procedures are to be implemented. Examples of such guidance include identification of those tasks that require:
(1) The written procedure to be present and followed step by step while the task is being performed (2) The operator to have committed the procedural steps to memory (3) Verification of completion of significant steps, by initials or signatures, of checkoff lists.
The types of procedures that shall be present and referred to directly are those developed for extensive or complex jobs where reliance on memory cannot be trusted, e.g., reactor start-up, tasks which are infrequently performed, and tasks in which operations must be performed in a specified sequence. Procedural steps for which actions should be committed to memory include, for example, immediate actions in emergency procedures. Routine procedural actions that are frequently repeated may not require the procedure to be present. Copies of all procedures shall be available to appropriate members of the plant staff. If documentation of an action is required, the necessary data shall be recorded as the task is performed.
Examples of procedures requiring verification are furnished in 5.3.4.1 and 5.3.4.2.
The Current VA program has the following alternative to this section: With regard to Section 5.2.2 of ANSI 18.7-1976, titled Procedure Adherence: The third and fourth sentences of the first paragraph of the Section address approval 04/28/04                                                    Instructions, Procedures, and Drawings          Page 4 of 17
 
CRITERION 5                                        BASIC REQUIREMENT 5                      COMMENTS ANSI N45.2 § 6 - ANSI N18.7                                        NQA-1 1994 requirements for temporary changes to procedures which do not change the intent of the approved procedure. Adequate reviews will be provided by two members of the plant supervisory staff knowledgeable in the areas affected, one of which will hold a senior reactor operator license on the unit affected. Adequate reviews will be performed in accordance with Section 17.2.5 above, the Technical Specifications for Surry Power Station and Appendix C of this topical report for North Anna Power Station.
ANSI N18.7 5.2.3 Operating Orders. A mechanism                                                      No similar specifics in NQA-1. Addressed shall be provided for dissemination to the plant staff of                                            in the QAPD.
instructions of general and continuing applicability to the conduct of business. Such instructions, sometimes also referred to as standing orders or standard operating procedures, should deal with job turnover and relief, designation of confines of control room, definition of duties of operators and others, transmittal of operating data to management filing of charts, limitations on access to certain areas and equipment, shipping and receiving instructions, or other such matters. Provisions should be made for periodic review and updating of standing orders.
ANSI N18.7 5.2.4 Special Orders. A mechanism shall                                                  No similar specifics in NQA-1. Addressed be provided for issuing management instructions which                                                in the QAPD.
have short-term applicability and which require dissemination. Such instructions, sometimes referred to as a special orders, should encompass special operations, housekeeping, data taking, publications and their distribution, plotting process parameters, personnel actions, or other similar matters. Provisions should be made for periodic review, updating and cancellation of special orders.
ANSI N18.7 5.2.5 Temporary Procedures. Temporary                                                    No similar specifics in NQA-1. Addressed procedures may be issued during the operational phase:                                              in the QAPD.
to direct operations during testing, refueling, maintenance and modifications; to provide guidance in unusual situations not within the scope of the normal procedures; and to insure orderly and uniform operations for short periods when the plant, a system, or 04/28/04                                                      Instructions, Procedures, and Drawings                                Page 5 of 17
 
CRITERION 5                                      BASIC REQUIREMENT 5                        COMMENTS ANSI N45.2 § 6 - ANSI N18.7                                      NQA-1 1994 a component of a system is performing in a manner not covered by existing detailed procedures or has been modified or extended in such a manner that portions of existing procedures do not apply. Temporary procedures shall include designation of the period of time during which they may be used and shall be subject to the review process prescribed in 4.3 and 5.2.15 as applicable.
Temporary procedures shall be approved by the management representative assigned approval authority.
ANSI N18.7 5.3 Preparation of Instructions and                                                      No similar specifics in NQA-1. Addressed Procedures. The administrative controls and quality                                                in the QAPD.
assurance program shall be carried out throughout plant life in accordance with written procedures. Activities affecting safety at nuclear power plants shall be described by written procedures of a type appropriate to the circumstances and shall be accomplished in accordance with these instructions and procedures.
These procedures shall include appropriate quantitative or qualitative acceptance criteria for determining that important activities have been satisfactorily accomplished. These procedures shall provide an approved preplanned method of conducting operations.
Procedures shall be prepared and approved prior to implementation as required by 4.3 and 5.2.15.
ANSI N18.7 5.3.1 Procedure Scope. Each procedure                                                  No similar specifics in NQA-1. Addressed shall be sufficiently detailed for a qualified individual to                                        in the QAPD.
perform the required function without direct supervision, but need not provide a complete description of the system or plant process ANSI N18.7 5.3.2 Procedure Content. The format of                                                  NQA-1 addresses the main requirements procedures may vary from plant to plant, depending on                                              of this in Part II, the remainder is the policies of the owner organization. However,                                                    addressed in the QAPD.
procedures shall include, as appropriate, the following elements:
(1) Title. Each procedure should contain a title descriptive of the work or system or unit to which it applies, a revision number or date, and an approval 04/28/04                                                    Instructions, Procedures, and Drawings                                    Page 6 of 17
 
CRITERION 5                                    BASIC REQUIREMENT 5        COMMENTS ANSI N45.2 § 6 - ANSI N18.7                                      NQA-1 1994 status.
(2) Statement of Applicability. The purpose for which the procedure is intended should be clearly stated; for example, for use during reactor or plant start-up. If the purpose is not clear from the title, a separate statement of applicability should be provided, which may identify the reasons for particular operations.
(3) References. References, including reference to technical specifications, should be included in procedures as applicable. References should be identified within the body of procedures when the sequence of steps requires other tasks to be performed prior to or concurrent with a particular step within that task.
(4) Prerequisites. Each procedure should identify those independent actions or procedures which shall be completed and plant conditions which shall exist prior to its use. Prerequisites applicable only to certain sections of a procedure should be so identified.
(5) Precautions. Precautions should be established to alert the individual performing the task to those important measures which should be used to protect equipment and personnel, including the public, or to avoid an abnormal or emergency situation. It may be convenient to specify precautions separately.
Cautionary notes applicable to specific steps in the procedure should be included in the main body of the procedure and should be identified as such.
(6) Limitations and Actions. Limitations on the parameters being controlled and appropriate corrective measures to return the parameter to the normal control band should be specified. It may be convenient to specify limitations and setpoints in a separate section.
Where appropriate, quantitative control guides should be provided; for example, an appropriate step of a procedure should say "Manually adjust the feedwater flow controller to maintain the reactor water level at x feet," rather than "Manually adjust the feedwater flow to maintain water level."
04/28/04                                                    Instructions, Procedures, and Drawings          Page 7 of 17
 
CRITERION 5                                    BASIC REQUIREMENT 5                      COMMENTS ANSI N45.2 § 6 - ANSI N18.7                                    NQA-1 1994 (7) Main Body. The main body of a procedure should contain step-by-step instructions in the degree of detail necessary for performing a required function or task.
(8) Acceptance Criteria. Procedures should contain, where applicable, acceptance criteria against which the success or failure of test-type activity would be judged. In some cases there would be qualitative criteria, i.e., a given event does or does not occur. In other cases quantitative values would be designated.
(9) Checkoff Lists. Complex procedures should have checkoff lists. These lists may be included as part of the procedure or may be appended to the procedure.
ANSI N18.7 5.3.3 System Procedures. Instructions for                                              No similar specifics in NQA-1. Addressed energizing, filling, venting, draining, starting up,                                              in the QAPD.
shutting down, changing modes of operation and other instructions appropriate for operations of systems related to the safety of the plant shall be delineated in system procedures. Procedures for correcting off-normal conditions shall be developed for those events where system complexity may lead to operator uncertainty. System procedures shall contain checkoff lists where appropriate.
ANSI N18.7 5.3.4 General Plant Procedures. General                                                No similar specifics in NQA-1. Addressed plant procedures provide instructions for the integrated                                          in the QAPD.
operations of the plant. In addition to the characteristics of procedures presented in 5.3.1 and 5.3.2, details concerning specific general plant procedures are emphasized in the following sections.
ANSI N18.7 5.3.4.1 Start-up Procedures. Start-up                                                  No similar specifics in NQA-1. Addressed procedures shall be provided that include starting the                                            in the QAPD.
reactor from cold or hot conditions and establishing power operation, with the generator synchronized to the line. Recovery from reactor trips shall be in accordance with the start-up procedure and shall be subject to the determinations set forth in 5.2.1.
(1) Prerequisites. Start-up procedures shall include provisions for documented determination that prerequisites have been met, including confirmation that 04/28/04                                                    Instructions, Procedures, and Drawings                                Page 8 of 17
 
CRITERION 5                                      BASIC REQUIREMENT 5                      COMMENTS ANSI N45.2 § 6 - ANSI N18.7                                      NQA-1 1994 necessary instruments are operable and properly set; valves are properly aligned; necessary systems procedures, tests and calibrations have been completed; and required approvals have been obtained. Checkoff lists are normally used for this purpose.
(2) Main Body. The main body of the start-up procedures shall include the major steps of the start-up sequence, including reference to appropriate system procedures. Such major steps shall include or reference detailed instructions for their performance, for example, minimum instrumentation requirements, coverage of control rod withdrawal sequence or soluble poison dilution, manipulation of controls, establishment of feed and steam flow and turbine start-up and synchronization. Checkoff lists should be used for the purpose of confirming completion of major steps in proper sequence.
ANSI N18.7 5.3.4.2 Shutdown Procedures. Shutdown                                                  No similar specifics in NQA-1. Addressed procedures shall be provided to guide operations during                                            in the QAPD.
and following controlled shutdown or reactor trips and shall include instructions for establishing or maintaining hot standby or cold shutdown conditions, as applicable.
The major steps involved in shutting down the plant shall be specified, including detailed instructions for the performance of such actions as monitoring and controlling reactivity, load reduction and cooldown rates, sequence of activating or deactivating equipment, requirements for prompt analyses of causes of reactor trips or abnormal conditions requiring unplanned controlled shutdowns, and provisions for decay heat removal. Checkoff lists should be used for the purpose of confirming completion of major steps in proper sequence.
04/28/04                                                    Instructions, Procedures, and Drawings                                Page 9 of 17
 
CRITERION 5                                    BASIC REQUIREMENT 5                      COMMENTS ANSI N45.2 § 6 - ANSI N18.7                                      NQA-1 1994 ANSI N18.7 5.3.4.3 Power Operation and Load                                                        No similar specifics in NQA-1. Addressed Changing Procedures. Procedures for steady-state                                                  in the QAPD.
power operation and load changing shall be provided that include, for example, provisions for use of control rods, chemical shim, coolant flow control or any other system available for long- or short-term control of reactivity, making deliberate load changes, responding to unanticipated load changes and adjusting operating parameters.
ANSI N18.7 5.3.4.4 Process Monitoring Procedures.                                                  No similar specifics in NQA-1. Addressed Procedures for monitoring performance of plant                                                    in the QAPD.
systems shall be required to assure that core thermal margins and coolant quality are maintained at all times, that integrity of fission product barriers is maintained at all times and that engineered safety features and emergency equipment are in a state of readiness to maintain the plant in a safe condition if needed. The limits (maximum and minimum) for significant process parameters shall be identified. The nature and frequency of this monitoring shall be covered by operating procedures, as appropriate.
ANSI N18.7 5.3.4.5 Fuel-Handling Procedures. Fuel-                                                No similar specifics in NQA-1. Addressed handling operations shall be performed in accordance                                              in the QAPD.
with written procedures. These procedures shall specify actions for core alterations, accountability of fuel and partial or complete refueling operations that include, for example, continuous monitoring of the neutron flux throughout core loading, periodic recording of date, audible annunciation of abnormal flux increases and evaluation of core neutron multiplication to verify the safety of loading increments.
Provisions shall be made for preparing specific procedures for each refueling outage and for receipt and shipment of fuel. Plant procedures should, nonetheless, prescribe the general preplanning for the fuel-handling program and its associated safety measures and should identify those aspects of the program for which procedures are to be prepared for each refueling outage.
(1) Prerequisites. Prerequisites shall be 04/28/04                                                    Instructions, Procedures, and Drawings                              Page 10 of 17
 
CRITERION 5                                    BASIC REQUIREMENT 5                      COMMENTS ANSI N45.2 § 6 - ANSI N18.7                                    NQA-1 1994 provided in the fuel-handling procedures that include, for example, the status of plant systems required for refueling; inspection of replacement fuel, control rods, poison curtains and internals; designation of proper tools; proper conditions for spent fuel movement; proper conditions for fuel cask loading and movement; and status of interlocks, reactor trip circuits and mode switches.
(2) Main Body. The main body of fuel-handling procedures shall include requirements for refueling; for example, the status of the core, instructions for proper sequence, orientation, and seating of fuel and components, rules for minimum operable instrumentation, actions to be followed in the event of fuel damage, rules for periods when refueling is interrupted, verification of the shutdown margin and the frequency of determination, communications between control room and the fuel loading station, independent verification of fuel and component location, criteria for stopping refueling and for reducing the size of the fuel loading increment, and a containment evacuation plan and its associated safety measures. Documentation of final fuel and component serial numbers and locations shall be maintained.
ANSI N18.7 5.3.6 Radiation Control Procedures.                                                    No similar specifics in NQA-1. Addressed Procedures shall be provided for implementation of a                                              in the QAPD.
radiation control program to meet applicable program requirements. The radiation control program involves the acquisition of data and provision of equipment to perform necessary radiation surveys, measurements and evaluations for the assessment and control of radiation hazards associated with a nuclear power plant.
Procedures shall be developed and implemented for:
monitoring both external and internal exposures of employees, utilizing accepted techniques; routine radiation surveys of work areas; environmental monitoring in the vicinity of the plant; radiation monitoring of maintenance and special work activities; and for maintaining records demonstrating the adequacy 04/28/04                                                  Instructions, Procedures, and Drawings                              Page 11 of 17
 
CRITERION 5                                    BASIC REQUIREMENT 5                      COMMENTS ANSI N45.2 § 6 - ANSI N18.7                                    NQA-1 1994 of measures taken to control radiation exposures of employees and others.
ANSI N18.7 5.3.7 Calibration and Test Procedures.                                                No similar specifics in NQA-1. Addressed Procedures shall be provided for periodic calibration                                            in the QAPD.
and testing of safety-related instrumentation and control systems. Procedures shall also be provided for periodic calibration of measuring and test equipment used in activities affecting the quality of these systems. The procedures shall provide for meeting surveillance schedules and for assuring measurement accuracy adequate to keep safety-related parameters within operational and safety limits.
ANSI N18.7 5.3.8 Chemical-Radiochemical Control                                                No similar specifics in NQA-1. Addressed Procedures. Procedures shall be provided for chemical                                            in the QAPD.
and radiochemical control activities. They should include, for example, the nature and frequency of sampling and analyses; instructions for maintaining coolant quality within prescribed limits; and limitations on concentrations of agents that could cause corrosive attack, foul heat transfer surfaces or become sources of radiation hazards due to activation.
Procedures shall also be provided for the control, treatment and management of radioactive wastes and control of radioactive calibration sources.
ANSI N18.7 5.3.9 Emergency Procedures. Procedures                                                No similar specifics in NQA-1. Addressed shall be provided to guide operations during potential                                          in the QAPD in accordance with current emergencies. They shall be written so that a trained                                            requirements for these type procedures.
operator will know in advance the expected course of events that will identify an emergency and the immediate action he should take. Since emergencies may not follow anticipated patterns, the procedures should provide sufficient flexibility to accommodate variations.
Emergency procedures that cover actions for manipulations of controls to prevent accidents or lessen their consequences should be based on a general sequence of observations and actions. Emphasis should be placed on operator responses to observations and 04/28/04                                                  Instructions, Procedures, and Drawings                                Page 12 of 17
 
CRITERION 5                                      BASIC REQUIREMENT 5                      COMMENTS ANSI N45.2 § 6 - ANSI N18.7                                      NQA-1 1994 indications in the control room; that is, when immediate operator actions are required to prevent or mitigate the consequences of a serious condition, procedures should require that those actions be implemented promptly
.The emergency procedure format given in 5.3.9.1 provides a basis for coping with emergencies and is an acceptable format for prescribing operator observations and actions. Emergency procedures may contain supplemental background information to further aid operators in taking proper emergency actions, but this information shall be separated from the procedural actions.
It is extremely difficult to distinguish between procedures prepared for the purpose of correcting off-normal conditions which in themselves do not constitutes actual emergency situations, but which conceivably can degenerate into true emergencies in the absence of positive corrective action and procedures required for coping with true emergencies that have already occurred. Some owner organizations choose the term "Off-normal Procedures" for the same purpose that others choose "Emergency Procedures." When initially available intelligence provided to operating personnel via instrument readings, physical conditions, and personal observations may not clearly indicate the difference between a simple operational problem and a serious emergency, the actions outlined in the emergency procedures shall be based on a conservative course of action by the operating crew. Considerable judgment on the part of competent personnel is required before departing from the emergency procedure.
(17) With regard to Section 5.3.9 of ANSI N18.7-1976, titled Emergency Procedure: As directed by the NRC, the Company follows a format for emergency procedures which is symptom based as opposed to event based as stipulated in Section 5.3.9.1. Since the Company has these symptom based procedures; event based procedures are not normally provided.
ANSI N18.7 5.3.9.1 Emergency Procedure Format and                                                  No similar specifics in NQA-1. Addressed 04/28/04                                                    Instructions, Procedures, and Drawings                              Page 13 of 17
 
CRITERION 5                                    BASIC REQUIREMENT 5                      COMMENTS ANSI N45.2 § 6 - ANSI N18.7                                    NQA-1 1994 Content. Emergency procedures shall include, as                                                  in the QAPD in accordance with the appropriate, the following elements:                                                              current requirements for these type (1) Title. The title should be descriptive of the                                        procedures.
emergency for which the procedure is provided.
(2) Symptoms. Symptoms should be included to aid in the identification of the emergency. They should include alarms, operating conditions and probable magnitudes of parameter changes. If a condition is peculiar only to the emergency under consideration, it should be listed first (3) Automatic Actions. The automatic actions that will probably occur as a result of the emergency should be identified.
(4) Immediate Operator Actions. These steps should specify immediate actions for operation of controls or confirmation of automatic actions that are required to stop the degradation of conditions and mitigate their consequences. Examples include the following: (a) The verification of automatic actions.
This step is based on equipment operating as designed and the sequence of events following an expected course. Since variations from the expected course may occur, operators should be prepared to manipulate controls as necessary to cope with the problem.
However, the procedure should caution the operator not to place systems in "manual" unless misoperation in "automatic" is apparent and should require him to make frequent checks for proper operation of systems placed in manual control. (b) Assurance that reactor is in a safe condition. This step usually means shutdown of the reactor with sufficient reactivity margin and establishment of required core cooling. (c) Notification to plant personnel of the nature of the emergency. (d)
Determination that the reactor coolant system pressure boundary is intact. (e) Confirmation of the availability of adequate power sources. (f) Confirmation that containment and exhaust systems are operating properly in order to prevent uncontrolled release of radioactivity.
04/28/04                                                  Instructions, Procedures, and Drawings                                Page 14 of 17
 
CRITERION 5                                    BASIC REQUIREMENT 5        COMMENTS ANSI N45.2 § 6 - ANSI N18.7                                    NQA-1 1994 (5) Subsequent Operator Actions. Steps should be included to return the reactor to a normal condition or to provide for a safe extended shutdown period under abnormal or emergency conditions.
5.3.9.2 Events of Potential Emergency. Potential emergency conditions shall be identified and procedures for coping with them shall be prepared. The following categories of events may, depending upon the design of the plant, be considered as examples of potential emergencies for which procedures are written and for which immediate action is indicated:
(1) Loss of coolant from identified and unidentified sources, from small loss to design-basis-accident loss (2) Reactor transients and excursions (3) Failure of vital equipment (4) Loss or degradation of vital power sources (5) Civil disturbances (6) Abnormally high radiation levels (7) Excessive release of radioactive liquid or gaseous effluent (8) Malfunction of reactivity control system (9) Loss of containment integrity (10) Conditions that require use of standby liquid poison systems (11) Possible natural occurrences (12) Fires (18) With regard to Section 5.3.9.2 of ANSI N18.7-1976, titled Events of Potential Emergency: The Company will interpret item (11) to mean the natural occurrences which have been evaluated in the UFSAR for the individual nuclear facility 5.3.9.3 Procedures for Implementing Emergency Plan.
Implementing procedures for emergency plan actions shall contain, as appropriate, the following elements:
(1) Individual assignment of authorities and responsibilities for performance of specific tasks to specific individuals or staff positions.
(2) Protective action levels and protective 04/28/04                                                    Instructions, Procedures, and Drawings          Page 15 of 17
 
CRITERION 5                                      BASIC REQUIREMENT 5                      COMMENTS ANSI N45.2 § 6 - ANSI N18.7                                      NQA-1 1994 measures outlined for the emergency identified.
(3) Specific actions to be taken by coordinating support groups.
(4) Procedures for medical treatment and handling of contaminated individuals.
(5) Special equipment requirements for items such as medical treatment, emergency personnel removal, specific radiation detection, personnel dosimetry and rescue operations, procedures for making this equipment available, plus operating instructions for such equipment, and provisions for its periodic inspection and maintenance.
(6) Identification of emergency communications network, including communications required for personnel identification and effective coordination of all support groups.
(7) Description of alarm signals in each facility.
At sites with multiple units, alarm signals should be consistent from one unit to another. (Signals for initiating protective measures should be clear and distinct from process or operational alarm system to avoid confusion.)
(8) Procedures required to restore the plant to normal conditions following an emergency.
(9) Requirements for periodically testing of procedures, communications network and alarm systems to assure that they function properly.
5.3.9.3 See also U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC)
"Guide to the Preparation of Emergency Plans for Production and Utilization Facilities."
(19) With regard to Section 5.3.9.3 of ANSI N18.7-1976, titled Procedures for Implementing Emergency Plan: The Companys NRC accepted Emergency Plan for each nuclear facility will be implemented in lieu of the requirements in this Section.
ANSI N18.7 5.3.10 Test and Inspection Procedures.                                                  No similar specifics in NQA-1. Addressed Test and inspection procedures shall contain a                                                      in the QAPD.
description of objectives; acceptance criteria that will be 04/28/04                                                    Instructions, Procedures, and Drawings                              Page 16 of 17
 
CRITERION 5                                    BASIC REQUIREMENT 5        COMMENTS ANSI N45.2 § 6 - ANSI N18.7                                    NQA-1 1994 used to evaluate the results; prerequisites for performing the tests or inspections including any special conditions to be used to simulate normal or abnormal operating conditions; limiting conditions; and the test or inspection procedure. These procedures shall also specify any special equipment or calibrations required to conduct the test or inspection. Test and inspection results shall be documented and evaluated by responsible authority to assure that test and inspection requirements have been satisfied.
Where tests and inspections are to be witnessed, the procedure shall identify hold points in the testing sequence to permit witnessing. The procedure shall require appropriate approval for the work to continue beyond the designated hold point. The test and inspection procedures shall require recording the date, identification of those performing the test or inspection, as-found condition, corrective actions performed, if any, and as-left condition.
04/28/04                                                  Instructions, Procedures, and Drawings          Page 17 of 17
 
CRITERION 6                                          BASIC REQUIREMENT 6                                          COMMENTS ANSI 45.2 §7 - ANSI N18.7 § 5.2.15                                      NQA-1 1994 N45.2 DOCUMENT CONTROL                                  The preparation, issue, and change of documents that        Similar requirement.
Measures shall be established and documented to          specify quality requirements or prescribe activities        ANSI N18.7 contains some additional control the issuance of documents, such as              affecting quality shall be controlled to assure that correct information regarding Document control instructions, procedures, and drawings, including        documents are being employed.                                that is not reflected in the basic or changes thereto, which prescribe activities affecting                                                                supplemental requirements of NQA-1.
quality.                                                                                                              Recommend incorporating this information ANSI N18.7-5.2.15 The administrative controls and                                                                    into the QAPD and eliminate any quality assurance program shall provide measures to                                                                  commitment to N18.7.
control and coordinate the approval and issuance of documents, including changes thereto, which prescribe all activities affecting quality. Such documents include those which describe organizational interfaces, or which prescribe activities affecting safety-related structures, systems, or components. These documents also include operating and special orders, operating procedures, test procedures, equipment control procedures, maintenance or modification procedures, refueling, and material control procedures.
N 45.2 These measures shall assure that documents,      Such documents, including changes thereto, shall be          Similar requirement. N18.7 has more including changes, are reviewed for adequacy and        reviewed for adequacy and approved for release by            detailed review requirements. The QAPD approved for release by authorized personnel and        authorized personnel.                                        has met the intent of N18.7 through the are distributed to and used at the location where the                                                                modified review programs that had prescribed activity is performed.                                                                                    previously been established at the sites in ANSI N18.7-5.2.15 These measures shall assure that                                                                    lieu of the specific review periodicity documents, including revisions or changes, are                                                                        defined in N18.7 (biennial review). The reviewed for adequacy by appropriately qualified                                                                      Millstone and the North Anna/Surry personnel and approved for release by authorized                                                                      review programs are continued through the personnel; and are distributed in accordance with                                                                    new QAPD and a biennial review for all current distribution lists and used by the personnel                                                                  procedures is not committed to in the new performing the prescribed activity, and that                                                                          program. Regulatory requirements for procedures are provided to avoid the misuse of                                                                        specific reviews will continue to be met.
outdated or inappropriate documents.
Procedures for operational phase activities of a nuclear power plant reflect the conditions that exist at the time the procedures are written. These conditions include the technical information available, industry experience, and in the case of the initial procedures for a new plant, assumptions made 05/21/04                                                                  Document Control                                                                Page 1 of 6
 
CRITERION 6                      BASIC REQUIREMENT 6 COMMENTS ANSI 45.2 §7 - ANSI N18.7 § 5.2.15                  NQA-1 1994 regarding the detailed behavior of the plant that may not be fully known prior to operation. In order to ensure that the procedures in current use provide the best possible instructions for performance of the work involved, systematic review and feedback of information based on use is required.
Each procedure shall be reviewed and approved prior to initial use. The frequency of subsequent reviews shall be specified and may vary depending on the type and complexity of the activity involved, and may vary with time as a given plant reaches operational maturity. Applicable procedures shall be reviewed following an unusual incident, such as an accident, an unexpected transient, significant operator error, or equipment malfunction.
Applicable procedures shall be reviewed following any modification to a system.
Plant procedures shall be reviewed by an individual knowledgeable in the area affected by the procedure no less frequently than every two years to determine if changes are necessary or desirable. A revision of a procedure constitutes a procedure review.
Procedures shall be approved as designated by the owner organization before initial use. Rules shall be established which clearly delineate the review of procedures by knowledgeable personnel other than the originator and the approval of procedures and procedure changes by authorized individuals.
The following exception is in the Current MP QAPD: ANSI N18.7-1976, Paragraph 5.2.15, Review, Approval, and Control of Procedures,"
states in part: Plant procedures shall be reviewed by an individual knowledgeable in the area affected by the procedure no less frequently than every two years to determine if changes are necessary or desirable.
The licensee implements administrative and programmatic controls that ensure procedures are maintained current in accordance with 10CFR50, 05/21/04                                                Document Control            Page 2 of 6
 
CRITERION 6                        BASIC REQUIREMENT 6 COMMENTS ANSI 45.2 §7 - ANSI N18.7 § 5.2.15                  NQA-1 1994 Appendix B, thus meeting the intent of the biennial review.
The licensee implements administrative controls to perform biennial reviews of non-routine procedures such as Emergency Operating Procedures (EOPs),
Abnormal Operating Procedures (AOPs), Off Normal Procedures (ONPs), Emergency Plan, Security and other procedures that may be dictated by an event.
Programmatic controls specify conditions when the mandatory review of plant procedures apply, and include a requirement to review applicable procedures following an accident or transient and following any modification to a system.
The licensee utilizes a pre-job briefing practice to ensure that personnel are aware of what is to be accomplished and what procedures will be used prior to beginning a job. In addition, the Procedure Compliance Policy requires that the job be stopped and the procedure be revised or the situation resolved prior to work continuing if procedures cannot be implemented as written.
Additionally, the licensees Quality Assurance Program requires the review of a representative sample of plant procedures as part of routine audits and surveillances to ensure that existing administrative controls for procedure verification, review and revision are effective in maintaining the quality of plant procedures. Significant procedural deficiencies are identified and corrected through the Station Corrective Action Program. The Station Self-Assessment Program also periodically reviews selected procedures and identifies deficiencies and improvements through the Corrective Action Program.
The following clarification is in the Current VA QAPD: (15) With regard to Section 5.2.15 of ANSI N18.7-1976, titled Review, Approval and Control of Procedures: The third sentence in paragraph 05/21/04                                                Document Control            Page 3 of 6
 
CRITERION 6                                      BASIC REQUIREMENT 6                                        COMMENTS ANSI 45.2 §7 - ANSI N18.7 § 5.2.15                                    NQA-1 1994 three is interpreted to mean: Applicable procedures, as determined by Station Management, shall be reviewed following an accident, an unexpected transient, significant operator error or equipment malfunction. The first sentence of the fourth paragraph is considered to be met via procedure reviews as described by administrative procedures.
Additional procedure review, approval, and control requirements/exceptions are discussed in Section 17.2.5. above. The biennial review requirement is deleted. The procedures upgrade program provides a systematic and effective process for developing and revising procedures which encompasses the intent of the biennial review.
SUPPLEMENT 6S-1 Supplementary Requirements For Document Control 1 GENERAL This Supplement provides amplified requirements for a document control system.
It supplements the requirements of Basic Requirement 6 of this Part (Part I) and shall be used in conjunction with that Basic Requirement when and to the extent specified by the organization invoking this Part (Part I).
The documents which shall be controlled in accordance        NQA 1-1994 added a requirement that with this Supplement are only those documents which          describes what falls under the document specify quality requirements or prescribe activities          control supplement.
affecting quality such as instructions, procedures, and drawings.
The term document control used throughout this                NQA 1-1994 Added language to bound Supplement is defined as the act of assuring that            and limit what falls under document documents are reviewed for adequacy, approved for            control.
release by authorized personnel, and distributed to and used at the location where the prescribed activity is performed.
2 DOCUMENT PREPARATION, REVIEW, APPROVAL, AND ISSUANCE N 45.2 Those participating in an activity shall be                                                                General language that meets the intent of made aware of and use proper and current                                                                          N18.7 has been included in Section 6 of 05/21/04                                                                Document Control                                                            Page 4 of 6
 
CRITERION 6                                        BASIC REQUIREMENT 6                                      COMMENTS ANSI 45.2 §7 - ANSI N18.7 § 5.2.15                                      NQA-1 1994 instructions, procedures, drawings, and engineering                                                                the QAPD.
requirements for performing the activity.
Participating organizations shall have procedures for control of the documents and changes thereto to preclude the possibility of use of outdated or inappropriate documents.
ANSI N18.7-5.2.15 Those participating in any activity shall be made aware of, and use, proper and current instructions, procedures, drawings, and engineering requirements for performing the activity. Participating organizations shall have procedures for control of the documents and changes thereto to preclude the possibility or use of outdated or inappropriate documents.
N 45.2 Document control measures shall provide          The control system shall be documented and shall provide  Similar requirement. NQA-1 is not as for: (1) identification of individuals or organizations for (a) through (c) below:                                detailed.
responsible for preparing, reviewing, approving, and    (a) identification of documents to be controlled and their issuing documents and revisions thereto; (2)            specified distribution; identifying the proper documents to be used in          (b) identification of assignment of responsibility for performing the activity; (3) coordination and control  preparing, reviewing, approving, and issuing documents; of interface documents; (4) ascertaining that proper    (c) review of documents for adequacy, completeness, and documents are being used; (5) establishing current      correctness prior to approval and issuance.
and updated distribution lists.
ANSI N18.7-5.2.15 Document control measures shall provide for: (1) Identification of individuals or organizations responsible for preparing, reviewing, approving, and issuing documents and revisions thereto; (2) Identifying the proper documents to be used in performing the activity; (3) Coordination and control of interface documents; (4) Ascertaining that proper documents are being used; (5)
Establishing current and updated distribution lists.
3 DOCUMENT CHANGES 3.1 Major Changes N 45.2 Changes to documents shall be reviewed and      Changes to documents, other than those defined as minor    Similar requirements approved by the same organizations that performed      changes in para. 3.2 below, are considered as major the original review and approval unless other          changes and shall be reviewed and approved by the same 05/21/04                                                                  Document Control                                                        Page 5 of 6
 
CRITERION 6                                      BASIC REQUIREMENT 6                                    COMMENTS ANSI 45.2 §7 - ANSI N18.7 § 5.2.15                                  NQA-1 1994 organizations are specifically designated.          organizations that performed the original review and ANSI N18.7-5.2.15 Changes to documents shall be      approval unless other organizations are specifically reviewed and approved by the same organizations      designated.
that perform the original review and approval unless the owner organization designates another qualified organization.
N 45.2 The reviewing organizations shall have        The reviewing organization shall have access to pertinent Similar requirements access to pertinent background information upon      background data or information upon which to base their which to base its approval and shall have adequate  approval.
understanding of the requirements and intent of the original document.
ANSI N18.7-5.2.15 The reviewing organizations shall have access to pertinent background information upon which to base its approval and shall have adequate understanding of requirements and intent of the original document.
3.2 Minor Changes Minor changes to documents, such as inconsequential      Additional requirement.
editorial corrections, shall not require that the revised documents receive the same review and approval as the original documents.
To avoid a possible omission of a required review, the    Additional requirement.
type of minor changes that do not require such a review and approval and the persons who can authorize such a decision shall be clearly delineated.
05/21/04                                                              Document Control                                                Page 6 of 6
 
CRITERION 7                                            BASIC REQUIREMENT 7                                      COMMENTS ANSI N45.2 - ANSI N45.2.13 - ANSI N18.7                                          NQA-1 1994 N45.2 § 8 and N18.7 § 5.2.13.2, unless otherwise noted.
N45.2 Measures shall be established and documented to            The procurement of items and services shall be controlled  Similar requirement.
assure that purchased items and services, whether                to assure conformance with specified requirements.
purchased directly or through contractors, conform to the procurement documents.
N18.7 Measures shall be provided to assure that purchased items and services, whether purchased directly or through contractors, conform to the procurement documents.
N45.2 These measures shall include provisions, as                Such control shall provide for the following as            Similar requirement.
appropriate, for source evaluation and selection, objective      appropriate: source evaluation and selection, evaluation of evidence of quality furnished by the contractor, inspection      objective evidence of quality furnished by the Supplier, and audit at the source, and examination of items upon          source inspection, audit, and examination of items or delivery.                                                        services upon delivery or completion.
N18.7 These measures shall include provisions, as appropriate, for source evaluation and selection, objective evidence of quality furnished by the contractor, inspection and audit at the source and examination of items upon delivery.
SUPPLEMENT 7S-1, SUPPLEMENTARY REQUIREMENTS FOR CONTROL OF PURCHASED ITEMS AND SERVICES 1 GENERAL N45.2.13 § 1.1 Scope                                            This Supplement provides amplified requirements for        NQA-1 addresses applicability of the This standard describes requirements and provides                control of purchased items and services. It supplements    standard in the introduction to Part I.
guidelines for the control of activities to be exercised        the requirements of Basic Requirement 7 of this Part (Part  This edition does not contain the during procurement of items and services which affect the        1) and shall be used in conjunction with that Basic        limits on use with ASME III and XI quality of nuclear power plants. These requirements and          Requirement when and to the extent specified by the        code requirements; therefore, the guidelines apply to procurement activities for items and        organization invoking this Part (Part 1). This Supplement  NRC regulatory position (C.2) is services such as designing, purchasing, fabricating,            includes requirements for source selection, bid evaluation, addressed.
handling, shipping, storing, cleaning, constructing,            Supplier performance evaluation, and verification of        The quality assurance requirements of erecting, installing, inspecting, testing, maintaining,          conformance.                                                the Dominion program, including the repairing, initial fueling, refueling, and modifying. This                                                                  standards of NQA-1, would be used standard provides guidelines for application of quality                                                                      for all activities, including ASME III assurance, program requirements listed in ANSI N45.2 for                                                                    and XI activities and would various types of procurement such as; total system supply,                                                                  supplement any specific quality hardware, services, or a combination thereof.                                                                                requirements those codes invoke.
This standard applies to the work of any individual or                                                                      The NRC regulatory position (C.5) is organization participating in the procurement of those                                                                      addressed by exception. No exception 05/21/04                                            Control of Purchased Material, Equipment, (Items) and Services                                        Page 1 of 22
 
CRITERION 7                                            BASIC REQUIREMENT 7                                COMMENTS ANSI N45.2 - ANSI N45.2.13 - ANSI N18.7                                        NQA-1 1994 items and services from which satisfactory performance is required. The extent to which the individual requirements                                                          is granted to the purchase of spare or of this standard shall apply will depend upon the nature                                                            replacement parts. Therefore, these and scope of the work to be performed and the required                                                              quality assurance requirements would quality of the items or services purchased.                                                                        be applied to spare and replacement The ASME Boiler & Pressure Vessel Code (hereafter                                                                  parts the same as new items.
referred to as the Code, as well as other American National standards, has been considered in the development of this standard, and this standard is intended to be compatible with Code requirements. This standard does not, however, apply to activities covered by Section Ill Divisions I and 2 and Section XI of the Code for those activities covered by the Code.
Reg. Guide 1.123 Regulatory Position C.2. Section 1.1 of ANSI N45.2.13-1976 states: "The ASME Boiler &
Pressure Vessel Code (hereafter referred to as the Code) as well as other ANSI standards, has been considered in the development of this standard, and this standard is intended to be compatible with Code requirements. This standard does not, however, apply to activities covered by Section III, Divisions 1 and 2, and Section XI of the Code for those activities covered by the Code." While Section III, Division 1 and 2, and Section XI (which addresses the control of spare and replacement parts) of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code address general requirements for control of procurement of items and services for nuclear power plants, these sections do not explicitly address all the activities described in the ANSI N45.2.13-1976 standard. ANSI N45.2.13-1976, subject to the exceptions of the regulatory position, should be used in conjunction with the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section III, Divisions 1 and 2, and Section XI for control of procurement of items and services where the ASME Code does not address the activities covered by ANSI N45.2.13-1976.
Reg. Guide 1.123 Regulatory Position C.5. ANSI N45.2.13-1976 addresses the control of procurement of items and services that affect the quality of nuclear power plants, including spare and replacement parts. The 05/21/04                                            Control of Purchased Material, Equipment, (Items) and Services                            Page 2 of 22
 
CRITERION 7                                              BASIC REQUIREMENT 7                                  COMMENTS ANSI N45.2 - ANSI N45.2.13 - ANSI N18.7                                            NQA-1 1994 standard, however, does not provide "requirements" specific to spare and replacement parts. Section 5.2.13 of ANSI N18.7-1976/ANS 3.2, "Administrative Controls and Quality Assurance for the Operational Phase of Nuclear Power Plants," which is endorsed by Regulatory Guide 1.33, "Quality Assurance Program Requirements (Operation)," addresses control of spare and replacement parts during the operations phase of nuclear power plants.
As a result, the provisions of Section 5.2.13 of ANSI N18.7-1976 related to control of spare and replacement parts are considered applicable and should be used in conjunction with the provisions of ANSI N45.2.13-1976.
2 PROCUREMENT PLANNING N45.2.13 § 2. PLANNING                                            Procurement activities shall be planned and documented to Similar requirement.
Measures established for the control of the procurement of        assure a systematic approach to the procurement process.
items or services shall include planning.
N45.2.13 § 2 - Control of the procurement process                Procurement planning shall result in the documented      Similar requirement.
requires the identification of organizations involved in the      identification of procurement methods and organizational execution of the activity and the delineation of each            responsibilities.
organization's responsibility.
Planning shall result in the documented identification of methods to be used in procurement activities, sequence of actions and milestones indicating the completion of these activities, and the preparation of applicable procedures prior to the initiation of each individual activity listed below.
N45.2.13 § 2 - Planning shall determine the following            Planning shall determine the following:                  Similar requirement.
objectives:                                                      (a) what is to be accomplished;
: a. What is to be accomplished.                                    (b) who is to accomplish it;
: b. Who is to accomplish it.                                      (c) how it is to be accomplished;
: c. How it is to be accomplished.                                  (d) when it is to be accomplished
: d. When it is to be accomplished.
N45.2.13 § 2 - These objectives shall be accomplished as          Planning shall be accomplished as early as practicable,  Similar requirement.
early as practicable and no later than the start of those        and no later than at the start of those procurement procurement activities which are required to be controlled,      activities which are required to be controlled, to assure to assure interface compatibility and a uniform approach          interface compatibility and a uniform approach to the to the procurement process.                                      procurement process.
N45.2.13 § 2 - Planning shall provide for the integration                                                                  These requirements are addressed by 05/21/04                                              Control of Purchased Material, Equipment, (Items) and Services                                  Page 3 of 22
 
CRITERION 7                                              BASIC REQUIREMENT 7                                    COMMENTS ANSI N45.2 - ANSI N45.2.13 - ANSI N18.7                                          NQA-1 1994 of the following:                                                                                                            Supplement 7S-1 to NQA-1, but this
: a. Procurement Document Preparation, Review and                                                                              level of detail leading in to the Change Control.                                                                                                              requirements is not used within
: b. Selection of Procurement Sources.                                                                                        NQA-1.
: c. Bid Evaluation and Award.
: d. Purchaser Control of Supplier Performance.
: e. Verification (surveillance, inspection, or audit)
Activities by Purchaser.
: f. Control of Nonconformances.
: g. Corrective Action.
: h. Acceptance of Item or Service.
: i. Quality Assurance Records.
: j. Audit of Procurement Program.
Subsequent sections discuss these activities and their control in accordance with the general requirements of ANSI N45.2 (and this standard) in greater detail. These activities shall be capable of being verified and their effectiveness determined by audit. Where any of the procurement activities are delegated or applicable to subtier Suppliers, the appropriate controls and requirements of this standard shall also apply.
3 SUPPLIER SELECTION N45.2 Source inspection or audit shall be performed as          3.1 Source Evaluation and Selection                        Similar requirement.
necessary to assure the required quality of an item. Source      The selection of Suppliers shall be based on evaluation of inspection or audit may not be necessary when the quality        their capability to provide items or services in accordance of the item can be verified by review of test reports,          with the requirements of the procurement documents prior inspection upon receipt, or other means.                        to award of contract.
N18.7 Source inspection or audit shall be performed as necessary to assure the required quality of an item. Source inspection or audit may not be necessary when the quality of the item can be verified by review of test reports, inspection upon receipt, or other means.
N45.2.13 § 4. SELECTION OF PROCUREMENT SOURCES - 4.1 General - The selection of Suppliers shall be based on evaluation of their capability to provide items or services in accordance with the requirements of the procurement documents.
N45.2.13 § 4.2 Selection Measures - Procurement source          Procurement source evaluation and selection measures        Similar requirement.
shall be implemented by the Purchaser and shall provide 05/21/04                                            Control of Purchased Material, Equipment, (Items) and Services                                      Page 4 of 22
 
CRITERION 7                                              BASIC REQUIREMENT 7                                    COMMENTS ANSI N45.2 - ANSI N45.2.13 - ANSI N18.7                                          NQA-1 1994 evaluation and selection measures shall be adopted by the        for identification of the Purchasers organizational Purchaser and shall provide for identification of the          responsibilities for determining Supplier capability.
Purchaser's organizational responsibilities for determining Supplier capability. This may require integrated action involving one or more organizations (e.g., engineering, construction, manufacturing, operations, purchasing, or quality assurance) based upon the item or service being procured.
N45.2 Measures for evaluation and selection of                  Measures for evaluation and selection of procurement        Similar requirement.
procurement sources include the use of historical quality      sources, and the results therefrom, shall be documented performance data, source surveys or audits, or source          and shall include one or more of (a) through (c) below:
qualification programs.
N18.7 Measures for evaluation and selection of procurement sources include the use of historical quality performance data, source surveys or audits, or source qualification programs.
N45.2.13 § 4.2 Methods to be utilized in evaluation of Supplier sources, and the results therefrom, shall be documented and shall include any or all of the following:
N45.2.13 § 4.2 - a. Evaluating the suppliers history of        (a) evaluation of the Suppliers history of providing an    Similar requirement.
providing a product which performs satisfactory in actual      identical or similar product which performs satisfactorily  This addresses NRC Regulatory use. Information which should be evaluated should              in actual use. The Suppliers history shall reflect current Position C.6.a.
include:                                                        capability.                                                Other details of items 1, 2 and the
: 1) Experience of users of identical or similar products of                                                                  subsequent paragraph in N45.2.13 are the prospective Supplier.                                                                                                  guidance and are addressed as
: 2) Purchaser's records that have been accumulated in                                                                        nonmandatory guidance in Appendix connection with previous procurement actions and product                                                                    7A-1 of NQA-1 §2.1.
operating experience.
Quality performance is highly dependent upon the Supplier's personnel capabilities, physical conditions of the manufacturing factory and equipment, and management attitude towards quality. Historical data should be representative of the Supplier's current capability. If there has been no recent experience with the Supplier, or if he is a new Supplier, the prospective Supplier shall be requested to submit information on a similar item or service for evidence of his current capabilities.
Reg. Guide 1.123 Regulatory Position C.6 In addition to 05/21/04                                            Control of Purchased Material, Equipment, (Items) and Services                                      Page 5 of 22
 
CRITERION 7                                            BASIC REQUIREMENT 7                                    COMMENTS ANSI N45.2 - ANSI N45.2.13 - ANSI N18.7                                        NQA-1 1994 the requirements of the standard, the guidelines (indicated by the verb "should") identified below are considered to have sufficient safety importance to be treated the same as the requirements of the standard. - a. Section 4.2.a - The guidelines used in evaluating the Supplier's history of providing a product that performs satisfactorily in actual use.
N45.2.13 § 4.2 - b. The Supplier's current quality records    (b) Suppliers current quality records supported by        Similar requirement.
supported by documented qualitative and quantitative          documented qualitative and quantitative information information which can be objectively evaluated. This          which can be objectively evaluated; would include review and evaluation of the Supplier's Quality Assurance Program, Manual, and Procedures, as appropriate.
N45.2.13 § 4.2 - c. The Supplier's technical and quality      (c) Suppliers technical and quality capability as        Similar requirement.
capability as determined by a direct evaluation of his        determined by a direct evaluation of his facilities and facilities and personnel, and the implementation of his        personnel and the implementation of his quality assurance quality assurance program.                                    program.
N45.2.13 § 5. BID EVALUATION AND AWARD                        4 BID EVALUATION                                          Requirement addressed through the 5.1 General - A documented system for reviewing and                                                                      following statements.
evaluating the bids and awarding of contracts shall be established by the Purchaser.
N45.2.13 § 5.2 Conformance to Procurement Document            Bid evaluation shall determine the extent of conformance  Similar requirement.
The Purchaser shall establish measures to assure that the      to the procurement documents. This evaluation shall be    NQA-1 does not address research and bid conforms to the procurement document requirements.        performed by individuals or organizations designated to    development effort as a factor in bid The bid evaluation shall be made by individuals or            evaluate the following subjects, as applicable to the type evaluation. This would be covered by organizations designated to evaluate the following            of procurement:                                            evaluation of a Suppliers technical subjects, as applicable to the type of procurement:            (a) technical considerations                              considerations.
: a. Technical considerations.                                  (b) quality assurance requirements                        NQA-1 does not address those items
: b. Quality assurance requirements.                            (c) Suppliers personnel                                  that are not considered quality related.
: c. Research and development effort.                            (d) Suppliers production capability
: d. Suppliers Personnel.                                      (e) Suppliers past performance
: e. Suppliers production capability.                          (f) alternates
: f. Suppliers past performance.                                (g) exceptions
: g. Alternates.
: h. Exceptions.
Other considerations such as warranties, schedule, price, price adjustments commercial terms and conditions, although not quality related, are recognized as factors 05/21/04                                          Control of Purchased Material, Equipment, (Items) and Services                                    Page 6 of 22
 
CRITERION 7                                              BASIC REQUIREMENT 7                                  COMMENTS ANSI N45.2 - ANSI N45.2.13 - ANSI N18.7                                          NQA-1 1994 affecting bid evaluation.
N45.2.13 § 5.3 Preaward Evaluation - Prior to the award                                                                    Addressed in section 3 of this of the contract, the Purchaser shall have performed a                                                                      supplement to NQA-1.
preaward evaluation of the Supplier as described in Section 4.2 of this standard.
N45.2.13 § 5.4 Award - Prior to the award of the contract,      Prior to the award of the contract, the Purchaser shall    Similar requirement.
the Purchaser shall also resolve or obtain commitments to        resolve or obtain commitments to resolve unacceptable resolve unacceptable conditions resulting from the bid          quality conditions resulting from the bid evaluation.
evaluation.
5 SUPPLIER PERFORMANCE EVALUATION N45.2.13 § 6. PURCHASER EVALUATION OF                            The Purchaser of items and services shall establish        Similar requirement.
SUPPLIER PERFORMANCE                                            measures to interface with the Supplier and to verify 6.1 General - Purchasers at all tiers shall retain the          Suppliers performance as deemed necessary by the responsibility of monitoring and evaluating Supplier            Purchaser. The measures shall include (a) through (f) performance to the specified requirements of the                below:
procurement document. In exercising this responsibility, the Purchaser of items and services shall establish measures to verify Supplier's performance. As deemed necessary by the Purchaser, the methods shall include:
N45.2.13 § 6.1 - a. Establishing an understanding between        (a) establishing an understanding between Purchaser and    Similar requirement.
Purchaser and Supplier of the provisions and                    Supplier of the provisions and specifications of the specifications of the procurement documents.                    procurement documents; N45.2.13 § 6.1 - b. Requiring the Supplier to identify          (b) requiring the Supplier to identify planning techniques Similar requirement.
planning techniques and processes to be utilized in              and processes to be utilized in fulfilling procurement fulfilling procurement document requirements.                    document requirements; N45.2.13 § 6.1 - c. Reviewing documents which are                (c) reviewing Supplier documents which are generated or    Similar requirement.
generated or processed during activities fulfilling              processed during activities fulfilling procurement procurement requirements.                                        requirements; N45.2.13 § 6.1 - d. Identifying and processing necessary        (d) identifying and processing necessary change            Similar requirement.
change information.                                              information; N45.2.13 § 6.1 - e. Establishing exchange method of              (e) establishing method of document information            Similar requirement.
document information between Purchaser and Supplier.            exchange between Purchaser and Supplier; N45.2.13 § 6.2 Planning and Coordination - (3rd sentence)        (f) establishing the extent of source surveillance and    Similar requirement.
Purchaser notification points, including hold and witness        inspection activities.                                    This addresses the NRC Regulatory points, should be identified and documented based upon                                                                      Position C.6.b mutual agreement between Purchaser and Supplier.
Reg. Guide 1.123 Regulatory Position C.6 In addition to the requirements of the standard, the guidelines (indicated 05/21/04                                            Control of Purchased Material, Equipment, (Items) and Services                                    Page 7 of 22
 
CRITERION 7                                                BASIC REQUIREMENT 7                                      COMMENTS ANSI N45.2 - ANSI N45.2.13 - ANSI N18.7                                            NQA-1 1994 by the verb "should") identified below are considered to have sufficient safety importance to be treated the same as the requirements of the standard. - b. Section 6.2 - The guideline concerning purchaser notification points as part of pre-and post-award activities.
N45.2.13 § 6.2 Planning and Coordination - (4th sentence)        These verification activities shall be conducted as early as  Similar requirement.
These activities shall be implemented as early as                practicable.
practicable in the procurement process.
N45.2.13 § 7.1 - These verification activities shall be conducted as early as practicable to preclude subsequent activities from preventing disclosure of deficiencies.
N45.2.13 § 7.1 - The Purchaser's verification activities are      The Purchasers verification activities, however, shall not  Similar requirement.
not intended to relieve the Supplier of his responsibilities      relieve the Supplier of his responsibilities for verification for verification of quality requirements.                        of quality achievement.
6.2 Planning and Coordination                                                                                                  These requirements are contained as Depending on the complexity or scope of the item or                                                                            nonmandatory guidance in NQA-1, service, the Purchaser shall initiate pre- and post-award                                                                      Appendix 7A-1 § 3.
activities. These activities may take the form of meetings or other forms of communication to establish an understanding between the Purchaser and Supplier of the procurement requirements; the intent of the Purchaser in monitoring and evaluating the Supplier's performance; and the planning, manufacturing techniques, tests, inspections, and processes to be employed by the Supplier in meeting procurement requirements. Purchaser notification points, including hold and witness points, should be identified and documented based upon mutual agreement between Purchaser and Supplier. These activities shall be implemented as early as practicable in the procurement process. The depth and necessity of pre- and post-award activity depends on the uniqueness, complexity, procurement frequency with the same Supplier and past Supplier performance for the specific items or services covered by the procurement document.
5.1 Extent of Activities N45.2.13 § 7.2 Planning - Planning shall be an integral          The extent of verification activities, including planning,    Similar requirement.
part of verification activities. The extent of verification      shall be a function of the relative importance, complexity, activities, including planning, shall be a function of the        and quantity of the item or services procured and the 05/21/04                                              Control of Purchased Material, Equipment, (Items) and Services                                      Page 8 of 22
 
CRITERION 7                                                BASIC REQUIREMENT 7                                    COMMENTS ANSI N45.2 - ANSI N45.2.13 - ANSI N18.7                                            NQA-1 1994 relative importance, complexity, and quantity of the item        Suppliers quality performance.
procured and the Supplier's quality performance. See Section 10 of this standard for guidance in selecting verification methods.
N45.2.13 § 7.2.1 Source Verification Planning. The verification activity plans shall, relative to fabrication sequence and assembly processes, identify the appropriate inspections, tests, prerequisites and inspection sequence, hold and witness points, acceptance criteria, and the documentation required by the procurement document.
N45.2.13 § 7.1 - Purchaser verification activities shall be      Verification activities shall be accomplished by qualified  Similar requirement.
accomplished by qualified personnel assigned to check,            personnel assigned to check, inspect, audit, or witness the inspect, audit or witness the activities of Suppliers.            activities of Suppliers.
5.2 Records N45.2 The effectiveness of the control of quality shall be        Activities performed to verify conformance to              Similar requirement.
assessed by. the purchaser at intervals consistent with the      requirements of procurement documents shall be recorded. NQA-1 further addresses records in importance, complexity, and quality of the item or service.      Source surveillances and inspections, audits, receiving    Basic Requirement 17 and N18.7 The effectiveness of the control of quality shall be        inspections, nonconformances, dispositions, waivers, and    Supplement 17S-1.
assessed by the purchaser at intervals consistent with the        corrective actions shall be documented.
importance, complexity and quality of the item or service.        The Purchaser shall assure that his documentation is N45.2.13 § 11. QUALITY ASSURANCE RECORDS                          evaluated to determine the Suppliers quality assurance Measures shall be established and implemented for the            program effectiveness.
control of:
: a. Supplier-generated documents and records that are required to be submitted to the Purchaser or retained by the Supplier as specified by the procurement documents.
: b. Purchaser-generated quality related documents and records.
The collection, storage, and maintenance of quality assurance records shall be in accordance with ANSI N45.2.9.
6 CONTROL OF SUPPLIER GENERATED DOCUMENTS N45.2 This documentary evidence shall be retained at the          Supplier generated documents shall be controlled,          Similar requirement.
nuclear facility site and shall be sufficient to identify the    handled, and approved in accordance with established specific requirements such as codes, standards, and              methods. Means shall be implemented to assure that the specifications met by the purchased item.                        submittal of these documents is accomplished in N18.7 This documentary evidence shall be retrievable and          accordance with the procurement document requirements.
05/21/04                                              Control of Purchased Material, Equipment, (Items) and Services                                  Page 9 of 22
 
CRITERION 7                                                BASIC REQUIREMENT 7                                  COMMENTS ANSI N45.2 - ANSI N45.2.13 - ANSI N18.7                                              NQA-1 1994 shall be sufficient to identify the specific requirements          These measures shall provide for the acquisition, such as codes, standards and specifications met by the            processing, and recorded evaluation of technical, purchased item.                                                    inspection, and test data against acceptance criteria.
N45.2.13 § 6.3 Control of Supplier Generated Documents
- The Purchaser and Supplier shall assure that established measures for the control, handling and approval of Supplier generated documents are implemented, and that the submittal time and frequency for these documents is accomplished in accordance with the procurement documents. These measures shall provide for the acquisition, processing and recorded evaluation of inspection and test data against acceptance criteria.
7 CONTROL OF CHANGES IN ITEMS OR SERVICES N45.2.13 § 6.4 Control of Changes in items or Services -          The Purchaser and Supplier shall assure that measures to  Similar requirement.
The Purchaser and Supplier shall assure that measures to          control changes in procurement documents are              For NQA-1 this is primarily control changes in procurement documents are                      established, implemented, and documented and are in        addressed by Basic Requirement 4 established, implemented and documented, and are in                accordance with this Part (Part I).                        and Supplement 4S-1.
accordance, with ANSI N45.2 Section 7.
N45.2.13 § 10. ACCEPTANCE OF ITEM OR SERVICE                      8 ACCEPTANCE OF ITEM OR SERVICE 8.1 General N45.2 Where required by code, regulation, or contract              Methods shall be established for the acceptance of an item Similar requirement.
requirements, documentary evidence that items conform            or service being furnished by the Supplier. Prior to      NRC Regulatory Position C.4 from to procurement requirements shall be available at the              offering the item or service for acceptance, the Supplier  Reg. Guide 1.123 is addressed in nuclear facility site prior to installation or use of such        shall verify that the item or service being furnished      NQA-1 § 8.2.3 by requiring receiving items.                                                            complies with the procurement requirements. Where          inspection to be performed in N18.7 Where required by code, regulation, or contract              required by code, regulation, or contract requirement,    accordance with established requirements, documentary evidence that items conform to          documentary evidence that items conform to procurement    procedures and instructions.
procurement requirements shall be available at the nuclear        documents shall be available at the nuclear facility site power plant site prior to installation or use of such items.      prior to installation or use.
N45.2.13 § 10.1 General - The Purchaser shall establish the method of acceptance of an item or service being furnished by the Supplier. Prior to offering the item or service for acceptance, the Supplier shall verify that the item or service being furnished complies with the procurement requirements. Where required by code, regulation or contract requirement, documentary evidence that items conform to procurement documents shall be available at the nuclear power plant site prior to 05/21/04                                              Control of Purchased Material, Equipment, (Items) and Services                                  Page 10 of 22
 
CRITERION 7                                              BASIC REQUIREMENT 7                                  COMMENTS ANSI N45.2 - ANSI N45.2.13 - ANSI N18.7                                            NQA-1 1994 installation or use of such items regardless of acceptance methods.
Reg. Guide 1.123 Regulatory Position C.4. Section 10.1 of ANSI N45.2.13-1976 states that the Purchaser shall establish the method of acceptance of an item or service being furnished by the Supplier. In order for receiving inspection personnel to be aware of what methods of acceptance are established, the applicable portion of the procurement document identifying the method of acceptance of an item or service, or other documents containing the same procurement document information, should be on hand.
8.2 Methods of Acceptance N45.2 Where not precluded by other requirements, such            Purchaser methods used to accept an item or related        Similar requirement.
documentary evidence may take the form of written                service from a Supplier shall be Supplier Certificate of certifications of conformance which identify the                Conformance, source verification, receiving inspection, or requirements met by the items, provided means are                post-installation test at the nuclear facility site, or a available to verify the validity of such certifications.        combination thereof.
N18.7 Where not precluded by other requirements, such documentary evidence may take the form of written certifications of conformance which identify the requirements met by the items, provided means are available to verify the validity of such certifications.
N45.2.13 § 10.3 Methods of Acceptance, Selection and Implementation - Purchaser methods used to accept an item or service from a Supplier are source verification, receiving inspection, Supplier certificate of conformance, post installation test at the nuclear power plant site, or a combination thereof.
N45.2.13 §10.2 Certificate of Conformance - Where not            8.2.1 Certificate of Conformance. When a Certificate of    Similar requirement.
precluded by other requirements, documentary evidence            Conformance is used, the minimum criteria of (a) through  The NRC Regulatory Position C.6 may take the form of written certificates of conformance        (f) below shall be met.                                    from Reg. Guide 1.123 has been which identify the requirements met by the items. Where                                                                    addressed in NQA-1.
certificates of conformance are used, the following minimum criteria shall be met:
Reg. Guide 1.123 Regulatory Position C.6 In addition to the requirements of the standard, the guidelines (indicated by the verb "should") identified below are considered to 05/21/04                                            Control of Purchased Material, Equipment, (Items) and Services                                Page 11 of 22
 
CRITERION 7                                            BASIC REQUIREMENT 7                                    COMMENTS ANSI N45.2 - ANSI N45.2.13 - ANSI N18.7                                        NQA-1 1994 have sufficient safety importance to be treated the same as the requirements of the standard. - c. Section 10.2 (a though f) - The guidelines that specify the minimum criteria for Certificates of Conformance.
N45.2.13 § 10.3.3 Acceptance by Supplier Certificate of Conformance. In certain procurement actions which do not involve direct inspection by the Purchaser, the Purchaser may accept an item or service from a Supplier based only on a Supplier's certificate of conformance that the specified requirements have been met. However, specific supplemental documentation, such as material certificates or reports of tests performed, may be required by procurement documents. Acceptance by this method is satisfactory when the item or service is of simple design and involves standard materials, processes and tests. Such items may be fabricated subject to selected qualification, sample, or batch testing to establish or maintain a minimum quality confidence level.
N45.2.13 § a. The certificate should identify the purchased    (a) The certificate shall identify the purchased material or Similar requirement.
material or equipment, such as by the purchase order            equipment, such as by the purchase order number.
number.
N45.2.13 § b. The certificate should identify the specific      (b) The certificate shall identify the specific procurement  Similar requirement.
procurement requirements met by the purchased material          requirements met by the purchased material or equipment, or equipment, such as codes, standards, and other              such as codes, standards, and other specifications. This specifications. This may be accomplished by including a        may be accomplished by including a list of the specific list of the specific requirements or by providing, onsite, a    requirements or by providing, on-site, a copy of the copy of the purchase order and the procurement                  purchase order and the procurement specifications or specifications or drawings, together with a suitable            drawings, together with a suitable certificate. The certificate. The procurement requirements identified            procurement requirements identified shall include any should include any approved changes, waivers, or                approved changes, waivers, or deviations applicable to the deviations applicable to the subject material or equipment. subject material or equipment.
N45.2.13 § c. The certificate should identify any              (c) The certificate shall identify any procurement          Similar requirement.
procurement requirements that have not been met, together      requirements that have not been met, together with an with an explanation and the means for resolving the            explanation and the means for resolving the nonconformances.                                                nonconformances.
N45.2.13 § d. The certificate should be attested to by a        (d) The certificate shall be signed or otherwise            Similar requirement.
person who is responsible for this quality assurance            authenticated by a person who is responsible for this function and whose function and position are described in      quality assurance function and whose function and 05/21/04                                            Control of Purchased Material, Equipment, (Items) and Services                                Page 12 of 22
 
CRITERION 7                                              BASIC REQUIREMENT 7                                    COMMENTS ANSI N45.2 - ANSI N45.2.13 - ANSI N18.7                                            NQA-1 1994 the Purchaser's or Supplier's quality assurance program.          position are described in the Purchasers or Suppliers quality assurance program.
N45.2.13 § e. The certification system, including the            (e) The certification system, including the procedures to  Similar requirement.
procedures to be followed in filling out a certificate and        be followed in filling out a certificate and the the administrative Procedures for review and approval of          administrative procedures for review and approval of the the certificates, should be described in the Purchaser's or      certificates, shall be described in the Purchasers or Supplier's quality assurance program.                            Suppliers quality assurance program.
N45.2.13 § f. Means should be provided to verify the              (f) Means shall be provided to verify the validity of      Similar requirement.
validity of Supplier certificates and the effectiveness of the Supplier certificates and the effectiveness of the certification system, such as during the performance of          certification system, such as during the performance of audits of the Supplier or independent inspection or test of      audits of the Supplier or independent inspection or test of the items. Such verifications should be conducted by the          the items. Such verification shall be conducted by the Purchaser at intervals commensurate with the Supplier's          Purchaser at intervals commensurate with the Suppliers past quality performance. (Section 7 of this standard            past quality performance.
provides requirements and guidance relative to the conduct of source verification activities and receiving inspections.)
N45.2.13 § 7.3.1 Source Verification Activities. When            8.2.2 Source Verification. When source verification is      Similar requirement.
planning requires Purchaser source surveillance, it shall be used, it shall be performed at intervals consistent with the implemented to monitor, witness or observe activities.            importance and complexity of the item or service, and it Similarly, source inspection shall be implemented in              shall be implemented to monitor, witness, or observe accordance with plans to perform inspections,                    activities. Source verification shall be implemented in examinations, or tests at predetermined points. Source            accordance with plans to perform inspections, surveillance and inspection may require the assignment of examinations, or tests at predetermined points. Upon personnel to a Supplier's facilities.                            Purchaser acceptance of source verification, documented N45.2.13 § 10.3.1 Acceptance by Source Verification.              evidence of acceptance shall be furnished to the receiving Acceptance by source verification should be considered            destination of the item, to the Purchaser, and to the when the item or service is:                                      Supplier.
: a. vital to plant safety; or
: b. difficult to verify quality characteristics after delivery; or
: c. complex in design, manufacture, and test.
The source verification activities should include but not be limited to the following as applicable:
: a. Documentation has been submitted as required and provides verification of approvals, material, applicable inspections, and tests.
: b. Fabrication procedures and processes have been 05/21/04                                              Control of Purchased Material, Equipment, (Items) and Services                              Page 13 of 22
 
CRITERION 7                                              BASIC REQUIREMENT 7                                      COMMENTS ANSI N45.2 - ANSI N45.2.13 - ANSI N18.7                                            NQA-1 1994 approved and complied with and the applicable qualifications, process records, and certifications are available.
: c. Components and assemblies have been inspected, examined, and tested as required and applicable inspection, test and certification records are available.
: d. Nonconformances have been dispositioned as required.
: e. Components and assemblies are cleaned, preserved, packed and identified in accordance with specified requirements.
Upon Purchaser acceptance by source verification, documented evidence of acceptance shall be furnished to the receiving destination of the item, to the Purchaser, and to the Supplier.
N45.2.13 § 7.2.2 Receiving Inspection Planning. The              8.2.3 Receiving Inspection. When receiving inspection is    Similar requirement.
receiving inspection plans shall identify the characteristics used, purchased items shall be inspected as necessary to        Within NQA-1, Subpart 2.2 is to be verified and documentation to be reviewed at                verify conformance to specified requirements, taking into  commensurate with ANSI N45.2.2.
receiving inspection. For characteristics to be considered        account source verification and audit activities and the    NRC Regulatory Position C.6 from during receiving inspection, see ANSI N45.2.2.                    demonstrated quality performance of the Supplier.          Reg. Guide 1.123 related to N45.2.13, N45.2.13 § 7.3.2 Receiving Inspection. When planning              Receiving inspection shall be performed in accordance      § 10.3.2 is addressed in the wording requires Purchaser receiving inspection, it shall be              with established procedures and inspection instructions, to of NQA-1.
implemented and coordinated with source verifications            verify by objective evidence such features as proper performed. During receiving inspection, emphasis shall be configuration; identification; dimensional, physical, and placed on assuring that items have not sustained damage          other characteristics; freedom from shipping damage; and in shipment that would influence subsequent fabrication,          cleanness. Receiving inspection shall be coordinated with construction, installation, or end use. Sampling may be          review of Supplier documentation when procurement utilized during receiving inspection when conducted in            documents require such documentation to be furnished accordance with established procedures or recognized              prior to receiving inspection.
standards. Receiving inspection measures shall include provisions for receiving documentation (such as drawings, certifications, test results and other materials) offered as objective evidence in satisfaction of requirements. These measures shall also include provisions for dispositioning (i.e., accept, reject or hold) and handling of items received and services performed. See ANSI N45.2.2 for additional requirements.
N45.2.13 § 10.3.2 Acceptance by Receiving Inspection.
Acceptance solely by receiving inspection is satisfactory when the items or services are 05/21/04                                              Control of Purchased Material, Equipment, (Items) and Services                                    Page 14 of 22
 
CRITERION 7                                                BASIC REQUIREMENT 7                                  COMMENTS ANSI N45.2 - ANSI N45.2.13 - ANSI N18.7                                              NQA-1 1994
: a. relatively simple and standard in design, manufacture, and test; and
: b. adaptable to standard or automated inspections and/or tests of the end product to verify quality characteristics after delivery; and
: c. such that receiving inspection does not require operations which could adversely affect the integrity, function, or cleanness of the item.
Receiving inspection should be coordinated with review of Supplier documentation when procurement documents require such documentation to be furnished prior to receiving inspection.
Reg. Guide 1.123 Regulatory Position C.6 In addition to the requirements of the standard, the guidelines (indicated by the verb "should") identified below are considered to have sufficient safety importance to be treated the same as the requirements of the standard. - d. Section 10.3.2 - The guideline concerning acceptance by receiving inspection.
N45.2.13 § 10.3.4 Acceptance by Post Installation Test at          8.2.4 Post-Installation Testing. When post-installation  Similar requirement.
the Nuclear Power Plant Site. Acceptance by this method            testing is used, post-installation test requirements and NQA-1 does not address the reasons is satisfactory when performed following the                        acceptance documentation shall be mutually established  why a post-installation test would be accomplishment of at least one of the preceding methods            by the Purchaser and Supplier.                          chosen as the method for acceptance and when                                                                                                                    of an item. This is left to the
: a. it is difficult to verify the quality characteristics of the                                                              implementing program to determine item without it being installed and in use; or                                                                              when to use this testing.
: b. the item requires an integrated system checkout or test with other items to verify its quality characteristics; or
: c. the item cannot demonstrate its ability to perform its intended function except when in use.
Post installation test requirements and acceptance documentation should be mutually established by the Purchaser and Supplier.
Reg. Guide 1.123 Regulatory Position C.6 In addition to the requirements of the standard, the guidelines (indicated by the verb "should") identified below are considered to have sufficient safety importance to be treated the same as the requirements of the standard. - e. Section 10.3.4 - The guidelines concerning the establishment of post-installation test requirements and acceptance 05/21/04                                                Control of Purchased Material, Equipment, (Items) and Services                                    Page 15 of 22
 
CRITERION 7                                              BASIC REQUIREMENT 7                                    COMMENTS ANSI N45.2 - ANSI N45.2.13 - ANSI N18.7                                            NQA-1 1994 documentation.
8.3 Acceptance of Services Only N45.2.13 § 10.3.5 Acceptance of Services Only. The              In certain cases involving procurement of services only,    Similar requirement.
guidelines outlined in Section 10.3 above primarily deal        such as third party inspection; engineering and consulting with hardware items and related services. In certain cases      services; and installation, repair, overhaul, or maintenance involving procurement of services only, such as third party work, the Purchaser shall accept the service by any or all inspection; engineering and consulting services; and            of the following methods:
installation, repair, overhaul or maintenance work; the          (a) technical verification of data produced; Purchaser may accept the service by any or all of the            (b) surveillance and/or audit of the activity; following methods:                                              (c) review of objective evidence for conformance to the
: a. Technical verification of data produced.                      procurement document requirements such as certifications,
: b. Surveillance and/or audit of the activity.                    stress reports, etc.
: c. Review of objective evidence for conformance to the procurement document requirements such as certifications, stress reports, etc.
N45.2.13 § 8. CONTROL OF NONCONFORMANCES                        9 CONTROL OF SUPPLIER NONCONFORMANCES N45.2.13 § 8.1 General - The Purchaser and Supplier shall The Purchaser and Supplier shall establish and document            Similar requirement. NQA-1 also establish and document measures for the identification,          methods for disposition of items and services that do not    addresses Nonconformances under control, and disposition of items and services that do not      meet procurement documentation requirements.                Basic Requirement 15 and meet procurement document requirements.                                                                                      Supplement 15S-1.
8.2 Disposition                                                  These methods shall contain provision for (a) through (e)    Similar requirement.
These measures shall contain provision for the following:        below:
: a. Review of nonconforming items.                                (a) evaluation of nonconforming items;                      Similar requirement.
: b. Submittal of nonconformance notice to Purchaser by            (b) submittal of nonconformance notice to Purchaser by      Similar requirement.
Supplier as directed by the Purchaser. These submittals          Supplier as directed by the Purchaser. These submittals shall include Supplier recommended disposition (i.e.,            shall include Supplier-recommended disposition (e.g., use-
"use-as-is" or "repair") and technical justification.            as-is or repair) and technical justification.
Nonconformances to the procurement requirements or              Nonconformances to the procurement requirements or Purchaser approved documents and which consist of one            Purchaser-approved documents, which consist of one or or more of the following shall be submitted to the              more of the following, shall be submitted to the Purchaser Purchaser for approval of the recommended disposition:          for approval of the recommended disposition:
: 1) Technical or material requirement is violated                (1) technical or material requirement is violated;
: 2) Requirement in Supplier documents, which have been            (2) requirement in Supplier documents, which has been approved by the Purchaser, is violated.                          approved by the Purchaser, is violated;
: 3) Nonconformance cannot be corrected by continuation            (3) nonconformance cannot be corrected by continuation of the original manufacturing process or by rework.              of the original manufacturing process or by rework;
: 4) The item does not conform to the original requirement        (4) the item does not conform to the original requirement even though the item can be restored to a condition such        even though the item can be restored to a condition such 05/21/04                                            Control of Purchased Material, Equipment, (Items) and Services                                  Page 16 of 22
 
CRITERION 7                                            BASIC REQUIREMENT 7                                      COMMENTS ANSI N45.2 - ANSI N45.2.13 - ANSI N18.7                                          NQA-1 1994 that the capacity of the item to function is unimpaired.      that the capability of the item to function is unimpaired;
: c. Purchaser disposition of Supplier recommendation.          (c) Purchaser disposition of Supplier recommendation;      Similar requirement.
: d. Verification of disposition.                                (d) verification of the implementation of the disposition;  Similar requirement.
: e. Maintenance of records of Supplier nonconformances.        (e) maintenance of records of Supplier-submitted            Similar requirement.
nonconformances.
10 COMMERCIAL GRADE ITEMS Where the design utilizes commercial grade items, the      This is a new set of requirements not following requirements are an acceptable alternate to other previously in the N45.2 series requirements of this Supplement, except as noted in (b)    standards. The company will commit below and the requirements of Supplement 4S-1.              to meeting Generic Letter 89-02 and EPRI NP-5652 in lieu of these requirements.
(a) The commercial grade item is identified in an approved design output document. An alternate commercial grade item may be applied, provided the cognizant design organization provides verification that the alternate commercial grade item will perform the intended function and will meet design requirements applicable to both the replaced item and its application.
(b) Source evaluation and selection, where determined necessary by the Purchaser based on complexity and importance to safety, shall be in accordance with para. 3.1 of this Supplement.
(c) Commercial grade items shall be identified in the purchase order by the manufacturer's published product description (for example, catalog number).
(d) After receipt of a commercial grade item, the Purchaser shall determine that:
(1) damage was not sustained during shipment; (2) the item received was the item ordered; (3) inspection and/or testing is accomplished, as required by the Purchaser, to assure conformance with the manufacturer's published requirements; (4) documentation, as applicable to the item, was received and is acceptable.
N45.2.13 § 1.2 Responsibility                                                                                              NQA-1 addresses responsibilities in a 1.2.1 General                                                                                                              general sense within the Introduction, The responsibilities for Purchaser and Supplier are                                                                        §3, of Part I.
05/21/04                                          Control of Purchased Material, Equipment, (Items) and Services                                    Page 17 of 22
 
CRITERION 7                                            BASIC REQUIREMENT 7                                COMMENTS ANSI N45.2 - ANSI N45.2.13 - ANSI N18.7                                        NQA-1 1994 identified with recognition that an organization can be either a Purchaser or a Supplier depending upon the level of procurement. However, for any given procurement action the organization is one or the other and this standard applies accordingly. For example, an organization may be a supplier but may have to purchase items or services from a subtier level.
N45.2.13 § 1.2.2 Purchaser's Responsibility                                                                        NQA-1 addresses responsibilities in a
: a. Establishment and implementation of a procurement                                                                general sense within the Introduction, control process consistent with the requirements and                                                                §3, of Part I.
guidelines of this standard.
: b. Incorporation of quality assurance program requirements, appropriate to the scope of work, into procurement documents.
: c. Evaluation of Supplier's quality assurance program to assure that it is appropriate and satisfies the requirements for the items or services being purchased.
: d. Where interfacing, but separate, procurement actions are initiated by a single Purchaser to purchase the design, manufacture, shop assembly and test, field installation and field test of equipment or a system, the single Purchaser shall assure that the quality assurance requirements incorporated in separate procurement documents, in conjunction with the Purchaser's quality assurance program, will collectively satisfy the requirements of ANSI N45.2 and applicable supplementary standards as applicable to the total items and services procured. An example of this is the case where one Supplier has responsibility for design, manufacture, shop assembly and test; another Supplier has responsibility for field assembly; and a third Supplier has responsibility for field tests.
N45.2.13 § 1.2.3 Supplier's Responsibility                                                                          NQA-1 addresses responsibilities in a
: a. Establish and implement a documented quality                                                                    general sense within the Introduction, assurance program that complies with procurement                                                                    §3, of Part I.
document requirements.
: b. Permit Purchaser review of Supplier's quality assurance program and its implementation.
: c. Incorporate appropriate quality assurance program requirements in subtier procurement documents.
05/21/04                                            Control of Purchased Material, Equipment, (Items) and Services                          Page 18 of 22
 
CRITERION 7                                              BASIC REQUIREMENT 7                                      COMMENTS ANSI N45.2 - ANSI N45.2.13 - ANSI N18.7                                          NQA-1 1994 N45.2.13 § 1.3 Definitions                                      The following definitions are from NQA-1, Part I,            NQA-1 contains definitions in the The following definitions are provided to assure a uniform      Introduction                                                Introduction to Part I.
understanding of selected terms as they are used in this standard. Other terms and their definitions are contained in ANSI N45.2.10.
N45.2.13 Designated Representative - An individual or                                                                        Not defined in NQA-1.
organization authorized by the Purchaser to perform functions in the procurement process.
N45.2.13 Procurement Document - Purchase requisitions,          Procurement document - purchase requisitions, purchase      Same definition.
purchase orders, drawings, contracts, specifications or          orders, drawings, contracts, specifications, or instructions instructions used to define requirements for purchase.          used to define requirements for purchase N45.2.13 Purchaser - The organization responsible for            Purchaser - the organization responsible for establishment  Similar definition.
establishment of procurement requirements and for                of procurement requirements and for issuance or issuance, administration, or both, of procurement                administration, or both, of procurement documents documents.
N45.2.13 Quality Assurance Program Requirements -                                                                            Not defined in NQA-1.
Those individual requirements listed in ANSI N45.2 which when invoked in total or in part establish the requirements of a quality assurance program.
N45.2.13 Quality Assurance Records - Those records              Quality assurance record - a completed document that        Similar definition.
which furnish documentary evidence of the quality of            furnishes evidence of the quality of items and/or activities items and of activities affecting quality.                      affecting quality N45.2.13 Right of Access - The right of a Purchaser or          Right of access - the right of a Purchaser or designated    Similar definition.
designated representative to enter the premises of a            representative to enter the premises of a Supplier for the Supplier for the purpose of inspection, surveillance, or        purpose of inspection, surveillance, or quality assurance quality assurance audit.                                        audit N45.2.13 Services - The performance by a Supplier of            Service - the performance of activities such as design,      Similar definition.
activities such as design, fabrication, inspection, non-        fabrication, inspection, nondestructive examination, repair, destructive examination, repair, or installation.                or installation N45.2.13 Subtier Procurement - Procurement by a                                                                              Not defined in NQA-1. Covered by Supplier from a subsupplier of items or services                                                                              the definition of Supplier.
N45.2.13 Supplier - Any individual or organization who          Supplier - any individual or organization who furnishes      Similar definition.
furnishes items or services to a procurement document. It        items or services in accordance with a procurement includes the terms Vendor, Seller, Contractor,                  document. An all-inclusive term used in place of any of Subcontractor, Fabricator, Consultant, and subtier levels.      the following: vendor, seller, contractor, subcontractor, fabricator, consultant, and their subtier levels.
N45.2.13 Surveillance - The physical presence to monitor        Surveillance - the act of monitoring or observing to verify Similar definition.
by observation the designated activities to assure that they    whether an item or activity conforms to specified 05/21/04                                            Control of Purchased Material, Equipment, (Items) and Services                                      Page 19 of 22
 
CRITERION 7                                            BASIC REQUIREMENT 7                              COMMENTS ANSI N45.2 - ANSI N45.2.13 - ANSI N18.7                                        NQA-1 1994 are performed in a specified manner.                            requirements N45.2.13 § 1.4 Referenced Documents                                                                                No similar statement in this section of Documents that are required to be included as part of this                                                          NQA-1. As a general statement, will standard are identified at the point of reference and                                                              need to include in the QAPD that any described in Section 13 of this standard. The issue or                                                              referenced documents or standards are edition of the referenced document that is required will be                                                        considered guidance unless stated specified either at the point of reference or in Section 13                                                        otherwise in the QAPD.
of this standard unless otherwise specified in the procurement document.
Reg. Guide 1.123 Regulatory Position C.1. Section 1.4 of ANSI N45.2.13-1976 states that other documents that are required to be included as part of this standard will be identified at the point of reference and described in Section 13 of the standard. The specific applicability of these listed documents has been or will be covered separately in other regulatory guides or in Commission regulations where appropriate.
N45.2.13 § 7.3.1 ¶ 2 - When conformance to procurement                                                              Auditing requirements are addressed requirements is verified by audit, such audits shall be                                                            in NQA-1, Basic Requirement 18, and conducted in accordance with established methods.                                                                  Supplement 18S-1.
N45.2.13 § 7.4 Measuring and Test Equipment                                                                        NQA-1 addresses measuring and test 7.4.1 Selection. Inspection, examination, and testing                                                              equipment in Basic Requirement 12, equipment utilized to implement the requirements of this                                                            Supplement 12S-1, and Subpart 2.16.
standard shall be selected to have accuracy and tolerance sufficient to determine conformance to specified requirements.
7.4.2 Calibration and Control. As appropriate, measuring and test equipment shall be adjusted and calibrated at prescribed intervals against certified equipment having known valid relationships to nationally recognized standards. If no standards exist, the basis for calibration shall be documented. Records shall be maintained and equipment suitably marked to indicate calibration status or the records shall be traceable to the equipment. When inspection, measuring and test equipment are found to be out of calibration, an evaluation shall be made and documented of the validity of previous inspection or test results and of the acceptability of items previously 05/21/04                                            Control of Purchased Material, Equipment, (Items) and Services                          Page 20 of 22
 
CRITERION 7                                          BASIC REQUIREMENT 7                              COMMENTS ANSI N45.2 - ANSI N45.2.13 - ANSI N18.7                                      NQA-1 1994 inspected or tested.
N45.2.13 § 7.5 Personnel Qualifications                                                                            NQA-1 addresses personnel Personnel responsible for performing verification                                                                  qualifications in Basic Requirement 2, activities shall be qualified in accordance with ANSI                                                              Supplement 2S-1 (inspection and test N45.2.6 as applicable.                                                                                            personnel), and Supplement 2S-3 (audit personnel).
N45.2.13 § 7.6 Reporting                                                                                          NQA-1 does not specifically address Measures shall be established to provide for the reporting                                                        the reporting of these items in a of activities performed to verify conformance to                                                                  separate paragraph of this section requirements of procurement documents. These measures                                                              (Basic Requirement 7 and shall include reporting of source surveillances and                                                                Supplement 7S-1). However, inspections, audits, receiving inspections,                                                                        reporting of these type documents are nonconformances, dispositions, waivers, and corrective                                                            addressed under the respective actions.                                                                                                          sections of the Supplement. Reporting In addition, the Purchaser shall assure that these reports                                                        is also addressed in the Requirement are evaluated to determine the Supplier's quality assurance                                                        and Supplemental sections that would program effectiveness.                                                                                            govern these programs, such as Inspections, Tests, and Audits that relate to NQA-1 Requirements 10, 11, and 18.
N45.2.13 § 9. CORRECTIVE ACTION                                                                                    NQA-1 addresses corrective action in 9.1 General                                                                                                        Basic Requirement 16.
The Purchaser shall establish and document measures that describe the method for the identification of and timely corrective action for conditions adverse to quality which occur during the procurement process and are the responsibility of the Purchaser.
9.2 Significant conditions In the case of significant conditions adverse to quality which may arise during the procurement process, the Purchaser's measures shall describe the method used to:
: a. Identify and document deviations and nonconformances.
: b. Review and evaluate the conditions to determine the cause, extent, and measures needed to correct and prevent recurrence.
: c. Report the conditions and corrective action to the appropriate levels of management.
: d. Assure corrective action is implemented and maintained 05/21/04                                            Control of Purchased Material, Equipment, (Items) and Services                            Page 21 of 22
 
CRITERION 7                                            BASIC REQUIREMENT 7                              COMMENTS ANSI N45.2 - ANSI N45.2.13 - ANSI N18.7                                        NQA-1 1994 as necessary.
9.3 Verification - The Purchaser's corrective action measures shall include verification of implementation of Supplier corrective action system. These measures shall determine that conditions adverse to quality such as deficiencies, deviations, defective items and nonconformances have had corrective action implemented and maintained as necessary.
Reg. Guide 1.123 Regulatory Position C.3 Section 9.3 of ANSI N45.2.13-1976 states, "The Purchaser's Corrective action measures shall include verification of implementation of Supplier's corrective action system.
The Purchaser should verify the implementation of the Supplier's corrective action system when such a system is required, but this verification need not be included as part of the Purchaser's corrective action measures. While Section 9.0 of ANSI N45.2.13-1976 addresses elements of the Purchaser's corrective action system, these same elements are applicable to the Supplier's corrective action system when one is required.
N45.2.13 § 12. AUDIT OF PROCUREMENT                                                                                NQA-1 addresses all Quality PROGRAM                                                                                                            Assurance auditing under Basic Periodic or random audits shall be performed to verify                                                              Requirement 18 and Supplement compliance with procurement activities described in this                                                            18S-1.
standard. The scope of planned auditing activity may cover individual operations, events, processes, or the complete quality assurance program. When deemed necessary by the Purchaser, audits of subtier Suppliers shall be carried out to assure that their quality assurance programs on procurement adequately translate the necessary requisites of the governing procurement documents to the items or services involved. The audits shall be conducted in accordance with established methods.
05/21/04                                            Control of Purchased Material, Equipment, (Items) and Services                          Page 22 of 22
 
CRITERION 8                                                  BASIC REQUIREMENT 8                                      COMMENTS ANSI 45.2-1977, § 9 /N18.7-1976 § 5.2.13.3                                        NQA-1994 N45.2 - Measures shall be established and documented for          Controls shall be established to assure that only correct and    Similar requirement.
the identification and control of materials, parts, and            accepted items are used or installed.
components including partially fabricated subassemblies.
N18.7 - Measures shall be provided for the identification and control of materials, parts, and components including partially fabricated subassemblies.
N45.2 - When codes, standards, or specifications require          Identification shall be maintained on the items or in            Similar requirement. The additional traceability of materials, parts, or components to specific        documents traceable to the items, or in a manner which          information in the Basic inspection or test records, the program shall be designed to      assures that identification is established and maintained.      Requirement is similar to that provide such traceability.                                                                                                          contained later in the N45.2 and N18.7 - When codes, standards or specifications require                                                                            N18.7 text.
traceability of materials, parts or components to specific inspection or test records, the program shall be designed to provide such traceability.
SUPPLEMENT 8S-1 SUPPLEMENTARY REQUIREMENTS FOR IDENTIFICATION AND CONTROL OF ITEMS 1 GENERAL This Supplement provides amplified requirements for identification and control of items.
It supplements the requirements of Basic Requirement 8 of this Part (Part 1) and shall be used in conjunction with that Basic Requirement when and to the extent specified by the organization invoking this Part (Part l).
2 IDENTIFICATION METHODS 2.1 Item Identification N45.2 These measures shall provide for assuring that only          Items of production (batch, lot, component, part) shall be      Similar requirements.
correct and accepted items are used and installed, and            identified from the initial receipt and fabrication of the items relating an item of production (batch, lot, component, part)      up to and including installation and use. This identification at any stage, from initial receipt through fabrication,            shall relate an item to an applicable design or other pertinent installation, repair or modification, to an applicable drawing,    specifying document.
specification, or other pertinent technical document.
N18.7 - These procedures shall be implemented to provide insurance that only correct and accepted items are used and installed, and relating an item of production (batch, lot, component, part) at any stage, from initial receipt through fabrication, installation, repair or modification, to an applicable drawing, specification, or other pertinent 05/19/04                                        Identification and Control of Materials, Parts, and Components (Items)                                      Page 1 of 3
 
CRITERION 8                                                  BASIC REQUIREMENT 8                                    COMMENTS ANSI 45.2-1977, § 9 /N18.7-1976 § 5.2.13.3                                        NQA-1994 technical document.
2.2 Physical Identification N45.2.- Physical identification shall be used to the              Physical identification shall be used to the maximum extent    Same requirement.
maximum extent possible.                                          possible.
N18.7 - Physical identification shall be used to the maximum extent possible.
N45.2 - Where physical identification is either impractical or    Where physical identification on the item is either            Same requirement.
insufficient, physical separation, procedural control, or other  impractical or insufficient, physical separation, procedural appropriate means shall be employed.                              control, or other appropriate means shall be employed.
N18.7 - Where physical identification is either impractical or insufficient, physical separation, procedural control or other appropriate means shall be employed.
2.3 Markings N45.2 - Identification may be either on the item or on            Identification markings, when used, shall be applied using    Similar requirement, NQA-1 records traceable to the item, as appropriate. Where              materials and methods which provide a clear and legible        includes affect on service life of the identification marking is employed, the marking shall be          identification and do not detrimentally affect the function or component as well as function.
clear, unambiguous, and indelible, and shall be applied in        service life of the item.                                      (Note: Markings are covered in such a manner as not to affect the function of the item.                                                                        more detail in NQA-1, Subpart 2.2 N18.7 - Identification may be either on the item or on                                                                          that corresponds with ANSI records traceable to the item, as appropriate. Where                                                                            N45.2.2. Addressed in a separate identification marking is employed, the marking shall be                                                                        table.)
clear, unambiguous and indelible, and shall be applied in such a manner as not to affect the function of the item.
N45.2 - Markings shall be transferred to each part of an item    Markings shall be transferred to each part of an identified    Similar requirement.
when subdivided and shall not be obliterated or hidden by        item when subdivided and shall not be obliterated or hidden surface treatment or coatings unless other means of              by surface treatment or coatings unless other means of identification are substituted.                                  identification are substituted.
N18.7 - Markings shall be transferred to each part of an item when subdivided and shall not be obliterated or hidden by surface treatment or coatings unless other means of identification are substituted.
3 SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS 3.1 Identification and Traceability of Items N45.2, ¶ 3 - When codes, standards, or specifications            When specified by codes, standards, or specifications that    Similar requirement. NQA-1 require traceability of materials, parts, or components to        include specific identification or traceability requirements  provides examples such as specific inspection or test records, the program shall be        (such as identification or traceability of the item to        identification or traceability. test, designed to provide such traceability.                            applicable specification and grade of material; heat, batch,  or other records.
N18.7, ¶ 3 - When codes standards or specifications require      lot, part, or serial number; or specified inspection, test, or 05/19/04                                        Identification and Control of Materials, Parts, and Components (Items)                                    Page 2 of 3
 
CRITERION 8                                                BASIC REQUIREMENT 8                                      COMMENTS ANSI 45.2-1977, § 9 /N18.7-1976 § 5.2.13.3                                        NQA-1994 traceability of materials, parts or components to specific        other records), the program shall be designed to provide inspection or test records, the program shall be designed to      such identification and traceability control.
provide such traceability.
3.2 Limited Life Items Where specified, items having limited calendar or operating    New requirement. Already factored life or cycles shall be identified and controlled to preclude  into Dominions administrative use of items whose shelf life or operating life has expired. controls.
3.3 Maintaining Identification of Stored Items Provisions shall be made for the control of item                Similar requirement to N45.2.2, § identification consistent with the planned duration and        6.4.1 in that an inspection would conditions of storage, such as:                                identify the need to correct these (a) provisions for maintenance or replacement of markings      types of deficiencies.
and identification records due to damage during handling or aging; (b) protection of identifications on items subject to excessive deterioration due to environmental exposure; (c) provisions for updating existing plant records.
05/19/04                                        Identification and Control of Materials, Parts, and Components (Items)                                      Page 3 of 3
 
CRITERION 9                                              BASIC REQUIREMENT 9                                    COMMENTS ANSI 45.2 §10/ANSI N18.7 § 5.2.18                                          NQA-1-1994 Overall notes:
NQA 1983 and 1994 leave the word Special out of the title. The text does address special processes.
The requirements of N45.2 and ANSI N18.7 are similar in nature to that expounded on in Supplement 9S-1.
Therefore, the specific wording from these standards is not repeated over and over next to the similar statements of NQA-1.
N45.2 Measures shall be established and documented to          Processes affecting quality of items or services shall be Similar requirements for controlling assure that special processes,  are accomplished under        controlled.                                              processes, but NQA-1 doesnt limit controlled conditions in accordance with applicable codes,                                                                the processes at this point to those that standards, specifications, criteria, and other special                                                                    are deemed special processes.
requirements, N18.7 5.2.18 Measures shall be established and documented to assure that special processes, accomplished under controlled conditions in accordance with applicable codes, standards, specifications, criteria, and other special requirements, N45.2 Measures shall be established and documented to          Special processes that control or verify quality, such as ANSI N18.7 defines special processes assure that special processes, including welding, heat          those used in welding, heat treating, and nondestructive  and includes chemical cleaning as a treating, cleaning, and nondestructive examination, are        examination, shall be performed by qualified personnel    special process. (Will address within accomplished under controlled conditions in accordance          using qualified procedures in accordance with specified  the text of the QAPD, Section 9) with applicable codes, standards, specifications, criteria,    requirements.
and other special requirements, using qualified personnel and procedures.
N18.7 5.2.18 Special processes are those that require interim inprocess controls in addition to final inspection to assure quality including such processes as welding, heat treating, chemical cleaning, and nondestructive examination.
SUPPLEMENT 9S-1 SUPPLEMENTARY REQUIREMENTS FOR CONTROL OF PROCESSES 1 GENERAL This Supplement provides amplified requirements for control of processes.
05/17/04                                                  Control of Special Processes / Control of Processes                                        Page 1 of 3
 
CRITERION 9                                          BASIC REQUIREMENT 9                                      COMMENTS ANSI 45.2 §10/ANSI N18.7 § 5.2.18                                        NQA-1-1994 It supplements the requirements of Basic Requirement 9 of this Part (Part 1) and shall be used in conjunction with that Basic Requirement when and to the extent specified by the organization invoking this Part (Part 1).
2 PROCESS CONTROL N45.2 Measures shall be established and documented to      Processes shall be controlled by instructions, procedures,    Similar requirements.
assure that special processes,  are accomplished  using  drawings, checklists, travelers, or other appropriate means.
qualified  procedures.
N18.7 5.2.18 Measures shall be established and documented to assure that special processes,  use qualified  procedures.
N45.2 Measures shall be established and documented to      These means shall assure that process parameters are          Similar requirements.
assure that special processes,  are accomplished under    controlled and that specified environmental conditions are controlled conditions .                                    maintained.
N18.7 5.2.18 Measures shall be established and documented to assure that special processes, accomplished under controlled conditions  use qualified personnel and procedures.
3 SPECIAL PROCESSES Each special process shall be performed in accordance with    Procedure adherence is addressed in appropriate instructions which include or reference          Section 5 of the QAPD.
procedure, personnel, and equipment qualification requirements.
3.1 Responsibility It is the responsibility of the organization performing the  Procedure adherence is currently special process to adhere to the approved procedures and      addressed in the QA Standards related processes.                                                    to Criterion 5. Similar requirements exist.
N45.2 Qualification of personnel, procedures, and          3.1.1 Qualification of personnel, procedures, and            Similar requirements.
equipment shall comply with the requirements of            equipment shall comply with specified requirements.
applicable codes and standards.
N18.7 5.2.18 Qualification of personnel, procedures, and equipment shall comply with the requirements of applicable codes and standards.
05/17/04                                              Control of Special Processes / Control of Processes                                            Page 2 of 3
 
CRITERION 9                                            BASIC REQUIREMENT 9                                    COMMENTS ANSI 45.2 §10/ANSI N18.7 § 5.2.18                                        NQA-1-1994 N45.2 Measures shall be established and documented to        3.1.2 Conditions necessary for accomplishment of the      Similar requirements.
assure that special processes,  are accomplished under      process shall be included in procedures or instructions.
controlled conditions .                                      These conditions shall include proper equipment, N18.7 5.2.18 Measures shall be established and                controlled parameters of the process, and calibration documented to assure that special processes, accomplished    requirements.
under controlled conditions 3.2 Acceptance Criteria The requirements of applicable codes and standards,        Acceptance criteria currently including acceptance criteria for the process, shall be    addressed in the QA Standards related specified or referenced in the procedures or instructions. to Criterion 5. Similar requirements exist.
3.3 Records N45.2 - Documentation shall be maintained for currently      Records shall be maintained as appropriate for the        Similar requirements.
qualified personnel, processes, or equipment in accordance    currently qualified personnel, processes, and equipment of with the requirements of pertinent codes and standards.      each special process N18.7 - 5.2.12 requires provisions be made for preparation and retention of plant records as appropriate.
3.4 Special Requirements N45.2 For special processes not covered by existing codes    For special processes not covered by existing codes and    Similar requirements.
or standards, or where item quality requirements exceed      standards or where quality requirements specified for an the requirements of established codes or standards, the      item exceed those of existing codes or standards, the necessary qualifications of personnel, procedures, or        necessary requirements for qualifications of personnel, equipment shall be defined.                                  procedures, or equipment shall be specified or referenced N18.7 For special processes not covered by existing codes    in the procedures or instructions.
or standards, or where item quality requirements exceed the requirements of established codes or standards, the necessary qualifications of personnel, procedures, or equipment shall be defined.
05/17/04                                                Control of Special Processes / Control of Processes                                        Page 3 of 3
 
CRITERION 10                                          BASIC REQUIREMENT 10                                  COMMENTS ANSI N45.2-77/ANSI N18.7-76                                            NQA-1 1994 N45.2 § 11, N18.7 § 5.2.17 N45.2, ¶ 1 A program for inspection of activities affecting  Inspections required to verify conformance of an item or  Similar requirement.
quality shall be established and executed by or for the      activity to specified requirements shall be planned and organization performing the activity to verify conformance    executed.
to the documented instructions, procedures, and drawings for accomplishing the activity.
N45.2, ¶ 2 Examinations, measurements, or tests of items processed shall be performed for each work operation where necessary to assure quality.
N18.7, ¶ 1 A program for inspection of activities affecting safety shall be established and executed by or for the organization performing the activity to verify conformance with applicable documented instructions, procedures, and drawings.
¶ 2 Inspections, examinations, measurements, or tests of material, products, or activities shall be performed for each work operation where necessary to assure quality.
N18.7, ¶ 4 Inspections of safety-related activities shall be  Characteristics to be inspected and inspection methods to Similar requirement.
performed in accordance with approved written                be employed shall be specified.
procedures, which set forth the requirements and acceptance limits and specify the inspection responsibilities.
N18.7, § 5.3.10, ¶ 1 Test and inspection results shall be    Inspection results shall be documented.                  Similar requirement.
documented N45.2 ¶ 1 Inspection activities to verify the quality of      Inspection for acceptance shall be performed by persons  Similar requirement. NQA-1 and work shall be performed by appropriately trained persons      other than those who performed or directly supervised the N18.7 both specify that it should not other than those who performed the activity being            work being inspected.                                    be those who preformed the activity or inspected.                                                                                                              directly supervised the activity (work)
N18.7 ¶ 2 Such inspections shall be performed by                                                                        being inspected. N45.2 addresses this qualified individuals other than those who performed or                                                                below.
directly supervised the activity being inspected.
These independent inspections, i.e., those performed by individuals not assigned first-line supervisory responsibility for the conduct of the work, are not intended to dilute or replace the clear responsibility of first-line supervisors for the quality of work performed under their supervision.
N18.7, ¶ 6 - The owner organization shall evaluate                                                                      Not specifically addressed by NQA-1.
05/17/04                                                                      Inspection                                                            Page 1 of 6
 
CRITERION 10                                          BASIC REQUIREMENT 10                                      COMMENTS ANSI N45.2-77/ANSI N18.7-76                                            NQA-1 1994 inspection results along with test results (see Section                                                                    Addressed within the QAPD as an 5.2.19) to determine whether the individual inspection and                                                                inspection program function subject to test programs demonstrate that the plant can be operated                                                                  audit.
safely and as designed.
SUPPLEMENT 1OS-1 SUPPLEMENTARY REQUIREMENTS FOR INSPECTION 1 GENERAL This Supplement provides amplified requirements for inspection of items and activities.
It supplements the requirements of Basic Requirement 10 of this Part (Part I) and shall be used in conjunction with that Basic Requirement when and to the extent specified by the organization invoking this Part (Part I).
2 INSPECTION REQUIREMENTS N18.7, ¶ 4 Information concerning inspection shall be        Inspection requirements and acceptance criteria shall        Similar requirement.
obtained from the related design drawings, specifications    include specified requirements contained in the applicable and/or other controlled documents.                          design documents or other pertinent technical documents approved by the responsible design organization.
N18.7, ¶ 4 Inspections of safety-related activities shall be Inspection activities shall be documented and controlled by  Similar requirement.
performed in accordance with approved written                instructions, procedures, drawings, checklists, travelers, or NQA-1 allows use of documents other procedures,                                                other appropriate means.                                      than procedures to control the N18.7, § 5.3.10, ¶ 1 Test and inspection results shall be                                                                  inspection.
documented 3 PERSONNEL 3.1 Reporting Independence N45.2, ¶ 1 - Such persons shall not report directly to the  Inspection personnel shall not report directly to the        Similar requirement, but NQA-1 adds immediate supervisors who are responsible for the work      immediate supervisors who are responsible for performing      a requirement for inspectors to not being inspected.                                            the work being inspected.                                    report to the immediate supervisor for N18.7, ¶ 2 - Inspection of operating activities (work                                                                      the work. (consistent with N45.2) functions associated with normal operation of the plant,                                                                  Current VA practice is to allow routine maintenance, and certain technical services                                                                        persons to perform inspections who routinely assigned to the onsite operating organization)                                                                  were not performing the work, but may be conducted by second-line supervisory personnel or                                                                  who report directly to the immediate by other qualified personnel not assigned first-line                                                                      supervisor responsible for the work supervisory responsibility for conduct of the work.                                                                        with a provision that, during the inspection period, they are reporting through the organization responsible for the inspection program. The 05/17/04                                                                    Inspection                                                                Page 2 of 6
 
CRITERION 10                                          BASIC REQUIREMENT 10                                      COMMENTS ANSI N45.2-77/ANSI N18.7-76                                            NQA-1 1994 QAPD, Appendix C, contains the following clarification: Where quality verification inspections at operating facilities are performed by the Maintenance group, to meet the independence requirements of NQA-1, Supplement 10S-1, Section 3.1, the inspectors report to the Facility Safety and Licensing organization while performing the inspection.
3.2 Qualification N45.2 ¶ 1 Inspection activities to verify the quality of    Each person who verifies conformance of work activities      Similar requirement.
work shall be performed by appropriately trained            for purposes of acceptance shall be qualified to perform the persons.                                                    assigned inspection task.
N18.7, ¶ 4 - When inspection techniques require specialized qualifications or skills, personnel performing the inspection shall meet applicable licensing requirements, codes, and standards appropriate to the discipline involved (see also Sections 5.2.7, 5.2.6 and 5.3.10).
Inspections by persons during on-the-job training for        New requirement to this standard, but qualification shall be performed under the direct            consistent with those of the standards observation and supervision of a qualified person and        for training and qualification.
verification of conformance shall be by the qualified person until certification is achieved.
4 INSPECTION HOLD POINTS N45.2, ¶ 4 - If mandatory inspection hold points, which      If mandatory inspection hold points are required beyond      Similar requirement.
require witnessing or inspecting by the purchasers          which work shall not proceed without the specific consent designated representative and beyond which work shall not    of the designated representative, the specific hold points proceed without the consent of the purchasers designated    shall be indicated in appropriate documents.
representative, are required, the specific hold points shall be indicated in appropriate documents.
N18.7, ¶ 4 - If mandatory inspection hold points are required, the specific hold points shall be indicated in appropriate documents.
N45.2, ¶ 4 - Such consent shall be documented prior to the  Consent to waive specified hold points shall be recorded    Similar requirement.
continuation of work beyond the designated hold point.      prior to continuation of work beyond the designated hold point.
05/17/04                                                                    Inspection                                                                Page 3 of 6
 
CRITERION 10                                          BASIC REQUIREMENT 10                                      COMMENTS ANSI N45.2-77/ANSI N18.7-76                                          NQA-1 1994 5 INSPECTION PLANNING 5.1 Planning Planning for inspection activities shall be accomplished    New requirement.
and documented. The documentation shall identify            This currently is met through the characteristics, methods, and acceptance criteria, and shall development of inspection documents.
provide for recording objective evidence of inspection results.
5.2 Sampling N45.2, ¶ 2 - Where a sample is used to verify acceptability  Where a sample is used to verify acceptability of a group    Similar requirement.
of a group of items, the sampling procedure shall be based  of items, the sampling procedure shall be based on on recognized standard practices and shall provide          recognized standard practices.
adequate justification for the sample size and selection process.
6 IN-PROCESS INSPECTION 6.1 Inspection Inspection of items in-process or under construction shall  New requirement addressing items in-be performed for work activities where necessary to verify  process or under construction. This is quality.                                                    consistent with current practice.
N45.2, ¶ 3 -If inspection of processed items is impossible  If inspection of processed items is impossible or            Similar requirement.
or disadvantageous, indirect control by monitoring of        disadvantageous, indirect control by monitoring of processing methods, equipment, and personnel shall be        processing methods, equipment, and personnel shall be provided.                                                    provided.
N18.7, ¶ 5 - If inspection is impossible or disadvantageous, indirect control by monitoring processing methods, equipment and personnel shall be provided.
N45.2, ¶ 3 - Both inspection and process monitoring shall    Both inspection and process monitoring shall be provided    Similar requirement.
be provided when control is inadequate without both.        when control is inadequate without both.
N18.7 ¶ 5 - Both inspection and process monitoring shall be provided when control is inadequate without both..
6.2 Combined Inspection and Monitoring N18.7 ¶ 5 - In cases where documented verification of        6.2.1 A combination of inspection and process monitoring    NQA-1 meets the intent of N18.7.
quality implied by the above requirements is not possible    methods, when used, shall be performed in a systematic      NQA-1 is more descriptive of how to or feasible, the extent of inspection or performance testing manner to assure that the specified requirements for control combine inspection and monitoring to verify adequacy of structures, systems, or components    of the process and quality of the item are being achieved    that is not addressed in N45.2 or for service should be, in general, greater than otherwise    throughout the duration of the process.                      specifically addressed in N18.7.
required.
6.2.2 Controls, where required, shall be established and documented for the coordination and sequencing of these 05/17/04                                                                    Inspection                                                                Page 4 of 6
 
CRITERION 10                                        BASIC REQUIREMENT 10                                      COMMENTS ANSI N45.2-77/ANSI N18.7-76                                          NQA-1 1994 activities at established inspection points during successive stages of the conducted process or construction.
7 FINAL INSPECTIONS                                          Requirements carried forward from 7.1 Resolution of Nonconformances                            the N45.2.4 and N45.2.8 standards on Final inspections shall include a records review of the      Electrical/I&C and Mechanical results and resolution of nonconformances identified by      Installations. These are also addressed prior inspections.                                            in comparing NQA-1, Subparts 2.4 and 2.8 to the N45.2 series standards.
The final inspection shall be planned to arrive at a conclusion regarding conformance of the item to specified requirements.
7.2 Inspection Requirements Completed items shall be inspected for completeness, markings, calibration, adjustments, protection from damage, or other characteristics as required to verify the quality and conformances of the item to specified requirements.
Quality records shall be examined for adequacy and completeness if not previously so examined.
7.3 Acceptance The acceptance of the item shall be documented and approved by authorized personnel.
7.4 Modifications, Repairs, or Replacements N18.7, ¶ 3 - For modifications and nonroutine              Modifications, repairs, or replacements of items performed    Similar requirement.
maintenance, inspections shall be conducted in a manner    subsequent to final inspection shall require reinspection or  NQA-1 uses the term reinspection or similar (frequency, type, and personnel performing such    retest, as appropriate, to verify acceptability.              retest, as appropriate, in lieu of in a inspections) to that associated with construction phase                                                                  manner similar to  construction activities (see also Section 5.2.7).                                                                                      phase activities. NQA-1 also applies to construction.
8 INSERVICE INSPECTION 8.1 Planning and Performance N45.2, ¶ 5 - A program for required inservice inspection of Required in-service inspection or surveillance of            Similar requirement.
completed systems, structures, and components shall be      structures, systems, or components shall be planned and planned and executed by or for the organization            executed by or for the organization responsible for responsible for operation of the nuclear facility.          operation.
N18.7, § 5.2.8, ¶ 1 Provisions shall be made for performing required surveillance testing and inspections, including inservice inspections. Additional control 05/17/04                                                                    Inspection                                                                  Page 5 of 6
 
CRITERION 10                                          BASIC REQUIREMENT 10                                      COMMENTS ANSI N45.2-77/ANSI N18.7-76                                            NQA-1 1994 procedures shall be instituted, as necessary, to assure timely conduct of surveillance tests and inspections and appropriate documentation, reporting, and evaluation of the results.
8.2 Methods Inspection methods shall be established and executed to      NQA-1 addresses requirements of the verify that the characteristics of an item continue to remain inservice inspection/testing program within specified limits. Inspection methods shall include    that were not addressed in the previous evaluations of performance capability of essential            Quality Standards. Not a new emergency and safety systems and equipment, verification      requirement above the existing ASME of calibration and integrity of instruments and instrument    inservice inspection requirements.
systems, and verification of maintenance, as appropriate.
9 RECORDS N18.7, ¶ 6 - Records shall be kept in sufficient detail to  Records shall, as a minimum, identify (a) through below:      Similar requirement.
permit adequate confirmation of the inspection program.    (a) item inspected                                            Requirement to identify the person The person recording the data as well as the person        (b) date of inspection                                        recording data is eliminated.
approving the inspection results shall be identified.      (c) inspector                                                Requirement for inspection records to Deviations, their cause, and any corrective action          (d) type of observation                                      be specifically identified as such is not completed or planned as a result of the deviations shall be (e) results or acceptability                                  included in NQA-1. This allows for documented. Inspection records shall be identified as such  (f) reference to information on action taken in connection    inspections being documented within and shall be retrievable (see also Section 5.2.12).        with nonconformances                                          maintenance and test procedures.
05/17/04                                                                    Inspection                                                                  Page 6 of 6
 
CRITERION 11                                        BASIC REQUIREMENT 11                                    COMMENTS ANSI N45.2-77/ANSI N18.7-76                                            NQA-1 1994 N45.2 §12 / N18.7 § 5.2.19                                    BASIC REQUIREMENT N45.2, ¶ 1 A test program shall be established to assure      Tests required to verify conformance of an item or        NQA-1 adds requirement for test of that all testing required to demonstrate that the item will  computer program to specified requirements and to        computer software.
perform satisfactorily in service is identified and          demonstrate satisfactory performance for service shall be N18.7 provides more specifics on documented,                                                  planned and executed.                                    demonstrating satisfactory N18.7, ¶ 1 A test program shall be established to assure                                                                performance for service at the point that testing required to demonstrate that the item will                                                                where initial operation of a plant is perform satisfactorily in service is identified and                                                                    beginning and will be addressed in the documented,                                                                                                            QAPD. The organization section of N18.7, § 5.2.19.2 Tests Prior to and During Initial Plant                                                              the new QAPD addresses the Operation.                                                                                                              responsibilities from N18.7.
¶ 1 Prior to placing a nuclear power plant into operation, a preoperational test program shall be performed to demonstrate the functional adequacy of plant components, systems and structures. Following fuel loading an initial start-up test program shall be conducted to evaluate plant performance as the start-up progresses.
¶ 2 Responsibilities The ultimate responsibility for the preparation and execution of adequate preoperational and initial start-up test programs rests with the owner organization. If design or construction is performed by other than the owner organization, design organizations involved should participate in definition of the programs, and the construction organization involved may supply manpower or supervision for execution of part or all of the program, but the owner organization shall determine that the program is adequate and that the results are satisfactory.
¶ 3 Scheduling A schedule shall be provided and maintained to provide assurance that all necessary tests are performed and properly evaluated on a timely basis.
Testing shall be scheduled so that the safety of the plant is never dependent on the performance of an untested system (see also Section 5.2.8).
N45.2, ¶ 1  and that the testing is performed in            Characteristics to be tested and test methods to be      Similar Requirement.
accordance with written test procedures which incorporate    employed shall be specified.
or reference the requirements and acceptance limits contained in applicable design documents 05/19/04                                                                    Test Control                                                          Page 1 of 11
 
CRITERION 11                                        BASIC REQUIREMENT 11                                    COMMENTS ANSI N45.2-77/ANSI N18.7-76                                          NQA-1 1994 N18.7, ¶ 1  and that the testing is performed in accordance with written test procedures which incorporate or reference the requirements and acceptance limits contained in applicable design documents.
N45.2, ¶ 2 Test results shall be documented and evaluated  Test results shall be documented and their conformance      Similar Requirement.
by responsible authority to assure that test requirements  with acceptance criteria shall be evaluated.
have been satisfied.
N18.7, § 5.3.10, ¶ 1 Test and inspection results shall be documented and evaluated by responsible authority to assure that test and inspection requirements have been satisfied.
N18.7, § 5.2.17, ¶ 6 The owner organization shall evaluate inspection results along with test results (see Section 5.2.19) to determine whether the individual inspection and test programs demonstrate that the plant can be operated safely and as designed.
N18.7, § 5.2.8, ¶ 1 Provisions shall be made for performing required surveillance testing and inspections, including inservice inspections. Additional control procedures shall be instituted, as necessary, to assure timely conduct of surveillance tests and inspections and appropriate documentation, reporting, and evaluation of the results.
Tests required to collect data, such as for siting or design NQA-1 adds requirement for siting input, shall be planned, executed, documented, and          and design input to address new evaluated.                                                  construction and design changes.
SUPPLEMENT 11S-1 SUPPLEMENTARY REQUIREMENTS FOR TEST CONTROL 1 GENERAL This Supplement provides amplified requirements for test control.
It supplements the requirements of Basic Requirement 11 of this Part (Part 1) and shall be used in conjunction with that Basic Requirement when and to the extent specified by the organization invoking this Part (Part 1).
2 TEST REQUIREMENTS N45.2, ¶ 1 Test requirements and acceptance criteria shall Test requirements and acceptance criteria shall be provided  Similar Requirement.
be provided by the organization responsible for the design or approved by the organization responsible for the design 05/19/04                                                                  Test Control                                                            Page 2 of 11
 
CRITERION 11                                          BASIC REQUIREMENT 11                                      COMMENTS ANSI N45.2-77/ANSI N18.7-76                                            NQA-1 1994 of the item under test, unless otherwise designated.        of the item to be tested unless otherwise designated.
N45.2, ¶ 1 The test program shall cover all required tests,  Required tests, including, as appropriate, prototype        NQA-1 includes production tests that including, as appropriate, prototype qualification tests,    qualification tests, production tests, proof tests prior to  are not addressed by ANSI N45.2 or proof tests prior to installation, preoperational tests, and installation, construction tests, pre-operational tests, and N18.7.
operational tests to verify continued satisfactory          operational tests shall be controlled.
performance during operation.                                                                                            ANSI N18.7 gives more detail on the N18.7, ¶ 1-5 The test program shall cover all required tests                                                              purpose and extent of the described including:                                                                                                                tests. This is addressed in the QAPD, (1) Tests during the preoperational period to demonstrate                                                                Section 11.1.
that performance of plant systems is in accordance with design intent and that the coordinated operation of the plant as a whole is satisfactory, to the extent feasible.
(2) Tests during the initial operational phase to demonstrate the performance of systems that could not be tested prior to operation and to confirm those physical parameters, hydraulic or mechanical characteristics that need to be known, but which could not be predicted with the required accuracy, and to confirm that plant behavior conforms to design criteria. The initial start-up test program shall be planned to permit safe fuel loading and start-up; to increase power in safe increments; and to perform major testing at specified power plateaus. If tests require the variation of operating parameters outside of their normal range, the limits within which such variation is permitted shall be prescribed. Prerequisites and record keeping shall be given attention and the scope of the testing shall demonstrate insofar as practicable that the plant is capable of withstanding the design transients and accidents. The suitability of plant operating procedures should be checked to the maximum extent possible during the preoperational and initial start-up test programs.
(3) Surveillance tests during the operational phase to provide assurance that failures or substandard performance do not remain undetected and that the required reliability of safety-related systems is maintained (see Section 5.2.8).
(4) Tests during design, fabrication and construction activities associated with plant maintenance and modifications during the operational phase and the demonstration of satisfactory performance following plant 05/19/04                                                                    Test Control                                                              Page 3 of 11
 
CRITERION 11                                          BASIC REQUIREMENT 11                                      COMMENTS ANSI N45.2-77/ANSI N18.7-76                                            NQA-1 1994 maintenance and modifications or procedural changes (see Section 5.2.7).
NRC Reg. Guide 1.33, Regulatory Position C.5.f - The guidelines (indicated by the verb should) of ANSI N18.7-1976/ANS-3.2 contained in the following sections have sufficient safety importance to be treated the same as the requirements (indicated by the verb shall) of the standard: f. Section 5.2.19(2) - The guideline for checking plant operating procedures during the testing program.
Alternative from current VA QA Topical Report - (6)
Paragraph C.5.f of Regulatory Guide 1.33 (and Section 5.2.19.(2) of ANSI N18.7 which it references) will be implemented when determined by station management.
N18.7, § 5.2.19.3 Tests Associated with Plant Maintenance, Modifications or Procedure Changes.
Tests shall be performed following plant modifications or significant change in operating procedures to confirm that the modifications or changes reasonably produce expected results and that the change does not reduce safety of operations.
N45.2, ¶ 1  and that the testing is performed in            Test requirements and acceptance criteria shall be based    NQA-1 addresses other pertinent accordance with written test procedures which incorporate    upon specified requirements contained in applicable design  documents other than design or reference the requirements and acceptance limits          or other pertinent technical documents.                      documents that may be a source of contained in applicable design documents                                                                                  technical requirements or acceptance N18.7, ¶ 1  and that the testing is performed in                                                                          limits.
accordance with written test procedures which incorporate or reference the requirements and acceptance limits contained in applicable design documents.
3 TEST PROCEDURES N45.2, ¶ 2 Test procedures shall include provisions for      Tests procedures shall include or reference test objectives  Similar requirement.
assuring that prerequisites for the given test have been met, and provisions for assuring that prerequisites for the given ANSI N18.7 contains more detail on that adequate instrumentation is available and used, and      test have been met, that adequate instrumentation is        the objectives of preoperational and that necessary monitoring is performed.                      available and used, that necessary monitoring is performed,  operational tests. This is addressed in N18.7, § 5.3.10, ¶ 1 Test and inspection procedures shall    and that suitable environmental conditions are maintained. the QAPD (sections 5 & 11).
contain a description of objectives; acceptance criteria that will be used to evaluate the results; prerequisites for performing the tests or inspections including any special conditions to be used to simulate normal or abnormal 05/19/04                                                                    Test Control                                                              Page 4 of 11
 
CRITERION 11                            BASIC REQUIREMENT 11 COMMENTS ANSI N45.2-77/ANSI N18.7-76                            NQA-1 1994 operating conditions; limiting conditions; and the test or inspection procedure. These procedures shall also specify any special equipment or calibrations required to conduct the test or inspection.
ANSI N18.7, § 5.3.10, ¶ 2 Where tests and inspections are to be witnessed, the procedure shall identify hold points in the testing sequence to permit witnessing. The procedure shall require appropriate approval for the work to continue beyond the designated hold point.
N18.7, § 5.2.19.1 Preoperational Tests
¶ 1 Preoperational tests are generally performed sequentially in accordance with written procedures.
¶ 4 A component test is a functional, operational or performance test of an individual piece of equipment or unit system under prescribed conditions. Typical parameters to be examined are direction of rotation, bearing temperatures, vibration, time delays, and ability to operate with remote and local controls. The procedure should list checks to be made and provide acceptance criteria. Consideration should also be given to providing a run-in period to minimize early failures during operation of the plant.
¶ 5 Individual system tests establish the functional adequacy by operation under prescribed conditions. The tests shall be designed to permit evaluation of system performance including, for example, the measurement of flow, temperature, pressure, response time and vibration, transfer of power supply to emergency power and accuracy and response of control devices.
¶ 6 The preoperational testing program should demonstrate, as nearly as can be practicably simulated, the overall integrated operation of the plant systems at rated conditions, including simultaneous operations of auxiliary systems. It may be necessary to defer portions of these tests until nuclear heat is available. The procedures used should be similar to those discussed in 5.3.3 and 5.3.4, and they should be modified to require variation in control parameters, such as pump stops and restarts, cycling valves and varying flows so that system performance can be 05/19/04                                                    Test Control                Page 5 of 11
 
CRITERION 11                                            BASIC REQUIREMENT 11                                  COMMENTS ANSI N45.2-77/ANSI N18.7-76                                            NQA-1 1994 evaluated. For additional requirements in matters relating to preoperational test programs, American National Standard N45.2.8-1975 is generally applicable. [8]
NRC Reg. Guide 1.33, Regulatory Position C.5.g - The guidelines (indicated by the verb should) of ANSI N18.7-1976/ANS-3.2 contained in the following sections have sufficient safety importance to be treated the same as the requirements (indicated by the verb shall) of the standard: g. Section 5.2.19.1 - The guideline for preoperational tests, except the guideline that refers to a run-in period for equipment. In addition to these guidelines, the prerequisite steps for each equipment test should be completed prior to the commencement of the preoperational test.
Alternative from current VA QA Topical Report - (7)
Paragraph C.5.g of Regulatory Guide 1.33 (and Section 5.2.19.1 of ANSI N18.7 which it references) will be implemented with the addition of the modifier normally after each of the verbs (should) which the Regulatory Guide converts to shall. It is the Companys intent to fully comply with the requirements of this paragraph, and any conditions which do not fully comply will be documented and approved by station management personnel. In these areas, the reason for the exception shall also be documented. The documentation shall be retained for the same period of time as the affected preoperational test.
N45.2, ¶ 2 Prerequisites include such items as calibrated    Prerequisites shall include the following, as applicable:  Basic requirements are similar.
instrumentation, appropriate equipment, trained personnel,    calibrated instrumentation, appropriate equipment, trained ANSI N18.7 provides more detail on condition of test equipment and the item to be tested,        personnel, condition of test equipment and the item to be  the nature and content of prerequisites.
suitable environmental conditions, and provisions for data    tested, suitable environmental conditions, and provisions  This is addressed in the QAPD.
acquisition.                                                  for data acquisition.
N18.7, § 5.3.10, ¶ 1 Test and inspection procedures shall contain a description of objectives; acceptance criteria that will be used to evaluate the results; prerequisites for performing the tests or inspections including any special conditions to be used to simulate normal or abnormal operating conditions; limiting conditions; and the test or inspection procedure. These procedures shall also specify 05/19/04                                                                    Test Control                                                          Page 6 of 11
 
CRITERION 11                            BASIC REQUIREMENT 11 COMMENTS ANSI N45.2-77/ANSI N18.7-76                            NQA-1 1994 any special equipment or calibrations required to conduct the test or inspection.
N18.7, § 5.2.19.1 Preoperational Tests
¶ 2 Procedures should ensure that prerequisite steps for equipment testing, such as completion of necessary construction, prior testing, safety precautions, and measures to preserve equipment status have been or will be performed (see also Sections 5.2.17 and 5.3.10).
¶ 3 A detailed prescribed physical inspection of equipment components and facilities should be performed to ensure readiness for operation. Typical items to be covered include cleanliness, lubrication, setting of limit switches, calibration of instruments and presence of safety devices.
The test procedure should list the checks to be made and include acceptance criteria and reference sources, such as vendor's literature, engineering drawings or plant specifications.
NRC Reg. Guide 1.33, Regulatory Position C.5.g - The guidelines (indicated by the verb should) of ANSI N18.7-1976/ANS-3.2 contained in the following sections have sufficient safety importance to be treated the same as the requirements (indicated by the verb shall) of the standard: g. Section 5.2.19.1 - The guideline for preoperational tests, except the guideline that refers to a run-in period for equipment. In addition to these guidelines, the prerequisite steps for each equipment test should be completed prior to the commencement of the preoperational test.
Alternative from current VA QA Topical Report - (7)
Paragraph C.5.g of Regulatory Guide 1.33 (and Section 5.2.19.1 of ANSI N18.7 which it references) will be implemented with the addition of the modifier normally after each of the verbs (should) which the Regulatory Guide converts to shall. It is the Companys intent to fully comply with the requirements of this paragraph, and any conditions which do not fully comply will be documented and approved by station management personnel. In these areas, the reason for the exception shall also be documented. The documentation shall be retained 05/19/04                                                      Test Control                Page 7 of 11
 
CRITERION 11                                          BASIC REQUIREMENT 11                                    COMMENTS ANSI N45.2-77/ANSI N18.7-76                                            NQA-1 1994 for the same period of time as the affected preoperational test.
In lieu of specially prepared written test procedures,      NQA-1 addresses using standard test appropriate sections of related documents, such as ASTM      methods or other forms of instructions.
methods, Supplier manuals, equipment maintenance instructions, or approved drawings or travelers with acceptance criteria, can be used. Such documents shall include adequate instructions to assure the required quality of work.
4 TEST RESULTS N45.2, ¶ 2 Test results shall be documented and evaluated    Test results shall be documented and evaluated by a          Similar requirement.
by responsible authority to assure that test requirements    responsible authority to assure that test requirements have have been satisfied.                                        been satisfied.
N18.7, § 5.3.10, ¶ 1 Test and inspection results shall be documented and evaluated by responsible authority to assure that test and inspection requirements have been satisfied.
5 TEST RECORDS ANSI N18.7, § 5.3.10, ¶ 2 The test and inspection            Test records shall, as a minimum, identify (a) through (g)  Similar requirement.
procedures shall require recording the date, identification  below:
of those performing the test or inspection, as found        (a) item tested condition, corrective actions performed, if any, and as-left (b) date of test condition.                                                  (c) tester or data recorder (d) type of observation (e) results and acceptability (f) action taken in connection with any deviations noted (g) person evaluating test results SUPPLEMENT 11S2 SUPPLEMENTARY                              NQA-1-1994 adds requirements in this REQUIREMENTS FOR COMPUTER PROGRAM                            Supplement for QA for Computers and TESTING                                                      Software. Additional requirements are contained in Basic Requirement 3 with Supplement 3S-1 and Subpart 2.7 of NQA-1. These quality assurance requirements were not specifically addressed in the previous standards.
However, the NRC required licensees to commit to controlling computer software in their QA Programs.
05/19/04                                                                    Test Control                                                            Page 8 of 11
 
CRITERION 11                          BASIC REQUIREMENT 11                          COMMENTS ANSI N45.2-77/ANSI N18.7-76                          NQA-1 1994 1 GENERAL This Supplement provides amplified requirements for testing of computer programs and associated computer systems.
It supplements the requirements of Basic Requirement 11 of this Part (Part 1) and shall be used in conjunction with that Basic Requirement when and to the extent specified by the organization invoking this Part (Part 1).
2 TEST REQUIREMENTS Test requirements and acceptance criteria shall be provided or approved by the organization responsible for the design of the item to be tested unless otherwise designated.
Required tests including (as appropriate) verification tests, hardware integration tests, and in-use tests shall be controlled.
Test requirements and acceptance criteria shall be based upon applicable design or other pertinent technical documents.
2.1 Verification Tests Verification tests shall demonstrate the capability of the computer program to produce valid results for test problems encompassing the range of permitted usage defined by the program documentation.
Acceptable test problem solutions are as follows:
(a) hand calculations; (b) calculations using comparable proven programs; or I empirical data and information from technical literature.
For programs used for operational control, testing shall demonstrate required performance over the range of operation of the controlled function or process.
Depending on the complexity of the computer program being tested, testing may range from a single test of the completed computer program to a series of tests performed at various stages of computer program development to verify correct translation between stages and proper working of individual modules, followed by an overall computer program test.
Regardless of the number of stages of testing performed, 05/19/04                                            Test Control                                          Page 9 of 11
 
CRITERION 11                          BASIC REQUIREMENT 11                            COMMENTS ANSI N45.2-77/ANSI N18.7-76                          NQA-1 1994 verification testing shall be sufficient to establish that test requirements are satisfied and that the computer program produces a valid result for its intended function.
2.2 In-Use Tests Test problems shall be developed and documented to permit confirmation of acceptable performance of the computer program in the operating system.
Test problems shall be run whenever the computer program is installed on a different computer, or when significant hardware or operating system configuration changes are made.
Periodic in-use manual or automatic self-check routines shall be prescribed and performed for those applications where computer failures or drift can affect required performance.
3 TEST PROCEDURES Test procedures or plans shall specify the following, as applicable:
(a) required tests and test sequence (b) required ranges of input parameters (c) identification of the stages at which testing is required (d) criteria for establishing test cases (e) requirements for testing logic branches (f) requirements for hardware integration (g) anticipated output values (h) acceptance criteria (i) reports, records, standard formatting, and conventions.
4 TEST RESULTS Test results shall be documented.
Verification test results shall be evaluated by a responsible authority to assure that test requirements have been satisfied.
5 TEST RECORDS (a) Verification test records shall identify (1) through (10)  .
below.
(1) computer program tested (2) computer hardware used (3) test equipment and calibrations, where applicable 05/19/04                                            Test Control                                              Page 10 of 11
 
CRITERION 11                          BASIC REQUIREMENT 11                        COMMENTS ANSI N45.2-77/ANSI N18.7-76                          NQA-1 1994 (4) date of test (5) tester or data recorder (6) simulation models used, where applicable (7) test problems (8) results and acceptability (9) action taken in connection with any deviations noted (10) person evaluating test results.
(b) in-use test results shall identify (1) through (6) below:
(1) computer program tested (2) computer hardware used (3) test equipment and calibrations, where applicable (4) date of test (5) tester or data recorder (6) acceptability.
05/19/04                                            Test Control                                          Page 11 of 11
 
CRITERION 12                                                  BASIC REQUIREMENT 12                                          COMMENTS ANSI N45.2-77/ANSI N18.7-76                                                    NQA-1 1994 N45.2 §13 / N18.7 § 5.2.16 N18.7 ¶ 2 Tools, instruments, testing equipment and measuring        Tools, gages, instruments, and other measuring and test            Similar requirement.
devices used for measurements, tests and calibration  shall be      equipment used for activities affecting quality shall be controlled controlled, calibrated and adjusted and maintained at specified      and at specified periods calibrated and adjusted to maintain intervals or prior to use to assure the necessary accuracy of        accuracy within necessary limits.
calibrated devices.
SUPPLEMENT 12S-1 SUPPLEMENTARY                                      Additional M&TE requirements are REQUIREMENTS FOR CONTROL OF MEASURING                              contained in NQA-1, Subpart 2.16, a AND TEST EQUIPMENT                                                  standard not previously committed to at any of the current facilities.
1 GENERAL This Supplement provides amplified requirements for control of measuring and test equipment.
N18.7 ¶ 1 The method and interval of calibration for each            It supplements the requirements of Basic Requirement 12 of this    NQA-1 applicability is discussed in the installed instrument and control device shall be defined and shall  Part (Part 1) and shall be used in conjunction with that Basic      Introductions to Parts I and II. It likewise be based on the type of equipment, stability and reliability        Requirement when and to the extent specified by the organization    applies to the operations phase. However, characteristics, required accuracies and other conditions affecting  invoking this Part (Part 1).                                        NQA-1 doesnt specifically state that the calibration.                                                                                                                            M&TE program is applicable to installed N18.7 ¶ 4 Special calibration shall be performed when the                                                                                instrument and control devices. Installed accuracy of  installed  equipment is questionable.                                                                                    instrument and control devices are N18.7 ¶ 4 American National Standard N45.2.4-1972 shall be                                                                              calibrated and adjusted in accordance with applied to those activities occurring during the operational phase                                                                      the maintenance and testing programs and that are comparable in nature and extent to related activities                                                                          the controls are addressed in the new occurring during construction.                                                                                                          QAPD.
2 SELECTION N45.2 ¶ 1 Measures shall be established and documented to            Selection of measuring and test equipment shall be controlled to    ANSI N45.2.5 contains additional assure that tools, gages, instruments, and other inspection,        assure that such items are of proper type, range, accuracy, and    information on the selection of M&TE measuring, and testing equipment and devices used in activities      tolerance to accomplish the function of determining conformance    along with a Virginia alternative to the affecting quality are of the proper range, type, and accuracy to    to specified requirements.                                          QA requirements. This is addressed in verify conformance to established requirements.                                                                                          NQA-1 Subpart 2.5.
N18.7 ¶ 2 Tools, instruments, testing equipment and measuring                                                                            Based on discussion with VA NSS civil devices used for measurements, tests and calibration shall be of                                                                        folks and NO personnel knowledgeable in the proper range and type and shall be controlled, calibrated and                                                                        concrete QA requirements, this alternative adjusted and maintained at specified intervals or prior to use to                                                                        is no longer needed. Dominion has been assure the necessary accuracy of calibrated devices.                                                                                    calibrating this type of equipment and ANSI N45.2.1 § 2.5 Test Equipment                                                                                                        currently requires the supplier of these 2.5.1 Selection. Inspection and test equipment used to implement                                                                        services to have this equipment in their the requirements of this standard shall be selected to have                                                                              calibration program.
sufficient accuracy and sensitivity tolerance to determine conformance to specified requirements.
N45.2.2 § 2.5 Measuring and Test Equipment.
2.5.1 Selection. Inspection, examination, and testing equipment 04/28/04                                                            Control of Measuring and Test Equipment                                                              Page 1 of 7
 
CRITERION 12                                              BASIC REQUIREMENT 12    COMMENTS ANSI N45.2-77/ANSI N18.7-76                                                NQA-1 1994 utilized to implement the requirements of this standard shall be selected to have accuracy and tolerance sufficient to determine conformance to specified requirements.
N45.2.4 § 2.5 Measuring and Test Equipment 2.5.1 Selection Inspection and testing equipment with acceptable accuracy for performing the required function shall be selected. When general voltage levels, flow directions, or other parameters are checked, an instrument without high precision may be used. When characteristics, efficiencies, capabilities, or other properties are measured to appraise compliance with specifications, the instrument must have adequate accuracy to determine the measured quantity to the precision required by the stated limits of the specifications. Use shall be made of approved industry standards relating to measuring procedures. Test equipment and/or apparatus supplying electrical, mechanical, or other test inputs shall have adequate capacity and be compatible with items under test so that the results will not be distorted.
N45.2.5 § 2.5 Measuring and Test Equipment.
2.5.1 Selection.
Measuring and test equipment used to implement the requirements of this standard shall be selected on the basis of accuracy sufficient to determine conformance to specified requirements.
These measuring devices shall include but not to be limited to thermometers, balances, scales, air entrainment meters, humidity meters, volumetric buckets, field soil density measuring devices, pressure gages, and torque wrenches.
Clarification from the current VA QATR:
(1) With regard to Section 2.5.1 of ANSI N45.2.5-1974, titled Selection: The Company complies with the requirement set forth in the first paragraph of this Section for selection of measuring and test equipment on the basis of sufficient accuracy to determine conformance to the standards requirements: This is accomplished without the use of calibrated balances or volumetric buckets. Clarification meets or exceeds applicable guides and standards. The proposed clarification is used to translate construction oriented documents to operational regulations.
N45.2.8 § 2.8 Measuring and Test Equipment 2.8.1 Selection. Measuring and test equipment used to implement the requirements of this standard shall be selected to have range, 04/28/04                                                            Control of Measuring and Test Equipment        Page 2 of 7
 
CRITERION 12                                                  BASIC REQUIREMENT 12                                      COMMENTS ANSI N45.2-77/ANSI N18.7-76                                                  NQA-1 1994 type and accuracy sufficient to determine conformance to specified requirements.
N45.2.13 § 7.4 Measuring and Test Equipment 7.4.1 Selection. Inspection, examination, and testing equipment utilized to implement the requirements of this standard shall be selected to have accuracy and tolerance sufficient to determine conformance to specified requirements.
3 CALIBRATION AND CONTROL 3.1 Calibration N45.2 ¶ 1 To assure accuracy, inspection, measuring, and test        Measuring and test equipment shall be calibrated, adjusted, and Similar requirements.
equipment shall be controlled, calibrated, adjusted, and              maintained at prescribed intervals or, prior to use, against maintained at prescribed intervals or prior to use against certified  certified equipment having known valid relationships to equipment having known valid relationships to nationally              nationally recognized standards.
recognized standards.
N18.7 ¶ 2 Tools, instruments, testing equipment and measuring devices used for measurements, tests and calibration shall be of the proper range and type and shall be controlled, calibrated and adjusted and maintained at specified intervals or prior to use to assure the necessary accuracy of calibrated devices.
ANSI N45.2.1 § 2.5 Test Equipment 2.5.2 Calibration and Control. Test equipment shall be adjusted and calibrated at prescribed intervals against certified equipment having known valid relationships to nationally known standards.
N45.2.2 § 2.5 Measuring and Test Equipment.
2.5.2 Calibration and Control. As appropriate, measuring and test equipment shall be adjusted and calibrated at prescribed intervals against certified equipment having known valid relationships to nationally recognized standards.
N45.2.4 § 2.5 Measuring and Test Equipment 2.5.2 Calibration and Control. Measuring and test equipment used to determine compliance with specifications, shall be adjusted and calibrated at prescribed intervals against certified equipment having known valid relationships to nationally recognized standards. If no national standards exists, the basis for calibration shall be documented. Records of the calibrations shall be maintained and equipment suitably marked to indicate date of next required calibration. When inspection and testing equipment are found to be out of calibration, an evaluation shall be made of the validity of previous inspection or test results and of the acceptability of items previously inspected or tested. Test equipment found to be out of calibration shall be clearly identified as such.
04/28/04                                                            Control of Measuring and Test Equipment                                                Page 3 of 7
 
CRITERION 12                                                    BASIC REQUIREMENT 12                                COMMENTS ANSI N45.2-77/ANSI N18.7-76                                                    NQA-1 1994 N45.2.5 § 2.5 Measuring and Test Equipment.
2.5.2 Calibration and Control. The equipment shall be adjusted or calibrated or both at prescribed intervals against certified standards having known valid relationships to national standards, where such exists.
N45.2.8 § 2.8 Measuring and Test Equipment 2.8.2 Calibration and Control. Measuring and test equipment used to determine compliance with Specifications, shall be adjusted and calibrated at predetermined intervals, based on equipment stability and use, against certified equipment having known valid relationships to nationally recognized standards.
N45.2.13 § 7.4 Measuring and Test Equipment 7.4.2 Calibration and Control. As appropriate, measuring and test equipment shall be adjusted and calibrated at prescribed intervals against certified equipment having known valid relationships to nationally recognized standards.
N45.2 ¶ 1 If no national standards exist, the basis for calibration    If no nationally recognized standards exist, the bases for Similar requirement.
shall be documented.                                                  calibration shall be documented.
ANSI N45.2.1 § 2.5 Test Equipment 2.5.2 Calibration and Control. If no national standards exist, the basis of calibration shall be documented.
N45.2.2 § 2.5 Measuring and Test Equipment.
2.5.2 Calibration and Control. If no national standards exists, the basis for calibration shall be documented.
N45.2.4 § 2.5 Measuring and Test Equipment 2.5.2 Calibration and Control. If no national standards exists, the basis for calibration shall be documented.
N45.2.5 § 2.5 Measuring and Test Equipment.
2.5.2 Calibration and Control. If no national standards exists, the basis for the adjustment or calibration shall be documented.
Records shall be maintained and equipment suitably marked to indicate calibration status. Measures shall be taken to assure proper handling, storage and care of installation of inspection and testing equipment after calibration in order to maintain the required accuracy of such equipment.
N45.2.8 § 2.8 Measuring and Test Equipment 2.8.2 If no national standards exist, the basis for calibration shall be documented.
N45.2.13 § 7.4 Measuring and Test Equipment 7.4.2 Calibration and Control. If no standards exist, the basis for calibration shall be documented.
04/28/04                                                              Control of Measuring and Test Equipment                                          Page 4 of 7
 
CRITERION 12                                                  BASIC REQUIREMENT 12                                        COMMENTS ANSI N45.2-77/ANSI N18.7-76                                                    NQA-1 1994 3.2 Control N45.2 ¶ 2 The method and interval of calibration for each item        The method and interval of calibration for each item shall be      Similar requirement.
shall be defined and shall be based on the type of equipment,        defined, based on the type of equipment stability characteristics, stability characteristics, required accuracy, and other conditions    required accuracy, intended use, and other conditions affecting affecting measurement control.                                        measurement control.
N45.2 ¶ 2 When inspection, measuring, and test equipment are          When measuring and test equipment is found to be out of            Similar requirement.
found to be out of calibration, an evaluation shall be made and      calibration, an evaluation shall be made and documented of the documented of the validity of previous inspection or test results    validity of previous inspection or test results and of the and of the acceptability of items previously inspected or tested. acceptability of items previously inspected or tested.
N18.7 ¶ 2 When calibration, testing, or other measuring devices are found to be out of calibration, an evaluation shall be made and documented concerning the validity of previous tests and the acceptability of devices previously tested from the time of the previous calibration.
ANSI N45.2.1 § 2.5 Test Equipment 2.5.2 Calibration and Control. When inspection and testing equipment is found to be out of calibration, an evaluation shall be made of the validity of previous inspection or test results and acceptability of items previously inspected or tested.
N45.2.4 § 2.5 Measuring and Test Equipment 2.5.2 Calibration and Control. When inspection and testing equipment are found to be out of calibration, an evaluation shall be made of the validity of previous inspection or test results and of the acceptability of items previously inspected or tested.
N45.2.5 § 2.5 Measuring and Test Equipment.
2.5.2 Calibration and Control. Test equipment found to be out of calibration shall be clearly identified as such. When discrepancies, malfunctions, or inaccuracies in inspection and testing equipment are found during calibration, all items inspected with that equipment since the last previous calibration shall be considered unacceptable until an evaluation has been made by the responsible authority and appropriate action taken.
N45.2.8 § 2.8 Measuring and Test Equipment 2.8.2 Calibration and Control. When measuring and test equipment is found to be out of calibration, an evaluation shall be made of the validity of previous inspection or test results and the acceptability of mechanical items inspected or tested since the last calibration check. Where necessary to determine the acceptability of items or data, the required original inspections or tests or applicable portions thereof shall be repeated using properly calibrated equipment. In the event that the status of equipment precludes using the originally specified methods, 04/28/04                                                            Control of Measuring and Test Equipment                                                  Page 5 of 7
 
CRITERION 12                                                    BASIC REQUIREMENT 12                                      COMMENTS ANSI N45.2-77/ANSI N18.7-76                                                      NQA-1 1994 equipment or procedures, alternate inspections or tests agreeable to the responsible organizations may be used.
N45.2.13 § 7.4 Measuring and Test Equipment 7.4.2 Calibration and Control. When inspection, measuring and test equipment are found to be out of calibration, an evaluation shall be made and documented of the validity of previous inspection or test results and of the acceptability of items previously inspected or tested.
N45.2.4 § 2.5 Measuring and Test Equipment                            Out-of-calibration devices shall be tagged or segregated and not  Similar requirement.
2.5.2 Calibration and Control. Test equipment found to be out of      used until they have been recalibrated.
calibration shall be clearly identified as such.
N45.2 ¶ 2 If any inspection, measuring, or test equipment is          If any measuring or test equipment is consistently found to be out Similar requirement.
consistently found to be out of calibration, it shall be repaired or  of calibration, it shall be repaired or replaced.
replaced.
N18.7 ¶ 2 If any calibration, testing or measuring device is consistently found to be out of calibration, it shall be repaired or replaced.
N45.2 ¶ 2 Special calibration shall be performed when accuracy        A calibration shall be performed when the accuracy of the          Similar requirement.
of the equipment is suspect.                                          equipment is suspect.
N18.7 ¶ 4 Special calibration shall be performed when the accuracy of  calibrating equipment is questionable.
3.3 Commercial Devices N45.2 ¶ 1 This requirement is not intended to imply a need for        Calibration and control measures may not be required for rulers,  Similar requirement.
special calibration and control measures on rulers, tape measures,    tape measures, levels, and other such devices, if normal levels, and such other devices, if normal commercial practices        commercial equipment provides adequate accuracy.
provide adequate accuracy.
N18.7 ¶ 3 It is not the intent of this Standard to imply a need for special calibration and control measures on rulers, tape measures, levels and other such devices if normal commercial practices provide adequate accuracy.
4 HANDLING AND STORAGE N45.2.5 § 2.5 Measuring and Test Equipment.                          Measuring and test equipment shall be properly handled and        Similar requirement.
2.5.2 Calibration and Control. Measures shall be taken to assure      stored to maintain accuracy.
proper handling, storage and care of installation of inspection and testing equipment after calibration in order to maintain the required accuracy of such equipment.
N45.2.8 § 2.8 Measuring and Test Equipment 2.8.2 Calibration and Control.
Measures shall be taken to assure proper handling, storage, and care of the measuring and test equipment after calibration in order to maintain the required accuracy of such equipment.
04/28/04                                                            Control of Measuring and Test Equipment                                                  Page 6 of 7
 
CRITERION 12                                              BASIC REQUIREMENT 12                                    COMMENTS ANSI N45.2-77/ANSI N18.7-76                                                NQA-1 1994 5 RECORDS N45.2 ¶ 3 Records shall be maintained and equipment suitably        Records shall be maintained and equipment shall be suitably Similar requirement.
marked to indicate calibration status.                              marked to indicate calibration status.
N18.7 ¶ 4 Records shall be made and equipment suitably marked to indicate calibration status.
ANSI N45.2.1 § 2.5 Test Equipment 2.5.2 Calibration and Control. Records shall be maintained and equipment suitably marked to indicate calibration status.
N45.2.2 § 2.5 Measuring and Test Equipment.
2.5.2 Calibration and Control. Records shall be maintained and equipment suitably marked to indicate calibration status.
N45.2.4 § 2.5 Measuring and Test Equipment 2.5.2 Calibration and Control. Records of the calibrations shall be maintained and equipment suitably marked to indicate date of next required calibration.
N45.2.5 § 2.5 Measuring and Test Equipment.
2.5.2 Calibration and Control. Records shall be maintained and equipment suitably marked to indicate calibration status.
N45.2.8 § 2.8 Measuring and Test Equipment 2.8.2 Calibration and Control. Records of calibrations shall be maintained and equipment suitably marked so that the calibration status can be determined. Records of calibration shall be included in inspection and test results where applicable.
N45.2.13 § 7.4 Measuring and Test Equipment 7.4.2 Calibration and Control. Records shall be maintained and equipment suitably marked to indicate calibration status or the records shall be traceable to the equipment.
N45.2.8 § 2.8 Measuring and Test Equipment                                                                                      N45.2.8 addresses inclusion of records of 2.8.2 Calibration and Control. Records of calibration shall be                                                                calibration in with inspection and test included in inspection and test results where applicable.                                                                      results where applicable. This level of detail is not specifically addressed in NQA-1, but the intent is met through the standard for QA records.
04/28/04                                                          Control of Measuring and Test Equipment                                                      Page 7 of 7
 
CRITERION 13                                      BASIC REQUIREMENT 13                                      COMMENTS ANSI N45.2-77/ANSI N18.7-76                                          NQA-1 1994 N45.2 § 14 / N18.7 § 5.2.13.4 unless otherwise noted.
N45.2 ¶ 1 Measures shall be established  to control      Handling, storage, cleaning, packaging, shipping, and          Similar requirement.
handling, storage, and shipping, including cleaning,      preservation of items shall be controlled to prevent damage packaging, and preservation of material and equipment to or loss and to minimize deterioration.
prevent damage, deterioration, and loss.
N18.7 ¶ 1 Measures shall be provided to control handling, storage and shipping, including cleaning, packaging and preservation of material and equipment  to prevent damage, deterioration and loss.
SUPPLEMENT 13S-1 SUPPLEMENTARY REQUIREMENTS FOR HANDLING, STORAGE, AND SHIPPING 1 GENERAL This Supplement provides amplified requirements for handling, storage, and shipping.
It supplements the requirements of Basic Requirement 13 of this Part (Part 1) and shall be used in conjunction with that Basic Requirement when and to the extent specified by the organization invoking this Part (Part 1).
2 INSTRUCTION N45.2 ¶ 1 Measures shall be established and documented    Handling, storage, and shipping of items shall be conducted    Similar requirement.
to control handling, storage and shipping  in accordance in accordance with established work and inspection with established instructions, procedures, or drawings to instructions, drawings, specifications, shipment instructions, prevent damage, deterioration, and loss.                  or other pertinent documents or procedures specified for N18.7 ¶ 1 Measures shall be provided to control handling, use in conducting the activity.
storage and shipping  in accordance with established instructions, procedures or drawings, to prevent damage, deterioration and loss.
3 REQUIREMENTS 3.1 General N45.2 ¶ 1 When necessary for particular items, special    When required for particular items, special equipment (such    Similar requirement.
coverings, special equipment, and special protective      as containers, shock absorbers, and accelerometers) and environments such as inert gas atmosphere, specific      special protective environments (such as inert gas 05/20/04                                                      Handling, Storage, and Shipping                                                Page 1 of 3
 
CRITERION 13                                          BASIC REQUIREMENT 13                                      COMMENTS ANSI N45.2-77/ANSI N18.7-76                                              NQA-1 1994 moisture content levels, and temperature levels shall be      atmosphere, specific moisture content levels, and specified provided, and their existence verified.              temperature levels) shall be specified, provided, and their N18.7 ¶ 1 When necessary for particular items, special        existence verified.
coverings, special equipment and special protective environments, such as inert gas atmosphere, specific moisture content levels and temperature levels shall be specified, provided, and their existence verified.
3.2 Procedures N45.2 ¶ 2 For critical, sensitive, perishable, or high-value  When required for critical, sensitive, perishable, or        Similar requirement.
articles, specific written procedures for handling, storage,  high-value articles, specific procedures for handling, packaging, shipping, and preservation should be used.          storage, packaging, shipping, and preservation shall be used.
N18.7 ¶ 2 For critical, sensitive, perishable or high-value articles, specific written procedures for handling, storage, packaging, shipping and preservation should bc used.
3.3 Tools and Equipment N45.2 ¶ 2 Special handling tools and equipment should be      Special handling tools and equipment shall be utilized and    Changed from guidance to a provided and controlled as necessary to ensure safe and        controlled as necessary to ensure safe and adequate          requirement of NQA-1-1994.
adequate handling.                                            handling.
N18.7 ¶ 2 Special handling tools and equipment should be provided and controlled as necessary to ensure safe and adequate handling.
N45.2 ¶ 3 Special handling tools and equipment shall be        Special handling tools and equipment shall be inspected and  Similar requirement.
inspected and tested, in accordance with written procedures    tested in accordance with procedures and at specified time and at specified times, to verify that the tools and equipment intervals to verify that the tools and equipment are are adequately maintained                                      adequately maintained.
N18.7 ¶ 3 Special handling tools and equipment shall be inspected and tested in accordance with written procedures and at specified times, to verify that the tools and equipment are adequately maintained.
3.4 Operators Operators of special handling and lifting equipment shall be  A similar requirement is currently experienced or trained in use of the equipment.              contained in ANSI N45.2.2, § 7.5.
4 MARKING 05/20/04                                                          Handling, Storage, and Shipping                                                  Page 2 of 3
 
CRITERION 13                                          BASIC REQUIREMENT 13                                      COMMENTS ANSI N45.2-77/ANSI N18.7-76                                            NQA-1 1994 N45.2 ¶ 4 Special attention shall be given to providing      Instructions for marking and labeling for packaging,          Similar requirement.
adequate instructions for marking and labeling for            shipment, handling, and storage of items shall be established packaging, shipment, and storage of items. Marking shall be  as necessary to adequately identify, maintain, and preserve adequate to identify, maintain, and preserve the shipment,    the item, including indication of the presence of special including indication of the presence of special environments  environments or the need for special controls.
or the need for special control.
N18.7 ¶ 4 Attention shall be given to providing adequate instructions for marking and labeling of items for packaging, shipment and storage. Marking shall be adequate to identify, maintain and preserve the shipment, including indication of the presence of special environments or the need for special control.
N18.7 ¶ 5 American National Standard for Packaging,                                                                        ANSI N45.2.2 is addressed as Shipping, Receiving, Storage and Handling of Items for                                                                      NQA-1-1994, Subpart 2.2. A Nuclear Power Plants (During the Construction Phase),                                                                      separate table is used to compare N45.2.2-1972, shall be applied to those activities occurring                                                                these two documents.
during the operational phase that are comparable in nature and extent to related activities occurring during construction.
05/20/04                                                          Handling, Storage, and Shipping                                                    Page 3 of 3
 
CRITERION 14                                      BASIC REQUIREMENT 14                                        COMMENTS ANSI N45.2-77/ANSI N18.7-76                                        NQA-1 1994 N45.2 § 15 / N18.7 § 5.2.6 Unless otherwise noted.
N45.2, ¶ 1 Measures shall be established and              The status of inspection and test activities shall be      Similar requirement.
documented to identify inspection and test status. Such  identified either on the items or in documents traceable measures shall provide means for assuring that required  to the items where it is necessary to assure that required inspections and tests are performed and that the          inspections and tests are performed and to assure that acceptability of items with regard to inspections and    items which have not passed the required inspections tests performed is known throughout manufacturing,        and tests are not inadvertently installed, used, or installation, and operation.                              operated.
N45.2, ¶ 2 The measures shall provide for assuring that only items that have passed the required inspections and tests are used, installed, or operated.
N18.7, § 5.2.6, ¶ 5 Procedures shall also provide for the identification of items which have satisfactorily passed required inspections and tests, where necessary to preclude inadvertent bypassing of such inspections and tests. In cases where required documentary evidence is not available, the associated equipment or materials must be considered nonconforming in accordance with Section 5.2.14. Until suitable documentary evidence is available to show the equipment or material is in conformance, affected systems shall be considered to be inoperable and reliance shall not be placed on such systems to fulfill their intended safety functions.
N18.7, § 5.2.7, ¶ 4 Measures shall be established and documented to identify the inspection and test status of items to be used in maintenance and modification activities. Normally, the point of control for such items should be the plant storage area.
N45.2, ¶ 1 Nonconforming items shall be clearly          Status shall be maintained through indicators, such as    Similar requirement.
identified.                                              physical location and tags, markings, shop travelers,      Nonconforming items from N45.2 are N45.2, ¶ 2 The inspection and test status of items shall  stamps, inspection records, or other suitable means.      further addressed by NQA-1 under Basic be maintained through the use of status indicators such                                                              Requirement 15 and Supplement 15S-1.
as physical location and tags, markings, shop travelers, stamps, or inspection records.
N18.7, § 5.2.6, ¶ 2 Equipment and systems in a controlled status shall be clearly identified. Strict control measures for such equipment shall be enforced.
05/20/04                                                      Inspection, Test, and Operating Status                                              Page 1 of 3
 
CRITERION 14                                      BASIC REQUIREMENT 14                                      COMMENTS ANSI N45.2-77/ANSI N18.7-76                                        NQA-1 1994 N18.7, § 5.2.6, ¶ 5 The procedures shall also require that the status of inspections and tests performed upon individual items on the nuclear power plant be indicated by the use of markings such as stamps, tags, labels, routing cards, or other suitable means. Suitable means include identification numbers which are traceable to records of the status of inspections and tests.
N45.2, ¶ 2 These measures shall include procedures for    The authority for application and removal of tags,      Similar requirement.
control of status indicators, including the authority for markings, labels, and stamps shall be specified.        NQA-1 doesnt add the detail regarding application and removal of tags, markings, labels, and                                                            operating personnel verifying that stamps.                                                                                                          equipment can be released and determining N18.7, § 5.2.6, ¶ 1 Permission to release equipment or                                                            how long it can be released, or the return to systems for maintenance shall be granted by designated                                                            service requirements. The QAPD, Section operating personnel. Prior to granting permission, such                                                          14.2 addresses these issues.
operating personnel shall verify that the equipment or system can be released, and determine how long it may be out of service. Granting of such permission shall be documented.
N18.7, § 5.2.6, ¶ 6 When equipment is ready to be returned to service, operating personnel shall place the equipment in operation and verify and document its functional acceptability.
N45.2, ¶ 3 Measures shall also provide for indicating    Status indicators shall also provide for indicating the Similar requirement.
the operating status of systems and components of the    operating status of systems and components of the      Procedure requirements are addressed by nuclear facility, such as by tagging valves and          nuclear facility, such as by tagging valves and        NQA-1 in Basic Requirement 5. The switches, to prevent inadvertent operation.              switches, to prevent inadvertent operation.            company will commit to having procedures N18.7, § 5.2.6, ¶ 4 Procedures shall be provided for                                                              of the type stated in Reg. Guide 1.33, control of equipment, as necessary, to maintain                                                                  Appendix A (the same as the current personnel and reactor safety and to avoid unauthorized                                                            commitment).
operation of equipment. These procedures shall require control measures such as locking or tagging to secure and identify equipment in a controlled status. The procedures shall require independent verifications, where appropriate, to ensure that necessary measures, such as tagging equipment, have been implemented correctly.
05/20/04                                                      Inspection, Test, and Operating Status                                                Page 2 of 3
 
CRITERION 14                                  BASIC REQUIREMENT 14                        COMMENTS ANSI N45.2-77/ANSI N18.7-76                                      NQA-1 1994 N18.7, § 5.2.6, ¶ 1 Attention shall be given to the                                              NQA-1 does not provide guidance on this potentially degraded degree of protection when one                                                aspect of controlling equipment. The subsystem of a redundant safety system has been                                                  QAPD, Section 14.2 addresses these issues.
removed for maintenance.
N18.7, § 5.2.6, ¶ 2 After permission has been granted                                            NQA-1 does not provide guidance on this to remove the equipment from service, it shall be made                                            aspect of controlling equipment. The safe to work on. Measures shall provide for protection                                            QAPD, Section 14.2 addresses these issues.
of equipment and workers.
N18.7, § 5.2.6, ¶ 3 Conditions to be considered in                                                NQA-1 does not provide guidance on this preparing equipment for maintenance include, for                                                  aspect of controlling equipment. The example: shutdown margin; method of emergency core                                                QAPD, Section 14.2 addresses these issues.
cooling; establishment of a path for decay heat removal; temperature and pressure of the system; valves between work and hazardous material; venting, draining and flushing; entry into closed vessels; hazardous atmospheres; handling hazardous materials; and electrical hazards. When entry into a closed system is required, control measures shall be established to prevent entry of extraneous material and to assure that foreign material is removed before the system is reclosed.
N18.7, § 5.2.6, ¶ 5 Temporary modifications, such as                                              NQA-1 does not provide guidance on this temporary bypass lines, electrical jumpers, lifted                                                aspect of controlling equipment. Temporary electrical leads, and temporary trip point settings, shall                                        modifications are addressed in QAPD, be controlled by approved procedures which shall                                                  Section 14.2.
include a requirement for independent verification. A log shall be maintained of the current status of such temporary modifications.
N18.7, § 5.2.6, ¶ 6 Attention shall be given to                                                  NQA-1 does not provide guidance on this restoration of normal conditions, such as removal of                                              aspect of controlling equipment. QAPD, jumpers or signals used in maintenance or testing or                                              Section 14.2 addresses these issues.
such as returning valves, breakers or switches to proper start-up or operating positions from "test" or "manual" positions. When placed into service, the equipment should receive additional surveillance during the run-in period.
05/20/04                                                    Inspection, Test, and Operating Status                                  Page 3 of 3
 
CRITERION 15                                            BASIC REQUIREMENT 15                                    COMMENTS ANSI 45.2-77/ANSI N18.7-76                                                NQA-1 1994 N45.2 § 16 / N18.7 § 5.2.14 Unless otherwise noted.
N45.2, ¶1 Measures shall be established and documented        Items that do not conform to specified requirements shall    Similar requirement.
to control items, services, or activities which do not        be controlled to prevent inadvertent installation or use.
conform to requirements.
N18.7, ¶ 1 Measures shall be provided to control items, services or activities which do not conform to requirements (Note in N18.7 text: see also Section 5.2.6).
N45.2, ¶ 1 These measures shall include, as appropriate,      Controls shall provide for identification, documentation,    Similar requirement.
procedures for identification, documentation, segregation,    evaluation, segregation when practical, and disposition of disposition, and notification to affected organizations.      nonconforming items, and for notification to affected N18.7, ¶ 1 These procedures shall include as appropriate,      organizations.
instructions for identification, documentation, segregation, disposition and notification to affected organizations.
SUPPLEMENT 15S-1 SUPPLEMENTARY REQUIREMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF NONCONFORMING ITEMS 1 GENERAL This Supplement provides amplified requirements for the control of nonconforming items.
It supplements the requirements of Basic Requirement 15 of this Part (Part I) and shall be used in conjunction with that Basic Requirement when and to the extent specified by the organization invoking this Part (Part I).
2 IDENTIFICATION N45.2, ¶ 2 Measures which control further processing,          (a) Identification of nonconforming items shall be by        Similar requirement.
delivery, or installation of a nonconforming or defective      marking, tagging, or other methods which shall not item pending a decision on its disposition shall be            adversely affect the end use of the item. The identification established and maintained. Such measures shall              shall be legible and easily recognizable.
provide assurance that the item is identified as              (b) If identification of each nonconforming item is not nonconforming and controlled.                                  practical, the container, package, or segregated storage N45.2, ¶ 3 As a guideline, control of nonconforming items      area, as appropriate, shall be identified.
by tagging, marking, or other means of identification is acceptable where physical segregation is not practical, although physical segregation and marking are preferred.
N18.7, ¶ 2 Measures which control further processing, delivery or installation of a nonconforming or defective item pending a decision on its disposition shall be established and maintained. Such measures shall provide assurance that the item is identified as 05/20/04                                                Nonconforming Materials, Parts, or Components (Items)                                    Page 1 of 3
 
CRITERION 15                                          BASIC REQUIREMENT 15                                COMMENTS ANSI 45.2-77/ANSI N18.7-76                                            NQA-1 1994 nonconforming and controlled.
N18.7, ¶ 2 As a guideline, control of nonconforming items by tagging, marking or other means of identification is acceptable where physical segregation is not practical, although physical segregation and marking are preferred.
3 SEGREGATION N45.2, ¶ 3 As a guideline, control of nonconforming items    (a) Nonconforming items shall be segregated, when        Similar requirement.
by tagging, marking, or other means of identification is    practical, by placing them in a clearly identified and acceptable where physical segregation is not practical,      designated hold area until properly dispositioned.
although physical segregation and marking are preferred.    (b) When segregation is impractical or impossible due to N18.7, ¶ 3As a guideline, control of nonconforming items    physical conditions such as size, weight, or access by tagging, marking or other means of identification is      limitations, other precautions shall be employed to acceptable where physical segregation is not practical,      preclude inadvertent use of a nonconforming item.
although physical segregation and marking are preferred.
4 DISPOSITION 4.1 Control N45.2, ¶ 1 Nonconforming items shall be reviewed and        Nonconforming characteristics shall be reviewed and      Similar requirement.
accepted, rejected, repaired, or reworked in accordance      recommended dispositions of nonconforming items shall    The four types of dispositions are with documented procedures.                                  be proposed and approved in accordance with documented  addressed in 4.4 of the NQA-1 N18.7, ¶ 1 Nonconforming items shall be reviewed and        procedures.                                              standard accepted, rejected, repaired or reworked in accordance with documented procedures.
N45.2, ¶ 2 Measures which control further processing,        Further processing, delivery, installation, or use of a  Similar requirement.
delivery, or installation of a nonconforming or defective    nonconforming item shall be controlled pending an item pending a decision on its disposition shall be          evaluation and an approved disposition by authorized established and maintained. Such measures shall            personnel.
provide assurance that the item is identified as nonconforming and controlled.
N18.7, ¶ 2 Measures which control further processing, delivery or installation of a nonconforming or defective item pending a decision on its disposition shall be established and maintained. Such measures shall provide assurance that the item is identified as nonconforming and controlled.
4.2 Responsibility and Authority N45.2, ¶ 1 The responsibility and authority for the          The responsibility and authority for the evaluation and  Similar requirement.
disposition of nonconforming items shall be defined.        disposition of nonconforming items shall be defined.
N18.7 - The responsibility and authority for the disposition of nonconforming items shall be defined.
05/20/04                                              Nonconforming Materials, Parts, or Components (Items)                                        Page 2 of 3
 
CRITERION 15                                            BASIC REQUIREMENT 15                                        COMMENTS ANSI 45.2-77/ANSI N18.7-76                                            NQA-1 1994 4.3 Personnel Personnel performing evaluations to determine a                This requirement from NQA-1 was not disposition shall have demonstrated competence in the          specifically addressed in the specific area they are evaluating, have an adequate            corresponding sections of the ANSI understanding of the requirements, and have access to          Standards, but is a requirement of the pertinent background information.                              training and qualification standard.
4.4 Disposition N45.2, ¶ 2 Nonconforming items may be disposed of by        The disposition, such as use-as-is, reject, repair, or rework, Similar requirement.
acceptance as is, by scrapping or repairing the defective  of nonconforming items shall be identified and item, or by rework to complete or correct to a drawing or    documented.
specification.
N18.7, ¶2 Nonconforming items may be disposed of by acceptance "as is," by scrapping or repairing the defective item, or by rework to complete or correct to a drawing or specification.
N45.2, ¶ 2 The measures shall require documentation          Technical justification for the acceptability of a            Similar requirement.
verifying the acceptability of nonconforming items which    nonconforming item, dispositioned repair, or use-as-is        NQA-1 is more specific that the have the disposition of repair or use as is.                shall be documented.                                          content of the documentation include N18.7, ¶ 2 The measures shall require documentation                                                                        technical justification.
verifying the acceptability of nonconforming items which have the disposition of "repair" or "use as is."
Nonconformances to design requirements dispositioned          This requirement from NQA-1 was not use-as-is or repair shall be subject to design control        specifically addressed in the measures commensurate with those applied to the original      corresponding sections of the ANSI design.                                                        Standards, but is in line with requirements of the design and procurement standards.
N45.2, ¶ 2 A description of the change, waiver, or          The as-built records, if such records are required, shall      Similar requirement.
deviation that has been accepted shall be documented to      reflect the accepted deviation.
record the change and denote the as-built condition.
N18.7, ¶ 2 A description of the change, waiver or deviation that has been accepted shall be documented to record the change and denote the as-built condition.
4.5 Repaired or Reworked Items N45.2, ¶ 1 Repaired and reworked items shall be              Repaired or reworked items shall be reexamined in              Similar requirement.
reinspected in accordance with applicable procedures.        accordance with applicable procedures and with the            NQA-1 further addresses the N18.7, ¶ 1 Repaired and reworked items shall be              original acceptance criteria unless the nonconforming item    acceptance criteria to use in the reinspected in accordance with applicable procedures.        disposition has established alternate acceptance criteria. inspection/examination.
05/20/04                                              Nonconforming Materials, Parts, or Components (Items)                                              Page 3 of 3
 
CRITERION 16                                              BASIC REQUIREMENT 16                                        COMMENTS ANSI N45.2-77/ANSI N18.7-76                                              NQA-1 1994 N45.2 § 17 / N18.7 § 5.2.11 N45.2, ¶ 1 Measures shall be established and documented        Conditions adverse to quality shall be identified promptly    Similar requirement.
to assure that conditions adverse to quality, such as failures, and corrected as soon as practical.                            NQA-1 defines Condition adverse to malfunctions, deficiencies, deviations, defective material                                                                    quality as failures, malfunctions, and equipment, and nonconformances, are promptly                                                                              deficiencies, deviations, defective identified and corrected as soon as practicable.                                                                              items, and nonconformances.
N18.7, ¶ 1 The program shall provide measures to ensure that conditions adverse to plant safety, such as failure, malfunctions, deficiencies, deviations, defective material and equipment, abnormal occurrences, and nonconformances are promptly identified and corrected.
N45.2, ¶ 1 In the case of significant conditions adverse to    In the case of a significant condition adverse to quality, the Similar requirement.
quality, the measures shall assure that the cause of the        cause of the condition shall be determined and corrective condition is determined and corrective action taken to          action taken to preclude recurrence.
preclude repetition.
N18.7, ¶ 1 In the case of significant conditions adverse to safety, the measures shall assure that the cause of the condition is determined and corrective action taken .
N45.2, ¶ 1 The identification of significant conditions        The identification, cause, and corrective action for          Similar requirement.
adverse to quality, the cause of the condition, and the        significant conditions adverse to quality shall be            N18.7 addresses the need for corrective action taken shall be documented and reported to    documented and reported to appropriate levels of              independent review. This is addressed appropriate levels of management.                              management;                                                    under the requirements for N18.7, ¶ 1 - In the case of significant conditions adverse to                                                                  independent review within the QAPD.
safety, the measures shall assure that the cause of the condition is determined and corrective action taken shall be documented and reported to appropriate levels of management and for independent review in accordance with Section 4.3.
follow-up action shall be taken to verify implementation of    New stated requirement from NQA-1.
this corrective action.                                        This is in line with the intent of the current standards regarding corrective action precluding recurrence.
05/24/04                                                                  Corrective Action                                                                Page 1 of 1
 
CRITERION 17                                          BASIC REQUIREMENT 17                                    COMMENTS ANSI 45.2-77/ANSI N18.7-76/ANSI N45.2.9                                        NQA-1 1994 N45.2 § 18 / N18.7 § 5.2.12 unless otherwise noted.
N45.2, ¶ 1 Sufficient records shall be prepared as work is    Records that furnish documentary evidence of quality shall  Similar requirement.
performed to furnish documentary evidence of the quality      be specified, prepared, and maintained.
of items and of activities affecting quality.
N18.7, ¶ 1 Provisions shall be made for preparation and retention of plant records as appropriate.
N45.2, ¶ 2 Required records shall be legible, identifiable,  Records shall be legible, identifiable, and retrievable. Similar requirement.
and retrievable.                                                                                                          N18.7 refers to N45.2.9 for N18.7, ¶ 1 American National Standard Requirements for                                                                    management of records. N45.2.9 is Collection, Storage and Maintenance of Quality Assurance                                                                  compared with NQA-1 Basic and Records for Nuclear Power Plants, N45.2.9-1974, shall be                                                                  Supplementary Requirements below.
used for management of plant records during the operational phase.
N45.2, ¶ 4 These records shall be indexed, filed, and        Records shall be protected against damage, deterioration,  Similar requirement.
maintained in facilities that provide suitable environment    or loss.
to minimize deterioration or damage and to prevent loss.
N45.2, ¶ 3 Requirements and responsibilities for record      Requirements and responsibilities for record transmittal,  Similar requirement.
transmittal, retention, and maintenance subsequent to        distribution, retention, maintenance, and disposition shall completion of work shall be established and documented        be established and documented.
consistent with applicable codes, standards, and procurement documents.
N18.7, ¶ 1 The responsibility for maintaining records and storing them at a specified location or locations shall be assigned. Retention periods of sufficient duration to assure the ability to reconstruct significant events and satisfy any statutory requirements which apply shall be specified.
N45.2.9 § 2. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS This section sets forth general requirements for the control of quality assurance records. The requirements include collection, filing, storing, maintenance and disposition of records that are required by other codes, standards, specifications, or regulatory requirements. The procedures to be employed to perform the required activities shall be planned and documented.
05/24/04                                                            Quality Assurance Records                                                      Page 1 of 32
 
CRITERION 17                                            BASIC REQUIREMENT 17                                    COMMENTS ANSI 45.2-77/ANSI N18.7-76/ANSI N45.2.9                                        NQA-1 1994 SUPPLEMENT 17S-1 Supplementary Requirements for Quality Assurance Records 1 GENERAL N45.2.9 § 1. INTRODUCTION                                      This Supplement provides amplified requirements for        NQA-1 further addresses applicability 1.1 Scope                                                      quality assurance records. It supplements the requirements  in the Introduction to Part I.
This standard provides general requirements and                of Basic Requirement 17 of this Part (Part I) and shall be guidelines for the collection, storage, and maintenance of    used in conjunction with that Basic Requirement when and quality assurance records associated with the design,          to the extent specified by the organization invoking this manufacture, construction, and operation phase activities      Part (Part I).
of nuclear power plants. It is not intended to cover the      The requirements of this Supplement apply to quality preparation of the records, nor to include working            assurance records which have been completed.
documents not yet designated as quality assurance records. The term records, used throughout this Supplement, is to be interpreted as Quality Assurance Records.
2 RECORDS ADMINISTRATION 2.1 Records System N45.2.9 § 2.1 Quality Assurance Record System                  A records system(s) shall be established by the            Similar requirement.
A quality assurance records system shall be established by    organization responsible at the earliest practicable time the organization responsible at the earliest practicable time, consistent with the schedule for accomplishing work consistent with the schedule for accomplishing work            activities and in compliance with the general requirements activities and in compliance with the general requirements    of this Supplement. The records system(s) shall be defined, of this standard. The quality assurance records system shall  implemented, and enforced in accordance with written be defined, implemented and enforced in accordance with        procedures, instructions, or other documentation.
written procedures, instructions and other documentation.
N45.2.9 § 3. TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS                                                                                        Introductory statement, no 3.1 General                                                                                                                requirements specified.
This section provides requirements for the retention and control of those records generated during the various phases of the project.
2.2 Generation of Records N45.2, ¶ 1 Records shall be consistent with applicable        The applicable design specifications, procurement          Similar requirement.
codes, standards, specifications, and contracts and shall be  documents, test procedures, operational procedures, or adequate for use in management of the program.                other documents shall specify the records to be generated, N45.2.9 § 3.2.1 Generation of Quality Assurance                supplied, or maintained by or for the Owner.
Records. It is not the intent of this standard to specify the preparation of the quality assurance records to be generated. The applicable design specifications, procurement documents, test procedures, operational 05/24/04                                                              Quality Assurance Records                                                        Page 2 of 32
 
CRITERION 17                                          BASIC REQUIREMENT 17                                      COMMENTS ANSI 45.2-77/ANSI N18.7-76/ANSI N45.2.9                                        NQA-1 1994 procedures or other documents shall specify the quality assurance records to be generated by, supplied to, or held for the owner.
N45.2, ¶ 2 The records shall include the results of reviews,  Documents that are designated to become records shall be      Similar requirement.
inspections, tests, audits, monitoring of work performance,  legible, accurate, and completed appropriate to the work      NQA-1 identifies appropriate related materials analyses, and facility operating logs. The records  accomplished.                                                data in the sections governing specific shall also include, as appropriate, closely related data such                                                              activities.
as qualifications of personnel, procedures, and equipment and other documentation required by the applicable parts of this standard. Inspection and test records shall, as a minimum, identify the date of inspection or test, the inspector or data recorder; the type of observation, the results, the acceptability, and the action taken in connection with any deficiencies noted.
N45.2.9 § 3.2.1 All such quality assurance records shall be legible, completely filled out and adequately identifiable to the item involved.
2.3 Record Validation N45.2.9 § 3.2.1 The applicable quality assurance records      Documents shall be considered valid records only if          Similar requirement. NQA-1 further shall be considered valid only if stamped, initialed, signed, stamped, initialed, or signed and dated by authorized        describes authentication that allows for or otherwise authenticated and dated by authorized            personnel or otherwise authenticated. This authentication    electronic processing of records.
personnel. These records may be either the original or a      may take the form of a statement by the responsible reproduced copy.                                              individual or organization. Handwritten signatures are not required if the document is clearly identified as a statement by the reporting individual or organization. These records may be originals or reproduced copies.
2.4 Index N45.2.9 § 3.2.2 Index. The quality assurance records shall    The records shall be indexed.                                Similar requirement.
be listed in an index.
N45.2.9 § 3.2.2 The index shall indicate, as a minimum,      The indexing system(s) shall include, as a minimum,          Similar requirement.
record retention times, where the records are to be stored    record retention times and the location of the record within  N45.2.9 contains information for and the location of the records within the storage area. The  the record system.                                            records on a construction project and index should be established prior to receipt of the records.                                                                compatibility with the owners record Index systems used by organizations for the retention of                                                                    system. This requirement would be project records should include sufficient identifying                                                                      addressed by the purchase and interface information to be compatible with the index system used                                                                    requirements of other related standards.
by the owner for final storage of records.                                                                                  The VA alternative is no longer Alternative from current VA QA Topical Report - (1)                                                                        necessary since the NQA-1 standard 05/24/04                                                            Quality Assurance Records                                                          Page 3 of 32
 
CRITERION 17                                            BASIC REQUIREMENT 17                                      COMMENTS ANSI 45.2-77/ANSI N18.7-76/ANSI N45.2.9                                        NQA-1 1994 With regard to Section 3.2.2 of ANSI N45.2.9-1974, titled                                                                  addresses the indexing system(s).
Index: The phrase an index is clarified to mean a                                                                        Regarding the location within the collection of documents or indices which, when taken                                                                        system, the indexing system(s) should together, supply the information attributed to an index in                                                                still get you to the location in some the standard. The specific location of a record within a                                                                  manner whether through a link or a file storage area may not be delineated (e.g., The specific                                                                    location/path, disk number and file location within a computer record file may not be constant.                                                                name, or some similar, but appropriate, Further, the Company may utilize a computer assisted                                                                        location description.
random access filing system where such location could not                                                                  NQA-1 incorporates current be readily documented, nor would such a location be                                                                      technological advances (computer relevant). The storage location will be delineated, but                                                                  databases, etc.)
where file locations change within time, the specific location of a record within that file may not always be documented. Clarifications and alternatives meet or exceed applicable guides and standards.
2.5 Distribution N45.2.9 § 3.2.3 Distribution. The quality assurance            The records shall be distributed, handled, and controlled in Similar requirement.
records shall be distributed and handled in accordance with    accordance with written procedures.
written procedures.
2.6 Identification N45.2.9 § 3.2.4 Identification. Quality assurance records      Records and/or indexing system(s) shall provide sufficient  Similar requirement.
shall provide sufficient information to permit identification  information to permit identification between the record and between the record and the item, items, or activity to which  the item(s) or activity(ies) to which it applies.
it applies.
2.7 Classification N45.2.9 § 2.2 Categories                                      Records shall be classified as Lifetime or Nonpermanent      Similar requirement.
Two categories of quality assurance records are established    by the Owner, or his agent when authorized, in accordance
- lifetime and nonpermanent.                                  with the criteria given in paras. 2.7.1 and 2.7.2 below.
N45.2.9 § 3.2.5 Classification. Quality assurance records shall be classified as "Lifetime" or "Nonpermanent" in accordance with Section 2 of this standard.
2.7.1 Lifetime Records.
N45.2, ¶ 4 In general, records which correctly identify the    Lifetime records are those that meet one or more of the      Similar requirement.
as-built conditions of items in the nuclear facility shall be  following criteria:
maintained for the life of the particular item while it is    (a) those which would be of significant value in installed in the nuclear facility and stored for future use by demonstrating capability for safe operation; or for the owner. These records should include material        (b) those which would be of significant value in certification and test data for traceability and quality      maintaining, reworking, repairing, replacing, or modifying 05/24/04                                                              Quality Assurance Records                                                          Page 4 of 32
 
CRITERION 17                                              BASIC REQUIREMENT 17                                          COMMENTS ANSI 45.2-77/ANSI N18.7-76/ANSI N45.2.9                                            NQA-1 1994 verification; reports of inspections, examinations, and test      an item; results for conformance verification; drawings,                  (c) those which would be of significant value in specifications, procedures, and instructions for use in          determining the cause of an accident or malfunction of an control of configuration; and records of nonconformances,        item; and their resolution.                                            (d) those which provide required baseline data for in-N45.2.9 § 2.2.1 Lifetime Quality Assurance Records.              service inspections.
Lifetime records are those which meet one or more of the following criteria:
: 1. Those which would be of significant value in demonstrating capability for safe operation.
: 2. Those which would be of significant value in maintaining, reworking, repairing, replacing, or modifying the item.
: 3. Those which would be of significant value in determining the cause of an accident or malfunction of an item.
: 4. Those which provide required baseline data for inservice inspection.
N45.2.9 § 2.2.1 Lifetime quality assurance records are            Lifetime records are required to be maintained by or for        Similar requirement.
required to be maintained by or for the plant owner for the      the plant owner for the life of the particular item while it is The VA definition of Lifetime Record life of the particular item while it is installed in the plant or installed in the plant or stored for future use.                is retained as a definition in the new stored for future use.                                                                                                            QAPD to ensure consistent application Alternative from current VA QA Topical Report - (15)                                                                              of the QA requirements.
Consistent with ANSI N45.2.9, Section 2.2, the definition of lifetime for record retention is footnoted as follows:
: a. Lifetime is (1) until the termination of the Facility Operating License; (2) until termination of employment (training and qualification records); (3) transfer of ownership (i.e., fuel); or (4) service life of the facility, system, or component, as applicable.
2.7.2 Nonpermanent Records.
N45.2.9 § 2.2.2 Nonpermanent Quality Assurance                    Nonpermanent records are those required to show evidence        Similar requirement.
Records. Nonpermanent records are those which meet all            that an activity was performed in accordance with the          NQA-1 eliminated the use of this list of the following criteria:                                        applicable requirements but need not be retained for the        by referring to records that do not meet
: 1. Those of no significant value in demonstrating                life of the item because they do not meet the criteria for      the criteria for lifetime records.
capability for safe operation.                                    lifetime records.
: 2. Those of no significant value in maintaining, reworking, repairing, replacing, or modifying the item.
05/24/04                                                                Quality Assurance Records                                                              Page 5 of 32
 
CRITERION 17                                          BASIC REQUIREMENT 17                                      COMMENTS ANSI 45.2-77/ANSI N18.7-76/ANSI N45.2.9                                      NQA-1 1994
: 3. Those of no significant value in determining the cause of an accident or malfunction of an item.
: 4. Those which do not provide baseline data for inservice inspection.
Nonpermanent records are required to show evidence that an activity was performed in accordance with the applicable requirements but need not be retained for the life of the item.
2.8 Retention of Records N18.7 Retention periods of sufficient duration to assure the Records shall be retained in accordance with the above        Similar requirement as far as ability to reconstruct significant events and satisfy any    classifications. The retention period for nonpermanent        establishing retention periods.
statutory requirements which apply shall be specified.      records shall be established in writing.                      NQA-1 doesnt contain a mandatory N45.2.9 § 3.2.7 Retention of Records. Types of quality      NRC Reg. Guide 1.28, Rev. 3, Regulatory Position C.2.        Appendix listing record types and assurance records with recommended minimum retention        Section 2.8, Retention of Records, of Supplement 17S-1,    retention periods. It does contain a periods are listed in Appendix A of this standard. It should Supplementary Requirements for Quality Assurance            nonmandatory appendix with this type be recognized that the nomenclature of these records may    Records, states that the retention period for nonpermanent  of information as Appendix 17A-1.
vary. For records not listed in Appendix A, the type most    records is required to be established in writing.            NRC Reg. Guide 1.28 does establish a nearly describing the record in question should be followed  Programmatic nonpermanent records4 should be retained        regulatory position on the types of with respect to its retention period.                        for at least 3 years and product nonpermanent records5        records and the duration or retention.
For records generated prior to commercial operation, the    should be retained for at least 10 years. For programmatic    The new QAP commits to meeting the retention period begins on the date of commercial            nonpermanent records, the retention period should e          record requirements of Reg. Guide operation. For records generated on items installed after    considered to begin upon completion of the activity. For      1.28. In addition a table of operations commercial operation, the retention period begins on the    product nonpermanent records generated before                phase records is included in the QAPD date upon which satisfactory operation of the item, as part  commercial operation begins, the retention period should      to supplement the construction phase of a system, has been demonstrated. For periodic            be considered to begin upon completion of delivery. In        records of the Reg. Guide.
maintenance, inspection and test records, such as            addition, product and programmatic nonpermanent records calibration records, generated after the date of commercial  should be retained at least until the date of issuance of the operation, the retention time begins on the date of their    full-power operating license of the unit. Table 1 provides a generation. When a record is generated as a result of an    list of nonpermanent and lifetime records and their operational phase activity, the classification of those      respective retention times. Although Table 1 is intended to records will be the same as those types of records          be a comprehensive list, it is the responsibility of the generated during the initial construction period.            owner to assure itself, in accordance with Criterion 17 of The organization responsible shall establish in writing the  Appendix B to 10 CFR 50, that sufficient records are retention times of records not listed in Appendix A.        maintained to furnish evidence of activities affecting (Note: The content of Appendix A is inserted at the end of  quality. It should be recognized that the nomenclature of this comparison table.)                                      these records may vary. For records not listed in Table 1, the type most nearly describing the record in question Alternative from current VA QA Topical Report - (12)        should be followed with respect to its retention period.
With regard to Section A.6 of Appendix A to ANSI            --------
05/24/04                                                            Quality Assurance Records                                                          Page 6 of 32
 
CRITERION 17                                            BASIC REQUIREMENT 17                                      COMMENTS ANSI 45.2-77/ANSI N18.7-76/ANSI N45.2.9                                          NQA-1 1994 N45.2.9-1974 entitled, Operation Phase Activity Records,        (Note: The content of Table 1 is inserted following the Section A.6.1, Operation, Maintenance & Testing, is          contents from N45.2.9, Appendix A, and the VA Table that replaced by the information in Table 17.2-2.                    replaces Appendix A)
(Note: The content of this table is inserted directly after the --------
table of Appendix A from N45.2.9)                              Footnote 4 - Programmatic nonpermanent records are those documents that were used to prescribe activities Alternative from current VA QA Topical Report - (13)            affecting quality but that are not considered permanent For the collection, storage and maintenance of                  records. Such records include documents prescribing the electronically stored QA records, see Section 17.2.17 of        planning, execution, and auditing of activities affecting the QA Topical Report.                                          quality. Records such as audit checklists, audit results, and actual examinations used to qualify inspection and test personnel are included in this category.
Footnote 5 - Product nonpermanent records document that specific structures, systems, and components of a nuclear power plant have been designed and constructed in accordance with applicable requirements but are such that it is not necessary to retain them as lifetime records. These records include design verification data, receiving records, calibration records, maintenance records, inspection records, radiographs not associated with inservice inspection, and test records that are not otherwise designated as lifetime records.
2.9 Corrected Information in Records N45.2.9 § 3.2.6 Supplemental Information to Quality            Records may be corrected in accordance with procedures        Similar requirement.
Assurance Records. Quality assurance records may be            which provide for appropriate review or approval by the corrected or supplemented in accordance with procedures        originating organization. The correction shall include the which provide for appropriate review or approval by the        date and the identification of the person authorized to issue originating organization. The correction or supplement          such correction.
shall include the date and the identification of the person authorized to issue such corrections or supplements.
3 RECEIPT 3.1 Responsibility N45.2, ¶ 4 These records shall be  maintained in              The individual or organization responsible for receiving      Similar requirement.
facilities that provide suitable environment to minimize        records shall provide protection from damage or loss deterioration or damage and to prevent loss.                    during the time that the records are in their possession.
N45.2.9 § 1.3 Responsibility The organization or organizations responsible for establishing the applicable requirements for the activities 05/24/04                                                              Quality Assurance Records                                                  Page 7 of 32
 
CRITERION 17                                          BASIC REQUIREMENT 17                                  COMMENTS ANSI 45.2-77/ANSI N18.7-76/ANSI N45.2.9                                        NQA-1 1994 covered by this standard shall be identified and the scope of their responsibilities shall be documented. The work of establishing practices and procedures and providing the resources in terms of personnel, facilities, and services necessary to implement the requirements of this standard may be delegated to other organizations and such delegation shall also be documented. It is the responsibility of each organization performing work covered by this standard to comply with requirements of this standard applicable to its work.
N45.2.9 § 4. RECEIPT OF RECORDS 4.1 General This section defines requirements for receipt of documentation During the design, procurement, manufacturing, installation, startup and operation of a nuclear power plant.
The designated authority or authorities for receiving quality assurance records shall be aware of the value of such records and shall control their safety during the time that the records are in their possession.
3.2 Receipt Control N45.2.9 § 4.3 Receipt Control                                Each organization responsible for the receipt of records Similar requirement.
Each organization responsible for the receipt of quality      shall designate a person or organization responsible for assurance records shall designate a person or agency          receiving the records.
responsible for receiving the records.
N45.2.9 § 4.3 The designated authority shall be              The designee shall be responsible for organizing and    Similar requirement.
responsible for organizing and implementing a system of      implementing a system of receipt control of records for receipt control of quality assurance records.                permanent and temporary storage.
N45.2.9 § 4.3 As a minimum, a receipt control system          As a minimum, a receipt control system shall include the Similar requirement.
shall include:                                                following:
N45.2.9 § 4.3 - 1. A records check list designating the      (a) a method for designating the required records;      Similar requirement.
required quality assurance records.
N45.2.9 § 4.3 - 2. A record of quality assurance records      (b) a method for identifying records received;          Similar requirement.
received.
N45.2.9 § 4.3 - 3. Procedures for receipt and inspection of  (c) procedures for receipt and inspection of incoming    Similar requirement.
incoming records.                                            records; N45.2.9 § 4.2 Timeliness                                      (d) a method for submittal of completed records to the  NQA-1 broadens the requirement by To assure their availability, a specific submittal plan shall storage facility without unnecessary delay.              not limiting it to just a supplier.
05/24/04                                                            Quality Assurance Records                                                      Page 8 of 32
 
CRITERION 17                                          BASIC REQUIREMENT 17                                    COMMENTS ANSI 45.2-77/ANSI N18.7-76/ANSI N45.2.9                                        NQA-1 1994 be established for quality assurance records by agreement                                                                The VA alternative is no longer between the purchaser and supplier.                                                                                      necessary since the method for Alternative from current VA QA Topical Report - (2)                                                                      submittal of completed records by a With regard to Section 4.2 of ANSI N45.2.9-1974, titled                                                                  Supplier could be through a contractual Timeliness: The Companys contractual agreement with its                                                                agreement.
contractors and suppliers will constitute fulfillment of the requirements of this Section.
3.3 Status N45.2.9 § 4.3 This system shall apply to the receipt of      Each receipt control system shall be structured to permit a Similar requirement.
records into a temporary working file and the permanent      current and accurate assessment of the status of records storage file.                                                during the receiving process.
N45.2.9 § 4.4 Status Each receipt control system shall be structured to permit a current and accurate assessment of the status of quality assurance records during the receiving process.
N45.2.9 § 5. STORAGE, PRESERVATION AND                      4 STORAGE, PRESERVATION, AND                                Lead in statement, no requirements.
SAFEKEEPING                                                  SAFEKEEPING 5.1 General This section establishes storage requirements for the maintenance, preservation and protection of quality assurance record files from the time of receipt until their ultimate disposal.
4.1 Storage N45.2, ¶ 1 Records shall be consistent with applicable      The records shall be stored in predetermined location(s)    Similar requirement.
codes, standards, specifications, and contracts and shall be that meet the requirements of applicable standards, codes, adequate for use in management of the program.              and regulatory agencies.
N45.2.9 § 5.2 Location of Facilities The quality assurance record files shall be stored in predetermined locations as necessary to meet the requirements of applicable standards, codes, and regulatory agencies.
N45.2.9 § 5.3 Storage - Prior to storage of records in a    Prior to storage of records, a written storage procedure    Similar requirement.
quality assurance record file, a written storage procedure  shall be prepared and responsibility assigned for enforcing shall be prepared and a custodian shall be designated with  the requirements of that procedure.
the responsibility to enforce the procedure.
N45.2.9 § 5.3 This procedure shall include the following as  This procedure shall include, as a minimum, (a) through    Similar requirement.
a minimum:                                                  (g) below:
: 1. A description of the storage area.                        (a) a description of the storage facility; 05/24/04                                                            Quality Assurance Records                                                      Page 9 of 32
 
CRITERION 17                                          BASIC REQUIREMENT 17                                      COMMENTS ANSI 45.2-77/ANSI N18.7-76/ANSI N45.2.9                                        NQA-1 1994
: 2. The filing system to be used.                            (b) the filing system to be used;
: 3. A method for verifying that the records received are in  (c) a method for verifying that the records received are in agreement with the transmittal document and that the        agreement with the transmittal document and that the records are in good condition.                              records are legible;
: 4. A method of verifying that the records agree with the    (d) a method of verifying that the records are those pre-established records check list (see paragraph 4.3).      designated (see para. 3.2 above);
: 5. The rules governing access to and control of the files.  (e) the rules governing access to and control of the files;
: 6. A method for maintaining control of and accountability    (f) a method for maintaining control of and accountability for records removed from the storage facility.              for records removed from the storage facility;
: 7. A method for filing supplemental information (see        (g) a method for filing supplemental information (see para.
paragraph 3.2.6) and disposing of superseded records.        2.9 above) and disposing of superseded records.
4.2 Preservation N45.2.9 § 5.4 Preservation                                  Records shall be stored in a manner approved by the          Similar requirement.
Records shall be stored in a manner approved by the          organization or organizations responsible for storage.
organization or organizations responsible for the files.
N45.2.9 § 5.4 In order to preclude deterioration of the      In order to preclude deterioration of the records, the        Similar requirement.
records the following requirements shall apply:              requirements of (a) through (c) below shall apply.
N45.2.9 § 5.4 - 1. Condensation. Provisions shall be made    (a) Provisions shall be made in the storage arrangement to    Similar requirement.
in the storage arrangement to prevent damage from            prevent damage from moisture, temperature, and pressure.
condensation.
N45.2.9 § 5.4 - 2. Loose Records. Records shall not be      (b) Records shall be firmly attached in binders or placed in  Similar requirement.
stored loosely. They shall be firmly attached in binders or  folders or envelopes for storage in steel file cabinets or on Alternative is no longer needed. NQA-placed in folders or envelopes for storage on shelving in    shelving in containers.                                      1 allows cabinets or containers and is containers. Steel file cabinets are preferred.                                                                            broad enough of a description to Alternative from current VA QA Topical Report - (3)                                                                        include other comparable document With regard to Section 5.4 of ANSI N45.2.9-1974, titled                                                                    storage hardware.
Preservation: The following clarification is substituted for the current subsection 5.4.2: Records shall be stored in enclosed containers, cabinets or other comparable document storage hardware.
05/24/04                                                            Quality Assurance Records                                                        Page 10 of 32
 
CRITERION 17                                          BASIC REQUIREMENT 17                                    COMMENTS ANSI 45.2-77/ANSI N18.7-76/ANSI N45.2.9                                        NQA-1 1994 N45.2.9 § 5.4 - 3. Special Processed Records. Special        (c) Provisions shall be made for special processed records Similar requirement.
processed records (such as radiographs, photographs,        (such as radiographs, photographs, negatives, microform,  Alternative is no longer required.
negatives, and microfilm) which are light-sensitive,        and magnetic media) to prevent damage from excessive pressure sensitive or temperature sensitive shall be        light, stacking, electromagnetic fields, temperature, and packaged and stored as recommended by the manufacturer      humidity.
of these materials.
Alternative from current VA QA Topical Report - The following clarification is substituted for the current subsection 5.4.3 Provisions shall be made for special processed records (such as radiographs, photographs, negatives, microfilm and magnetic media) to prevent damage as appropriate to the record type and will address the manufacturers recommendations.
4.3 Safekeeping N45.2.9 § 5.5 Safekeeping                                    Measures shall be established to preclude the entry of    NQA-1 reduced the need for a full-A full time security system shall be established to preclude unauthorized personnel into the storage area.              time security system to measures to the entry of unauthorized personnel into the storage area.                                                              preclude the entry of unauthorized Alternative from current VA QA Topical Report - (4)                                                                    personnel.
With regard to Section 5.5 of ANSI N45.2.9-1974, titled                                                                Alternative is no longer required.
Safekeeping: Routine general office and nuclear site security systems and access controls are provided.
N45.2.9 § 5.5 - This system shall guard against larceny and  These measures shall guard against larceny and vandalism. Similar requirement.
vandalism.
Measures shall be taken to provide for replacement,        New requirement that was not restoration, or substitution of lost or damaged records. addressed in N45.2.9.
4.4 Storage Facilities N45.2.9 § 5.6 Facility                                      Records shall be stored in facilities constructed and      Similar requirements.
Permanent and temporary record storage facilities shall be  maintained in a manner which minimizes the risk of so constructed or located as to protect contents from        damage or destruction from the following:
possible destruction by causes such as fire, flooding,      (a) natural disasters such as winds, floods, or fires; tornadoes, insects, rodents and from possible deterioration  (b) environmental conditions such as high and low by a combination of extreme variations in temperature and    temperatures and humidity; humidity conditions.                                        (c) infestation of insects, mold, or rodents.
N45.2.9 § 5.6 - For storage of film and other special processed records, humidity and temperature controls shall be provided to maintain an environment as recommended by the manufacturer.
N45.2.9 § 5.6 - A satisfactory alternative to the            There are two satisfactory methods of providing storage    Similar requirement.
05/24/04                                                            Quality Assurance Records                                                      Page 11 of 32
 
CRITERION 17                                            BASIC REQUIREMENT 17                                  COMMENTS ANSI 45.2-77/ANSI N18.7-76/ANSI N45.2.9                                          NQA-1 1994 establishing of a record storage facility is maintenance of    facilities, single or dual.
duplicate records stored in a separate remote location.
N45.2.9 § 5.6 - Records discussed in this standard are                                                                    Not a requirement. Alternatives were appropriately classified for fire protection purposes as                                                                  contained in all the current QA National Fire Protection Association Class 1 and as such                                                                  programs to reduce the fire protection should be afforded the equivalent protection of a NFPA                                                                    rating down from 4 to 2 hours. This is Class A, four hour minimum rated facility.                                                                                consistent with the NQA-1 standard as Alternative from Current VA Topical Report -                                                                              shown below.
Regulatory Guide 1.88 Collection, Storage and Maintenance of Nuclear Power Plant Quality Assurance Records - (Rev. 2, 10/76) -
Endorses ANSI N45.2.9-1974 The Operational Quality Assurance Program complies with this guide with the following clarifications and alternatives:
These proposals are the results of experience gained at operating nuclear facilities for over a decade. As with all guides and standards, additional clarity is sometimes required. Further the alternative (6) presented herein reflects the as-built condition of the Companys records storage facilities. These facilities were constructed prior to any regulatory position being defined, and, at the time of construction, were considered more than adequate to assure permanent records retention. The discrepancies which might exist between current guides and standards and as-built conditions are more than compensated for by other more stringent measures such as:
a) constant surveillance of the facility both by monitoring devices, security patrols, and fire inspections, and b) Permanently installed dedicated fire suppression apparatus.
Alternative from current VA QA Topical Report - (5)
With regard to Section 5.6 of ANSI N45.2.9-1974, titled Facility: Records shall be forwarded to the appropriate records storage facility promptly after completion when required processing and reviews have been completed.
4.4.1 Single Storage Facility.
N45.2.9 § 5.6 - Where a single record storage facility is      Design and construction of a single record storage facility Similar requirement.
maintained, at least the following features should be          shall meet the criteria of (a) through (i) below:
05/24/04                                                              Quality Assurance Records                                                      Page 12 of 32
 
CRITERION 17                                              BASIC REQUIREMENT 17                                      COMMENTS ANSI 45.2-77/ANSI N18.7-76/ANSI N45.2.9                                            NQA-1 1994 considered in its construction:
N45.2.9 § 5.6 - 1. Reinforced concrete, concrete block,            (a) reinforced concrete, concrete block, masonry, or equal    Similar requirement.
masonry, or equal construction.                                    construction; N45.2.9 § 5.6 - 2. Concrete floor and roof with sufficient        (b) floor and roof with drainage control; if a floor drain is Similar requirement.
slope, for drainage; if a floor drain is provided, a check        provided, a check valve (or equal) shall be included valve (or equal) shall be included.
N45.2.9 § 5.6 - 3. Structure, doors, frames and hardware          (c) doors, structure and frames, and hardware shall be        Requirement revised to a 2-hour fire should be Class A fire-rated with a recommended four              designed to comply with the requirements of a minimum 2      rating rather than 4 hours. The hour minimum rating.                                              hr fire rating;                                              alternatives are no longer necessary Alternative from current MPS QAP Topical Report -                                                                                since the current Company facilities all Regulatory Guide 1.88 Collection, Storage and                                                                                  meet the two hour fire rating.
Maintenance of Nuclear Power Plant Quality Assurance Records - (Rev. 2, 10/76) -Endorses ANSI N45.2.9-1974 ANSI N45.2.9, states in part, "structure, doors, frames, and hardware should be Class A fire-related with a recommended four-hour minimum rating." The three record storage vaults onsite have a two-hour rating. The licensees vaults are used for storage of documentation that is unsuitable for filming or awaiting filming. A records organization exists along with written procedures addressing the control of quality assurance records.
Alternative from current VA QA Topical Report - (5)
With regard to Section 5.6 of ANSI N45.2.9-1974, titled Facility: Paragraph 4, subsection 3 is clarified to require a two-hour minimum fire rating to be consistent with the 1979 version of the Standard and NRC Criteria for Record Storage Facilities (Guidance - ANSI N45.2.9, Section 5.6) issued 7/15/79.
Alternatives from current VA QA Topical Report regarding fire rating of existing facilities.
(6) The Surry Power Station facility conforms to ANSI N45.2.9-1974 as clarified in this Table except that it is rated at approximately 2 hours; doors, frames, and hardware are three-hour rated. This facility is considered to meet the intent of ANSI N45.2.9 and provides adequate protection for records.
(7) The North Anna Power Station Records Vault meets the intent of Chapter 3 of NFPA No. 232-1975, subject to the following provisions:
(a)The file room is constructed with a minimum fire rating of 05/24/04                                                                  Quality Assurance Records                                                        Page 13 of 32
 
CRITERION 17                                    BASIC REQUIREMENT 17 COMMENTS ANSI 45.2-77/ANSI N18.7-76/ANSI N45.2.9                                  NQA-1 1994 two (2) hours.
(b)Heating, cooling and ventilation for the file room is by means of a forced air system, with all fans, filters, and heating and cooling elements located in an equipment room which is external to the file room. Ducts for this system are located on the ceiling of the file room and are provided with the standard door dampers with a minimum rating of two (2) hours where they penetrate the file room barrier to other areas of the building.
(c)The file room is provided with an early warning fire detection system and automatic fire suppression system. A protective signaling system is provided, with a remote alarm located at a constantly attended station.
(d)Telephone service is provided to the file room, with the wire penetration constructed and sealed in accordance with NFPA No. 232-1975.
(e)All records stored in the file room are stored in metal cabinets or rolling file shelves, which are arranged to provide adequate access and aisleways. Work not directly related to the storage, retrieval or auditing of records is not allowed in the file room. Smoking, eating, and drinking is prohibited in the file room.
(f) A wall divides the file room into two sections, with one section used as a file room and the other section used for microfilming of records and/or supply storage. The dividing wall has a minimum fire rating of two (2) hours, including the fire door dampers in the duct penetrating the wall.
(8) The North Anna Power Station Training Center Vault meets the intent of Chapter 3 of NFPA No. 232-1975, subject to the following provisions:
(a)The file room is constructed with a minimum fire rating of two (2) hours.
(b)Heating, cooling and ventilation for the file room is by means of a forced air system, with all fans, filters, and heating and cooling elements located in an equipment room which is external to the file room. Ducts for this system are located above the ceiling of the file room and are provided with accordion dampers with a minimum rating of two (2) hours where they penetrate the file room barrier to other areas of the building.
(c)The file room is provided with an early warning fire 05/24/04                                                          Quality Assurance Records          Page 14 of 32
 
CRITERION 17                                              BASIC REQUIREMENT 17                                    COMMENTS ANSI 45.2-77/ANSI N18.7-76/ANSI N45.2.9                                              NQA-1 1994 detection system and automatic fire suppression system. A protective signaling system is provided, with a remote alarm located at a constantly attended station.
(d)Telephone service is provided to the file room, with the wire penetration constructed and sealed in accordance with NFPA No. 232-1975.
(e)All records stored in the file room are stored in metal cabinets, which are arranged to provide adequate access and aisleways. Work not directly related to the storage, retrieval or auditing of records is not allowed in the file room. Smoking, eating, and drinking is prohibited in the file room.
(9) The Innsbrook Technical Centers Vital Records Vaults for nuclear records conform to the requirements of Section 5.6 of ANSI N45.2.9-1974 as clarified in (5) above without exceptions.
(10) The Surry Training Center training records vault (Main Building) conforms to the requirements of section 5.6 ANSI N45.2.9-1974 without exceptions.
(11)Quality Assurance records may be stored in an approved offsite facility. The offsite facility must meet or exceed requirements of an onsite facility N45.2.9 § 5.6 - 4. Sealant applied over walls as a moisture        (d) sealant applied over walls as a moisture or            Similar requirement.
or condensation barrier.                                            condensation barrier; N45.2.9 § 5.6 - 5. Surface sealant on floor providing a            (e) surface sealant on floor providing a hard wear surface Similar requirement.
hard-wear surface to minimize concrete dusting.                    to minimize concrete dusting; N45.2.9 § 5.6 - 6. Foundation sealant and provision for            (f) foundation sealant and provisions for drainage;        Similar requirement.
drainage.
N45.2.9 § 5.6 - 7. Forced-air circulation with filter system.      (g) forced air circulation with filter system;            Similar requirement.
N45.2.9 § 5.6 - 8. Adequate fire protection system.                (h) fire protection system;                                Similar requirement.
N45.2.9 § 5.6 - 9. No pipes other than those providing fire        (i) only those penetrations used exclusively for fire      NQA-1 clarifies the construction of the protection to the storage facility are to be located within        protection, communication, lighting, or                    facility to allow other penetrations.
the facility.                                                      temperature/humidity control are allowed; all such        This is in line with the VA alternative Alternative from current VA QA Topical Report - (5)                penetrations shall be sealed or dampered to comply with    and eliminates the need for this With regard to Section 5.6 of ANSI N45.2.9-1974, titled            the minimum 2 hr fire protection rating.                  alternative.
Facility: Paragraph 4, subsection 9 is clarified to read: No pipes or penetrations except those providing fire protection, lighting, temperature/humidity control, or communications are to be located within the facility and they shall comply with a minimum two-hour fire protection rating.
The construction details shall be reviewed for adequacy of New requirement for review of the 05/24/04                                                                  Quality Assurance Records                                                      Page 15 of 32
 
CRITERION 17                                            BASIC REQUIREMENT 17                                      COMMENTS ANSI 45.2-77/ANSI N18.7-76/ANSI N45.2.9                                        NQA-1 1994 protection of contents by a person who is competent in the  facility design.
technical field of fire protection and fire extinguishing.
If the storage facility is located within a building or      New allowance when within another structure, the environment and construction of that          facility.
building can provide a portion or all of these criteria.
4.4.2 Alternate Single Storage Facility.
NRC Reg. Guide 1.88, Regulatory Position C. 2. Two          The following are acceptable alternatives to the criteria of This alternative is similar to NRC Reg.
methods for protection of quality assurance records from    para. 4.4.1 above for a single storage facility:            Guide 1.88, Regulatory Position C.2.
the hazards of fire are described in Subdivision 5.6 of      (a) 2 hr fire rated vault meeting NFPA 232-1986 or NFPA ANSI N45.2.9-1974. NFPA No. 232-1975, "Standard for          232AM-1986 or both;1 the Protection of Records,"(2) also contains provisions for  (b) 2 hr fire rated Class B file containers meeting the records protection equipment and records handling            requirements of NFPA 232-1986 or NFPA 232AM-1986 techniques that provide protection from the hazards of fire. or both;1 or This standard, within its scope of coverage, is considered  (c) 2 hr fire rated file room meeting the requirements of by the NRC staff to provide an acceptable alternative to the NFPA 232-1986 or NFPA 232AM-1986 or both1 with the fire protection provisions listed in Subdivision 5.6 of      following additional provisions:
N45.2.9-1974. When NFPA No. 232-1975 is used, quality        (1) early warning fire detection and automatic fire assurance records should be classified as NFPA Class 1      suppression capability with electronic supervision at a records (NFPA No. 232-1975, Chapter 5, Section 5222).        constantly attended central station; (2) records storage in fully enclosed metal cabinets; (3) adequate access and aisle ways; (4) prohibition in the room of work not directly associated with record storage or retrieval; (5) prohibition in the room of smoking, eating, or drinking; (6) 2 hr fire rated dampers or doors in all boundary penetrations.
4.4.3 Temporary Storage.
When temporary storage of records (such as for              NQA-1 1994 Added flexibility to allow processing, review, or use) is required by an organization's temporary storage when archiving procedures, the records shall be stored in a 1 hr fire rated immediately is not practical.
container.
The procedures shall specify the maximum allowable time limit for temporary storage.
The container shall bear a UL label (or equivalent) certifying 1 hr fire protection or be certified by a person competent in the technical field of fire protection.
4.4.4 Dual Storage Facilities.
N45.2.9 § 5.6 - A satisfactory alternative to the            If dual storage facilities for each record are provided, the Similar requirement.
05/24/04                                                            Quality Assurance Records                                                        Page 16 of 32
 
CRITERION 17                                          BASIC REQUIREMENT 17                                      COMMENTS ANSI 45.2-77/ANSI N18.7-76/ANSI N45.2.9                                        NQA-1 1994 establishing of a record storage facility is maintenance of  storage facilities shall be at locations sufficiently remote duplicate records stored in a separate remote location.      from each other to eliminate the chance of exposure to a simultaneous hazard.
Each storage facility is not required to satisfy the        Clarification to the above requirement requirements of para. 4.4.1, para. 4.4.2 or para. 4.4.3      that is consistent with the requirement above, but shall meet the other requirements of this Part    of N45.2.9 § 5.6 for duplicate storage.
(Part I).
5 RETRIEVAL N45.2.9 § 6. RETRIEVAL                                      Storage systems shall provide for retrieval of information  Similar requirement.
6.1 General                                                  in accordance with planned retrieval times based upon the This section is intended to establish requirements for the  record type.
retrieval of documents that are stored within the quality assurance record files.
6.2 Accessibility Storage systems shall provide for the accurate retrieval of information without undue delay.
N45.2.9 § 6.2 - A list shall be generated designating those  A list shall be maintained designating those personnel who  Similar requirement.
personnel who shall have access to the files.                shall have access to the files.
N45.2.9 § 6.2 - Quality Assurance records maintained by a    Records maintained by a Supplier at his facility or other    Similar requirement.
manufacturer at his facility or other location shall be      location shall be accessible to the Purchaser or his accessible to the Buyer or Owner, in the case of lifetime    designated alternate, e.g., the Owner.
records for the life of the items involved or for the designated retention periods for nonpermanent records.
6 DISPOSITION N45.2.9 § 7. DISPOSITION                                    Records accumulated at various locations, prior to transfer, Similar requirement.
7.1 General                                                  shall be made accessible to the Owner directly or through This section is intended to provide requirements for the    the procuring organization. The custodian shall inventory transfer of quality assurance records to the Owner, who has  the submittals, acknowledge receipt, and process these ultimate responsibility for these documents, and their      records in accordance with this Part (Part I).
disposition.
7.2 Accumulation and Transfer of Records.
Quality assurance records accumulated at various locations prior to final transfer to the Owner shall be made accessible to the Owner directly, or through the procuring organization. Examples of such records are vendor manufacturing records, construction documentation, and startup data. Upon final transfer, the Owner shall inventory the submittals, acknowledge receipt and process these 05/24/04                                                            Quality Assurance Records                                                        Page 17 of 32
 
CRITERION 17                                        BASIC REQUIREMENT 17                                      COMMENTS ANSI 45.2-77/ANSI N18.7-76/ANSI N45.2.9                                      NQA-1 1994 records in accordance with this Standard.
N45.2.9 § 7.3 Disposition of Nonpermanent Records          Various regulatory agencies have requirements concerning    Similar requirement.
Records classified as nonpermanent should be retained for  records that are within the scope of this Part (Part I). The at least the minimum period of time as recommended in      most stringent requirements shall be used in determining Appendix A. After this time, these records may be          the final disposition.
disposed of by or with concurrence of the Owner.
The Supplier's nonpermanent records shall not be disposed    NQA-1 provides additional detail on of until the applicable conditions listed in (a) through (e) disposition of nonpermanent records below are satisfied:                                        from a supplier. N45.2.9 § 4.2 only (a) items are released for shipment, a Code Data Report is  addresses controlling timely turnover signed, or a Code Symbol Stamp is affixed;                  of records.
(b) regulatory requirements are satisfied; (c) operational status permits; (d) warranty consideration is satisfied; (e) Purchaser's requirements are satisfied.
N45.2.9 § 1.2 Applicability                                                                                              NQA-1 addresses applicability in the The requirements of this standard apply to the work of any                                                              Introduction to Part I.
individual or organization that participates in collection, storage, or maintenance of quality assurance records associated with nuclear power plants. The extent to which the individual or total requirements of this standard apply will depend upon the nature and scope of the work to be performed and the importance of the item or service involved, and shall be specified in the procurement documents. The requirements are intended to assure that records are available when needed for their intended purpose.
The ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code (Here-after referred to as the Code) as well as other ANSI Standards, has been considered in the development of this standard, and this standard is intended to be compatible with their requirements.
However, this standard does not apply to activities covered by Section III Division 1 and 2 and Section XI of the Code for those activities covered by the Code.
This standard is intended to be used in conjunction with ANSI N45.2.
N45.2.9 § 1.4 Definitions                                  Definition from Introduction to Part I - quality assurance  Similar requirement.
05/24/04                                                          Quality Assurance Records                                                      Page 18 of 32
 
CRITERION 17                                              BASIC REQUIREMENT 17                                  COMMENTS ANSI 45.2-77/ANSI N18.7-76/ANSI N45.2.9                                          NQA-1 1994 The following definition is provided to assure a uniform        record - a completed document that furnishes evidence of NQA-1 contains definitions in the understanding of select terms as they are used in this          the quality of items and/or activities affecting quality Introduction to Part I, § 4.
standard.                                                                                                                The alternatives from the current QA Quality Assurance Records - Those records which furnish                                                                  programs are no longer needed.
documented evidence of the quality of items and of                                                                        With regard to the time frame (in the activities affecting quality. For the purposes of this                                                                    MPS definition) for sending a standard a document is considered a quality assurance                                                                    completed document to the storage record when the document has been completed.                                                                              facility, NQA-1 allows the organization Other terms and their definitions are contained in ANSI                                                                  to establish a program to address this as N45.2.10.                                                                                                                long as interim measures are Alternative from current MPS QAP Topical Report -                                                                        established to protect the document.
ANSI N45.2.9-1974, paragraph 1.4, definition of "Quality                                                                  This is a level of detail that should be Assurance Records" states in part: "For the purposes of this                                                              contained in the administrative standard, a document is considered a quality assurance                                                                    controls. Reference 4.4.3 of NQA-1, record when the document has been completed." The                                                                        Supplement 17S-1.
licensee has developed the following alternative definition to                                                            With regard to the VA definition, the provide guidance during the interim period from the time a                                                                added detail on when a document document is completed until it is transmitted to the licensee                                                            becomes a record and the disposal of records retention facilities: "A record is considered a                                                                  records upon completion of the time working document until it is transmitted to the licensee                                                                  frame for storage is no longer records retention facilities at which time it is designated as a                                                          necessary with the NQA-1 standard.
Quality Assurance Record. The following maximum time                                                                      Reference § 2.3 and § 6 of NQA-1, limits are established for the transmittal of working                                                                    Supplement 17S-1.
documents to the licensee records retention facilities:
* Operations Documents - Documentation generated during plant operations may be maintained, as needed, by operating plant departments, for up to one year.
* New Construction or Betterment Documents -
Documents which evolve during new construction or betterment projects shall be transmitted to licensee records retention facilities within 90 days of completion of a new construction project or turnover of a betterment project or plant operations.
* Procurement Documents - Inspection/Surveillance/Audit Reports generated during vendor oversight activities which are used to maintain vendor status for current and future procurements may be maintained, as needed, by Document Administration for up to three years.
05/24/04                                                              Quality Assurance Records                                                      Page 19 of 32
 
CRITERION 17                                  BASIC REQUIREMENT 17              COMMENTS ANSI 45.2-77/ANSI N18.7-76/ANSI N45.2.9                              NQA-1 1994
* All Other Working Documents - All other working documents shall be transmitted to licensee records retention facilities within 6 months of their receipt or completion." The requirements of ANSI N45.2.9-1974 do not apply to these "working documents" based on paragraph 1.1 of the ANSI standard which states: "It (ANSI N45.2.9) is not intended to cover the preparation of the records nor to include working documents not yet designated as Quality Assurance Records."
Alternative from the current VA QA Topical Report - (14)
With regard to Section 1.4 of ANSI N45.2.9-1974 entitled, Definitions. The definition of Quality Assurance Records is revised to the following: Those records which furnish documentary evidence of the quality of items and activities affecting quality or compliance with the NRC regulations.
Documents are considered to be quality records when the document has been completed, including all required signatures, reviews, and approvals. At the expiration of a QA record period, the document is declassified and may be disposed of, if appropriate, as determined by Company management.
N45.2.9 § 1.5 Referenced Documents                                                        The QAPD addresses other documents Other documents that are required to be included as a part                                referenced in the standards.
of this standard are either identified at the point of reference or described in Section 8 of this standard. The issue or edition of the referenced document that is required will be specified either at the point of reference or in Section 8 of this standard.
Reg. Guide 1.88, Regulatory Position C.1. Subdivision 1.5 of ANSI N45.2.9-1974 states, "Other documents that are required to be included as part of this standard are either identified at the point of reference or described in Section 8 of this standard." The specific applicability or acceptability of these listed documents has been or will be covered separately in other regulatory guides or in Commission regulations where appropriate.
N45.2.9 § 8. REVISIONS OF REFERENCED ANSI                                                  The QAPD addresses what revision of STANDARDS                                                                                  a standard is to be used in implementing the QA program.
05/24/04                                                      Quality Assurance Records                                Page 20 of 32
 
CRITERION 17                                  BASIC REQUIREMENT 17          COMMENTS ANSI 45.2-77/ANSI N18.7-76/ANSI N45.2.9                              NQA-1 1994 When any of the following standards referred to in this document is superseded by a revision approved by the American National Standards Institute, the revision is not mandatory until it has been incorporated as a part of this standard.
Revisions to the referenced standards, and revisions to this standard issued after the date of a specific contract invoking this standard may be used by mutual consent of the purchaser and the supplier.
N45.2 Quality Assurance Program Requirements for Nuclear Power Plants N45.2.10 Quality Assurance Terms and Definitions N45.2.9 § 5.7 Audits                                                                      NQA-1 addresses audits under Basic An audit system shall be established to assure that the                                  Requirement 18 and Supplement 18S-quality assurance records storage system is effective. The                                1.
following shall be performed as a minimum:
1 Periodic surveys to assure that records logged in are available and have been placed in their proper location within the files, and to assure that the control system is adequate.
: 2. Periodic audits to assure that the facilities are in good condition and that the temperature/humidity controls and protective devices are functioning properly.
: 3. Periodic audits of the records to assure that the documents are not deteriorating due to improper storage practices or rough handling.
05/24/04                                                    Quality Assurance Records                            Page 21 of 32
 
ANSI N45.2.9-1974 APPENDIX A The following is a list of types of records with the recommended minimum retention periods indicated (see paragraph 3.2.7). For definition of lifetime records see paragraph 2.2.1, and for nonpermanent records see paragraph 2.2.2. In the nonpermanent column the number indicates the retention period in years after which the record need not be maintained.
The 0 years minimum recommended retention period is intended to permit dispositioning of the records on the day following the date of commercial operation. One year retention is intended to require maintenance of the record for the customary periods of warranty. Two year retention is intended to require maintenance of the record through the first Overhaul or reload. Five and six year retention is intended to achieve compliance with regulatory requirements.
Record Types                                                                            Lifetime      Nonpermanent A.1 Design Records Applicable Codes and Standards Used in Design                                              X As-Constructed Drawings                                                                    X Design Calculations and Record of Checks                                                  X Design Change Requests                                                                                        1 Design Deviations                                                                          X Design Procedures and Manuals                                                                                2 Design Reports                                                                            X Design Review Reports                                                                                        1 Drawing Control Procedures                                                                                    2 Purchase and Design Specifications and Amendments                                          X QA System Audit Reports                                                                                      6 Reports of Engineering Surveillance of Field Activity                                                        1 Safety Analysis Report                                                                    X Stress Reports                                                                            X Systems Descriptions                                                                      X Systems Process and Instrumentation Diagrams                                              X Technical Analysis, Evaluations, and Reports                                              X A.2 Procurement Records Audit Reports                                                                                                6 Procurement Procedures                                                                                        0 Procurement Specification                                                                  X Purchaser Order (Unpriced) Including Amendments                                                              2 Purchaser's Pre-Award Quality Assurance Survey                                                                2 Receiving Records                                                                                            0 Supplier's Quality Assurance Program Manual                                                                  2 A.3 Manufacturing Records Applicable Code Data Reports                                                              X As-Built Drawings and Records                                                              X Certificate of Inspection and Test Personnel Qualification                                                    0 Certificates of Compliance                                                                X Cleaning Procedures                                                                                          0 Eddy-Current Examination Procedure                                                                            2 Eddy-Current Examination Final Results                                                    X Electrical Control Verification Test Results                                                                  2 Ferrite Test Procedure                                                                                        2 Ferrite Test Results                                                                      X Forming and Bending Procedure Qualifications                                                                  0 Heat Treatment Procedures                                                                                    0 Heat Treatment Records                                                                    X Hot Bending Procedure                                                                                        0 Inspection and Test Instrumentation and Tooling Calibration Procedures and Records                                                                                          (Until Recalibrated) 01/05/04                                                                                                      Page 22 of 32
 
Record Types                                                          Lifetime  Nonpermanent Liquid Penetrant Examination Procedure                                                  2 liquid Penetrant Examination Final Results                              X Location of Weld Filler Material                                        X Magnetic Particle Examination Procedure                                                2 Magnetic Particle Examination Final Results                              X Major Defect Repair Records                                              X Material Properties Records                                              X Nonconformance Reports                                                  X Packaging, Receiving, Storage Procedures                                                0 Performance Test Procedure and Results Records                          X Pipe and Fitting Location Report                                        X Pressure Test Procedure                                                                2 Pressure Test Results                                                    X Product Equipment Calibration Procedure                                        (Until Recalibrated)
Product Equipment Calibration Records                                          (Until Recalibrated)
QA System Audit Report                                                                  6 QA Manuals, Procedures and Instructions                                                2 Radiographic Procedures                                                                2 Radiographic Review Forms and Radiographs                                X Ultrasonic Examination Procedures                                                      2 Ultrasonic Examination Final Results                                    X Welding Materials Control Procedures                                                    2 Welding Personnel Qualification                                                        2 Welding Procedure Qualifications and Data Reports                                      2 Welding Procedures                                                      X Work Processing and Sequencing Documents                                                2 A.4 Installation-Construction Records A.4.1 Receiving and Storage Inspection Reports for Stored Items                                                    0 Nonconformance Reports                                                  X Receipt Inspection Reports on Items                                                    1 Receiving, Storage, and Inspection Procedures                                          2 Storage Inventory and Issuance Records                                                  0 Vendor Quality Assurance Releases                                                      0 A.4.2 Civil Aggregate Test Reports                                                                  1 Batch Plant Operation Reports                                                          1 Cement Grab Sample Reports                                                              0 Check-Off Sheets for Tendon Installation                                X Concrete Cylinder Test Reports and Charts                                X Concrete Design Mix Reports                                              X Concrete Placement Records                                              X Inspection Reports for Channel Pressure Tests                            X Material Property Reports on Containment Liner and Accessories          X Material Property Reports on Metal Containment Shell and Accessories    X Material Property Reports on Reinforcing Steel                          X Material Property Reports on Reinforcing Steel Splice Sleeve Material    X Material Property Reports on Steel Embedments in Concrete                X Material Property Reports on Steel Piling                                              1 Material Property Reports on Structural Steel and Bolting                X Material Property Reports on Tendon Fabrication Material                X Mix Water Chemical Analysis                                                            1 01/05/04                                                                                Page 23 of 32
 
Record Types                                                                  Lifetime Nonpermanent Pile Drive Log                                                                  X Pile Loading Test Reports                                                        X Procedure for Containment Vessel Pressure-Proof Test and Leak Rate Tests and Results                                                                      X Reinforcing Steel Splice Operator Qualification Reports                                    0 Releases to Plate Concrete                                                                  0 Reports for Periodic Tendon Inspection                                          X Reports of High-Strength Bolt Torque Testing                                                1 Slump Test Results                                                                          0 Soil Compaction Test Reports                                                    X Users Tensile Test Reports on Reinforcing Steel                                            1 Users Tensile Test Reports on Reinforcing Steel Splices                                    1 A.4.3 Welding Ferrite Test Procedures                                                                    2 Ferrite Test Results                                                            X Heat Treatment Procedures                                                                  0 Heat Treatment Records                                                          X Liquid Penetrant Test Procedures                                                            2 Liquid Penetrant Test Final Results                                              X Magnetic Particle Test Procedures                                                          2 Magnetic Particle Test Final Results                                            X Major Weld Repair Procedures and Results                                        X Radiographic Test Procedures                                                                2 Radiographic Test Final Results                                                  X Ultrasonic Test Procedures                                                                  2 Ultrasonic Test Final Results                                                    X Weld Fit-Up Reports                                                                        1 Weld Location Diagrams                                                                      2 Weld Procedures                                                                  X Weld Procedures Qualifications and Results                                                  2 Welding Filler Metal Material Reports                                            X Welding Materials Control Procedures                                                        2 Welding Personnel Qualifications                                                            2 A.4.4 Mechanical Chemical Composition Users Test (Grab Samples) for Thermal Insulation                      1 Chemical Tests of Water Used for Mixing Insulation Cement                                  1 Cleaning Procedures and Results                                                            1 Code Data Reports                                                                X Construction Lifting and Handling Equipment Test Procedures, Inspection and Test Data                                                                                0 Data Sheets or Logs on Equipment Installation, Inspection and Alignment                    2 Documentation of Systems Check-Off (Logs or Data Sheets)                                    1 Erection Procedures for Mechanical Components                                              1 Hydro-Test Procedures and Results                                                X Installed Lifting and Handling Equipment Procedures, Inspection and Test Data    X Lubrication Procedures                                                          X Lubrication Records                                                              X Material Property Records                                                        X Material Property Test Reports for Thermal Insulation                            X Pipe and Fitting Location Reports                                                X Pipe and Fittings Material Property Reports                                      X Pipe Hanger and Restraint Data                                                  X 01/05/04                                                                                    Page 24 of 32
 
Record Types                                                              Lifetime  Nonpermanent Safety Valve Response Test Procedures                                        X Safety Valve Response Test Results                                                          6 A.4.5 Electrical and I&C Cable Pulling Procedures                                                                    0 Cable Separation Check Lists                                                                1 Cable Splicing Procedures                                                    X Cable Terminating Procedures                                                  X Certified Cable Test Reports                                                  X Documentation of Testing Performed After Installation and Prior to Systems Conditional Acceptance                                                                  2 Field Workmanship Checklist or Equivalent Logs                                              1 Instrument Calibration Results                                                      (Until Recalibrated)
Relay Test Procedures and Results                                            X Reports of Preinstallation Tests                                                            2 Voltage Breakdown Tests on Liquid Insulation                                  X A.4.6 General "As-Built" Drawings and Records                                              X Calibration of Measuring and Test Equipment and Instruments Procedures and Reports                                                                        (Until Recalibrated)
Certificate of Inspection and Test Personnel Qualification                                  1 Field Audit Reports                                                                          6 Field Quality Assurance Manuals                                                              2 Final Inspection Reports and Releases                                        X Nonconformance Reports                                                        X Special Tool Calibration Records                                                    (Until Recalibrated)
Specifications and Drawings                                                  X A.5 Preoperational and Startup Test Records Automatic Emergency Power Source Transfer Procedures and Results              X Final Systems Adjustment Data                                                X Flushing Procedures and Results                                                              2 Hydrostatic Pressure Test Procedures and Results                              X Initial Heatup, Hot Functional and Cooldown Procedures and Results            X Initial Plant Loading Data                                                    X Initial Reactor Criticality Test Procedures and Results                      X Instrument AC Systems and Inverters Test Procedures and Reports              X Main and Auxiliary Power Transformer Test Procedures and Results              X Off-Site Power-Source Energizing Procedures and Test Reports                  X On-Site Emergency Power Source Energizing Procedure and Test Reports          X Plant Load Ramp Change Data                                                  X Plant Load Step Change Data                                                  X Power Transmission Substation Test Procedures and Results                    X Preoperational Test Procedures and Results                                    X Primary and Secondary Auxiliary Power Test Procedures and Results            X Reactor Protection System Tests and Results                                  X Startup Logs                                                                  X Startup Problems and Resolutions                                                            6 Startup Test Procedures and Results                                          X Station Battery and DC Power Distribution Test Procedures and Reports        X System Lubricating Oil Flushing Procedures                                                  2 Water Chemistry Reports                                                      X A.6 Operation Phase Activity Records A.6.1 Operation, Maintenance and Testing 01/05/04                                                                                    Page 25 of 32
 
Record Types                                                                            Lifetime      Nonpermanent Records and Drawing Changes Reflecting Plant Design Modifications Made to Systems and Equipment Described in the Final Safety Analysis Report                    X New and Spent Fuel Inventory, Transfers of Fuel, and Assembly Histories                    X Plant Radiation and Contamination Survey Records                                          X Off-Site Environmental Monitoring Survey Records                                          X Radiation Exposure Records of All Plant Personnel, and Others who Enter Radiation Control Areas                                                                X Radioactivity Levels of Liquid and Gaseous Waste Released to Environment                  X Transient or Operational Cycling Records for Those Plant Components That Have Been Designed to Operate Safely for a limited Number of Transients or Operational Cycles                                                                      X Current Individual Plant Staff Member Qualifications, Experience, Training and Retraining Records                                                                      X Reactor Coolant System In-Service Inspection Records                                      X Minutes of Meetings of the Plant Nuclear Safety Committee and Company Nuclear Review Board                                                                            X Normal Nuclear Unit Operation, Including Power Levels and Periods of Operation at Each Power Level                                                                                        5 Principal Maintenance Activities, Including Inspection Repair, Substitution or Replacement of Principal Items of Equipment Pertaining to Nuclear Safety                                    5 Abnormal Occurrence Records                                                                                    5 Periodic Checks, Inspections and Calibrations Performed to Verify that Surveillance Requirements are Being Met                                                                    5 Special Reactor Test or Experiment Records                                                                    5 Changes Made in the Operating Procedures                                                                      5 Radioactive Shipment Records                                                                                  5 Alternative table of records retention requirements from current VA QA Topical Report related to Appendix A of ANSI N45.2.9-1974 Table 17.2-2 RECORDS RETENTION REQUIREMENTS Retention Description of Records (Operational Phase Activities)
Period Records and drawing changes reflecting plant design modifications made to systems and Lifetime a (1) equipment described in the final safety analysis report Records of new and spent fuel inventory, transfers of fuel, and assemblies histories        Lifetime a (1) plus 3 years Records of plant radiation and contamination surveys                                        Lifetime a (1)
Records of off-site environmental monitoring surveys                                        Lifetime a (1)
Records of radiation exposure of all plant personnel, and others who enter radiation        Lifetime a (1) control areas Records of radioactive levels of liquid and gaseous waste released to the environment        Lifetime a (1)
Records of transient or operational cycles for those plant components that have been        Lifetime a (4) designated to operate safely for a limited number of transients or operational cycles Records of inservice inspections                                                            Lifetime a (4)
Records of meetings of the Station Nuclear Safety and Operating Committee and the            Lifetime a (1)
Management Safety Review Committee Records of the service lives of all hydraulic and mechanical snubbers on safety-related      Lifetime a (4) systems, including the date at which the service life commences and associated installation and maintenance records Records of secondary water sampling and water quality                                        Lifetime a (1)
Records of Environmental Qualification in accordance with 10 CFR 50.49                      Lifetime a (1)
Records of reviews performed for changes made to the offsite dose calculation manual        Lifetime a (1) and the process control program 01/05/04                                                                                                      Page 26 of 32
 
Table 17.2-2 RECORDS RETENTION REQUIREMENTS Retention Description of Records (Operational Phase Activities)
Period Records of normal plant operation, including power levels and periods of operation at              5 years each power level Records of principal maintenance activities, including inspection, repair, substitution or        5 years replacement of principal items of equipment related to nuclear safety Reportable events reports                                                                          5 years Records of periodic checks, inspections, and calibrations performed to verify that                5 years surveillance requirements are being met Records of special reactor tests or experiments                                                    5 years Records of changes made in procedures pursuant to 10 CFR 50.59                                    5 years Records of Audits Performed to 10 CFR 50, Appendix B, Quality Assurance Program                    5 years Records of radioactive material shipments                                                          3 years Records of sealed source leak test results and physical inventories of sealed sources              5 years material Records of current individual plant staff members qualifications, experience, training and        Lifetime or as noted below retraining
* Radiological protection training records (e.g., Nuclear Employee Training, Advanced              Lifetime a (1)
Radiation Worker, Radiation Protection Technician, etc.)
* Initial training and qualification records                                                      Lifetime a (2)
* Requalification records (excepted licensed individuals)                                          3 cycles
* Requalification records for licensed individuals                                                6 years after license renewal
* Training materials - Revision 0 records                                                          Lifetime a (1)
-- Plant Staff training materials - Superceded Revisions                                          3 cycles
-- Licensed Operators training materials - Superceded Revisions                                    6 years
-- Radiation Protection training materials - Superceded Revisions                                  Lifetime a (1)
* Retraining, specialized training, continuing training records (except licensed individual        3 cycles and Radiological Protection technicians)
* Contractor training (except Nuclear Employee Training, Advanced Radiation Worker,                3 cycles Radiation Protection Technician training and retraining etc.)
* INPO Accreditation records                                                                      Initial accreditations -
Lifetime a (1) and superceded material - 4 years
* Simulator facility records (e.g., certification and basis documents, NRC Form-474,              Initial accreditation records performance test, fidelity reports, maintenance and modifications, and basis documents,            - Lifetime a (1) and etc.)                                                                                              superceded material - 4 years after submittal of NRC Form-474
: a. Lifetime - is (1) until the termination of the Facility Operating License, (2) until termination of employment (training and qualification records); (3) transfer of ownership (i.e., fuel); or (4) service life of the facility, system, or component, as applicable.
01/05/04                                                                                                            Page 27 of 32
 
NRC Reg. Guide1.28 - Rev. 3, Regulatory Position C.2 TABLE 1 Retention Times for Lifetime and Nonpermanent Records Nonpermanent*
Record Type                                                                              Lifetime  3 yr. 10 yr.
: 1. Design Records Applicable codes and standards used in deign                                                X Design drawings                                                                            X Design calculations and, record of checks                                                  X Approved design change requests                                                            X Design deviations and nonconformances                                                      X Design reports                                                                              X Design verification data                                                                    X Design specifications aid amendments                                                        X Safety analysis report                                                                      X Certified stress reports for code items                                                    X System descriptions                                                                        X System process and instrumentation diagrams                                                X Technical analysis, evaluations, and reports                                                X Master change record                                                                        X Reliability analysis, evaluation, and reports                                              X Equipment qualification documentation                                                      X Design review reports                                                                                        X Design procedures and manuals                                                                      X Design control procedures                                                                          X Reports of engineering surveillance of field activity                                              X
: 2. Procurement Records Procurement specification                                                                  X Purchase order (unpriced) including amendments                                              X Procurement procedures                                                                              X Purchasers pre-award quality assurance survey                                                      X Receiving records                                                                                  X Suppliers quality assurance program manual                                                        X Source surveillance data plans, audit and surveillance reports                                      X
: 3. Manufacturing Records Applicable code data reports                                                                X As-built drawings and records                                                              X Certificate of compliance                                                                  X Eddy-current examination final results                                                      X Electrical control verification test results                                                X Ferrite test results                                                                        X Heat treatment records                                                                      X Liquid penetrant examination final results                                                  X Location of weld filler material                                                            X Magnetic particle examination final results                                                X Major defect repair records                                                                X Material properties records                                                                X Nonconformance reports                                                                      X Performance test procedure and results records                                              X Pipe and fitting location report                                                            X Pressure test results (hydrostatic or pneumatic)                                            X Radiograph review records                                                                  X 01/05/04                                                                                              Page 28 of 32
 
Nonpermanent*
Record Type                                                                          Lifetime  3 yr. 10 yr.
Ultrasonic examination final results                                                    X Welding procedures                                                                      X Radiographs not required by ASME Section Xl                                                              X Certificate of inspection and test personnel qualification                                      X Cleaning procedures                                                                            X Eddy-current examination procedure                                                              X Ferrite test procedure                                                                          X Forming and bending procedure qualifications                                                    X Heat treatment procedures                                                                      X Hot bending procedure                                                                          X Inspection and test instrumentation and tooling calibration records (after last calibration)                                                                                X Liquid penetrant examination procedure                                                          X Magnetic particle examination procedure                                                        X Packaging, receiving, storage procedures                                                        X Product equipment calibration procedure                                                        X QA manuals, procedures, and instructions                                                        X Radiographic procedures                                                                        X Ultrasonic examination procedures                                                              X Welding materials control procedures                                                            X Welding procedure qualifications and data reports                                              X Work processing and sequencing documents                                                        X Product equipment calibration records (after last calibration)                                  X Installation Construction Records 4.1 Receiving and Storage Nonconformance reports                                                                  X Inspection reports for stored items                                                            X Receipt inspection reports on items                                                            X Receiving, storage, and inspection procedures                                                  X Storage inventory and issuance records                                                          X Vendor quality assurance releases                                                              X 4.2 Civil Checkoff sheets for tendon installation                                                X Concrete cylinder test reports and charts                                              X Concrete design mix reports                                                            X Concrete placement records                                                              X Inspection reports for channel pressure tests                                          X Material property reports on containment liner and accessories                          X Material property reports on metal containment shell and accessories                    X Material property reports on reinforcing steel                                          X Material property reports on reinforcing steel splice sleeve material                  X Material property reports on steel embedments in concrete                              X Material property reports on structural steel and bolting                              X Material property reports on tendon fabrication material                                X Pile drive log                                                                          X Pile loading test reports                                                              X Procedure for containment vessel pressure proof test and leak-rate tests and results    X Reports for periodic tendon inspection                                                  X Reports of high-strength bolt torque testing                                            X Soil compaction test reports                                                            X Aggregate test reports                                                                                    X 01/05/04                                                                                          Page 29 of 32
 
Nonpermanent*
Record Type                                                                    Lifetime  3 yr. 10 yr.
Batch plant operation reports                                                                      X Cement grab sample reports                                                                          X Material property reports on steel piling                                                          X Mix water chemical analysis                                                                        X Releases to place concrete                                                                          X Slump test results                                                                                  X Users tensile test reports on reinforcing steel                                                    X Users tensile test reports on reinforcing steel splices                                            X 4.3Welding Ferrite test results                                                              X Heat treatment records                                                            X Liquid penetrant test final results                                              X Material property records                                                        X Magnetic particle test final results                                              X Major weld repair procedure and results                                          X Radiograph review records and final results                                      X Ultrasonic test final results                                                    X Weld location diagrams                                                            X Weld procedures                                                                  X Welding filler metal material reports                                            X Ferrite test procedures                                                                  X Heat treatment procedures                                                                X Liquid penetrant test procedures                                                          X Magnetic particle test procedures                                                        X Radiographic test procedures                                                              X Ultrasonic test procedures                                                                X Welding materials control procedures                                                      X Welding personnel qualifications                                                          X Weld fitup reports                                                                                  X Weld procedure qualifications and results                                                          X 4.4 Mechanical Cleaning procedures and results                                                  X Installed lifting and handling equipment procedures, inspection, and test data    X Lubrication procedures                                                            X Material properties records                                                      X Pipe and fitting location reports                                                X Pipe hanger and restraint data ...                                                X Safety valve response test procedures                                            X Code data reports                                                                X Pressure test results (hydrostatic or pneumatic)                                          X Chemical composition users test (grab samples) for thermal insulation                              X Chemical tests of water used for mixing insulation cement                                          X Data sheets or logs on equipment installations inspection, and alignment                            X Documentation of system checkoffs (logs or data sheets)                                            X Material property test reports for thermal insulation                                              X Safety valve response test results                                                                  X Cleaning procedures                                                                      X Construction lifting and handling equipment test procedures                              X Erection procedures for mechanical components                                            X Hydrotest procedures                                                                      X 4.5 Electrical and Instrumentation and Control 01/05/04                                                                                    Page 30 of 32
 
Nonpermanent*
Record Type                                                                        Lifetime  3 yr. 10 yr.
Cable pulling tension data                                                            X Cable separation data                                                                  X Cable terminating procedures                                                          X Certified cable test reports                                                          X Relay test procedures and test results                                                X Voltage breakdown test results on liquid insulation                                    X Cable pulling procedures                                                                      X Cable separation checklists                                                                    X Instrument calibration results (after last calibration)                                        X Documentation of testing performed after installation and prior to conditional acceptance of systems                                                                                X Field workmanship checklist or equivalent logs                                                          X Reports of preinstallation tests                                                                        X 4.6 General As-built drawings and records                                                          X Final inspection reports and releases                                                  X Nonconformance reports                                                                X Specifications and drawings                                                            X Index system to record file                                                            X Quality assurance and quality control manuals                                                  X Fire protection reports                                                                X Security plan procedures and activities                                                X Emergency plan, procedures, and activities                                            X Evaluation of results of reportable safety concerns as required by regulations        X Calibration reports for measuring and test equipment and instruments (after last calibration)                                                                              X Calibration procedures for measuring and test equipment and instruments                        X Certificate of inspection and test personnel qualification                                    X Field audit reports                                                                            X Field quality assurance manuals                                                                X Quality assurance system audit reports and related correspondence                              X Special tool calibration records (after last calibration)                                      X
: 5. Preoperational and Startup Test Records Final system adjustment data                                                          X Initial plant loading data                                                            X Plant load ramp change data                                                            X Plant load step change data                                                            X Preoperational test procedures and results                                            X Reactor protection system tests and results                                            X Startup test procedures and results                                                    X Inservice inspection reports                                                          X Records of reactor tests and experiments                                              X Records and logs of maintenance activities, inspections, repair, mid replacement of principal items of structures, systems, and components                            X Automatic emergency power source transfer procedures and results                                        X Initial heatup, hot functional, and cooldown procedures and results                                      X Initial reactor criticality test procedures and results                                                  X Instrument AC system and inverter test procedures and reports                                            X Main and auxiliary power transformer test procedures and results                                        X Offsite power source energizing procedures and test reports                                              X Onsite emergency power source energizing procedure and test reports                                      X 01/05/04                                                                                          Page 31 of 32
 
Nonpermanent*
Record Type                                                                                    Lifetime  3 yr. 10 yr.
Primary and secondary auxiliary power test procedures and results                                                  X Startup logs                                                                                                        X Station battery and DC power distribution test procedures and reports                                              X Water chemistry report                                                                                              X Records of reviews performed for changes made to procedures or equipment or reviews of tests and experiments                                                                                X Startup problems and resolutions                                                                                    X Flushing results                                                                                                    X Power transmission substation test procedures and results                                                X Surveillance activities. inspections, and calibrations required by the technical specifications records                                                                                X System lubricating oil flushing procedures                                                                X Flushing procedures                                                                                      X Pressure test procedures                                                                                  X Periodic checks, inspections, and calibrations performed to verify that surveillance requirements are being met                                                                            X
* Table 1 is to be used in conjunction with Regulatory Position C.2, which states that nonpermanent records should be retained at least until the date of issuance of the full-power operating license of the unit.
01/05/04                                                                                                    Page 32 of 32
 
CRITERION 18                                            BASIC REQUIREMENT 18                                      COMMENTS ANSI N45.2-77/N45.2.12-77 /ANSI N18.7-76                                        NQA-1 1994 N45.2 § 19 / N18.7 § 4.5, unless noted otherwise.
Reg. Guide 1.144, C. Regulatory Position - The                                                                              Reg. Guide 1.28 addresses the requirements that are include in ANSI/ASME N45.2.12-                                                                        Regulatory Position on quality 1977 for auditing quality assurance programs for nuclear                                                                    assurance audit requirements relative to power plants are acceptable to the NRC staff and provide an                                                                  NQA-1.
adequate basis for complying with the pertinent quality assurance requirements of Appendix B to 10 CFR 50.
N45.2 ¶ 1 A comprehensive system of planned and                Planned and scheduled audits shall be performed to verify    Similar requirements.
documented audits shall be carried out to verify compliance    compliance with all aspects of the quality assurance program with all aspects of the Quality Assurance Program.              and to determine its effectiveness.
N18.7 A comprehensive system of planned and documented audits shall be carried out to verify compliance with all aspects of the administrative controls and quality assurance program.
N45.2.12 § 3. AUDIT SYSTEM - 3.1 General - This section establishes requirements for a comprehensive audit system which shall be planned, documented, and implemented to verify compliance with the elements of a quality assurance program.
N45.2.12 § 3.4 Audit Planning - The audit system, including both internal and external audits, shall be planned, documented, and conducted to assure coverage of the applicable quality assurance program, and overall coordination and scheduling of audit activities.
N45.2 ¶ 1 The audits shall be performed in accordance with      These audits shall be performed in accordance with written  Similar requirements. N18.7 is more written procedures or check lists by appropriately trained      procedures or checklists by personnel who do not have direct prescriptive regarding use of line personnel not having direct responsibilities in the areas being responsibility for performing the activities being audited. personnel to perform audits.
audited.
N18.7 ¶ 3 Those performing the audits may be members of the audited organization; however, they shall not audit activities for which they have immediate responsibility.
While performing the audit, they shall not report to a management representative who has immediate responsibility for the activity being audited.
N45.2.12 § 3. AUDIT SYSTEM - 3.1 General -  The audit system shall be described in approved, written policies, plans, procedures, instructions, or such other documents as appropriate.
N45.2.12 § 4. AUDIT IMPLEMENTATION - 4.1 General -
05/24/04                                                                          Audits                                                                Page 1 of 22
 
CRITERION 18                                              BASIC REQUIREMENT 18                                        COMMENTS ANSI N45.2-77/N45.2.12-77 /ANSI N18.7-76                                          NQA-1 1994 Individual audits shall be implemented as scheduled and planned in Section 3.
N45.2 ¶ 1 Audit results shall be documented by auditing          Audit results shall be documented and reported to and            Similar requirements. N18.7 adds personnel and shall be reviewed by management having              reviewed by responsible management.                              requirement for review by independent responsibility in the area audited.                                                                                                review body. Independent review is N18.7 ¶ 2 Written reports of such audits shall be reviewed by                                                                      addressed in the QAPD, Appendix B.
the independent review body and by appropriate members of management including those having responsibility in the area audited.
N45.2 ¶ 1 Responsible management shall take necessary            Follow-up action shall be taken where indicated.                Similar requirements.
action to correct the deficiencies revealed by the audit.
N18.7 ¶ 3 Appropriate and timely followup action, , shall be taken.
SUPPLEMENT 18S-1 SUPPLEMENTARY                                  ANSI N45.2.12-1977 provides much of REQUIREMENTS FOR AUDITS                                          the supplemental information for audits found in N45.2 and NQA-1.
1 GENERAL N45.2.12 This standard provides requirements and guidance        This Supplement provides amplified requirements for quality for establishing and implementing a system of internal and        assurance audits.
external audits of quality assurance programs for nuclear power plants, including the preparation, performance, reporting, and follow-up of audits by both the auditing and audited organizations.
N45.2.12 This standard amplifies the audit requirements of        It supplements the audit requirements of Basic Requirement ANSI N45.2 and shall be used in conjunction with that            18 of this Part (Part I) and shall be used in conjunction with standard.                                                        that Basic Requirement when and to the extent specified by the organization invoking this Part (Part I).
N45.2.12 § 3.5 Scheduling                                        2 SCHEDULING N45.2 ¶ 6 Audits should be conducted periodically or on a        Internal or external quality assurance audits, or both, shall be Similar requirement.
random, unscheduled basis, or both.                              scheduled in a manner to provide coverage and coordination      NQA-1 uses the term schedule in place N45.2.12 § 3.5.1 Auditing shall be initiated as early in the      with ongoing quality assurance program activities.              of the term plan used by the ANSI life of the activity as practicable, consistent with the schedule                                                                  standards to address the overall audit for accomplishing the activity, to assure timely                                                                                  plan (not to be confused with the implementation of quality assurance requirements. In any                                                                          individual audit plans).
case, auditing shall be initiated early enough to assure                                                                          Reg. Guide 1.28 provides the effective quality assurance during the design, procurement                                                                        Regulatory Position on Scheduling.
and contracting activities.                                                                                                        This position affects several of the N45.2.12 § 3.4 Audit Planning - The audit system, including                                                                        requirements of this section, but to 05/24/04                                                                            Audits                                                                      Page 2 of 22
 
CRITERION 18                                              BASIC REQUIREMENT 18                                          COMMENTS ANSI N45.2-77/N45.2.12-77 /ANSI N18.7-76                                            NQA-1 1994 both internal and external audits, shall be planned,                                                                              prevent repeating the information, it is documented, and conducted to assure coverage of the                                                                                inserted in the next cell to align with the applicable quality assurance program, and overall                                                                                  Regulatory Position from Reg. Guide coordination and scheduling of audit activities.                                                                                  1.144.
N45.2.12 § 3.5.2 Audits shall be regularly scheduled on the      Audits shall be scheduled at a frequency commensurate with      NQA-1 doesnt establish a minimum basis of the status and importance of the activities to assure    the status and importance of the activity.                      frequency. Frequency commensurate the adequacy of, and conformance with, the program.              NRC Reg. Guide 1.28, Regulatory Position 3. Audits:              with the Reg. Guides and previous N18.7 ¶ 1 Audits of selected aspects of operational phase        Section 2, Scheduling, of Supplement 18S-1,                    alternatives is addressed in the text of activities shall be performed with a frequency commensurate      Supplementary Requirements for Audits, requires audits to      the QAPD.
with their safety significance and in such a manner as to        be scheduled in a manner that provides coverage and              The grace period for the frequencies is assure that an audit of all safety-related functions is          coordination with ongoing quality assurance program              addressed through the Definitions of the completed within a period of two years.                          activities. The following guidelines are considered              QAPD.
Alternative from current MPS QA Topical Report                    acceptable for scheduling audits:                                Necessary alternatives are addressed ANSI N18.7-1976, paragraph 4.5, states in part, Audits of        3.1 Internal Audits                                              through the new QAPD, Appendix C.
selected aspects of operational phase activities shall be        Applicable elements of an organizations quality assurance      Additional information is contained in performed with a frequency commensurate with their safety        program should be audited at least once each year or at least    NQA-1 as nonmandatory guidance of significance and in such a manner as to assure that an audit      once during the life of the activity, whichever is shorter. In  Appendix 18A-1 § 2.3.
of all safety-related functions is completed within a period of  determining the scope of the audit, an evaluation of the        Where the regulatory guide refers to two years.                                                      activity being audited may be useful. The evaluation may        NQA-1-1983, Dominion will use NQA-The licensee has established a 90 day grace period applied to    include results of previous quality assurance program audits    1-1994 as described in the QAPD.
the 24 month frequency for internal audits. This grace period    and the results of audits from other sources, including the will not be applied to audits of the Emergency Preparedness      nature and frequency of identified deficiencies and any Program which satisfy the requirements of 10CFR50.54(t) or        significant changes in personnel, organization, or quality to audits of the Security Plan which satisfy the requirements    assurance program.
of 10CFR50.54(p)(3) 73.56(g)(1) and (g)(2), and                  3.2 External Audits 73.55(g)(4). The audit frequency of these audits are              After the award of a contract, the applicant or licensee may described in their respective plans. For activities deferred in  determine, based on the evaluation conducted in accordance accordance with the 90 day grace period, the next                with Section 5.1 of Appendix 4A-1, that external audits are performance due date for such activities will be based on        not necessary for procuring items that are (1) relatively their original scheduled date, i.e., in all cases the periodicity simple and standard in design, manufacturing, and testing for these activities will not be allowed to exceed the original  and (2) adaptable to standard or automated inspections or commitment plus 90 days.                                        tests of the end product to verify quality characteristics after Alternative from the current VA QA Topical Report.                delivery.
(2) Paragraph C.4 (Audit Program) of Regulatory Guide            For other procurement actions not covered by the above 1.33 (and Section 4.5 of ANSI N18.7-1976 which it                exceptions, audits should be conducted as described below.
references) will be implemented as required by the                1. The applicant or licensee should either audit its suppliers applicable nuclear facility Technical Specifications,            quality assurance program on a triennial basis or arrange for Emergency Plan, Security Plan, Fitness for Duty Program,          such audit. In either case, the audit should be implemented in and administrative controls which designate the minimum          accordance with Supplement 18S-1 of ANSI/ASME 05/24/04                                                                            Audits                                                                        Page 3 of 22
 
CRITERION 18                                                BASIC REQUIREMENT 18                            COMMENTS ANSI N45.2-77/N45.2.12-77 /ANSI N18.7-76                                              NQA-1 1994 areas to be audited. The audit program is further defined and      NQA-1-1983. The triennial period begins when an audit is will be implemented as required by the commitment to ANSI          performed. An audit may be performed when the supplier N45.2.12 as stated in Table 17.2.0 of the Operational Quality      has completed sufficient work to demonstrate that its Assurance Program. Paragraph C.4.c of Regulatory Guide              organization is implementing a quality assurance program 1.33 (and ANSI N18.7 to which it references) will be                that has the required scope for purchases placed during the implemented as clarified in Section 17.2.18 of the                  triennial period. If a subsequent contract or a contract Operational Quality Assurance Program Topical Report.              modification significantly enlarges the scope of or changes Specifically, the frequency for conducting audits of the            the methods or controls for activities performed by the same performance, training, and qualifications of the facility staff    supplier, an audit of the modified requirements should be may vary based on performance and the safety significance          conducted, thus starting a new triennial period. If the supplier of the audited activity but will not be less frequent than          is implementing the same quality assurance program for biennial (2 years).                                                other customers that is proposed for use on the auditing Reg. Guide 1.144, C.3. - Section 3.5.2 of ANSI/ASME                partys contract, the pre-award survey may serve as the first N45.2.12-1977 requires that audits of quality assurance            triennial audit if conducted in accordance with the activities be regularly scheduled to ensure that the quality        requirements of ANSI/ASME NQA-1-1983. Therefore, assurance program is adequate and that activities are being        when such pre-award surveys are employed as the first performed in accordance with the quality assurance program.        triennial audits, they should satisfy the same audit elements The frequency of the scheduling of audits is dependent on          and criteria as those used on other triennial audits.
the status and importance of the activities to be audited, and      2. The applicant or licensee should perform or arrange for the following is considered acceptable scheduling:                  annual evaluations of suppliers. This evaluation should be
: a. Internal Audits - (1) Operational Phase Activities-              documented and should take into account, where applicable, Regulatory Guide 1.33, Quality Assurance Program                  (1) review of supplier furnished documents and records such Requirements (Operation), should be followed. (2) Design          as certificates of conformance, nonconformance notices, and and Construction Phase Activities-Applicable elements of an        corrective actions; (2) results of previous source organizations quality assurance program should be audited          verifications, audits, and receiving inspections; (3) operating at least annually or at least once within the life of the activity, experience of identical or similar products furnished by the whichever is shorter.                                              same supplier; and (4) results of audits from other sources,
: b. External Audits - (1) External audits, after the award of a      e.g., customer, ASME, or NRC audits.
contract, are not necessary for procurement actions when the        3. If more than one purchaser buys from a single supplier, a items or services are all of the following: (a) Relatively          purchaser may either perform or arrange for an audit of the simple and standard in design, manufacture, and test, and (b)      supplier on behalf of itself and other purchasers to reduce the Adaptable to standard or automated inspections or tests of          number of external audits of the supplier. The scope of this the end product to verify quality characteristics after            audit should satisfy the needs of all of the purchaser, and the delivery, and (c) Such that receiving inspection does not          audit report should be distributed to all the purchasers for require operations that could adversely affect the integrity,      whom the audit was conducted. Nevertheless, each of the function, or cleanness of the item. (2) For other procurement      purchasers relying on the results of an audit performed on actions not listed in Item C.3.b.(1), audits should be              behalf of several purchasers remains individually responsible conducted as follows:                                              for the adequacy of the audit.
Elements of a suppliers quality assurance program should 05/24/04                                                                                Audits                                                Page 4 of 22
 
CRITERION 18                                            BASIC REQUIREMENT 18                                    COMMENTS ANSI N45.2-77/N45.2.12-77 /ANSI N18.7-76                                        NQA-1 1994 be audited by the purchaser on a triennial basis with the audit implemented in accordance with Section 4, Audit Implementation, of ANSI/ASME N45.2.12-1977. The triennial period should begin with performance of an audit when sufficient work is in progress to demonstrate that the organization is implementing a Quality Assurance Program having the required scope for purchases placed during the triennial period.
N45.2.12 § 3.4 Audit Planning -  The audit system shall        The audit schedule shall be reviewed periodically and      Similar requirement.
be periodically reviewed, and revised as necessary, to assure  revised as necessary to assure that coverage is maintained N18.7 assigns the review responsibility that coverage and schedule reflect current activities.          current.                                                  to the independent review body or a N18.7, ¶ 4 Periodic review of the audit program shall be                                                                  management representative and performed by the independent review body or by a                                                                          specifies the review to be at least management representative at least semiannually to assure                                                                  semiannually. Addressed in the QAPD that audits are being accomplished in accordance with                                                                      by the Section on Independent Review requirements of technical specifications and of this Standard.                                                            (Appendix B).
N45.2 ¶ 6 Audits should be conducted periodically or on a      Regularly scheduled audits shall be supplemented by        Similar requirement, but NQA-1 is not random, unscheduled basis, or both. It is desirable to conduct  additional audits of specific subjects when necessary to  as specific as to when additional audits audits when one or more of the following conditions exist:      provide adequate coverage.                                are necessary.
(1) When it is necessary to determine the capability of a                                                                  The list of conditions for conducting subcontractor's Quality Assurance Program prior to awarding                                                                supplemental audits is contained in of contract or purchase order.                                                                                            NQA-1, Appendix 18A-1, § 2.4, as (2) When, after award of contract, sufficient time has elapsed                                                            nonmandatory guidance.
for the implementation of the Quality Assurance Program,                                                                  This alternative is encompassed by Reg.
and it is appropriate to determine that the organization is                                                                Guide 1.28, Reg. Position C.3.2.
performing the functions as defined in the Quality Assurance Program description, codes, standards, and other contract documents.
(3) When significant changes are made in functional areas of the Quality Assurance Program, including significant reorganizations and procedure revisions.
(4) When it is suspected that safety, performance, or reliability of the item is in jeopardy due to deficiencies and nonconformances in the Quality Assurance Program.
(5) When a systematic, independent assessment of program effectiveness or item quality or both is considered necessary.
(6) When it is considered necessary to verify implementation of required corrective actions.
N45.2.12 § 3.5.3 Regularly scheduled audits should be 05/24/04                                                                          Audits                                                                Page 5 of 22
 
CRITERION 18                            BASIC REQUIREMENT 18 COMMENTS ANSI N45.2-77/N45.2.12-77 /ANSI N18.7-76                      NQA-1 1994 supplemented by audits for one or more of the following conditions:
3.5.3.1 When it is necessary to assess the capability of a contractor's quality assurance program prior to awarding a contract or purchase order.
Alternative from the current VA QA Topical Report.
(6) With regard to Section 3.5 of ANSI N45.2.12-1977, titled Scheduling: Subsection 3.5.3.1 is interpreted to mean that the Company may procedurally review qualification of a contractors or suppliers quality assurance program prior to awarding a contract or purchase order by means other than audit.
3.5.3.2 When, after award of a contract, sufficient time has elapsed for implementing the quality assurance program and it is appropriate to determine that the organization is adequately performing the functions as defined in the quality assurance program description, codes, standards, and other contract documents.
3.5.3.3 When significant changes are made in functional areas of the quality assurance program such as significant reorganization or procedure revisions.
3.5.3.4 When it is suspected that the quality of the item is in jeopardy due to deficiencies in the quality assurance program.
3.5.3.5 When a systematic, independent assessment of program effectiveness is considered necessary.
3.5.3.6 When necessary to verify implementation of required corrective action.
Reg. Guide 1.144, C.4.a.- The guideline [indicated by the verb should] concerning supplementing regularly scheduled audits for Sections 3.5.3.3 through 3.5.3.5 [
have sufficient safety importance to be treated the same as the requirements (indicated by the verb shall) of the standard.]
Reg. Guide 1.144, C.6 - The guideline in Section 3.5.3.6 of ANSI/ASME N45.2.12-1977 recommending an audit when necessary to verify implementation of required corrective action does not meet the provisions of Criterion XVIII of Appendix B to 10 CFR Part 50. Audits as well as other 05/24/04                                                        Audits                      Page 6 of 22
 
CRITERION 18                                            BASIC REQUIREMENT 18                                        COMMENTS ANSI N45.2-77/N45.2.12-77 /ANSI N18.7-76                                          NQA-1 1994 methods of surveillance can be used to verify implementation of required corrective action.
N45.2.12 § 4. AUDIT IMPLEMENTATION - 4.1 General -                                                                              Not a requirement.
The mechanics involved in implementation of an audit are preparation, performance, reporting, and follow-up.
N45.2.12 § 4.2 Preparation - Preparation includes the            3 PREPARATION                                                  Not a requirement.
development of a written audit plan, the selection and orientation of the auditor(s), and notification of the organization to be audited.
3.1 Audit Plan N45.2 ¶ 5 An audit plan should be developed to provide          The auditing organization shall develop and document an        Similar requirement.
information about the audit, such as the functional areas to be audit plan for each audit. This plan shall identify the audit audited, the names and assignments of those who will            scope, requirements, audit personnel, activities to be audited, perform the audit, the scheduling arrangements, and the          organizations to be notified, applicable documents, schedule, method of reporting findings and recommendations.                and written procedures or checklists.
N45.2.12 § 4.2.1 Written Plan. An individual audit plan describing the audit to be performed shall be developed and documented by the auditing organization. This plan shall identify the audit scope, the requirements, the activities to be audited, organizations to be notified, the applicable documents, a schedule, and written procedures or checklists.
3.2 Personnel N45.2, ¶ 1 The audits shall be performed  by personnel not The auditing organization shall select and assign auditors          Similar requirement.
having direct responsibilities in the areas being audited.      who are independent of any direct responsibility for N18.7, ¶ 3 Those performing the audits may be members of        performance of the activities which they will audit.
the audited organization; however, they shall not audit activities for which they have immediate responsibility.
N45.2.12 § 2. PERSONNEL - 2.1 General - The responsible auditing organization shall select and assign auditors who are independent of any direct responsibility for performance of the activities which they will audit.
N45.2.12 § 2. PERSONNEL - 2.1 General -  In the case of In the case of internal audits, personnel having direct                Similar requirement.
internal audits, the persons having direct responsibility for    responsibility for performing the activities being audited performance of the activities being audited shall not be        shall not be involved in the selection of the audit team.
involved in the selection of the audit team.
N18.7, ¶ 3 While performing the audits they shall not report    Audit personnel shall have sufficient authority and            Similar requirement.
to a management representative who has immediate                organizational freedom to make the audit process meaningful responsibility for the activity being audited.                  and effective.
3.3 Selection of Audit Team 05/24/04                                                                            Audits                                                            Page 7 of 22
 
CRITERION 18                                            BASIC REQUIREMENT 18                                      COMMENTS ANSI N45.2-77/N45.2.12-77 /ANSI N18.7-76                                          NQA-1 1994 An audit team shall be identified prior to the beginning of    New requirement. This is met in current each audit.                                                    programs.
N45.2.12 § 4.2.2 Team Selection. One or more auditors            This team shall contain one or more auditors and shall have    Similar requirement.
comprise an audit team. A Lead Auditor shall be appointed        an individual appointed to lead the team who organizes and team leader. His responsibilities include orientation of the      directs the audit, coordinates the preparation and issuance of team, coordinating the audit process, establishing the pace of    the audit report, and evaluates responses.
the audit, assuring communications within the team and with the organization being audited, participation in the audit performance, and coordinating the preparation and issuance of reports.
N45.2.12 § 2.3.1 Orientation to provide a working                The audit team leader shall ensure that the audit team is      Similar requirement to prepare the team.
knowledge and understanding of ANSI N45.2, this standard, prepared prior to initiation of the audit.                            However, some of the specifics from and the auditing organization's procedures for implementing                                                                      N45.2.12 § 4.2.3 have been changed to audits and reporting results.                                                                                                    nonmandatory guidance in NQA-1, N45.2.12 § 4.2.3 Team Orientation. The team leader shall                                                                        Appendix 18A-1 § 3.2.
assure that the audit team is prepared prior to initiation of the audit. Pertinent policies, procedures, standards, instructions, codes, regulatory requirements and prior audit reports, shall be made available for information and review by the auditors. Each auditor shall be provided with the audit plan.
The procedures or checklists shall be prepared to assure orderly accomplishment of the audit. During the familiarization phase of the audit, particular attention shall be directed toward an understanding of internal and external organization and contractual interfaces and responsibilities of the organization to be audited.
4 PERFORMANCE N45.2.12 § 4.3.2 Audit Process - 4.3.2.1 Checklists or            Audits shall be performed in accordance with written          Similar requirement.
procedures shall be used to ensure depth and continuity of        procedures or checklists.
audits. The audit checklist is intended for use as a guide and should not restrict the audit investigation when findings raise further questions that are not specifically included in checklist.
N45.2.12 § 3.5 Scheduling - 3.5.1 Auditing shall be initiated Auditing shall begin as early in the life of the activity as      Similar requirement.
as early in the life of the activity as practicable, consistent  practical and shall be continued at intervals consistent with with the schedule for accomplishing the activity, to assure      the schedule for accomplishing the activity.
timely implementation of quality assurance requirements. In any case, auditing shall be initiated early enough to assure effective quality assurance during the design, procurement 05/24/04                                                                            Audits                                                                  Page 8 of 22
 
CRITERION 18                                            BASIC REQUIREMENT 18                                      COMMENTS ANSI N45.2-77/N45.2.12-77 /ANSI N18.7-76                                        NQA-1 1994 and contracting activities.
N45.2, ¶ 4 Audits should include an evaluation of quality      Elements that have been selected for audit shall be evaluated Similar requirements between N45.2.12 assurance practices, procedures, and instructions; the          against specified requirements. Objective evidence shall be  and NQA-1.
effectiveness of implementation; and conformance with          examined to the depth necessary to determine if these        ANSI N18.7 requirements addressed in policy directives. In performing this evaluation, the audits    elements are being implemented effectively.                  the QAPD.
should include evaluation of work areas, activities, processes, and items; and review of documents and records.
N45.2 Audits should be performed: (1) to provide an objective, evaluation of compliance with established requirements, methods, and procedures; (2) to assess progress in assigned tasks; (3) to determine adequacy of Quality Assurance Program performance; and (4) to verify implementation of recommended corrective action.
N45.2.12 § 4.3.2.2 Objective evidence shall be examined for compliance with quality assurance program requirements.
N18.7, ¶ 2 Audits shall include as a minimum verification of compliance and effectiveness of implementation of internal rules, procedures (for example, operating, design, procurement, maintenance, modification, refueling, surveillance, test, security and radiation control procedures and the emergency plan), regulations and license provisions; programs for training, retraining, qualification and performance of operating staff; corrective actions taken following abnormal occurrences; and observation of performance of operating, refueling, maintenance and modification activities, including associated record keeping.
Alternative from current VA QA Topical Report.
(8) With regard to Section 4.3.2 of ANSI N45.2.12-1977, titled Audit Process: (a)Subsection 4.3.2.2 could be interpreted to limit auditors to the review of only objective evidence; sometimes and for some program elements, no objective evidence may be available or subjective evidence may be more appropriate. The Company will comply with an alternate sentence which reads: When available, objective evidence shall be examined for compliance with Quality Assurance Program requirements. When subjective evidence is used (e.g., personnel interviews, direct observations by the auditor), then the audit report must indicate how the evidence was obtained.
05/24/04                                                                          Audits                                                                Page 9 of 22
 
CRITERION 18                                          BASIC REQUIREMENT 18                                          COMMENTS ANSI N45.2-77/N45.2.12-77 /ANSI N18.7-76                                        NQA-1 1994 N45.2.12 § 4.3.2.3 Selected elements of the quality assurance program shall be audited to the depth necessary to determine whether or not they are being implemented effectively.
N45.2 ¶ 1 Audit results shall be documented by auditing      Audit results shall be documented by auditing personnel and      Similar requirements. N18.7 adds personnel and shall be reviewed by management having          shall be reviewed by management having responsibility for        requirement for review by independent responsibility in the area audited.                          the area audited.                                                review body. Addressed in the QAPD, N18.7 ¶ 2 Written reports of such audits shall be reviewed by                                                                  Appendix B.
the independent review body and by appropriate members of management including those having responsibility in the area audited.
N45.2.12 § 4.3.2.6 Conditions requiring immediate            Conditions requiring prompt corrective action shall be          Similar requirement.
corrective action shall be reported immediately to            reported immediately to management of the audited management of the audited organization.                      organization.
5 REPORTING N45.2.12 § 4.4 Reporting                                      The audit report shall be signed by the audit team leader and    Similar requirement.
An audit report, which shall be signed by the audit team      issued, and it shall include the following information, as      NQA-1 does not require the reporting leader, shall provide:                                        appropriate:                                                    on recommendations for correcting Alternative from the current VA QA Topical Report.            (a) description of the audit scope;                              program deficiencies or improving the (10) With regard to Section 4.4 of ANSI N45.2.12-1977,        (b) identification of the auditors;                              quality assurance program. This is titled Reporting: (a)This Section requires that the audit    (c) identification of persons contacted during audit activities; consistent with one of the previous report shall be signed by the audit team leader; this is not  (d) summary of audit results, including a statement on the      alternatives.
always the most expeditious route to take to assure that the  effectiveness of the quality assurance program elements audit report is issued as soon as practical. The Company will which were audited;                                              The other alternatives are no longer comply with Section 4.4 as clarified in the following opening (e) description of each reported adverse audit finding in        considered necessary for the program.
statement: An audit report, which shall be signed by the    sufficient detail to enable corrective action to be taken by the audit team leader, the Nuclear Specialist (Audit Coordinator) audited organization.
or his supervisor in his absence, shall provide: In cases where the audit report is not signed by the Audit Team Leader due to his absence, one record copy of the report must be signed by the Audit Team Leader upon his return.
The report shall not require the Audit Team Leaders review, concurrence, or signature if the Audit Team Leader is no longer employed by the auditing organization at the time the audit report is issued.
N45.2.12 § 4.4.1 Description of the audit scope.
N45.2.12 § 4.4.2 Identification of the auditors.
N45.2.12 § 4.4.3 Persons contacted during pre-audit, audit, and post-audit activities.
05/24/04                                                                          Audits                                                                  Page 10 of 22
 
CRITERION 18                                            BASIC REQUIREMENT 18                                          COMMENTS ANSI N45.2-77/N45.2.12-77 /ANSI N18.7-76                                        NQA-1 1994 Alternative from the current VA QA Topical Report.
(b) The Company will comply with subsection 4.4.3 clarified to read: Supervisory level personnel with whom significant discussions were held during the course of pre-audit (where conducted), audit, and post-audit (where conducted) activities.
N45.2.12 § 4.4.4 A summary of audit results, including an evaluation statement regarding the effectiveness of the quality assurance program elements which were audited.
N45.2.12 § 4.4.5 Description of each quality assurance program deficiency in sufficient detail to assure that corrective action can be effectively carried out by the audited organization.
N45.2.12 § 4.4.6 Recommendations for correcting program deficiencies or improving the quality assurance program as appropriate.
Alternative from the current VA QA Topical Report.
(c) Subsection 4.4.6 requires audit reports to include recommendations for corrective actions; the Company may choose not to comply with this requirement. Instead, Audit Team Leaders are required to document all adverse findings on audit finding forms. The procedure for processing audit findings allows the Audit Team Leader to document actions which are considered necessary to correct the finding; the Audit Team Leader may also document actions which are considered unacceptable for correcting the finding: the audit finding with these Recommendations is then transmitted to the audited organization. In addition, the Audit Team Leader is required to review the response to the audit finding and determine if it is acceptable. Any disagreements must be escalated to higher management for resolution.
6 RESPONSE N45.2, ¶ 1 Responsible management shall take necessary          Management of the audited organization or activity shall        Similar requirements to ensure the action to correct the deficiencies revealed by the audit.      investigate adverse audit findings, schedule corrective action, objective of correcting deficiencies is N18.7, ¶ 3 Appropriate and timely followup action,  , shall    including measures to prevent recurrence, and notify the        achieved. NQA-1 uses the terms be taken.                                                      appropriate organization in writing of action taken or          adverse audit findings as opposed to N45.2.12 § 4.3.2.4 When a nonconformance or quality            planned.                                                        a nonconformance or quality assurance assurance program deficiency is identified as a result of an                                                                    program deficiency.
audit, further investigation shall be conducted by the audited                                                                  NQA-1 doesnt specify a time period 05/24/04                                                                          Audits                                                                    Page 11 of 22
 
CRITERION 18                            BASIC REQUIREMENT 18              COMMENTS ANSI N45.2-77/N45.2.12-77 /ANSI N18.7-76                      NQA-1 1994 organization in an effort to identify the cause and effect and                      for the response and this will be to determine the extent of the corrective action required.                          specified in the implementing program.
Alternative from current VA QA Topical Report.                                      Appendix 18A-1 of NQA-1 provides (8) With regard to Section 4.3.2 of ANSI N45.2.12-1977,                              nonmandatory guidance related to the titled Audit Process: (b)Subsection 4.3.2.4 is modified as                          follow-up by the audited organization follows to take into account the fact that some non-                                recommending that the organization conformances are virtually obvious with respect to the                            respond prior to the requested date.
needed corrective action: When a non-conformance or                                Also, the guidance recommends that the quality assurance program deficiency is identified as a result                      organization provide a follow-up report of an audit, unless the apparent cause, extent and corrective                        on corrective action, but this is not action are readily evident, further investigation shall be                          required, and is similar to a previous conducted by the audited organization in an effort to identify                      alternative used by Dominion.
the cause and effect and to determine the extent of the                              The alternatives to 4.3.2.4 and 4.5.1 are corrective action required.                                                        no longer required. NQA-1 does not N45.2.12 § 4.5 Follow-up - 4.5.1 By Audited Organization.                            specify the performance of further Management of the audited organization or activity shall                            investigation, and even when the review and investigate any adverse audit findings to                                needed corrective action is virtually determine and schedule appropriate corrective action                                obvious that would still include some including action to prevent recurrence and shall respond as                          level of investigation into the condition requested by the audit report, giving results of the review and                      in order to determine corrective action; investigation. The response shall clearly state the corrective                      therefore, the language of NQA-1 action taken or planned to prevent recurrence. In the event                          encompasses the intent of the that corrective action cannot be completed within thirty days,                      alternatives.
the audited organization's response shall include a scheduled date for the corrective action. The audited organization shall provide a follow-up report stating the corrective action taken and the date corrective action was completed. They shall also take appropriate action to assure that corrective action is accomplished as scheduled.
Alternative from current VA QA Topical Report.
(11) With regard to Section 4.5.1 of ANSI N45.2.12-1977, titled By Audited Organization: The Company will comply with the following clarification of this Section:
Management of the audited organization or activity shall review and investigate all adverse findings, as necessary, (e.g., where the cause is not already known, another organization has not already investigated and found the cause, etc.) to determine and schedule appropriate corrective action including action to prevent recurrence. They shall 05/24/04                                                        Audits                                          Page 12 of 22
 
CRITERION 18                                            BASIC REQUIREMENT 18                                        COMMENTS ANSI N45.2-77/N45.2.12-77 /ANSI N18.7-76                                        NQA-1 1994 respond, in writing, within thirty days after the date of issuance of the audit report.
The response shall clearly state the corrective action taken or planned to prevent recurrence and the results of the investigation if conducted. In the event that corrective action is not completed by the time the response is submitted, the audited organizations response shall include a scheduled date for completion of planned corrective action. The audited organization shall take the appropriate action to assure that corrective action is accomplished as scheduled.
N45.2.12 § 4.5.2.2 Evaluate the adequacy of the response.      The adequacy of audit responses shall be evaluated by or for    Similar requirement.
the auditing organization.
7 FOLLOWUP ACTION N45.2, ¶ 3 Deficient areas should be re-audited until          Follow-up action shall be taken to verify that corrective      Similar requirement. NQA-1 does not corrections have been accomplished.                            action is accomplished as scheduled.                            contain as much detail on how to N18.7, ¶ 3 Appropriate and timely followup action,                                                                              accomplish the follow-up in the including re-audit of deficient areas, shall be taken.                                                                          requirements section.
N45.2.12 § 4.5.2 By Auditing Organization. When                                                                                Details of performing followup is necessary, follow-up actions shall be performed by the audit                                                                    considered nonmandatory guidance in team leader or management of the auditing organization to:                                                                      Appendix 18A-1 § 7.
4.5.2.l Obtain the written response when required by the audit report.
4.5.2.3 Assure that corrective action is identified and scheduled for each adverse, finding.
4.5.2.4 Confirm that corrective action is accomplished as scheduled.
8 RECORDS N45.2.12 § 5.2 Audit Records - Records shall be generated      Audit records shall include audit plans, audit reports, written Similar requirement.
and retained for all audits. Records shall include the audit    replies, and the record of completion of corrective action.
system plan, individual audit plans, audit reports, written replies, and the record of completion of corrective actions.
Reg. Guide 1.144, C.7 - The requirements of ANSI/ASME N45.2.12-1977 contained in the second sentence of Section 5.2, Audit Records, read Records shall include  [see above text]. Additionally, these records should include documents associated with the conduct of audits that support audit findings (for example, audit checklists or procedures).
N18.7 ¶ 5 Further guidance on requirements for auditing of                                                                      Not a requirement.
quality assurance programs for nuclear power plants exists in 05/24/04                                                                          Audits                                                                  Page 13 of 22
 
CRITERION 18                                              BASIC REQUIREMENT 18                                        COMMENTS ANSI N45.2-77/N45.2.12-77 /ANSI N18.7-76                                          NQA-1 1994 ANSI N45.2.12, Requirements for Auditing Quality Assurance Programs for Nuclear Power Plants."
N45.2.12 § 1.2 Applicability - The requirements of this                                                                          Applicability is addressed in the standard apply to both internal and external audits performed                                                                    Introduction to NQA-1, Part I. The by or for the plant owner, contractors, and other                                                                                requirements are similar.
organizations participating in activities affecting the quality                                                                  The limitation regarding surveillance or of structures, systems, and components of nuclear power                                                                          inspections of N45.2.12, § 1.2, Sentence plants in accordance with requirements of ANSI N45.2. This                                                                      2 is addressed in the NQA-1 definition standard is not applicable to surveillance or inspections for                                                                    for audit. The applicability of the QAPD the sole purpose of process control or product acceptance.                                                                      includes using its provisions to The ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code (here after                                                                            supplement the ASME Code QA referred to as the Code) as well as other American National                                                                      requirements.
Standards, have been considered in the development of this standard, and this standard is intended to be compatible with their requirements. However, a standard does not apply to activities covered by Section III, Div. I and 2, and Section XI of the Code for those activities covered by the Code.
Reg. Guide 1.144, C.2. - The Foreword and Section 1.2, Applicability, of ANSI/ASME N45.2.12-1977 state: The ASME Boiler  [See above text] While Section III, Divisions 1 and 2, and Section XI of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code address general requirements for quality assurance program audits, these sections do not explicitly address all the activities described in ANSI/ASME N45.2.12-1977. ANSI/ASME N45.2.12-1977, subject to the exceptions of the regulatory position, should be used in conjunction with Section III, Divisions 1 and 2, and Section XI of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code for auditing quality assurance programs where the ASME Code does not address the activities covered by N45.2.12-1977.
N45.2.12 § 1.3 Responsibility - The organization or              Reg. Guide 1.28, Rev. 3, C.3.2.3 - If more than one            Responsibility is addressed by NQA-1 organizations responsible for implementation of the              purchaser buys from a single supplier, a purchaser may either  in the Introduction to Part I. The applicable requirements of this standard shall be identified    perform or arrange for an audit of the supplier on behalf of    requirements are similar to the first and the scope of their responsibilities and authorities shall be itself and other purchasers to reduce the number of external    paragraph of N45.2.12. The second documented. The work of establishment practices and              audits of the supplier. The scope of this audit should satisfy  paragraph of N45.2.12 is essentially procedures and providing the resources in terms of              the needs of all of the purchasers, and the audit report should addressed in NQA-1, Basic personnel, equipment and services necessary to meet the          be distributed to all the purchasers for whom the audit was    Requirement 1 and Supplement 1S-1 requirements of this standard may be delegated to other          conducted. Nevertheless, each of the purchasers relying on      dealing with the Organization.
05/24/04                                                                            Audits                                                                    Page 14 of 22
 
CRITERION 18                                              BASIC REQUIREMENT 18                                    COMMENTS ANSI N45.2-77/N45.2.12-77 /ANSI N18.7-76                                          NQA-1 1994 organizations and such delegation shall also be documented.      the results of an audit performed on behalf of several purchasers remains individually responsible for the adequacy It is the responsibility of each organization performing any    of the audit.
activity covered by this standard to comply with the requirements of this standard applicable to its work.
The organizational structure, functional responsibilities, levels of authority, and lines of internal and external communication for management direction of audits of the quality assurance program shall be documented. Where multiple organizational arrangements exists, the interface responsibilities of each organization shall be clearly defined and documented. In no way shall the performance of audits by an organization diminish the responsibility of the audited organization or contractor for audit of his designated portion of the quality assurance program or the quality of his product or services.
Reg. Guide 1.144, C.5 - Regulatory Position C.3 provides guidance on scheduling internal and external audits. Section 1.3, Responsibility, of ANSI/ASME N45.2.12-1977 states:
The work of  [see above text]. Where more than one purchaser buys from a single supplier, a purchaser may perform an audit of the supplier on behalf of more than one purchaser in order to reduce the number of external audits of the supplier. The results of this audit should be distributed to all purchasers for whom the audit was conducted.
N45.2.12 § 1.4 Definitions - The following definitions are      The following definitions are taken from NQA-1, Part I,      Definitions are addressed by NQA-1 in provided to assure a uniform understanding of select terms as    Introduction.                                                the Introduction to Part I.
they are used in this standard:
N45.2.12 Audit - A documented activity performed in              Audit - a planned and documented activity performed to      Similar definition.
accordance with written procedures or checklists to verify,      determine by investigation, examination, or evaluation of by examination and evaluation of objective evidence, that        objective evidence the adequacy of and compliance with applicable elements of the quality assurance program have        established procedures, instructions, drawings, and other been developed, documented and effectively implemented in        applicable documents, and the effectiveness of accordance with specified requirements. An audit should not      implementation. An audit should not be confused with be confused with surveillance or inspection for the sole        surveillance or inspection activities performed for the sole purpose of process control or product acceptance.                purpose of process control or product acceptance.
N45.2.12 Internal Audits - Audits of those portions of an        Audit, internal - an audit of those portions of an          Similar definition.
organization's quality assurance program retained under its      organizations quality assurance program retained under its direct control and within its organizational structure.          direct control and within its organizational structure 05/24/04                                                                            Audits                                                                Page 15 of 22
 
CRITERION 18                                            BASIC REQUIREMENT 18                                          COMMENTS ANSI N45.2-77/N45.2.12-77 /ANSI N18.7-76                                        NQA-1 1994 N45.2.12 External Audits - Audits of those portions of an      Audit, external - an audit of those portions of another        Similar definition.
organization's quality assurance program not retained under    organizations quality assurance program not under the direct its direct control and not within its organizational structure. control or within the organizational structure of the auditing organization N45.2.12 Auditor - Any individual who performs any                                                                            Not defined in NQA-1, but described in portion of an audit, including lead auditors, technical                                                                        Supplement 2S-3 in a way that is similar specialists and others such as management representatives                                                                      to the definition of N45.2.12.
and auditors in training.
N45.2.12 Lead Auditor - An individual qualified to organize                                                                    Not defined in NQA-1, but described in and direct an audit, report audit findings and evaluate                                                                        NQA-1, Supplement 18S-1 (subsection corrective actions.                                                                                                            3.3) and Supplement 2S-3 in a way that is similar to the definition of N45.2.12.
N45.2.12 Program Deficiencies - Failure to develop,                                                                            Not defined in NQA-1. NQA-1 uses the document or implement effectively any applicable element                                                                      term adverse findings, but does not of the quality assurance program required by ANSI N45.2.                                                                      define that. Will address in Appendix D to the new QAPD.
N45.2.12 Other terms and their definitions are contained in                                                                    Definitions are addressed by NQA-1 in ANSI N45.2.10.                                                                                                                the Introduction to Part I. This is comparable to N45.2.10.
N45.2.12 § 1.5 Referenced Documents - Documents that are                                                                      There are no referenced documents for required to be included as a part of this standard are                                                                        this section of NQA-1. The QAPD identified at the point of reference or described in Section 6                                                                addresses Dominions position on of this standard. The issue or edition of the referenced                                                                      referenced documents and the Reg.
document that is required will be specified either at the point                                                                Guides and Standards that apply to the of reference or in Section 6 of this standard unless otherwise                                                                QA program.
specified in the contract document.
Reg. Guide 1.144, C.1. - Section 1.5, Referenced Documents, of ANSI/ASME N45.2.12-1977 states that documents that are required to be included as a part of the standard are identified at the point of reference or described in Section 6 of the standard. The specific applicability of these listed documents has been addressed in the latest revision of the following regulatory guides:
ANSI Standard              Regulatory Guide N45.2                      1.28 N45.2.9                    1.88 N45.2.10                    1.74 N45.2.12 § 2.2 Personnel Qualification - The responsible                                                                      Personnel Qualification is addressed in auditing organization shall establish the audit personnel                                                                      NQA-1 Basic Requirement 2 and 05/24/04                                                                          Audits                                                                    Page 16 of 22
 
CRITERION 18                          BASIC REQUIREMENT 18              COMMENTS ANSI N45.2-77/N45.2.12-77 /ANSI N18.7-76                    NQA-1 1994 qualifications and the requirements for the use of technical                        Supplement 2S-3.
specialists to assist in the auditing of the quality assurance                      Alternative not needed since NQA-1 programs. Personnel selected for quality assurance auditing                        contains training and qualification assignments shall have experience or training commensurate                          requirements in one location.
with the scope, complexity or special nature of the activities to be audited.
Alternative from the current VA QA Topical Report.
(2) With regard to Section 2.2 of ANSI N45.2.12-1977, titled Personnel Qualifications: The qualification of Company audit personnel will be accomplished as described to meet the requirements of ANSI N45.2.23-1978 as endorsed in Table 17.2.0 and Sections 17.2.2 and 17.2.18 of the Operational QA Program.
N45.2.12 § 2.3 Training - Auditors shall have, or be given,                        Training requirements are addressed in appropriate training or orientation to develop their                                NQA-1 Basic Requirement 2 and competence for performing required audits. Competence of                            Supplement 2S-3.
personnel for performance of the various auditing functions                        Alternative not needed since NQA-1 shall be developed by one or more of the following methods:                        contains training and qualification Alternative from the current VA QA Topical Report.                                  requirements in one location.
(3) With regard to Section 2.3 (and subsections 2.3.1 through 2.3.3) of ANSI N45.2.12-1977, titled Training: The training of Company audit personnel will be accomplished as described to meet the requirements of ANSI N45.2.23-1978 as endorsed in Table 17.2.0 and Sections 17.2.2 and 17.2.18 of the Operational QA Program.
N45.2.12 § 2.3.2 Training programs to provide general and                          Training requirements are addressed in specialized training in audit performance. General training                        NQA-1 Basic Requirement 2 and shall include fundamentals, objectives, characteristics,                            Supplement 2S-3.
organization, performance and results of quality assurance program auditing. Specialized training shall include methods of examining, questioning, evaluating, and documenting specific audit items and methods of closing out audit findings.
N45.2.12 § 2.3.3 On-the-job training, guidance, and                                Training requirements are addressed in counseling performed under the direct supervision of a Lead                        NQA-1 Basic Requirement 2 and Auditor. Such training shall include planning, performing,                          Supplement 2S-3.
reporting, and follow-up action involved in conducting audits.
N45.2.12 § 2.4 Maintenance of Proficiency                                          Requirements to maintain proficiency 05/24/04                                                        Audits                                          Page 17 of 22
 
CRITERION 18                          BASIC REQUIREMENT 18              COMMENTS ANSI N45.2-77/N45.2.12-77 /ANSI N18.7-76                  NQA-1 1994 Lead Auditors shall maintain their proficiency through one                        are addressed in NQA-1 Basic or more of the following methods:                                                Requirement 2 and Supplement 2S-3.
: 2. 4.1 Regular, active participation in the audit process.                        Alternative not needed since NQA-1 2.4.2 Review and study of codes, standards, procedures,                          contains training and qualification instructions, and other documents related to quality                              requirements in one location.
assurance programs and program auditing.
2.4.3 Participation in training programs as described in Section 2.3.
Alternative from the current VA QA Topical Report.
(4) With regard to Section 2.4 of ANSI N45.2.12-1977, titled Maintenance of Proficiency: The maintenance of proficiency of the Company audit personnel will be accomplished as described to meet the requirement of ANSI N45.2.23-1978 as endorsed in Table 17.2.0 and Sections 17.2.2 and 17.2.18 of the Operational QA Program.
N45.2.12 § 3.2 Objectives                                                        Addressed as nonmandatory guidance in The objectives of the audit system are:                                          NQA-1, Appendix 18A-1, § 2.1 3.2.1 To determine that a quality assurance program has been developed and documented in accordance with specified requirements; 3.2.2 To verify by examination and evaluation of objective evidence that the documented quality assurance program has been implemented; 3.2.3 To assess the effectiveness of the quality assurance program; 3.2.4 To identify nonconformances and quality assurance program deficiencies; and 3.2.5 To verify correction of identified quality assurance program deficiencies.
N45.2.12 § 3.3 Essential Elements of the Audit System                            Addressed as nonmandatory guidance in An effective audit system shall be established and                                NQA-1, Appendix 18A-1, § 2.2.
maintained and shall include the following essential                              Alternatives to 3.3.5, 6, and 7 no longer elements:                                                                        needed since this is now guidance and 3.3.1 A management policy statement or procedure which                            not requirements.
establishes organizational independence and authority of the auditors and commits the organization to an audit system meeting the requirements of a standard.
3.3.2 Manpower, funding, and facilities to implement the audit system.
05/24/04                                                      Audits                                          Page 18 of 22
 
CRITERION 18                            BASIC REQUIREMENT 18 COMMENTS ANSI N45.2-77/N45.2.12-77 /ANSI N18.7-76                      NQA-1 1994 3.3.3 Identification of those responsible for the audit system, including a delineation of their authorities, responsibilities, and organizational independence.
3.3.4 Provisions for reasonable and timely access of audit personnel to facilities, documents, and personnel necessary in the planning and performance of the audits.
3.3.5 Provisions for reporting on the effectiveness of a quality assurance program to the responsible management of both the audited and auditing organizations.
Alternative from the current VA QA Topical Report.
(5) With regard to Section 3.3 of ANSI N45.2.12-1977, titled Essential Elements of the Audit System: The Company will comply with subsection 3.6.5 [should be 3.3.5] as it was originally written (subsection 3.2.5) in ANSI N45.2.12, Draft 3, Revision 4: Provisions for reporting on the effectiveness of the Quality Assurance Program to the responsible management. For the auditing organization (The Company), effectiveness is reported as required by the Technical Specifications for Surry Power Station and Appendix C of this topical report for North Anna Power Station. Other than audit reports, the Company may not directly report on the effectiveness of the quality assurance programs to the audited organization when such organizations are outside of the Company.
3.3.6 Provisions for access by audit teams to levels of management of the auditing and audited organizations shall have the responsibility and authority to assure corrective action.
Alternative from the current VA QA Topical Report.
(5) With regard to Section 3.3 of ANSI N45.2.12-1977, titled Essential Elements of the Audit System: Subsection 3.3.6 requirements are considered to be fulfilled by compliance with the organization and reporting measures outlined in the Operational QA Program, the Technical Specifications for Surry Power Station and Appendix C of this topical report for North Anna Power Station.
3.3.7 Provision for verification of effective corrective action on a timely basis.
Alternative from the current VA QA Topical Report.
05/24/04                                                        Audits                    Page 19 of 22
 
CRITERION 18                              BASIC REQUIREMENT 18              COMMENTS ANSI N45.2-77/N45.2.12-77 /ANSI N18.7-76                        NQA-1 1994 (5) With regard to Section 3.3 of ANSI N45.2.12-1977, titled Essential Elements of the Audit System: Subsection 3.3.7 requires verification of effective corrective action on a timely basis. Timely basis is interpreted to mean within the framework or period of time for completion of corrective action that is accepted by Nuclear Oversight. Each finding requires a response and a corrective action completion date; these dates are subject to revision (with the approval of Nuclear Oversight) and must be escalated to higher authority when there is disagreement between the audited and the auditing organization on what constitutes timely corrective action..
N45.2.12 § 4.2.2 Team Selection. In selecting personnel                              NQA-1 addresses considerations for for auditing assignments, consideration shall be given to                              personnel selection as nonmandatory special abilities, specialized technical training, prior pertinent                      guidance in Appendix 18A-1 § 3.1.
experience, personal characteristics, and education.
N45.2.12 § 4.2.4 Audit Notification. Involved organizations                            NQA-1 addresses the audit notification shall be notified of a scheduled audit a reasonable time                                as nonmandatory guidance in Appendix before the audit is to be performed. This notification should                          18A-1 § 3.3.
be in writing and include such information as the scope and                            The VA QA Topical Report alternative schedule of the audit and the name of the audit team leader.                            related to notification is no longer With prior agreement of the parties involved, unannounced                              needed.
audits may be performed.
N45.2.12 § 4.3 Performance - 4.3.1 Pre-Audit Conference. A                              NQA-1 addresses the preaudit brief preaudit conference shall be conducted with cognizant                            conference as nonmandatory guidance organization management. The purpose of the conference                                  in Appendix 18A-1 § 4.1.
shall be to confirm the audit scope, present the audit plan, introduce auditors, meet counterparts, discuss audit sequence and plans for the post-audit conference, and establish channels of communication.
Alternative from current VA QA Topical Report.
(7) With regard to Section 4.3.1 of ANSI N45.2.12-1977, titled Pre-Audit Conference: The Company will comply with requirements of this Section by inserting the word Normally at the beginning of the first sentence. This clarification is required because in the case of certain unannounced audits or audits of a particular operation or work activity, a pre-audit conference might interfere with the spontaneity of the operation or activity being audited. In 05/24/04                                                            Audits                                            Page 20 of 22
 
CRITERION 18                          BASIC REQUIREMENT 18              COMMENTS ANSI N45.2-77/N45.2.12-77 /ANSI N18.7-76                    NQA-1 1994 other cases, persons who should be present at a pre-audit conference may not always be available. Such lack of availability should not be an impediment to beginning an audit. Even in the above examples, which are not intended to be all inclusive, the material set forth in Section 4.3.1 will normally be covered during the course of the audit.
N45.2.12 § 4.3.2.5 Nonconformances or quality assurance                            Not a requirement and not addressed in program deficiencies should be acknowledged by a member                            NQA-1.
of the audited organization.                                                        Alternative should no longer be Alternative from current VA QA Topical Report.                                      necessary since this is guidance.
(8) With regard to Section 4.3.2 of ANSI N45.2.12-1977, titled Audit Process: (c)Subsection 4.3.2.5 contains a recommendation which is clarified with the definition of acknowledged by a member of the audited organization to mean that a member of the audited organization has been informed of the findings. Agreement or disagreement with a finding may be expressed in the response from the audited organization.
N45.2.12 § 4.3.2.7 Specific attention should be given to                            Requirement not addressed in NQA-1.
corrective action on program deficiencies identified during                        Corrective action is an element previous audits.                                                                    evaluated in each audit as stated in the Reg. Guide 1.144, C.4.b. - The guideline [indicated by the                          QAPD, Appendix C.
verb should] concerning corrective action on program deficiencies identified during previous audits  [have sufficient safety importance to be treated the same as the requirements (indicated by the verb shall) of the standard.]
In this regard, corrective action on program deficiencies identified during previous audits is construed to mean corrective action on program deficiencies in the area that is being audited.
N45.2.12 § 4.3.3 Post-Audit Conference. At the conclusion                          NQA-1 addresses the postaudit of the audit process, a post-audit conference shall be held                        conferences as nonmandatory guidance with management of the audited organization to present audit                        in Appendix 18A-1 § 4.3 findings and clarify misunderstandings.                                            Alternative is no longer needed for Alternative from current VA QA Topical Report.                                      NQA-1 since the requirements have (9) With regard to Section 4.3.3 of ANSI 45.2.12-1977, titled                      become guidance. Internal procedures Post-Audit Conference: The Company will substitute and                              use that guidance in directing the comply with the following paragraph: For all external                              postaudit conference.
audits, a post-audit conference shall be held with 05/24/04                                                        Audits                                          Page 21 of 22
 
CRITERION 18                            BASIC REQUIREMENT 18              COMMENTS ANSI N45.2-77/N45.2.12-77 /ANSI N18.7-76                      NQA-1 1994 management of the audited organization to present audit findings and clarify misunderstandings; where no adverse findings exist, this conference may be waived by management of the audited organization: such waiver shall be documented in the audit report. Unless unusual operating or maintenance conditions preclude attendance by appropriate managers/supervisors, a post-audit conference shall be held with managers/supervisors for all internal audits for the same reasons as above. Again, if there are no adverse findings, management of the internal audited organization may waive the post-audit conference: such waiver shall be documented in the audit report.
N45.2.12 § Distribution of the report shall include                                  NQA-1 requires reporting audit results responsible management of both the audited and auditing                              to management in Basic Requirement organizations. The audit report shall be issued within thirty                        18. The details of report distribution are days after the post-audit conference.                                                addressed as nonmandatory guidance in Appendix 18A-1 § 5.
N45.2.12 § Follow-up action can be accomplished through                              Not a requirement.
written communication, re-audit, or other appropriate means.
N45.2.12 § 5. RECORDS - 5.1 General - Records shall be                              NQA-1 addresses general records retained by the auditing organizations responsible for                              requirements, including those for audits, activities associated with implementation of this standard.                          in Basic Requirement 17 and These records shall be collected, stored, and maintained in                          Supplement 17S-1 along with other accordance with ANSI N45.2.9.                                                        records.
N45.2.12 § 5.3 Personnel Records - Records shall include                            NQA-1 addresses qualification and documentary evidence of the qualifications and training of                          training records for audit personnel in auditors and shall be retained for the same period of time as                        Basic Requirement 2 and Supplement required for the audit report with which the auditors are                            2S-3.
associated.
05/24/04                                                        Audits                                          Page 22 of 22
 
Cleaning of Fluid Systems and Associated Components During        Quality Assurance Requirements for Cleaning of Fluid Systems and          Comments Construction Phase of Nuclear Power Plants                        Associated Components for Nuclear Power Plants ANSI N45.2.1 -1973                                              NQA-1-1994, Subpart 2.1
: 1. INTRODUCTION                                                      1 GENERAL 1.1 Scope This standard covers on-site cleaning of materials and              Subpart 2.1 provides amplified requirements for the              N45.2.1 was applicable just components, cleanness control, and pre-operational cleaning          management of cleaning and cleanness control of fluid systems    during construction. NQA-1 and layup of important nuclear power plant fluid systems            and associated components for nuclear power plants during        refers to manufacturing, during construction. These systems include those whose              manufacturing, construction, repairs, and modifications. It      construction, repairs, and satisfactory performance is required for safe and reliable          supplements the requirements of Part I and shall be used in      modifications.
operation of the plant. The requirements may also be extended        conjunction with applicable Basic and Supplementary Sections to other parts of nuclear power plants when specified in            of Part I when and to the extent specified by the organization contract documents. The standard covers requirements                invoking Subpart 2.1.
necessary to ensure an adequately clean system upon completion of construction activities, and covers the period from which the materials and equipment are removed from storage or receiving for installation at the construction site until the systems are ready for preoperational testing. The intent of this standard is to require close attention to cleanness control during erection of a nuclear power plant so that only water flushing or rinsing of an installed system is required to render it ready for service. When more than a water flush or rinse is needed to produce the specified cleanness, additional cleaning, in accordance with this standard may be necessary. This standard is intended to be used in conjunction with ANSI N45.2 Quality Assurance Requirements for Nuclear Power Plants.
1.2 Applicability The requirements of this standard apply to the work of any          See NQA-1, Introduction, Section 2 for Applicability            NQA-1 is similar but refers to individual or organization that participates in the construction                                                                      Operating Units also.
phase cleaning of items to be incorporated into nuclear power                                                                        VA Clarification not required plants as discussed in Subsection 1.1. The extent to which the                                                                        under NQA-1-1994.
individual requirements of this standard will apply will depend upon the nature and scope of work to be performed and the importance of the item or service involved. The requirements are intended to ensure that only proper cleaning materials, equipment, processes and procedures are utilized during the 5/25/04                                                                                                                                                  Page 1 of 34
 
Cleaning of Fluid Systems and Associated Components During      Quality Assurance Requirements for Cleaning of Fluid Systems and          Comments Construction Phase of Nuclear Power Plants                      Associated Components for Nuclear Power Plants ANSI N45.2.1 -1973                                            NQA-1-1994, Subpart 2.1 construction of power plants and that the quality of items is maintained as a result of the use of proper cleaning practices and techniques during construction.
Reg. Guide 1.37-3/73 Position C.2 states: Although subdivision 1.2 of ANSI N45.2.1-1973 states that the requirements promulgated apply during the construction phase of a nuclear power plant, many of the requirements and recommendations contained in the standard are also appropriate to cleaning of fluid systems and associated components during the operation phase of a nuclear power plant, and they should be used when applicable. In this regard, however, it should be particularly noted that decontamination and cleanup of radioactively contaminated systems and components are not addressed by ANSI N45.2.1-1973. These operations will be considered separately in future regulatory guides.
The following is a clarification made in the current VA QATR: (1)
The guide and standard are applicable to those areas of the Quality Assurance Program addressing on-site cleaning of materials and components, cleanness control, and preoperation cleaning and layup of fluid systems.
1.3 Responsibility The organization or organizations responsible for the activities    See NQA-1, Subpart 2, Introduction, Section 3 for                ANSI N45.2.1 focuses on covered by this standard shall be identified and the scope of      Responsibility and NQA-1, Subpart 2, Section 4 for General      construction phase.
their responsibility shall be documented. Such responsibility      Planning and Procedures.                                        Otherwise, similar should be assigned at the earliest practical point in time so as to                                                                  requirements if considering facilitate incorporation of cleaning requirements in design                                                                          other parts of NQA-1 (e.g.
drawings and purchase specifications. The establishment of                                                                          Basic Requirements 1, 5, etc.)
practices and procedures and provision of resources, in terms of personnel, equipment, and services necessary to implement the requirements of this standard, may be delegated to other organizations and such delegations shall also be documented.
Each organization participating in site construction activities shall comply with procedures and instructions issued for the 5/25/04                                                                                                                                                Page 2 of 34
 
Cleaning of Fluid Systems and Associated Components During    Quality Assurance Requirements for Cleaning of Fluid Systems and          Comments Construction Phase of Nuclear Power Plants                      Associated Components for Nuclear Power Plants ANSI N45.2.1 -1973                                              NQA-1-1994, Subpart 2.1 project and with those requirements of this standard applicable to his work. The organization responsible for performing the cleaning shall identify and document detailed cleaning procedures unless they are specified in the procurement documents. Requirements for review and/or approval of such procedures shall be specified in the procurement documents.
1.4 Definitions                                                  1.1 Definitions The following definitions are provided to assure a uniform        The following definitions are provided to assure a uniform        No change except reference understanding of select terms as they are used in this standard. understanding of unique terms as they are used in Subpart 2.1. to standard Acid Cleaning - The removal of metal oxides by either            acid cleaning - the removal of metal oxides by either            No change dissolution of the oxide or undercutting the oxide by dissolution dissolution of the oxide or undercutting the oxide by dissolution of the base metal with an acid solution.                          of the base metal with an acid solution Alkaline Cleaning - The removal of organic contaminants by        alkaline cleaning - the removal of organic contaminants by        No change converting them to an emulsion with an alkaline solution such    converting them to an emulsion with an alkaline solution such as trisodium phosphate.                                          as trisodium phosphate Chelate Cleaning - The removal of slightly soluble                chelate cleaning - the removal of slightly soluble compounds      No change compounds such as iron oxide, by complexing the metallic ions    such as iron oxide, by complexing the metallic ions with organic with organic chelating compounds such as ethylene diamine        chelating compounds such as ethylene diamine tetra-acetic tetra-acetic acid (EDTA).                                        acid (EDTA)
Chemical Conditioning - The addition of chemicals in low          chemical conditioning - the addition of chemicals in low          No change concentration to flush, rinse, or layup water to prevent          concentration to flush, rinse, or lay up water to inhibit precipitation of dissolved solids, inhibit corrosion, etc.        precipitation of dissolved solids, corrosion, and other detrimental effects Cleaning - The removal of any contaminants that might have        cleaning - the removal of any contaminants that might have a      Similar a deleterious effect on plant safety and reliable operation.      deleterious effect on operation of the plant Contractor - Any individual or organization entering into a      NQA-I, INTRO, Terms and Definitions:                              NQA-1, Terms and contract to furnish items or services to a purchaser. The term    Supplier - any individual or organization who furnishes items    Definitions, describes contractor includes the terms Vendor, Supplier, and              or services in accordance with a procurement document. An        Supplier similar to N45.2.1 Subcontractor or sub-tier levels of these where appropriate.      all-inclusive term used in place of any of the following: vendor, Contractor (each seller, contractor, subcontractor, fabricator, consultant, and    references other term) their subtier levels.
Contamination - Any undesirable foreign material on the          Contamination - any unwanted or undesirable foreign              Similar surface of an item, in the atmosphere, or in process liquids or  material on the surface of an item, in the atmosphere, or in 5/25/04                                                                                                                                                Page 3 of 34
 
Cleaning of Fluid Systems and Associated Components During    Quality Assurance Requirements for Cleaning of Fluid Systems and          Comments Construction Phase of Nuclear Power Plants                    Associated Components for Nuclear Power Plants ANSI N45.2.1 -1973                                              NQA-1-1994, Subpart 2.1 gases.                                                            process liquids or gases Corrosion Resistant Alloy - Materials, such as stainless          corrosion-resistant alloys - materials that inherently resist    Similar steel, nickel-base, or cobalt-base alloys, that inherently resist oxidation or chemical attack in water, air, and the operating oxidation or chemical attack in water, air, and the operating    environment, such as stainless steel, nickel-base alloys, or environment.                                                      cobalt-base alloys Crevice - Any narrow opening in a surface or any open            crevice - a narrow opening in a surface or an open juncture      Similar juncture between mating surfaces in which solutions can be        between mating surfaces in which solutions or contaminants trapped and not readily removed during rinsing or flushing        can be trapped and not readily removed during rinsing or operations; for example, the annular spaces in threaded          flushing operations (for example, the annular spaces in connections and socket assemblies, tube-to-tube sheet joints,    threaded connections and socket assemblies, tube-to-tubesheet and tube-to-tube support joints.                                  joints, and tube-to-tube support joints)
Dead Leg - Any area that does not have flow during the            dead leg - an area that does not have flow during the cleaning  Similar cleaning operation or which cannot be drained without special    operation or that cannot be drained without special provisions provisions.                                                      fluid - any gas or liquid Documentation - Any written or pictorial information              NQA-1 INTRO Definition:                                          N45.2.1 definition for describing, defining, specifying, reporting, or certifying        document - any written or pictorial information d scribing,      Documentation is similar to activities, requirements, procedures or results.                  defining, specifying, reporting, or certifying activities,      definition in NQA-1 INTRO requirements, procedures, or results. A document i s not        definition for document.
considered to be a Quality Assurance Record until it satisfies the definition of a Quality Assurance Record as defined in this Supplement.
Flushing - Flowing water through a component or system at        flushing - flowing fluid through a component or system at        No change adequate velocity to suspend and carry away anticipated          adequate velocity to suspend and carry away anticipated contaminants.                                                    contaminants Inhibitor - A chemical additive which retards some specific      inhibitor - a chemical additive that retards some specific      Similar chemical reaction.                                                chemical reaction Inaccessible Area - An area or opening in an item which is        inaccessible area - an area or opening in an item that is not    Similar not directly accessible for cleaning or inspection.              directly accessible for cleaning or inspection Item - Any level of unit assembly, including structure, system,  NQA-1 INTRO Definition:                                          Similar to definition in NQA-1 subsystem, subassembly, component, part or material.              item - an all-inclusive term used in place of any of the        INTRO definition following: appurtenance, assembly, component, equipment, material, module, part, structure, subassembly, subsystem, system, or unit.
5/25/04                                                                                                                                                Page 4 of 34
 
Cleaning of Fluid Systems and Associated Components During    Quality Assurance Requirements for Cleaning of Fluid Systems and            Comments Construction Phase of Nuclear Power Plants                    Associated Components for Nuclear Power Plants ANSI N45.2.1 -1973                                              NQA-1-1994, Subpart 2.1 Layup - The protection of an item after it has been cleaned, to  lay-up - the protection of an item after it has been cleaned to    Same prevent corrosion of interior surfaces while the item is out of  prevent corrosion of interior surfaces while the item is out of service or awaiting subsequent operations.                        service or awaiting subsequent operations Mechanical Cleaning - A method in which contaminant              mechanical cleaning - a method in which contaminant                Similar removal is accomplished solely by mechanical means, including    removal is accomplished solely by mechanical means, including wiping, abrasive blasting, brushing, grinding, sanding, chipping, wiping, abrasive blasting, high pressure water jetting, brushing, etc.                                                              sanding, grinding, and chipping Pitting - Localized corrosion resulting in surface defects.      pitting - surface defects resulting from localized corrosion      Similar Purchaser - The agency responsible for issuance and              NQA-1 INTRO Definition:                                            Similar definition administration of a contract, subcontract, or purchase order      Purchaser - the organization responsible for establishment of imposing this standard or portions hereof.                        procurement requirements and for issuance or administration, or both, of procurement documents Rinsing - (1) Filling and draining an item with water until      rinsing: (a) filling and draining an item with water until soluble Similar contaminants in the effluent water are reduced to some            contaminants in the effluent water are reduced to some predetermined concentration, or (2) flowing water through the    predetermined concentration; or (b) flowing water through the system or component at low velocity until contaminants in the    system or component until water soluble contaminants in the effluent water are reduced to some predetermined                  effluent water are reduced to some predetermined concentration.                                                    concentration Rust - Corrosion products, consisting largely of iron oxide.      rust - corrosion products consisting largely of iron oxide. Such  Same Such oxides may vary in color from red to black and may form oxides may vary in color from red to black and may form a loosely adherent heavy covering to a tightly adherent light    anything from a loosely adherent heavy covering to a tightly film. Pitting or general surface roughening, may or may not be adherent light film. Pitting or general surface roughening may present.                                                          or may not be present.
Sensitized Corrosion Resistant Alloy - Any alloy which            sensitized corrosion-resistant alloy - a corrosion-resistant      Similar has been subjected to heating that causes intergranular          alloy that has been subjected to heating that causes precipitation of chromium carbides in quantities sufficient to be intergranular precipitation of chromium carbides in sufficient detected by methods of ASTM A262-68, Recommended                  quantities to be detected by Practice B, C, D, E, or F of ASTM Practices for Detecting Susceptibility to Intergranular Attack in A 262, Practices for Detecting Susceptibility to Intergranular Stainless Steel or ASTM A393-63, Recommended Practices            Attack in Austenitic Stainless Steels for Conducting Acidified Copper Sulfate Test for Intergranular Attack in Austentic Stainless Steel.
5/25/04                                                                                                                                                Page 5 of 34
 
Cleaning of Fluid Systems and Associated Components During    Quality Assurance Requirements for Cleaning of Fluid Systems and            Comments Construction Phase of Nuclear Power Plants                    Associated Components for Nuclear Power Plants ANSI N45.2.1 -1973                                            NQA-1-1994, Subpart 2.1 Solvent Cleaning - Dissolving organic contaminants with an        solvent cleaning - removing contaminants with an organic          Similar organic solvent.                                                  solvent 1.5 Referenced Documents Other documents that are required to be included as part of      See Part II, INTRODUCTION, Section 7 which refers to the          Referenced documents are this standard are either identified at the point of reference or  NQA-1 Table entitled Codes, Standards, and Specifications        addressed in the QAPD, described in Section 10 of this standard. The issue or edition of Referenced in Text for information regarding referenced          Appendix C.
the referenced document that is required will be specified        documents in NQA-1 either at the point of reference or in Section 10 of this standard. Other terms and definitions are contained in ANSI N45.2.10 Reg. Guide 1.37-3/73 Position C.1 states: Subdivision 1.5 of ANSI N45.2.1-1973 states that other documents required to be included as a part of the standard are either identified at the point of reference or described in Section 10 of the standard.
The specific applicability or acceptability of these listed documents has been or will be covered separately in other regulatory guides or in Commission regulations, where appropriate..
2.0 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS                                          2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS This section contains requirements that are to be fulfilled by                                                                      Not requirement.
the contractor who is responsible for performing any segment of work described in paragraphs 3 through 9 of this standard.
Cleanness classification for an item shall be specified in accordance with paragraph 3.1 of this standard.
The work and quality assurance requirements for the cleaning      The work and quality assurance requirements for the cleaning      Similar of items and systems to be incorporated in the nuclear power      of components and systems and for the control of their plant and control of cleanness thereof shall be established in    cleanness shall be established in order to:
order to (1) ensure the removal of any deleterious contaminants,          (a) ensure the removal of deleterious contaminants;              Same (2) minimize recontamination of cleaned surfaces, and            (b) minimize recontamination of cleaned surfaces; and            Same (3) minimize the cleaning required after installation.            (c) minimize the cleaning required after installation, repair, or Similar- NQA-1 includes modification.                                                    repair or modification 5/25/04                                                                                                                                                Page 6 of 34
 
Cleaning of Fluid Systems and Associated Components During        Quality Assurance Requirements for Cleaning of Fluid Systems and            Comments Construction Phase of Nuclear Power Plants                        Associated Components for Nuclear Power Plants ANSI N45.2.1 -1973                                                NQA-1-1994, Subpart 2.1 N45.2.1 was for construction.
The cleanness classification of each item shall be specified in accordance with para. 3.2 of Subpart 2.1 2.1 Planning                                                        2.1 Planning The cleanness and cleanness control activities shall be planned      Cleaning and cleanness control activities for each phase          Similar - with NQA-1 and outlined to define cleaning and inspection operations to be      (manufacturing, construction, modification, repair, etc.) shall be expanded to additional used. It shall detail the systematic, sequential progression of      planned in accordance with the requirements of the                activities (modification, repair, cleaning operations for each item or system, the responsibilities    Introduction to this Part (Part lI). The plan(s) shall define the  etc.)
of parties concerned for each operation, and measures to be          cleaning and inspection operations to be used, the system, the employed to preserve the cleanness of cleaned surfaces.              responsibilities of the parties concerned for each operation, and the measures to be employed to preserve the cleanness of cleaned surfaces.
Planning for cleaning activities shall include a review of the                                                                          Covered in Subpart 2 INTRO system and component design specifications and drawings and                                                                            4.1, Planning of the construction work plans and schedules to ensure that provisions for cleaning have been incorporated; that they can be accomplished as specified; and that time and resources are sufficient to accomplish the required actions.
This review shall consider the following items as appropriate:      In addition, planning shall consider the following factors, as    Similar appropriate, recognizing that this list may not be complete nor applicable to each phase covered by this Part (Part II):
: 1. Adequacy of vents and drains, inspection access points,          (a) adequacy of vents, drains, inspection access points, and      Similar bypass or recirculation lines;                                      bypass or recirculation lines;
: 2. Facilities for filters, and flushing and/or drain connections, in (b) facilities for filters and flushing and drain connections in  Similar locations where dead legs are unavoidable;                          locations where dead legs are unavoidable;
: 3. Piping system design and installation in a manner which          (c) design and installation of piping in a manner that minimizes  Similar minimizes the necessity for installation of temporary piping        the necessity for installing temporary piping during the cleaning during the cleaning operations; (Where possible, divide the          operations, such as dividing the system into a number of system into a number of separate cleaning circuits to facilitate    separate cleaning circuits to facilitate cleanability; cleaning);
: 4. Sequencing of the installation operations to provide for visual (d) sequencing of installation operations to provide for visual      Similar inspection (crawl through) of the inside surfaces of large          inspection of inside surfaces of large diameter piping; diameter piping;
: 5. Control of the installation operations so that piping and        (e) control of installation operations so that piping and          Same 5/25/04                                                                                                                                                    Page 7 of 34
 
Cleaning of Fluid Systems and Associated Components During Quality Assurance Requirements for Cleaning of Fluid Systems and            Comments Construction Phase of Nuclear Power Plants                  Associated Components for Nuclear Power Plants ANSI N45.2.1 -1973                                          NQA-1-1994, Subpart 2.1 components which have already been installed are not subject  components that have already been installed are not subject to to contamination when subsequent installation operations are  contamination when subsequent installation operations are performed;                                                    performed;
: 6. Adequate pumping and heating capacities when these are    (f) adequacy of pumping and heating capacities when these          Same important factors in the cleaning operations.                are important factors in the cleaning operations; (g) disposal of cleaning solutions and waste water;                Added to NQA-1 (Environmentally correct)
(h) safety, fire protection, and other hazards.                    Added to NQA-1 (Env./Safety concerns) 2.2 Procedures and Instructions                              2.2 Procedures and Instructions 2.2.1 Cleaning procedures as well as procedures or work            Written procedures and instructions for cleaning, cleanness        Similar instructions for cleanness control practices and inspections, control, inspections, and tests to verify cleanness of items shall examinations or tests to verify cleanness of items shall be  be prepared in accordance with the requirements of the prepared.                                                    Introduction to this Part (Part Il).
These documents shall include as appropriate:                                                                                    List covered in introduction of NQA-1 regarding procedures.
: 1. Detailed cleaning-cleanness control procedures
: 2. Personnel safety considerations
: 3. Structure or facility protection consideration
: 4. Inspection and test equipment requirements
: 5. Sequence of work activities, inspections and tests
: 6. Sequential steps for a given activity
: 7. Acceptance criteria including methods for verifying cleanness
: 8. Preparatory checks
: 9. Approvals
: 10. Responsibilities
: 11. Data report forms 2.2.2 The preparation of the actual working procedures or          Preparation of the actual cleaning procedures or instructions      Similar instructions to be used should consider:                      shall consider the following:
: 1. Work practices, housekeeping, access control, and          (a) work practices, housekeeping, access control, and              Same 5/25/04                                                                                                                                              Page 8 of 34
 
Cleaning of Fluid Systems and Associated Components During      Quality Assurance Requirements for Cleaning of Fluid Systems and          Comments Construction Phase of Nuclear Power Plants                        Associated Components for Nuclear Power Plants ANSI N45.2.1 -1973                                                NQA-1-1994, Subpart 2.1 prevention of contamination and recontamination;                    prevention of contamination and recontamination;
: 2. Effectiveness of cleaning procedures for removal of the          (b) effectiveness of cleaning methods for removal of the          Same contaminants;                                                      contaminants; (c) effects of residual quantities of cutting fluids, liquid      Added to NQA-1 penetrants, weld fluxes, precleaning solutions, engineering test fluids, and other process compounds that may have been intentionally or advertently applied to the surface of the item during prior steps of manufacture, installation, or use;
: 3. Corrosiveness of cleaning solutions in contact with the          (d) corrosiveness of cleaning solutions in contact with the        Similar material of an item, particularly in the case of dissimilar metals; material of an item, particularly in the case of dissimilar metals and entrapment of cleaning solutions;
: 4. Chemical composition, concentration, and temperature limits (e) chemical composition, concentration, and temperature limits        Similar of cleaning solutions to avoid deleterious effects;                of cleaning solutions to avoid deleterious effects;
: 5. Proposed solution and metal temperatures, solution              (f) solution and metal temperatures, solution concentrations,      Similar concentrations, velocity, and contact times during cleaning;        velocity, and contact times during cleaning;
: 6. Methods for monitoring cleaning solution concentration and      (g) methods for monitoring cleaning solution concentration,        Similar temperatures during cleaning operations;                            temperatures, and velocities during cleaning operations;
: 7. Identification of the systems and subsystems with which the (h) identification of the items for which the procedures are to        Similar procedures are to be used;                                          be used;
: 8. Proposed sequence of operations and methods of filling,          (i) sequence of operations and methods of filling system          Same system circulation, draining, and flushing;                        circulation, draining, and flushing;
: 9. Proposed equipment isolation, location of temporary piping      (j) (1) equipment isolation                                        Similar and valves, location of strainers and where possible, the              (2) location of:
location of temporary equipment;                                        (a) temporary piping and valves (b) strainers (c) temporary equipment (d) connections for filling, flushing, rinsing, and draining equipment;
: 10. Construction operations prohibited during cleaning              (k)activities to be prohibited or constrained before, during, and  Similar operations;                                                        after cleaning operations
: 11. Methods for rinsing and neutralizing including number of        (I) methods for rinsing and neutralizing, including estimated      Same rinses;                                                            number of rinses;
: 12. Methods for verifying cleanness;                                (m) methods for verifying cleanness;                              Same 5/25/04                                                                                                                                              Page 9 of 34
 
Cleaning of Fluid Systems and Associated Components During    Quality Assurance Requirements for Cleaning of Fluid Systems and            Comments Construction Phase of Nuclear Power Plants                    Associated Components for Nuclear Power Plants ANSI N45.2.1 -1973                                            NQA-1-1994, Subpart 2.1
: 13. Methods of drying and lay-up of the system;                  (n) methods for drying and lay-up;                                Similar
: 14. Methods for protecting installed equipment which are not      (o) methods for protecting installed items which are not          Similar used in the cleaning operations;                                  involved in the cleaning operation;
: 15. Methods for disposal of cleaning solutions.                  (p) method of disposal of cleaning solution.                      Similar 2.3 Results Inspection and test results shall be documented in a suitable                                                                      NQA-1 does not repeat test report or data sheet. Each report shall identify the item to                                                                  information across sections-which it applies, the procedures or instruction followed in                                                                        this is covered under performing the task and the identification of the following:                                                                        inspection and test sections
: 1. Conditions encountered which were not anticipated, including nonconformance.
: 2. Identity of inspector or tester.
: 3. Completion date.
Test reports and data sheets shall include an evaluation of the acceptability of inspection and test results and provide for identifying the individual who performed the evaluation.
2.3 Rectification of Unacceptable Cleanness If indications of contamination in excess of specified limits are Added to NQA-1 observed at the end of a cleaning operation or at any subsequent inspections for cleanness, the item shall be recleaned using an approved procedure. If such indications are observed at the anticipated end of a cleaning operation, continued cleaning shall be performed to reduce the level to the specified limit.
If necessary, an evaluation shall be made to determine the        Added to NQA-1 cause of the unacceptable cleanness and the actions required to preclude recurrence.
7.4 Control of Cleaning Solutions                                2.4 Control of Cleaning Solutions Cleaning solutions should be prepared in accordance with the      Cleaning solutions shall be prepared in accordance with the      Similar, but changed from applicable cleaning procedure and shall be checked for proper    applicable cleaning procedure and shall be checked for proper    recommendations to chemical composition and effectiveness of inhibitors (if used). chemical composition and effectiveness of inhibitors, if used. requirements in NQA-1.
Solution temperatures must be maintained and controlled to        Solution temperatures shall be maintained and controlled to assure adequate cleaning and to prevent decomposition and        ensure adequate cleaning and to prevent cleaning agent 5/25/04                                                                                                                                              Page 10 of 34
 
Cleaning of Fluid Systems and Associated Components During      Quality Assurance Requirements for Cleaning of Fluid Systems and          Comments Construction Phase of Nuclear Power Plants                      Associated Components for Nuclear Power Plants ANSI N45.2.1 -1973                                            NQA-1-1994, Subpart 2.1 possible damage to the system.                                    decomposition and possible damage to the item.
2.4 Personnel Qualifications Those personnel who perform inspection, examination or                                                                              Covered in PART 2 INTRO, testing activities required by this standard shall be qualified in                                                                  Basic/Supplementary accordance with ANSI N45.2.6 Qualifications of Inspection,                                                                          Requirements 2 of NQA-1, Examination, and Testing Personnel for the Construction Phase                                                                      and Section 2 of the QAPD of Nuclear Power Plants.
2.5 Test Equipment 2.5.1 Selection.
Inspection and test equipment used to implement the                                                                                Covered in NQA-1 PART II requirements of this standard shall be selected to have                                                                            Introduction, Basic sufficient accuracy and sensitivity tolerance to determine                                                                          Requirements 2 and 12, and conformance to specified requirements.                                                                                              Supplement 12S-1, as well as other sections relating to inspection and test.
2.5.2 Calibration and Control.
Test equipment shall be adjusted and calibrated at prescribed                                                                      Covered in Subpart 2.16 of intervals against certified equipment having known valid                                                                            NQA-1. NQA-1 doesnt relationships to nationally known standards.                                                                                        generally repeat information If no national standards exist, the basis of calibration shall be                                                                  that is common between documented. Records shall be maintained and equipment                                                                              requirements and Subparts.
suitably marked to indicate calibration status.
When inspection and testing equipment is found to be out of calibration, an evaluation shall be made of the validity of previous inspection or test results and acceptability of items previously inspected or tested.
2.6 Housekeeping In areas, facilities and environments where the cleanness                                                                          Note - See NQA-1 Subpart controls of this standard are required, the housekeeping                                                                            2.3 for comparison with ANSI requirements shall be in accordance with ANSI N45.2.3,                                                                              N45.2.3.
Housekeeping During Construction Phase of Nuclear Power Plants.
3.0 CRITERIA FOR CLEANING                                          3 CLEANNESS CRITERIA 5/25/04                                                                                                                                                Page 11 of 34
 
Cleaning of Fluid Systems and Associated Components During    Quality Assurance Requirements for Cleaning of Fluid Systems and              Comments Construction Phase of Nuclear Power Plants                      Associated Components for Nuclear Power Plants ANSI N45.2.1 -1973                                              NQA-1-1994, Subpart 2.1 It is intended that systems that have been cleaned in                                                                                  Note - See NQA-1 Subpart accordance with this standard should require only water                                                                                2.3 for additional information flushing or rinsing as a final cleaning step in preparing them for                                                                    regarding Dominion service. However, where more than normal water flushing or                                                                            commitments and rinsing is required to produce the specified cleanness, additional                                                                    clarifications.
cleaning in accordance with this standard may be necessary.
While this standard is primarily concerned with the cleaning                                                                          Not a requirement.
and cleanness of internal surfaces, external surface cleanness may be of equal importance in some cases and should be recognized during the cleaning operations. Internal and external surfaces may have different cleaning and cleanness requirements.
3.1 Cleanness Classifications                                      3.1 Cleanness Classification The degree of cleanness required is a function of the particular The level of cleanness required for any particular application is    Similar item under consideration.                                          a function of the particular item under consideration.
The assignment of a cleanness classification shall consider the    The assignment of a cleanness classification shall consider the    Similar NQA-1 expanded -
susceptibility to corrosion of the material, the consequences of  following: (a) the function of the item to be cleaned;(b) the      covers storage, operation, malfunction or failure of the item and the probability of          susceptibility of its materials of construction to various forms of repairs, etc) and with contaminants contributing to or causing such malfunction or        corrosion, including intergranular cracking, or stress corrosion    additional specificity.
failure.                                                          cracking under fabrication, installation, or operating conditions; (c) the consequences of malfunction or failure of the item; (d) the possibility of contaminants (introduced during fabrication, storage, installation, repairs, or service) contributing to or causing such malfunction or failure.
This standard does not establish the cleanness classification of  Four classes of surface cleanness (Classes A, B, C, and D)          Four classes defined - see any specific item. However, typical examples are presented as      with criteria for each are provided in Subpart 2.1.                Appendix C of the Dominion a guide. The specification for the required cleanness class shall                                                                      QAPD for additional be the responsibility of the purchaser.                                                                                                clarifications/alternatives.
The class of cleanness required for any given application shall    The cleanness class or classes applicable to the item or            Similar be specified in design drawings or specifications associated      specific parts of the item shall be established and specified in with the cleaning of items, and the method of verification of      the applicable drawings, specifications, or other appropriate cleanness shall be documented.                                    documents.
NOTE The following cleanness classifications are not directly      Different cleanness classes may be assigned to internal and        Similar 5/25/04                                                                                                                                                    Page 12 of 34
 
Cleaning of Fluid Systems and Associated Components During    Quality Assurance Requirements for Cleaning of Fluid Systems and              Comments Construction Phase of Nuclear Power Plants                    Associated Components for Nuclear Power Plants ANSI N45.2.1 -1973                                            NQA-1-1994, Subpart 2.1 related to component classifications assigned by the ASME        external surfaces, or to different parts of the same item based Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code for design and inspection or    on the cleanness needs of the specific item. Guidelines for for other purposes                                              assigning cleanness classifications are listed in Part III, Subpart 3.2, Appendix 2.1 3.2 Cleanness Class Criteria 3.1.1 Class A -                                                  3.2.1 Class A.
A very high level of cleanness in which there is no evidence of A very high level of cleanness as evidenced by the freedom          Similar contamination of a surface either under visual examination,      from all types of surface contamination, according to the with or without magnification, or with the aid of sensitive      acceptance criteria of the inspection methods specified in the detection methods. Class A cleanness applies to special items    procedures required by para. 2.2.1. If close control of such as fuel elements, control rod drive mechanisms, delicate    particulate contamination is required, a clean room, in instruments, and other close tolerances or carefully controlled  accordance with para. 8.5.5 of ASTM A 380-78, Practice for surfaces or assemblies. Such items should receive their          Cleaning and Descaling Stainless Steel Parts, Equipment, and required level of cleanness at the point of manufacture and      Systems, shall be employed during the manufacturing, cleanness must be maintained at the construction site. For      assembly, and installation operations when particulate these reasons, requirements of this level of cleanness are      contamination could occur. Gross and precision inspection considered to be outside of the scope of this document.-:        methods applicable to Class A are described in paras. 7.2 and 7.3 of ASTM A 380-78; other special tests shall be specified as necessary.
Where the cleanness of internal surfaces is evaluated by            NQA-1 added requirement.
flushing, criteria shall be specified in the cleaning procedure.
3.1.2 Class B                                                    3.2.2 Class B.
A high level of cleanness applicable to reactor coolant systems, A high level of cleanness as evidenced by the following            Similar components, and other items, such as the reactor coolant        characteristics.
purification system, which have similar cleanness requirements. Piping and components in systems which are designed as requiring Class B cleanness shall meet the following requirements (a) Corrosion-Resistant Alloys (1) The surface shall appear metal clean and free of organic      NQA-1 provides similar films and contaminants when examined in accordance with            guidance as N45.2.1, but para. 7.2.1 of ASTM A 380-78, Practice for Cleaning and            breaks it down to Corrosion Descaling Stainless Steel Parts, Equipment, and Systems,            Resistant Alloys and Carbon except light deposits of atmospheric dust are permissible and      and Low Alloy Steels.
5/25/04                                                                                                                                                Page 13 of 34
 
Cleaning of Fluid Systems and Associated Components During  Quality Assurance Requirements for Cleaning of Fluid Systems and  Comments Construction Phase of Nuclear Power Plants                    Associated Components for Nuclear Power Plants ANSI N45.2.1 -1973                                            NQA-1-1994, Subpart 2.1 shall show no evidence of deleterious contamination when subjected to the wipe test of para. 7.2.2 of ASTM A 380-78.
When visual inspection is impossible but surfaces are accessible for wipe tests, sufficient wipe tests in different areas of the item shall be made to evaluate the general cleanness level of the surface. Scattered areas of rust are permissible, provided the aggregate area does not exceed 2 sq in. in any 1 sq ft area (14 cm2 per 1000 cm2). Temper films and discolorations resulting from welding are acceptable.
(2) If flushing is the only practical means for evaluating the cleanness of internal surfaces, a 20mesh (850 µm, ASTM E 11, Specification for Wire Filter Cloth Sieves for Testing Purposes) or finer filter (or the equivalent) shall be installed and the item flushed with water or other fluid meeting the requirements of para. 3.4. The item shall be flushed at the design velocity (or other flow velocity if specified in the procedure) until the screen shows no more than slight speckling (as specified in the procedure in qualitative or quantitative terms, such as the number of particles per unit surface area of the screen) and no more than slight rust staining. There shall be no particles larger than 1/32 in. x 1/16 in. long (0.8 mm x 1.6 mm). In water flushed systems there shall be no visual evidence of contamination (e.g., oil, discoloration) of the effluent flush water or screen.
NOTE Localized rusting may indicate pitting of the surface and should be evaluated metallurgically. Thin temper films resulting from welding or post-weld heat treatment are acceptable.
: 1. The surface shall appear "metal clean" when examined without magnification under a lighting level (background plus supplementary lighting) of at least 100 foot candles. Scattered areas of rust are permissible provided the aggregate area of rust does not exceed 2 square inches in any one square foot area.
5/25/04                                                                                                                                Page 14 of 34
 
Cleaning of Fluid Systems and Associated Components During      Quality Assurance Requirements for Cleaning of Fluid Systems and Comments Construction Phase of Nuclear Power Plants                      Associated Components for Nuclear Power Plants ANSI N45.2.1 -1973                                              NQA-1-1994, Subpart 2.1
: 2. The surface shall be free of particulate contaminants such as sand, metal chips, weld slag, etc
: 3. The surface shall be free of organic films and contaminants such as oils, paint, and preservatives as determined by a visual examination or an organic solvent-dampened white cloth or an equivalent alternate method.
: 4. When a visual inspection is not possible and the surfaces are accessible, a dry white-cloth wipe, followed by a solvent-dampened white cloth wipe, may be used to evaluate the cleanness of the surface. If either cloth exhibits indications of contamination, the system shall either be recleaned or the specific contaminant shall be determined and evaluated as to its potential deleterious effect.
: 5. If flushing is the only practical means for determining system cleanliness, the system shall be evaluated by examining a 20-mesh (ASTM E11-70, Specifications for Wire Cloth Sieves for Testing Purposes) or finer filter, or the equivalent, installed on the outlet of the cleaning circuit. The system shall be flushed at its normal design velocity (or other velocity if specified by procurement documents) until the screen shows no more than slight particle speckling and no more than slight rust staining. There shall be no particles larger than 1/32 inch in any dimension, except fine hairline slivers of less than 1/32 inch thickness are permissible up to l/16 inch long. There shall be no evidence of organic contamination in the effluent water or on the filter (b) Carbon and Low Alloy Steels (1) The surface shall appear metal clean when examined in accordance with para. 7.2.1 of ASTM A 380-78, except light deposits of atmospheric dust are permissible, and shall show no deleterious contamination when subjected to the wipe test of para. 7.2.2 of ASTM A 380-78. Wipe tests shall be made prior to the application of any preservative film (some type of protective film may be required in order to maintain a clean 5/25/04                                                                                                                                  Page 15 of 34
 
Cleaning of Fluid Systems and Associated Components During Quality Assurance Requirements for Cleaning of Fluid Systems and              Comments Construction Phase of Nuclear Power Plants                  Associated Components for Nuclear Power Plants ANSI N45.2.1 -1973                                          NQA-1-1994, Subpart 2.1 carbon or low alloy steel surface at Class B level). When visual inspection is impossible, but surfaces are accessible for a wipe test, sufficient wipes of different areas of the item shall be made to evaluate the general cleanness of the surface.
Scattered areas of rust are permissible, provided the aggregate area does not exceed 2 sq in. in any 1 sq ft area (14 cm2 per 1000 cm2).
(2) If flushing is the only practical means for evaluating the cleanness of internal surfaces, a 20mesh (850 µm, ASTM E 11, Specification for Wire Cloth Sieves for Testing Purposes) or finer filter (or the equivalent) shall be installed and the item flushed with water or other fluid meeting the requirements of para. 3.4. The item shall be flushed at the design velocity (or other flow velocity if specified in the procedure) until the screen shows no more than slight speckling (as specified in the procedure in qualitative or quantitative terms, such as the number of particles per unit area of the screen) and no more than slight rust staining. There shall be no particles larger than 1/32 in. x 1/16 in. long (0.8 mm X 1.6 mm). In water flushed systems there shall be no visual evidence of contamination (e.g., oil, discoloration) of the effluent flush water or screen NOTE: Class B cleanness should be specified for carbon steel and low alloy steel surfaces only in special cases because of the difficulty in maintaining such surfaces in that condition after they have been cleaned.
3.1.3 Class C -                                              3.2.3 Class C.
An intermediate level of cleanness generally applicable to    An intermediate level of cleanness in which the surfaces meet Similar - Differences in closed service water systems that cool components containing  the requirements for Class B except:                                NQA-1 recognize addditonal reactor coolant, engineered safety systems, and other high                                                                        alloys, etc., not recognized in integrity systems. Surfaces shall meet the requirements for                                                                      the older N45.2.2 standard.
Class B cleanness, except:
: 1. Thin uniform rust films are acceptable on carbon steel    (a) Corrosion-Resistant Alloys. Scattered areas of rust are        Similar surfaces.                                                    permissible, provided the aggregate area does not exceed 15 sq in. per 1 sq ft area (100 cm2 per 1000 cm2).
5/25/04                                                                                                                                              Page 16 of 34
 
Cleaning of Fluid Systems and Associated Components During      Quality Assurance Requirements for Cleaning of Fluid Systems and            Comments Construction Phase of Nuclear Power Plants                      Associated Components for Nuclear Power Plants ANSI N45.2.1 -1973                                              NQA-1-1994, Subpart 2.1
: 2. Scattered areas of rust are permissible provided that the      (b) Carbon and low Alloy Steels. A uniform light rust bloom        Similar area of rust does not exceed 15 square inches in any 1 square      which can be removed by brushing or wiping is acceptable.
foot on corrosion resistant alloys.
: 3. Flush-test filters may exhibit considerable rust staining.      (c) Corrosion-Resistant Alloys and Carbon and Low Alloy            Similar Steels. Screens installed for evaluation of internal surfaces by flushing may exhibit considerable particle speckling (as specified in the procedures in qualitative or quantitative terms, such as the number of particles per unit area of the screen) and considerable rust staining.
3.1.4 Class D -                                                    3.2.4 Class D.
The level of cleanness applicable to fire protection, open        A nominal level of cleanness in which the following are            Similar service water, and similar systems requiring only a nominal        acceptable:
degree of cleanness. The following are acceptable on items which meet Class D cleanness:
: 1. Tightly adherent mill scale on carbon steel surfaces.          (b) tightly adherent mill scale on nonmachined carbon and low      Similar alloy steel surfaces that resist removal by hand scrubbing with a stiff wire brush;
: 2. Paint or preservative coatings on carbon steel surfaces that    (c) paint or preservative coatings on carbon or low alloy steel    Similar will not peel or flake when exposed to cold-water flushing.        surfaces that will not peel or flake when subjected to cold water flushing
: 3. Rust films on carbon steel and stainless steel surfaces that    (a) rust films on both corrosion-resistant alloys and carbon and  Similar resist removal by scrubbing with a bristle brush.                  low alloy steel surfaces;
: 4. If flushing is the only practical means of determining system  (d) particles no larger than 1/16 in. x 1/8 in. long (1.6 mm x 3.2 Similar, but not as specific.
cleanness, the system shall be evaluated by examining a 14-        mm) on a 14-mesh (1.4 µm, ASTM E 11), or finer filter (or the mesh (ASTM E11-70, Specification for Wire Cloth Sieves for        equivalent).
Testing Purposes) or fine filter, or the equivalent, installed on the outlet of the cleaning circuit. The system shall be flushed at its normal velocity until the screen shows no more than occasional particle speckling. There shall be no particles larger than 1/16 inch in any dimension, except hairlike slivers of less than 1/16 inch thickness are permissible up to 1/8 inch long.
There shall be no evidence of organic contamination on the screen; considerable rust-staining is acceptable.
3.2.5 Summary.
5/25/04                                                                                                                                                  Page 17 of 34
 
Cleaning of Fluid Systems and Associated Components During      Quality Assurance Requirements for Cleaning of Fluid Systems and            Comments Construction Phase of Nuclear Power Plants                      Associated Components for Nuclear Power Plants ANSI N45.2.1 -1973                                              NQA-1-1994, Subpart 2.1 The cleanness classes are summarized in Table 3.2 of Subpart 2.1. See Table at end of document 3.3 Hydraulic, Instrument Control, and Lubrication Lines and Systems The preceding cleanness classifications and criteria in para. 3.2 are primarily applicable to relatively large items which are generally amenable to visual inspection of internal surfaces at some time during manufacture and installation operations.
Interior surfaces of hydraulic, instrument control, and lubrication systems are generally not accessible for visual inspection during manufacture and installation, and may have much more stringent requirements on particulate contamination than those specified in the preceding cleanness classes. Where special characteristics and specific requirements are needed for such systems, they shall be specified. Guidelines for classifying hydraulic, instrument, and lubrication cleanness are presented in Part III, Subpart 3.2, Appendix 2.1.
3.4 Cleaning and Flushing Fluid Quality Requirements 3.2 Water Quality Requirements                                    3.4.1 Water.
The selection of the water quality for a specific application      The water quality for mixing cleaning solutions, rinsing, and    Similar.
shall be made by the organization responsible for the cleaning    flushing shall be specified by the organization responsible for  The guidance in the Reg.
operations unless otherwise specified in the purchase              cleaning unless otherwise stipulated in procurement documents    Guide and the level of detail in document. In cases where the water quality for operating          or approved procedures. Table 3.4.1 lists water quality          the alternative should be systems is lower than that specified below (e.g., open service    requirements commonly used for such purposes in nuclear          addressed in the water systems), the water used for cleaning can be equivalent      cleaning operations.                                              administrative controls for to the quality of the operating system water. When cleaning                                                                          cleaning.
water quality is not otherwise specified, it shall comply with the following specifications:
Reg. Guide 1.37-3/73 Position C.3 states: Subdivision 3.2 of ANSI N45.2.1-1973 states that the selection of the water quality for a specific application shall be made by the organization responsible for the cleaning operations unless otherwise specified in the purchase document. The water quality for final flushes of fluid systems and associated 5/25/04                                                                                                                                                Page 18 of 34
 
Cleaning of Fluid Systems and Associated Components During          Quality Assurance Requirements for Cleaning of Fluid Systems and            Comments Construction Phase of Nuclear Power Plants                        Associated Components for Nuclear Power Plants ANSI N45.2.1 -1973                                              NQA-1-1994, Subpart 2.1 components should be at least equivalent to the quality of the operating system water.
The following is a clarification made in the current VA QATR: (2)
With regard to Paragraph C.3 of Regulatory Guide 1.37: The water quality for final flushing of fluid systems and associated components shall be at least equivalent to the quality of the operating system water except for the oxygen and nitrogen content; but this does not infer that chromates or other additives, normally in the system water, will be added to the flush water.
Fresh Water                                                            When fresh water is used on components or systems                  Similar Fresh water shall meet the following requirements:                    containing austenitic stainless steel, attention shall be given to Table from NQA-1 contains pH at 25 C (77 F) 5.5 to 8                                            methods for minimizing the possible effects of chlorides.          this information.
Chloride Less than 100 ppm Fluoride Less than 5 ppm Sulfide Less than 1 ppm Total Dissolved Solids Less than 500 ppm Turbidity Less than 5 Jackson Turbidity Units Demineralized Water Demineralized water shall meet the following requirements:
pH at 25 C (77 F) 5.5 to 8 Chloride Less than 1 ppm Fluoride Less than 1 ppm Sulfide Less than 1 ppm Conductivity at 25 C (77 F) Less than 3 micro mho/cm Silica Less than 0.05 ppm Turbidity Less than 1-Jackson Turbidity Unit Table copied from NQA-1-1994, Subpart 2.1.
3.4.2 Gaseous Fluids.
The requirements for gaseous fluids used for flushing are          NQA-1 additional 5/25/04                                                                                                                                                    Page 19 of 34
 
Cleaning of Fluid Systems and Associated Components During Quality Assurance Requirements for Cleaning of Fluid Systems and            Comments Construction Phase of Nuclear Power Plants                  Associated Components for Nuclear Power Plants ANSI N45.2.1 -1973                                        NQA-1-1994, Subpart 2.1 dependent upon the particular item being flushed. The              requirements/clarifications.
requirements for any given item shall incorporate restrictions on particulate Contaminants, organic contaminants, water soluble contaminants, and water content as appropriate for the item.
3.4.3 Organic Fluids.
Requirements for organic fluids used for flushing are              NQA-1 additional dependent upon the particular item being flushed. The              requirements/clarifications.
requirements for any given item shall incorporate restrictions on particulate contaminants, water soluble contaminants, and water content as appropriate for the item.
3.4.4 Fluids for Hydraulic, Instrument Control, and Lubrication Systems.
In addition to the requirements of para. 3.4.1, 3.4.2, or 3.4.3, as NQA-1 additional applicable for the system being flushed, fluids used for final      requirements/clarifications.
flushing or rinsing of components and installed systems covered by this paragraph shall meet the particulate contamination limits specified in Table 3.4.4 for the system class specified.
3.4.5 If acid cleaning is used, particular attention shall be given NQA-1 additional 5/25/04                                                                                                                                            Page 20 of 34
 
Cleaning of Fluid Systems and Associated Components During Quality Assurance Requirements for Cleaning of Fluid Systems and                Comments Construction Phase of Nuclear Power Plants                  Associated Components for Nuclear Power Plants ANSI N45.2.1 -1973                                          NQA-1-1994, Subpart 2.1 to:                                                                  requirements/clarifications.
(a) avoidance of entrapment of acids in crevices; (b) effects on either welded or sensitized corrosion-resistant alloys and nonferrous materials; (c) complete removal of any residual acid solution from the item; (d) neutralization treatment followed by thorough rinsing or flushing.
3.4.6 The use of contaminated tools shall be avoided. Tools          NQA-1 additional which contain, or which may become contaminated with,                requirements/clarifications.
materials that could contribute to stress-corrosion or intergranular cracking shall not be used on corrosion-resistant alloys.
4 MANUFACTURING PHASE CLEANNESS The cleanness of an item at the point of manufacture is critical    New section for to the final cleanness level ultimately attained after installation. manufacturing phase, contains Where practicable, the cleanness classification of an item listed    similar requirements to in the purchase specification shall be the same as that for final    installation phase.
service. The capability of construction site cleaning operations may not be sufficient to upgrade the cleanness level of a complex item since a much wider variety of cleaning facilities and procedures are generally available for use at the manufacturer's shops than are available at the construction sites.
Purchase specifications shall specify the required as-shipped cleanness level for the item. Shop cleaning procedures shall be in accordance with para. 2.2, and inspection and test results shall be documented, as appropriate, in accordance with approved procedures.
Listed below are cleaning considerations that are appropriate to all manufacturing operations. Additional information is presented in ASTM A 380-78; where applicable, they shall be considered.
(a) Operations which generate chemical or particulate 5/25/04                                                                                                                                                Page 21 of 34
 
Cleaning of Fluid Systems and Associated Components During Quality Assurance Requirements for Cleaning of Fluid Systems and    Comments Construction Phase of Nuclear Power Plants                  Associated Components for Nuclear Power Plants ANSI N45.2.1 -1973                                          NQA-1-1994, Subpart 2.1 contaminant such as welding and grinding shall be controlled during fabrication steps, after which removal of such contaminants becomes difficult because of limited access.
Under such conditions, protection of openings shall be provided to prevent entry of contaminants, especially particulate contaminants. If practical, manufacturing sequence shall be based on considerations related to cleaning of individual items as the component is assembled, unless the component is readily cleanable in its final assembled state.
(b) Cleaning methods and materials used during manufacture shall be compatible with the materials of construction of the item being cleaned (see para. 2.2.2). Cutting fluids, lubricants, liquid penetrants, marking materials, precleaning solutions, engineering test fluids, tools, and other materials and process compounds to be used on surfaces of items made from austenitic stainless steel or corrosion-resistant alloy during manufacture shall be evaluated from the standpoint of potentially harmful contaminants. Such contaminants include chlorides, fluorides, and low melting point materials such as sulfur, lead, zinc, copper, and mercury. Where potentially harmful quantities of such contaminants can be leached or are in a form that they could be released by breakdown of the compound during subsequent manufacturing, installation, or operation, they shall not be used. Paint, chalk, scribing inks, and other temporary marking materials shall be removed from the affected surfaces prior to heat treatment or welding.
(c) Use of tools, such as those used for grinding, polishing, filing, deburring, and brushing during manufacture shall be controlled when surface contamination of the item from such tools is Considered an important factor.
(d) The quality of fluid used for final flushing or rinsing shall be equivalent to the quality of the operational fluid of the item, unless otherwise specified in approved procedures (see para.
3.4.1). Particular attention shall be paid to flushing of pockets, 5/25/04                                                                                                                                Page 22 of 34
 
Cleaning of Fluid Systems and Associated Components During    Quality Assurance Requirements for Cleaning of Fluid Systems and          Comments Construction Phase of Nuclear Power Plants                  Associated Components for Nuclear Power Plants ANSI N45.2.1 -1973                                            NQA-1-1994, Subpart 2.1 crevices, or dead legs to assure that cleaning solutions are not trapped in such areas.
(e) Fresh water may be used for mixing oil cleaning solutions and for initial rinsing and flushing when permitted by approved procedures.
(f) The final cleaned item shall be sealed in a dried condition to prevent subsequent recontamination and then packaged in accordance with the requirements established in the procurement documents.
4.0 PRE-INSTALLATION CLEANNESS                                  5 CLEANNESS PRIOR TO INSTALLATION Items should not be delivered to the point of installation site  From a cleanness standpoint, consideration shall be given as to Similar sooner than necessary unless the installation location is        whether items should be delivered to the point of installation considered a better storage area. Inspections, examinations,    sooner than necessary, .e., whether the installation location is and tests as appropriate shall be performed immediately prior    a better storage area [see Subpart 2.2 of this Part (Part Il)].
to installation to determine the cleanness of the item. If      Inspections and tests, as appropriate, shall be made contaminants are detected, they shall be removed if it is judged immediately prior to installation to determine the cleanness of that they will not be removed in subsequent cleaning            the item. If potentially harmful contaminants are detected, they operations. Items having surfaces to which temporary paint or shall be removed if they will not be removed in subsequent preservative coatings have been applied shall be identified, the cleaning operations. Items having surfaces to which temporary composition of the coating and methods for its removal shall be paint or preservative coatings have been applied shall be determined and removal of coatings, where required, recorded identified; the composition of the coating and methods for its in the inspection report. Unless otherwise required by the job  removal shall be determined and removal of coatings, when specifications, the temporary coatings shall be removed prior to required, recorded in the inspection report. Unless otherwise installation of items.                                          required by the job specifications, the temporary coatings shall be removed prior to installation of items.
5.0 INSTALLATION CLEANING                                        6 CLEANNESS DURING INSTALLATION The installation process represents an opportunity for the      The installation process represents an opportunity for the        Similar introduction of contaminants into a cleaned item and care        introduction of contaminants into a cleaned item, and care shall should be taken to minimize contamination. Operations which      be taken to minimize contamination. Operations that generate generate particulate matter, such as grinding and welding,      particulate matter, such as grinding and welding, shall be should be controlled. Local cleanup of contaminated areas is    controlled. Cleanup of locally contaminated areas as installation recommended as installation progresses, rather than one          progresses is recommended (rather than one cleanup operation cleanup operation when installation is completed.                when installation is completed).
Reg. Guide 1.37-3/73 Position C.5 states: Section 5 of ANSI 5/25/04                                                                                                                                          Page 23 of 34
 
Cleaning of Fluid Systems and Associated Components During      Quality Assurance Requirements for Cleaning of Fluid Systems and            Comments Construction Phase of Nuclear Power Plants                      Associated Components for Nuclear Power Plants ANSI N45.2.1 -1973                                              NQA-1-1994, Subpart 2.1 N45.2.1 1973 states, in part, that operations such as grinding and welding which generate particulate matter should be controlled. Adequate control of tools used in abrasive work operations such as grinding, sanding, chipping, or wire brushing should be provided. Specifically, tools which contain materials that could contribute to intergranular cracking or stress-corrosion cracking or which, because of previous usage, may have become contaminated with such materials should not be used on surfaces of corrosion-resistant alloys. Examples of such materials are listed in Regulatory position 4. 6. Subdivision 1.4 of ANSI N45.2.1-1973 suggests the use of ASTM A 262-68 or ASTM A 393-63 for detection of intergranular precipitation of chromium carbides in corrosion-resistant alloys.
ASTM A 393-63 has been withdrawn by ASTM and is no longer considered a valid test.
Consideration should be given to sequencing installation and      Consideration shall be given to sequencing of installation and    Similar erection operations, when practical, to facilitate cleaning and    erection operations to facilitate cleaning, cleanness control, and cleanness control. Where visual inspection of internal surfaces    inspection. Insofar as practicable, internal surfaces of a portion of a portion of a system can be blocked, that part of the system  of a system that can be blocked or obscured by subsequent should be fabricated as a complete unit and a visual inspection    operations shall be visually inspected and verified as being should be performed just before the access points are closed.      clean before the access points are closed.
Openings and pipe ends shall be sealed at all times except        Openings and pipe ends shall be sealed at all times except        Similar when they must be unsealed to carry out necessary operations.      when they must be unsealed to carry out necessary operations.
Fitted and tack-welded joints (which will not be immediately sealed by welding) shall be wrapped with polyethylene or other nonhalogenated plastic film until the welds can be completed.
Precautions shall be taken to avoid contamination of crevices,    Precautions shall be taken to avoid contamination of crevices,    Similar blind holes, dead legs, undrainable cavities, and inaccessible    blind holes, dead legs, undrainable cavities, and accessible areas. When grinding, sanding, chipping or wire brushing, the      areas. When grinding, sanding, chipping, or wire brushing, the item shall be so oriented that chips fall away from the openings  item shall be so oriented that chips fall away from the or covers shall be provided for the openings..                    openings, or covers shall be provided for the openings.
Marking materials containing sulfur, lead, zinc, mercury and      The use of cleaning methods and materials, cutting fluids,        Similar other low melting alloys as a basic chemical constituent shall    lubricants, liquid penetrants, marking materials, precleaning      The level of detail in the not be brought into contact or shall not be used on the surfaces  solutions, engineering test fluids, tools, and other materials and alternative should be 5/25/04                                                                                                                                                  Page 24 of 34
 
Cleaning of Fluid Systems and Associated Components During          Quality Assurance Requirements for Cleaning of Fluid Systems and              Comments Construction Phase of Nuclear Power Plants                          Associated Components for Nuclear Power Plants ANSI N45.2.1 -1973                                                NQA-1-1994, Subpart 2.1 of corrosion resistant alloys. Low-sulfur, low-fluorine, and/or        process compounds used during installation of items made from        contained in the implementing low-chlorine compounds may be used on austenitic stainless              austenitic stainless steel or other corrosion-resistant alloys shall procedures and is within the steels. Low-sulfur, low-lead compounds may be used on                  be subject to the limitations on such methods and materials          requirements of the NQA-1 nickelbase alloys. Paints, chalk and other temporary marking            specified in Section 4.                                              standard.
materials shall be removed by solvent-wiping or mechanical means.
Reg. Guide 1.37-3/73 Position C.4 states: Section 5 of ANSI N45.2.1-1973 states, in part, that low sulfur, low fluorine, and/or low chlorine compounds may be used on austenitic stainless steels and that low sulfur and low lead compounds may be used on nickel-base alloys. Chemical compounds that could contribute to intergranular cracking or stress-corrosion cracking should not be used with austenitic stainless steel and nickel-base alloys. Examples of such chemical compounds are those containing chlorides, fluorides, lead, zinc, copper, sulfur, or mercury where such elements are leachable or where they could be released by breakdown of the compounds under expected environmental conditions (e.g., by radiation). This limitation is not intended to prohibit the use of trichlorotrifluoroethane which meets the requirements of Military Specification Mil-C-81302b for cleaning or degreasing of austenitic stainless steel provided the precautions of subdivision 7.3(4) of ANSI N45.2.1-1973 are observed.
The following is a clarification made in the current VA QATR: (3)
With regard to Paragraph C.4 of Regulatory Guide 1.37: Expendable materials such as inks and related products, temperature indicating stick, tapes, gummed labels, wrapping materials (other than polyethylene), water soluble dam materials, lubricants, NDE penetrant materials and couplants, desiccants, and like materials which contact stainless steel or nickel alloy surfaces; shall not contain lead, zinc, copper, mercury, cadmium and other low melting point metals, their alloys or compounds as basic and essential chemical constituents.
No more than 0.1 percent (1000 ppm) halogens will be allowed where such elements are leachable or where they could be released by breakdown of the compounds under expected environmental 5/25/04                                                                                                                                                        Page 25 of 34
 
Cleaning of Fluid Systems and Associated Components During      Quality Assurance Requirements for Cleaning of Fluid Systems and          Comments Construction Phase of Nuclear Power Plants                      Associated Components for Nuclear Power Plants ANSI N45.2.1 -1973                                              NQA-1-1994, Subpart 2.1 conditions.
Surfaces should be cleaned after completion of work on them,        Surfaces shall be visually inspected upon completion of work      Similar before proceeding to the next installation or construction step. on them, and obvious contamination removed before proceeding to the next installation or construction step.
The use of mineral acids and organic acids on austenitic            The use of mineral acids and organic acids to clean austenitic    Similar stainless steels and nickel alloys should be avoided except        stainless steel and nickel alloys shall be evaluated and when the material is in the solution annealed condition. Pre-      approved prior to use. Precleaning and post-cleaning of weld cleaning and post-cleaning of weld joint areas and welds shall      joint areas and welds shall be performed by wire brushing and be performed by wire brushing and scrubbing with a solvent-        scrubbing with a solvent-moistened clean cloth unless moistened clean cloth unless specified otherwise.                  otherwise specified.
Local rusting on corrosion resistant alloys should be removed                                                                        This guidance not contained in by mechanical methods.                                                                                                                NQA-1. Alternative no longer The following is a clarification made in the current VA QATR: (4)                                                                    required since cleaning is to With regard to Section 5 of ANSI N45.2.1-1973, titled Installation                                                                    be as specified.
Cleaning: The recommendation that local rusting on corrosion resistant alloys be removed by mechanical methods is interpreted to mean that local rusting may be removed mechanically, but the use of other removal means is not precluded as determined by Engineering.
Large openings, such as the open reactor vessel shall be            Large openings, such as the open reactor vessel, shall be        Similar requirement.
protected against falling and windblown contaminants.              protected against falling and windblown contaminants.
6.0 MAINTENANCE OF INSTALLATION                                    7 MAINTENANCE OF INSTALLATION CLEANNESS CLEANNESS After any isolable system has been installed in a clean            After any isolable item has been installed in a clean condition,  Similar condition and cleanness control measures have been                  cleanness control measures and access control shall be established, access control into the system is essential to        established to minimize the introduction of contaminants minimize the introduction of contaminants between the time of      between the time of system isolation and preoperational system isolation and pre-operational testing. Access control        testing. Where environmental contamination could cause shall be established to exclude personnel and contaminants.        degradation of quality, seals shall be installed to prevent Where environmental contamination could cause degradation          contamination of interior surfaces. Materials used for sealing of quality, seals must be installed which must be hermetically      items made from austenitic stainless steel or other corrosion-tight and difficult to remove                                      resistant alloys shall be subject to the limitations specified in Section 4. Seals shall be installed in a manner to prevent accidental removal.
Gasketed metal seals with welded metal strap closures, or seal      Removal shall be only with proper authorization. If access to    Similar 5/25/04                                                                                                                                                Page 26 of 34
 
Cleaning of Fluid Systems and Associated Components During      Quality Assurance Requirements for Cleaning of Fluid Systems and          Comments Construction Phase of Nuclear Power Plants                      Associated Components for Nuclear Power Plants ANSI N45.2.1 -1973                                              NQA-1-1994, Subpart 2.1 welded metal caps are recommended for Class B systems and          such sealed items is required, precautions shall be taken to components. Items in this condition shall be tagged with            prevent introduction of contaminants. Such precautions include identifications and instructions for seal removal. If access to a  masking and tenting of surrounding areas with plastic film or sealed system is required, precautions shall be taken to prevent    tape, cleanup of the immediate surroundings to remove introduction of contaminants. Prior to opening the seals, the      particulate matter that can be introduced into the opening, immediate surroundings should be cleaned to remove solid            requiring personnel to wear clean outer clothing and shoe contaminants which might be introduced in the system.              covers, etc. Control of tools, loose items, and access shall be Personnel entering the system should wear clean outer clothing      maintained in accordance with applicable requirements. When and shoe covers. When the necessary work is completed, the          the necessary work is completed, the interior surface shall be interior surface shall be locally cleaned to its original condition locally cleaned, if necessary, to its original condition and the and the system should be resealed.                                  item resealed.
7.0 PRE-OPERATIONAL CLEANING                                        8 PREOPERATIONAL CLEANING 7.1 Preparations                                                    8.1 Preparations Cleaning and flushing operations shall be scheduled so as to        Insofar as practicable, cleaning and flushing operations shall be Similar minimize interference from other plant operations. Areas in        scheduled so as to minimize interference from other plant which cleaning operations are being performed shall be isolated    operations. Areas in which cleaning operations are being to the extent that personnel performing other construction          performed shall be isolated and marked to the extent that phase operations are aware that the cleaning operations are        personnel performing other construction phase operations are being conducted.                                                    aware that the cleaning operations are being conducted.
Personnel shall be familiarized with the intended procedure and    Personnel shall be familiarized with the intended procedure and  Same associated hazards. Means for communicating shall be                associated hazards. Means for communicating shall be provided between the local areas in which the cleaning is          provided between the local areas in which the cleaning is performed and any remote areas (e.g., control rooms) that may      performed and any remote areas (e.g., control rooms) that may be related to the cleaning operations.                              be related to the cleaning operations.
Loose tools should be attached to either the workman or the        Tools and other loose items in controlled areas shall be          Similar exterior of the system with a lanyard. The actual circulating      controlled as specified in Section 7. The actual circulating flow flow path shall be checked for agreement with specified            path shall be checked for agreement with specified requirements in regard to location, position and Status of all      requirements with regard to location, position, and status of all components.                                                        components.
Critical valves, controls and switches shall be tagged to prevent  Critical valves, controls, and switches shall be tagged to        Similar inadvertent actuation during the cleaning operation. The interior  prevent inadvertent actuation during the cleaning operation.
of all accessible components (e.g., tanks) and large diameter      The interior of all accessible components (i.e., tanks) and large piping shall be inspected for cleanness; all debris and            diameter piping shall be inspected for cleanness; all debris and contamination shall be removed. Demineralizers, filters,            contamination shall be removed. Demineralizers, filters, 5/25/04                                                                                                                                            Page 27 of 34
 
Cleaning of Fluid Systems and Associated Components During    Quality Assurance Requirements for Cleaning of Fluid Systems and          Comments Construction Phase of Nuclear Power Plants                      Associated Components for Nuclear Power Plants ANSI N45.2.1 -1973                                              NQA-1-1994, Subpart 2.1 instruments, valve internals and other items that may be          instruments, valve internals, and other items that may be damaged by the cleaning process shall be blanked off,            damaged by the cleaning process shall be blanked off, bypassed or removed.                                              bypassed, or removed.
Protective screens shall be installed on the suction side of all  Protective screens shall be installed on the suction side of all  Similar pumps and other components that may be subject to damage          pumps and other components that may be subject to damage during the cleaning operations. Instrumentation (e.g., pressure,  during the cleaning operations. Instrumentation (e.g., pressure, temperature and flow) shall be used where possible to monitor    differential pressure temperature, and flow) shall be used as the cleaning operations. All other permanently installed          necessary to monitor flushing and recirculatory cleaning instrumentation shall be isolated where possible.                operations. Instrumentation installed in the system but not used to monitor the cleaning operations shall be isolated where necessary.
Cleaning should be completed before installation of fuel,        Cleaning of the reactor vessel and reactor vessel internals shall Similar reactor vessel internals and control rods. Provisions shall be    be completed before installation of fuel and control rods.
made to collect leakage and to protect insulation from being      Provisions shall be made to collect liquid leakage and to wetted. Where the use of installed plant components, such as      prevent wetting of insulation. Where the use of installed plant pumps, may be affected by the cleaning operations,                components such as pumps may be affected by the cleaning recommendations shall be obtained from the component              operations, recommendations shall be obtained from the manufacturers regarding the use of their components.              component manufacturers regarding precautions to be taken Procedures used to protect installed components which are not    for the use of their components. Procedures shall be used in the cleaning operations but which are included in the    established to protect or isolate installed components that could cleaning circuit should be reviewed.                              be adversely affected by cleaning or flushing operations.
7.2 Flushing and Cleaning Methods                                8.2 Flushing and Cleaning Methods 7.2.1 Water Flushing..                                            8.2.1 Flushing.
If the intended level of cleanness has been maintained during    If the intended level of cleanness has been maintained during    Similar erection of the plant, only water flushing will be required. The  erection of the plant, only flushing or rinsing will normally be system shall be filled with water of the quality specified and    required. The system shall be filled with fluid of the type and flushed in accordance with approved procedures. Completion        quality specified and flushed in accordance with approved of flushing shall be determined by filter, turbidimetric or      procedures. Completion of flushing shall be determined by chemical analyses                                                filter, turbidimetric or chemical analysis, or any combination of these, as applicable.
If the final flushes for removal of particulate contaminants are  If flushes are directed toward the large components, provisions  Similar directed toward the reactor vessel, soluble contaminants shall    shall be made to prevent contaminants from collecting in areas be removed from the system by first flushing away from the        where they cannot be removed in subsequent cleaning reactor vessel until a specified water quality is achieved on the operations. Provisions shall be made to assure that organics do 5/25/04                                                                                                                                          Page 28 of 34
 
Cleaning of Fluid Systems and Associated Components During      Quality Assurance Requirements for Cleaning of Fluid Systems and          Comments Construction Phase of Nuclear Power Plants                      Associated Components for Nuclear Power Plants ANSI N45.2.1 -1973                                            NQA-1-1994, Subpart 2.1 effluent from the system. At this time, high velocity flushes      not remain on the surfaces.
may be made toward the reactor vessel. This procedure is not recommended unless reactor vessel internal surfaces are accessible for subsequent mechanical cleaning and inspection, or unless provisions are made to collect particulate contaminants at some accessible location within the reactor vessel by filtration or other technique.
After system flushing is completed, but before system drain, all  After system flushing is completed, but before draining, all      Similar pockets and dead legs shall be flushed through their drain        pockets and dead legs shall be thoroughly flushed. Where connections. If conditioned water is used, particular attention    conditioned water is used, particular attention should be given should be given to assure that large volumes of solution do not    to assure that large volumes of solvent do not remain trapped remain trapped in the system. Care shall be taken to assure        in the system.
that organics do not remain on the surfaces.
A final flush with demineralized water is desirable but is not    After cleaning, the item shall be sealed where appropriate to    Similar necessarily required at this time. The system shall be sealed to  prevent the subsequent entry of contaminants. If no further prevent the subsequent entry of contamination. If no further      cleaning is required, system lay-up shall be performed if cleaning is required, system layup may be performed.              specified.
7.2.2 Alkaline Cleaning.                                          8.2.2 Alkaline Cleaning.
Although it shall be the intent of those involved in erecting the  Although it is the intent of those involved in erecting the      Similar nuclear plant to install piping systems in a clean condition, this nuclear plant to install piping systems and components in a may not be achieved. One relatively common source of              clean condition, this may not be fully achieved. Common organic contamination in piping systems is lubricating oils from  sources of organic contamination in items are lubrication oils air tools. When local cleanup is not performed following          from air tools, preservative films, and valve lubricants. When grinding operations on internal surfaces of piping welds, full    immediate local cleanup is not performed, full item cleaning to system cleaning to remove organic contaminants may be              remove such organic contaminants may be necessary.
necessary.
If required, the cleaning shall be performed according to the      Such cleaning shall be performed according to the cleaning        Similar cleaning procedures established for the operation and the          procedures established for the operation, and the procedure procedure shall assure that quantities of organics do not remain  shall assure that quantities of organic contaminants do not on the surfaces.                                                  remain on the surfaces.
Alkaline cleaning should consist of the circulation of an          Alkaline cleaning consists of the circulation of an appropriately Similar appropriately heated solution until a selected area or a coupon    heated solution until a selected area represented by the worst contaminated with the expected contamination is cleaned by        contamination or a coupon contaminated with the expected the cleaning solution.                                            contamination is cleaned by the cleaning solution to the 5/25/04                                                                                                                                          Page 29 of 34
 
Cleaning of Fluid Systems and Associated Components During      Quality Assurance Requirements for Cleaning of Fluid Systems and            Comments Construction Phase of Nuclear Power Plants                        Associated Components for Nuclear Power Plants ANSI N45.2.1 -1973                                              NQA-1-1994, Subpart 2.1 specified cleanness level.
After system cleaning is completed, a flush with water of a        After item cleaning is completed, the item shall be flushed with Similar quality consistent with the system requirements shall be            water of the specified quality to remove the cleaning agents. In performed to remove the cleaning agents. In particular, all        particular, all pockets and dead legs shall be flushed and pockets and dead legs should be flushed and attention should        attention given to assure that large volumes of solution do not be given to assure that large volumes of solution do not remain    remain.
in the system.
The system should be sealed to prevent the subsequent entry        Where appropriate, the item shall be sealed to prevent            Similar of contamination. If no further cleaning is required, system        subsequent contamination. If no further cleaning is required, layup may be performed. Precautions related to the use of          system lay-up shall be performed, if specified. Precautions alkaline cleaning solutions are listed in paragraph 7.3.            related to the use of alkaline cleaning solutions are listed in Part III, Subpart 3.2, Appendix 2.1.
7.2.3 Chelate Cleaning.                                            8.2.3 Chelate Cleaning.
Chelate cleaning of carbon or low-alloy steel surfaces to          If chelate cleaning is used, attention shall be given to all      Similar, but changed from remove light corrosion product films is not a required cleaning    pockets and dead legs to ensure that large volumes of solution    recommendations to operation. If chelating cleaning is used, flushing with water of a do not remain in the item. Unless it is considered desirable to    requirements of NQA-1where quality consistent with the system requirements should be          leave a film of chelating agent on the surfaces as a protective    determined to be appropriate.
performed to remove the chelating agents. All pockets and          film, the item shall be flushed with water of a quality consistent dead legs in particular should be flushed and attention should      with the item requirements to remove residual chelating agents.
be given to assure that large volumes of the chelating solution do not remain in the system.
The system should be sealed to prevent the subsequent entry        Where appropriate, items shall be sealed to prevent subsequent    Similar, but changed from of contaminants. If no further cleaning is required, layup may      contamination. If no further cleaning is required, lay-up shall be recommendations to be performed. Precautions related to the use of chelating          performed, if specified. Precautions related to the use of        requirements of NQA-1where agents are listed in paragraph 7.3.                                chelating agents are listed in Part III, Subpart 3.2, Appendix    determined to be appropriate.
2.1.
7.3 Cleaning Precautions There are a number of precautions that should be observed                                                                              Recommendations, not during cleaning operations. The following should be considered                                                                        requirements.
as appropriate.
: 1. The addition of a suitable chloride stress cracking inhibitor is recommended if fresh water flushing of systems containing austenitic stainless steels is planned.
: 2. The use of alkaline cleaning compounds which contain free 5/25/04                                                                                                                                                  Page 30 of 34
 
Cleaning of Fluid Systems and Associated Components During        Quality Assurance Requirements for Cleaning of Fluid Systems and          Comments Construction Phase of Nuclear Power Plants                        Associated Components for Nuclear Power Plants ANSI N45.2.1 -1973                                                NQA-1-1994, Subpart 2.1 caustic is not recommended on components or systems in which cleaning solutions may be entrapped. Cleaners based on compounds which produce hydroxyl ions by hydrolysis, such as trisodium phosphate, are recommended. If heavy organic solids are present, the addition of an emulsifier and a wetting agent may be considered.
: 3. The use of acid-chelating agents on welded or furnace sensitized stainless steels and nickel base alloys is not recommended.
: 4. The use of halogenated organic solvents is not recommended except upon crevice-free, open, freely-evaporating surfaces. This recommendation is not intended to prohibit the use of such solvents under other conditions, providing adequate removal is assured prior to any subsequent operations.
: 5. Acid cleaning of installed systems is not recommended.
However, if used, particular attention shall be given to:
(a) Avoiding the entrapment of acids in the crevices.
(b) Avoiding contact with either welded or furnace sensitized corrosion resistant alloys, and non-ferrous materials.
(c) Complete removal of any residual acid solution from the system.
(d) Neutralization treatment as a final operation.
8.0 LAYUP AND POST-LAYUP CLEANING                                    9 LAYUP AND POST-LAYUP CLEANING 8.1 Upon completion of pre-operational cleaning, unless the          Upon completion of preoperational cleaning, unless the item is    Similar system is to be released for the next series of operations or        to be released for the next series of operations or tests, the tests, the system should be placed in layup condition, if            item shall be placed in lay-up condition by filling with dry, required, by filling with dry inert gas, the process fluid that will contaminant-free inert gas or dry air; the process fluid that will be used in the system during operation, water of purity              be used in the system during operation; fluid of purity equivalent to that used to make up the system, or chemically-        equivalent to that used to make up the system; chemically conditioned water.                                                  conditioned fluid; or other specified method.
8.2 Prior to the next series of operations or tests residual        Prior to the next series of operations or tests, residual cleaning Similar cleaning solutions or layup chemicals shall be removed from          solutions or lay-up media shall be removed, if required, from 5/25/04                                                                                                                                              Page 31 of 34
 
Cleaning of Fluid Systems and Associated Components During      Quality Assurance Requirements for Cleaning of Fluid Systems and            Comments Construction Phase of Nuclear Power Plants                      Associated Components for Nuclear Power Plants ANSI N45.2.1 -1973                                              NQA-1-1994, Subpart 2.1 the system by flushing, or draining and filling until the effluent the item by flushing or by draining and filling until the effluent water from the system meets the pre-operational test water        fluid from the item meets the preoperational test fluid quality quality requirements for the system.                              requirements for the system.
10 POST-OPERATIONAL REPAIRS AND MODIFICATIONS Subpart 2.1 does not address radioactive decontamination            New requirements to address operations that may be required prior to post-operational          operations phase activities.
repairs or system modifications, although some of its requirements may be applicable to such decontamination Operations. For the purposes of maintenance of cleanness as defined in Subpart 2.1, post-operational repairs or system modifications shall be considered identical to preoperational installation procedures and treated in accordance with Sections 5, 6, and 7.
If system cleaning following repair or modification operations is deemed necessary, such cleaning shall be performed in accordance with Section 8, except that flushes directed toward the reactor vessel shall, to the extent possible, first be preceded with flushes directed away from the reactor vessel until expected contamination is removed and the specified water quality level is achieved. If lay-up is deemed necessary, it shall be performed in accordance with Section 9.
9.0 RECORDS                                                        11 RECORDS Record copies of completed procedures; reports; personnel          The following shall be prepared:                                    Similar qualification records; test equipment calibration records, test    (a) record copies of procedures;(b) reports;(c) test equipment deviation or exception records; inspection and examination        calibration records;(d) test deviation or exception records;(e) records shall be prepared.                                        inspection and examination records; (f) other records necessary to document the cleaning and cleanness history of the items during manufacture, shipment, storage, installation, preoperational cleaning, modifications, and repairs.
These shall be placed with other project records as required by    These records shall be retained with other project records as      Similar code, standard, specification, or project procedures. Collection,  required by code, standard, specification, or project storage and maintenance records shall be in accordance with        procedures.
ANSI N45.2.9.
5/25/04                                                                                                                                                Page 32 of 34
 
Cleaning of Fluid Systems and Associated Components During    Quality Assurance Requirements for Cleaning of Fluid Systems and          Comments Construction Phase of Nuclear Power Plants                    Associated Components for Nuclear Power Plants ANSI N45.2.1 -1973                                          NQA-1-1994, Subpart 2.1 10.0 REVISION OF ANSI STANDARDS REFERRED TO IN THIS DOCUMENT When the following standards referred to in this document are                                                                    Commitment to specific superseded by a revision approved by the American National                                                                        standards will be controlled Standards Institute, the revision shall apply.                                                                                    through compliance with the regulations regarding QA programs.
N45.2 Quality Assurance Program Requirements for Nuclear Power Plants N45.2.3 Housekeeping During the Construction Phase of Nuclear Power Plants N45.2.6 Qualification of Inspection, Examination, and Testing Personnel for the Construction Phase of Nuclear Power Plants N45.2.9 Requirements for Collection, Storage and Maintenance of Quality Assurance Records
*N45.2.10 Terms and Definitions.
*These Standards are being approved by The American National Standards Institute and they should (will) be available in 1973 5/25/04                                                                                                                                            Page 33 of 34
 
5/25/04 Page 34 of 34 Packaging, Shipping, Receiving, Storage And Handling Of Items For  Quality Assurance Requirements for Packaging, Shipping, Receiving,              Comments Nuclear Power Plants (During The Construction Phase)              Storage, and Handling of Items for Nuclear Power Plants N45.2.2                                                    NQA-1 1994 Subpart 2.2
: 1. INTRODUCTION                                                    1 GENERAL 1.1 Scope This standard defines requirements for packaging, shipping,        Subpart 2.2 provides amplified requirements for packaging,          Similar requirement.
receiving, storage, and handling of nuclear power plant items.      shipping, receiving, storage, and handling of nuclear power plant  NRC position is that the ANSI These items include the parts of structures, systems, and          items. It supplements the requirements of Part l and shall be      standard applies to the components whose satisfactory performance is required for the      used in conjunction with applicable Basic and Supplementary        operations phase in addition to plant to operate reliably, to prevent accidents that could cause    Sections of Part I when and to the extent specified by the          construction.
undue risk to the health and safety of the public, or to mitigate  organization invoking Subpart 2.2.                                  NQA-1 makes this Subpart the consequences of such accidents if they were to occur. The                                                                          applicable to all phases of the requirements stated herein deal with the protection and control                                                                        facilitys life, from siting and necessary to assure that the requisite quality of those important                                                                      design through parts of the plant arc preserved from the time items are                                                                                decommissioning.
fabricated until they are incorporated in the plant.
This standard is intended to be used in conjunction with ANSI N45.2, Quality Assurance Program Requirements for Nuclear Power Plants. The requirements may also be extended to other appropriate parts of nuclear power plants when specified in contract documents.
NRC Regulatory Guide 1.38 Regulatory Position C.1. The requirements for the packaging, shipping, receiving, storage, and handling of items for water-cooled nuclear power plants that are included in ANSI N45.2.2-1972, "Packaging, Shipping, Receiving, Storage, and Handling of Items for Nuclear Power Plants During the Construction Phase,"(2) are acceptable to the NRC staff and, when supplemented by the guidelines identified in Regulatory Position 2, provide an adequate basis for complying with the pertinent quality assurance requirements of Appendix B to 10 CFR Part 50, subject to the following:
: d. Although ANSI N45.2.2-1972 is entitled "Packaging, Shipping, Receiving, Storage, and Handling of Items for Nuclear Power Plants During the Construction Phase," the requirements included in the standard are considered to be applicable during the operation phase and should be used, where applicable, consistent with the recommendations of this regulatory guide.
5/25/04                                                                                                                                                    Page 1 of 52
 
Packaging, Shipping, Receiving, Storage And Handling Of Items For  Quality Assurance Requirements for Packaging, Shipping, Receiving,            Comments Nuclear Power Plants (During The Construction Phase)                Storage, and Handling of Items for Nuclear Power Plants N45.2.2                                                    NQA-1 1994 Subpart 2.2 1.2 Applicability The requirements of this standard apply to the work of any          See NQA-1-1994 Part II Introduction for Applicability.              Similar requirements.
individual or organization that participates in the packaging,                                                                          Alternative not needed under shipping, receiving, storage and handling of items to be                                                                                the proposed program.
incorporated into nuclear power plants as discussed in Subsection 1.1 of this standard. The extent to which the individual requirements of this standard shall apply will depend upon the nature and scope of the work to be performed and the importance of the item or service involved. The requirements are intended to assure that the quality of items is not degraded as a result of packaging, shipping, receiving, storage, and handling practices and techniques.
The following is an Exception made in the current MP QATR:
ANSI N45.2.2 - 1972, paragraph 1.2, states in part that, "The requirements of this standard apply to the work of any individual or organization that participates in the packaging, shipping, receiving, storage, and handling of items to be incorporated into nuclear power plants." Since a portion of the licensee procurement activities involve commercial suppliers which do not fully comply with the requirements of ANSI N45.2.2, the licensees Supply Chain Management organization verifies through source inspections, receipt inspection, and/or survey activities that the quality of the materials, items, components or equipment is preserved by those suppliers to the extent that packaging, shipping, storage and handling methods are employed which are commensurate with the nature of the product.
1.3 Responsibility The organization or organizations responsible for establishing      See NQA-1-1994 Part II Responsibility for Applicability.            Similar requirements.
the applicable requirements for the activities covered by this standard shall be identified and the scope of their responsibilities shall be documented. The work of establishing practices and procedures and providing the resources in terms of' personnel, equipment and services necessary to implement the 5/25/04                                                                                                                                                  Page 2 of 52
 
Packaging, Shipping, Receiving, Storage And Handling Of Items For    Quality Assurance Requirements for Packaging, Shipping, Receiving,            Comments Nuclear Power Plants (During The Construction Phase)                  Storage, and Handling of Items for Nuclear Power Plants N45.2.2                                                        NQA-1 1994 Subpart 2.2 requirements of this standard may be delegated to other organizations and such delegation also shall be documented.
However, it is the responsibility of each organization performing work covered by this standard to comply with the procedures and instructions issued for the project and to conform to the requirements of this standard applicable to his work.
The following shall be used as a guide in determining those                                                                                Guidance in NQA-1 is not as responsibilities which shall be established and documented:                                                                                specific to this subpart.
: 1. Classification of items (protection level)
: 2. Packaging design and methods
: 3. Shipping requirements and methods
: 4. Receiving requirements and methods
: 5. Storage requirements and procedures
: 6. Handling requirements and procedures
: 7. Records 1.4 Definitions                                                        1.1 Definitions The following definitions are provided to assure a uniform            The following definitions are provided to assure a uniform          See NQA-1, Part I understanding of select terms as they are used in this standard.      understanding of unique terms as they are used in Subpart 2.2.      Introduction for additional definitions Barrier - A flexible material designed to withstand the                barrier - a flexible material designed to withstand the            Same penetration of water, water vapor, grease, or harmful gases.          penetration of water, water vapor, grease, or harmful gases Carrie r - The transporting agency.                                    carrier - the transporting agency                                  Same Classification - The organization of items according to their          classification - the organization of items according to their      Similar susceptibility to damage during shipping, receiving and storage        susceptibility to damage during shipping,, receiving, and storage only. It does not relate to the function of the item in the            only. It does not relate to the function of the item in the completed system.                                                      completed system.
Documentation - Any written or pictorial information                  Definition in Part I is similar in wording.                        Similar describing, defining, specifying, reporting, or certifying activities, requirements, procedures or results.
Dynamic Load Test - A test to demonstrate the ability of              dynamic load test - a test wherein designated loads are            Similar hoisting equipment to safely handle its rated load by exercising      hoisted, rotated, or transported through motions and the equipment through vertical and horizontal movement along          accelerations required to simulate handling of the intended item its lines of travel, using a load of specified weight.
Handling - The act of physically moving items by hand or by            See Subpart 2.15 for this definition. 2.15 limits the term to use  All of the handling information 5/25/04                                                                                                                                                      Page 3 of 52
 
Packaging, Shipping, Receiving, Storage And Handling Of Items For  Quality Assurance Requirements for Packaging, Shipping, Receiving,            Comments Nuclear Power Plants (During The Construction Phase)              Storage, and Handling of Items for Nuclear Power Plants N45.2.2                                                    NQA-1 1994 Subpart 2.2 mechanical machinery, not including transport modes.                of equipment for handling.                                          from this standard has been added to Subpart 2.15.
Item - Any level of unit assembly, including system, subsystem,    Definition in Part I is similar in wording.                        Similar subassembly, component, part, or material.
Nonconformance - A deficiency in characteristic,                    Definition in Part I is similar in wording.                        Similar documentation, or procedure which renders the quality of an item unacceptable or indeterminate. Examples of nonconformance include: physical defects, test failures, incorrect or inadequate documentation, and deviation from prescribed processing, inspection or test procedures.
Package - The shipping container plus the contents of the                                                                              Not defined in NQA-1 container.
Package Unit - Any assembly of mechanical and/or electrical                                                                            Not defined in NQA-1 components and parts which can be disassembled without destroying the integrity of the individual parts.
Receiving - To take delivery of material at the construction        Definition in Part I is similar in wording.                        Similar site or other location designated by the purchaser.
Storage - The act of holding items at the construction site or in  storage - the act of holding items in storage facilities            Similar an area other than its permanent location in the plant.
Storage Facilities - Warehouse or yard area designated and          storage facilities - warehouse, yard, or other areas designated    Similar prepared for holding of items.                                      and prepared for holding of items Transit Carrier (Open) - Trucks, Trailers, Railroad cars,                                                                              Not defined in NQA-1 Barges, Aircraft, or Ships which do not provide protection of items from the environment.
Transit Carrier (Closed) - Trucks, Trailers, Railroad cars,                                                                            Not defined in NQA-1 Barges, Aircraft or Ships which do provide protection of items from the environment by nature of their inherent design.
Transportation Mode - A method identified by the                    transportation mode - a method identified by the conveyance        Similar conveyance used for transportation of items and includes any        used for transportation of items and includes any motor motor vehicles, ships, railroad cars, or aircraft. Each cargo-      vehicles, ships, railroad cars, or aircraft. Each cargo carrying carrying body (trailer, van, box car, etc.) is a separate vehicle. body (trailer, van, boxcar, etc.) is a separate vehicle.
Wrap - A flexible material, formed around the item or package      wrap - a flexible material formed around the item or package to    Same to exclude dirt and to facilitate handling, marking or labeling. exclude dirt and to facilitate handling, marking, or labeling Other terms and their definitions are contained in ANSI            Not stated in this subpart, but note that other definitions are 5/25/04                                                                                                                                                  Page 4 of 52
 
Packaging, Shipping, Receiving, Storage And Handling Of Items For  Quality Assurance Requirements for Packaging, Shipping, Receiving,            Comments Nuclear Power Plants (During The Construction Phase)              Storage, and Handling of Items for Nuclear Power Plants N45.2.2                                                    NQA-1 1994 Subpart 2.2 N45.2.10.                                                          contained in Part I, Introduction and other Subparts.
1.5 Referenced Documents Other documents that are required to be included as a part of                                                                          Other documents and this standard are either identified at the point of reference or                                                                        standards are addressed in the described in Section 9 of this standard. The issue or edition of                                                                        new QA program, Appendix the referenced document that is required will be specified either                                                                      C.
at the point of reference or in Section 9 of this standard.
NRC Regulatory Guide 1.38 Regulatory Position C.1.a. Subdivision 1.5 of ANSI N45.2.2-1972 states that other documents required to be included as a part of this standard are either identified at the point of reference or described in Section 9 of the standard. The specific acceptability of these listed documents has been or will be covered separately in other regulatory guides or in Commission regulations where appropriate.
: 2. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS                                            2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS This section contains requirements that are to be fulfilled by the  Measures shall be established and implemented for the              Similar organization or organizations responsible for performing any        packaging, shipping, receiving, storage, and handling of specified segment of work described in Sections 3 through 8 of this          items to be incorporated in the nuclear power plant, and for the standard.                                                          inspection, testing, and documentation to verify conformance to Measures shall be established and implemented for the              specified requirements.
packaging, shipping, receiving, storage and handling of specified items to be incorporated in the nuclear power plant and for the inspections, examinations, testing and documentation to verify conformance to specified requirements.
2.1 Planning                                                        2.1 Planning and Procedures The specific items to be governed by this standard shall be        Planning and procedure preparation shall be in accordance with      Similar requirements in the identified. Planning shall take into account the need for the      the requirements of the introduction to this Part (Part II).        referenced section of NQA-1.
preparation and control of procedures and work instructions as                                                                          Clarification not needed under necessary to comply with specified requirements. Planning shall                                                                        the proposed program.
include a review of the design specifications and drawings for the items covered by this standard to assure that packaging, shipping, receiving, storage, and handling activities have been incorporated and that they can be accomplished as specified.
Clarification from the current VA QATR:
5/25/04                                                                                                                                                  Page 5 of 52
 
Packaging, Shipping, Receiving, Storage And Handling Of Items For  Quality Assurance Requirements for Packaging, Shipping, Receiving,            Comments Nuclear Power Plants (During The Construction Phase)              Storage, and Handling of Items for Nuclear Power Plants N45.2.2                                                  NQA-1 1994 Subpart 2.2 Planning: (First sentence.) The specific items to be governed by the Standard shall be identified in Administrative Procedures.
2.2 Procedures and Instructions Procedures and instructions shall be generated, used, and          See NQA-1-1994 Part II Introduction for Procedures.                Similar requirements in the maintained current; these shall contain sufficient detail to                                                                            referenced section of NQA-1.
provide for the listed items (See Subsection 2.1 of this Standard) a basis for packaging design, shipping requirements, receiving, storage and handling procedures, implementation thereof, and inspection, in accordance with this standard.
2.3 Results Inspection and test results shall be documented in a suitable test                                                                      Documentation of inspection report or data sheet.                                                                                                                  and test results is addressed in Each report shall identify the item to which it applies, the                                                                            Part I of NQA-1, Basic procedures or instruction followed in performing the task and                                                                          Requirements 10 and 11.
the identification of the following:                                                                                                    Clarification not needed under (1) Conditions encountered which were not anticipated,                                                                                  the proposed program.
including nonconformance.
(2) Identity of inspector or tester.
(3) Completion date.
Test reports and data sheets shall include an evaluation of the acceptability of inspection and test results and provide for identifying the individual who performed the evaluation.
Clarification from the current VA QATR:
(2) With regard to Section 2.3 of ANSI N45.2.2-1972, titled Results: The specific methods for performing and documenting tests and inspections are given in Sections 17.2.10 and 17.2.11 of the Operational QA Program. The requirements in these Sections will be implemented in lieu of the general requirements here.
2.4 Personnel Qualifications Those personnel who perform inspection, examination or testing                                                                          Qualification is covered by activities at the job site shall be qualified in accordance with                                                                        NQA-1, Part I, Supplement N45.2.6. Off-site inspection, examination or testing shall be                                                                          2S-1, and Part III, Appendix audited and monitored by personnel who are qualified in                                                                                2A-1.
accordance with N45.2.6.
5/25/04                                                                                                                                                    Page 6 of 52
 
Packaging, Shipping, Receiving, Storage And Handling Of Items For  Quality Assurance Requirements for Packaging, Shipping, Receiving,            Comments Nuclear Power Plants (During The Construction Phase)              Storage, and Handling of Items for Nuclear Power Plants N45.2.2                                                  NQA-1 1994 Subpart 2.2 2.5 Measuring and Test Equipment                                                                                                        M&TE is covered by NQA-1 Part I, Requirement 12, and Part II, Subpart 2.16, and contain similar requirements to N45.2.2.
2.5.1 Selection.
Inspection, examination, and testing equipment utilized to implement the requirements of this standard shall be selected to have accuracy and tolerance sufficient to determine conformance to specified requirements.
2.5.2 Calibration and Control.
As appropriate, measuring and test equipment shall be adjusted and calibrated at prescribed intervals against certified equipment having known valid relationships to nationally recognized standards. If no national standards exists, the basis for calibration shall be documented. Records shall be maintained and equipment suitably marked to indicate calibration status.
2.6 Housekeeping In job-site areas, facilities, and environments where packaging,                                                                        Housekeeping is covered by shipping. receiving, storage and handling of items is performed                                                                          NQA-1, Part II, Subpart 2.3 in accordance with the requirements of this standard, the housekeeping requirements shall be in accordance with N45.2.3.
2.7 Classification of Items                                        2.2 Classification of Items The requirements for activities covered by this standard            Requirements are divided into four levels with respect to            Similar requirements.
(packaging, shipping, receiving, storage and handling) are          protective measures to prevent damage, deterioration, or            Clarification not needed under divided into four levels with respect to protective measures to    contamination of the items based upon the important physical        the proposed program.
prevent damage, deterioration or contamination of the items,        characteristics, and not upon the important functional based upon the important physical characteristics and not upon      characteristics of the item with respect to safety, reliability, and the important functional characteristic of the item with respect    operation.
to safety, reliability and operation.
Clarification from the current VA QATR:
(3) With regard to Section 2.7 of ANSI N45.2.2-1972, titled Clarification of Items : The Company may choose not to 5/25/04                                                                                                                                                    Page 7 of 52
 
Packaging, Shipping, Receiving, Storage And Handling Of Items For  Quality Assurance Requirements for Packaging, Shipping, Receiving,          Comments Nuclear Power Plants (During The Construction Phase)                Storage, and Handling of Items for Nuclear Power Plants N45.2.2                                                    NQA-1 1994 Subpart 2.2 explicitly use the four level classification system. However, the specific requirements of the Standard that are appropriate to each class are applied to the items suggested in each classification and to similar items as determined by station management.
It should be recognized, however, that within the scope of each    It should be recognized, however, that within the scope of each Similar level there may be a range of controls and that the detailed        level there may be a range of controls, and that the detailed requirements for an item are dependent on the importance of        requirements for an item are dependent on the importance of the item to safety or reliability. For example, even though a      the item to safety reliability. For example, even though a reactor reactor vessel and structural steel are classified as level D, the  vessel and structural steel are classified as Level D, the degree degree of protection and control over the reactor vessel should    of protection and control over the reactor vessel should exceed exceed that of the structural steel. Each of the specific items    that of the structural steel. Each of the specific items governed governed by this procedure (See Subsection 2.1 of this              by Subpart 2.2 shall be classified into one of these four levels by standard) shall be classified into one of these four levels by the  the buyer or the contractor.
buyer or contractor.
The manufacturer's documented standard or minimum                  The manufacturers documented standard or minimum                    Similar requirements shall be considered when classifying the items.        requirements shall be considered when classifying the items.
Items, once classified, shall be restricted to the level or higher  Items, once classified at a level, shall be restricted to that level for each of the packaging, shipping, receiving, storage and        or a higher level for each of the packaging, shipping, receiving, handling operations. Items shall not be classified according to    storage, and handling operations. Any package unit or assembly the requirements of one level, then packaged, shipped, received,    made up of items of different levels shall be classified to the stored or handled according to a level of lower grade. Any          highest level designated for any of the respective items. If the package unit or assembly made up of items of different levels      unit is disassembled, a level shall be indicated for each part.
shall be classified to the highest level designated for any of the respective parts. If the unit is disassembled, a level shall be indicated for each part. When the unit cannot be physically disassembled, special rules are contained herein.
Items covered by this standard shall be categorized under the      Items covered by Subpart 2.2 shall be categorized under the          Similar following levels:                                                  following levels.
2.7.1 Level A -Items classified to level A are those that are      2.2.1 Level A. Items classified to Level A are those that are        Similar exceptionally sensitive to environmental conditions and require    exceptionally sensitive to environmental conditions and require special measures for protection from one or more of the            special measures for protection from one or more of the following effects:                                                  following effects:
temperatures outside required limits,                              (a) temperatures outside required limits                            Similar sudden temperature changes,                                        (b) sudden temperature changes                                      Similar 5/25/04                                                                                                                                              Page 8 of 52
 
Packaging, Shipping, Receiving, Storage And Handling Of Items For  Quality Assurance Requirements for Packaging, Shipping, Receiving,            Comments Nuclear Power Plants (During The Construction Phase)                Storage, and Handling of Items for Nuclear Power Plants N45.2.2                                                      NQA-1 1994 Subpart 2.2 humidity and vapors,                                                (c) humidity and vapors                                              Similar gravitational (g) forces,                                          (d) accelerating forces                                              Similar physical damage                                                    (e) physical damage                                                  Similar and airborne contamination (e.g. rain, snow, dust, dirt, salt      (f) airborne contamination (e.g., rain, snow, dust, dirt, salt spray, Similar spray, fumes).                                                      fumes)
The following shall be used as a guide for classifying items        Types of items to be categorized under this classification level      Similar intended for this level classification:                            are:
(1) Special electronic equipment and instrumentation.              (a) special electronic equipment and instrumentation                  Similar (2) Special materials, such as chemicals that are sensitive to      (b) special materials, such as chemicals, that are sensitive to      Similar environment.                                                        environment (3) Special nuclear material (fuel) and sources. The                (c) special nuclear material and sources.                            Similar requirements of the AEC fuel license and conditions and other      The requirements of the NRC fuel license and conditions and of governmental agencies shall be met.                                other governmental agencies shall be met.
2.7.2 Level B -Items classified to level B are those that are      2.2.2 Level B. Items classified to Level B are those that are        Similar sensitive to environmental conditions and require measures for      sensitive to environmental conditions and require measures for protection from the effects of temperature extreme, humidity        protection from the effects of temperature extremes, humidity and vapors, g-forces, physical damage and airborne                  and vapors, accelerating forces, physical damage, and airborne contamination and should not require special protection required    contamination, and do not require special protection required for for level A items.                                                  Level A items.
The following shall be used as a guide for classifying items        Types of items to be categorized under this classification level      Similar intended for this level classification:                            are (1) Instrumentation                                                (a) instrumentation                                                  Similar (2) Electrical penetrations                                        (b) electrical penetrations                                          Similar (3) Batteries                                                      (c) batteries                                                        Similar (4) Welding electrode and wire                                      (d) welding electrode and wire (Welding electrodes hermetically      NQA-1 added clarifying sealed in metal containers may be stored under conditions            information in parentheses.
described for Level C, unless other storage requirements are specified by the manufacturers.)
(5) Control rod drives                                              (e) control rod drives                                                Similar (6) Motor control centers, switchgear and control panels            (f) motor control centers, switchgear, and control panels            Similar (7) Motors and generators                                          (g) motors and generators                                            Similar (8) Precision machined parts                                        (h) precision machine parts                                          Similar (9) Erection spares, such as gaskets, "O" rings                    (i) spares, such as gaskets, O-rings                                  Similar (10) Air handling filters                                          (j) air handling filters                                              Similar 5/25/04                                                                                                                                                    Page 9 of 52
 
Packaging, Shipping, Receiving, Storage And Handling Of Items For  Quality Assurance Requirements for Packaging, Shipping, Receiving,          Comments Nuclear Power Plants (During The Construction Phase)                Storage, and Handling of Items for Nuclear Power Plants N45.2.2                                                    NQA-1 1994 Subpart 2.2 (11) Computers                                                      (k) computers                                                      Similar 2.7.3 Level C - Items classified to level C are those that          2.2.3 Level C. Items classified to Level C are those that          Similar require protection from exposure to the environment, airborne      require protection from exposure to the environment, airborne contaminants, g-forces and physical damage. Protection from        contamination, acceleration forces, and physical damage.
water vapor and condensation is not so important as that for        Protection from water vapor and condensation is not as Level B items.                                                      important as for Level B items.
The following shall be used as a guide for classifying items        Types of items to be categorized under this classification level    Similar intended for this level classification:                            are (1) Pumps                                                          (a) pumps                                                          Similar (2) Valves                                                          (b) valves                                                          Similar (3) Fluid filters                                                  (c) fluid filters                                                  Similar (4) Reactor internals                                              (d) reactor internals                                              Similar (5) Compressors                                                    (e) compressors                                                    Similar (6) Auxiliary Turbines                                              (f) auxiliary turbines                                              Similar (7) Instrument cable                                                (g) instrument cable (unjacketed)                                  NQA-1 adds unjacketed.
(8) Refueling equipment                                            (h) refueling equipment                                            Similar (9) Thermal insulation                                              (i) thermal insulation                                              Similar (10) Fans and blowers                                              (j) fans and blowers                                                Similar (11) Cement                                                        (k) cement                                                          Similar (l) fabricated fuel rods and assemblies                            Added in NQA-1-1994.
2.7.4 Level D - Items classified to Level D are those that are      2.2.4 Level D. Items classified to Level D are those that are      Similar less sensitive to the environment than level C. These items        less sensitive to the environment than those for Level C. These require protection against the elements airborne contamination,    items require protection against the weather, acceleration and physical damage.                                                forces, airborne contamination, and physical damage.
The following shall be used as a guide for classifying items        Types of items to be categorized under this classification level    Similar intended for this level classification:                            are:
(1) Tanks                                                          (a) tanks                                                          Similar (2) Heat exchangers and parts                                      (b) heat exchangers and parts                                      Similar (3) Accumulators                                                    (c) accumulators                                                    Similar (4) Demineralizers                                                  (d) demineralizers                                                  Similar (5) Reactor vessel                                                  (e) reactor vessel                                                  Similar (6) Evaporators                                                    (f) evaporators                                                    Similar (7) Steam generators                                                (g) steam generators                                                Similar (8) Pressurizer                                                    (h) pressurizers                                                    Similar 5/25/04                                                                                                                                              Page 10 of 52
 
Packaging, Shipping, Receiving, Storage And Handling Of Items For    Quality Assurance Requirements for Packaging, Shipping, Receiving,            Comments Nuclear Power Plants (During The Construction Phase)                  Storage, and Handling of Items for Nuclear Power Plants N45.2.2                                                        NQA-1 1994 Subpart 2.2 (9) Piping                                                            (i) piping                                                          Similar (10) Electrical cable                                                (j) electrical cable (jacketed)                                    NQA-1 adds jacketed.
(11) Structural items                                                (k) structural items                                                Similar (12) Reinforcing steel                                                (I) reinforcing steel.                                              Similar (13) Aggregates                                                      (m) aggregates                                                      Similar
: 3. PACKAGING                                                          3 PACKAGING 3.1 General                                                          3.1 General This section contains the requirements for packaging of items        This Section contains the requirements for packaging of items      Similar statements.
for protection against corrosion, contamination, physical damage      for protection against corrosion, contamination, physical or any effect which would lower the quality or cause the item to      damage, or any effect that would lower the quality or cause the deteriorate during the time it is shipped, handled and stored. The    items to deteriorate during the time they are shipped, handled, degree of protection specified will vary according to storage        and stored. The degree of protection specified will vary conditions and duration, shipping environment, and handling          according to conditions and duration of storage, shipping conditions.                                                          environment, and handling conditions.
Implementation of this packaging section is accomplished by          Implementation of this Section is accomplished by identifying      Similar statements.
identifying the item and the appropriate packaging level, and        the item and the appropriate packaging level, and then applying then applying the appropriate criteria contained herein              the appropriate criteria contained herein concerning cleaning, concerning cleaning, preservatives, desiccants, inert gas            preservatives, desiccants, inert gas blankets, cushioning, caps blankets, cushioning, caps and plugs, barrier and wrapping            and plugs, barrier and wrapping materials, tapes, blocking and materials, tapes, blocking and bracing, containers, marking,          bracing, containers, marking, other quality assurance provisions, other quality assurance provisions and documentation.                and documentation.
Appendix A-3 contains additional requirements generally not              Note: NQA-1 places the equivalent information from              Wording from N45.2.2 available in other documents. These requirements are a                  N45.2.2, Appendix within the text section and doesnt use an    regarding additional mandatory part of this standard.                                        Appendix. To provide consistent comparison, Appendix A-3        requirements found in Appendix A3* Packaging                                                information in the N45.2.2 column is placed in order of the      Appendix.
The following are additional minimum requirements to be              paragraphs similar to the layout of NQA-1. Those sections in used with the rules of Section 3, of N45.2.2: "Packaging,            the N45.2.2 column starting with an A are the Appendix Shipping, Receiving, Storage and Handling of Items for                paragraphs.
Nuclear Power Plants".
NOTE: *The paragraph numbers contained herein are not sequential but correspond to the respective paragraph of section 3 of this standard where they are referenced.
3.2 Levels of Packaging                                              3.2 Levels of Packaging The packaging requirements are based on the protection the            The packaging requirements shall be based on the protection        Similar items should receive during shipping, handling, and storage. The      that is necessary during shipping, handling, and storage of the 5/25/04                                                                                                                                                  Page 11 of 52
 
Packaging, Shipping, Receiving, Storage And Handling Of Items For    Quality Assurance Requirements for Packaging, Shipping, Receiving,          Comments Nuclear Power Plants (During The Construction Phase)                  Storage, and Handling of Items for Nuclear Power Plants N45.2.2                                                      NQA-1 1994 Subpart 2.2 requirements of this standard are intended to be in addition to        item to satisfy Levels A, B, C, and D protection requirements industry classification or tariff rules for rail, truck, air and water set forth below. The requirements herein are intended to be in shipments and regulatory agency rules already established in the      addition to industry classifications or tariff rules for rail, truck, transportation industry and in no way are they intended to            air, and water shipments and regulatory agency rules already reduce the minimum standards established by these regulatory          established in the transportation industry; and in no way are agency rules.                                                          they intended to reduce the minimum standards established by these regulatory agency rules.
The following packaging criteria are divided into four levels          The following packaging criteria are divided into four levels        Similar corresponding to the categories of Subsection 2.7 of this              corresponding to the classification categories of para. 2.2 of Standard.                                                              Subpart 2.2 3.2.1 Level A Items. (See Paragraph 2.7.1). Level A items              3.2.1 Level A Items. (See para. 2.2.1.) Level A items require        Similar require the highest degree of protection and shall conform to the      the highest degree of protection and shall conform to the following criteria:                                                    following criteria (1) Package design requirements are for extraordinary                  (a) Package design requirements shall be for extraordinary            Similar environmental protection to avoid the deleterious effects of          environmental protection to avoid the deleterious effects of shock and vibration, to control temperature or humidity within        shock and vibration, to control temperature or humidity within specified limits, or for any other special requirements.              specified limits, or for any other special requirements.
(2) Items shall have been inspected for cleanness immediately          (b) Items shall have been inspected for cleanness immediately        Similar before packaging. Dirt, oil residue, metal chips or other form of      before packaging. Dirt, oil residue, metal chips, or other forms contamination shall have been removed by approved cleaning            of contamination shall have been removed by approved cleaning methods. Any entrapped water shall have been removed.                  methods. Any entrapped water shall have been removed.
(3) Items which are not immediately packaged shall be                  (c) Items which are not immediately packaged shall be                Similar protected from contamination.                                          protected from contamination (4) All Items shall be packaged with a barrier (See Subsection        (d) Items requiring protection from water vapor, salt air, dust,      Similar 3.6 of this Standard) so that water vapor, salt air, dust, dirt and    dirt, and other forms of contamination penetrating the package other forms of contamination do not penetrate the package.            shall be packaged with a barrier (see para. 3.6).
(5) Items shall be packaged in containers of crates (See              (e) Items which require protection from damage during shipping        Similar Subsection 3.7 of this Standard).                                      and handling shall be packaged in containers or crates (see para. 3.7).
(6) Items which can be damaged by condensation trapped                (f) Items which can be damaged by condensation trapped                Similar within the package shall be packaged with approved desiccant          within the package shall be packaged with approved desiccant (See Paragraph 3.6.3) inside the sealed water-vapor-proof              (see para. 3.6.3) inside the sealed water- and vapor-proof barrier or by an equivalent method (for example, see paragraph        barrier or by an equivalent method (for example, see para.
3.6.2).                                                                3.6.2).
(7) All openings into items shall be capped, plugged or scaled        (g) All openings into items shall be capped, plugged, or sealed      Similar 5/25/04                                                                                                                                                  Page 12 of 52
 
Packaging, Shipping, Receiving, Storage And Handling Of Items For  Quality Assurance Requirements for Packaging, Shipping, Receiving,            Comments Nuclear Power Plants (During The Construction Phase)                Storage, and Handling of Items for Nuclear Power Plants N45.2.2                                                    NQA-1 1994 Subpart 2.2 (See Subsection 3.5 of this Standard). Weld end preparations        (see para. 3.5). Weld end preparations shall be protected shall be protected against corrosion and physical damage.          against corrosion and physical damage (8) Items packed in containers shall be blocked, anchored,          (h) Items packed in containers shall be blocked, anchored,          Similar braced and/or cushioned (See Subsection 3.8 of this Standard)      braced, or cushioned (see para. 3.8) to prevent physical damage to prevent physical damage to the item or barrier.                  to the item or barrier.
(9) Items and their containers shall be identified by marking      (i) Items and their container shall be identified by marking (see  Similar (See Subsection 3.9 of this Standard).                              para. 3.9).
Clarification from the current VA QATR:                                                                                                Similar (4) With regard to Section 3.2.1 of ANSI N45.2.2-1972, titled                                                                          A similar alternative proposed Level A Items : As an alternate to the requirements for                                                                                as part of the new QAPD.
packaging and containerizing items in storage to control contaminants (Items (4) and (5)), the Company may choose a storage atmosphere which is free of harmful contaminants in concentrations that could produce damage to stored items as determined by station management. Similarly (for Item (7)) the Company may obviate the need for caps and plugs, as determined by station management, with an appropriate storage atmosphere, and may choose to protect weld-end preparations and threads by controlling the manner in which the items are stored. These clarifications apply whenever items (4), (5) or (7) are subsequently referenced and to Section 3.5.1, titled Caps and Plugs, and Section 3.4, titled Methods of Preservation.
3.2.2 Level B Items. (See Paragraph 2.7.2) Level B items            3.2.2 Level B Items. (See para. 2.2.2.) Level B items require      Similar require a high degree of protection and the package shall be        a high degree of protection, and the package shall be designed designed to avoid the deleterious effects of shock, vibration,      to avoid the deleterious effects of shock, vibration, physical physical damage, water vapor, salt spray, condensation and          damage, water vapor, salt spray, condensation, and weather weather during shipping, handling and storage.                      during shipping, handling, and storage.
This packaging shall be equivalent to that for Level A except      This packaging shall be equivalent to that for Level A, except      Similar that the extremes of paragraph 3.2.1 (1) need not apply.            that the package design requirements need not be equivalent to satisfy the level of extraordinary environmental protection indicated in para. 3.2.l(a) where such protection is not justified.
Level B items such as control panels or similar special items      Shipment of Level B items in fully enclosed vehicles or            Similar may be shipped with a minimum of protection when transported        equivalent protective enclosure or packaging is acceptable, in a fully enclosed furniture type van with special suspension,    provided the above-stated high degree of protection for Level B provided the shipment goes through to destination in the original  items is maintained throughout shipment, and the shipment goes 5/25/04                                                                                                                                                Page 13 of 52
 
Packaging, Shipping, Receiving, Storage And Handling Of Items For  Quality Assurance Requirements for Packaging, Shipping, Receiving,            Comments Nuclear Power Plants (During The Construction Phase)                Storage, and Handling of Items for Nuclear Power Plants N45.2.2                                                    NQA-1 1994 Subpart 2.2 vehicle and Level B storage facilities are available at the site. through to destination in the original vehicle and Level B storage facilities are available on site. If transfer becomes necessary to transit, transfer procedures shall be subject to purchaser acceptance.
3.2.3 Level C Items. (See Paragraph 2.7.3) Level C items            3.2.3 Level C Items. (See para. 2.2.3.) Level C items require        Similar require protection from exposure to salt spray, rain, dust, dirt,  protection from exposure to salt spray, rain, dust, dirt, and other and other airborne and windblown contaminants. Protection          contaminants. Protection from water vapor and condensation is from water vapor and condensation is less important than for        less important than for Level B items.
Level B items.
The following criteria shall apply:                                The following criteria shall apply.                                  Similar (1) Criteria (2) (3) (5) (7) (8) and (9) for Level A items (See    (a) Criteria (b), (c), (e), (g), (h), and (i) for Level A items (see Similar Paragraph 3.2.1) shall apply to Level C items.                      para. 3.2.1) shall apply to Level C items.
(2) Items shall be packaged with a waterproof enclosure so that    (b) Items shall be packaged with a waterproof enclosure so that      Similar water, salt spray, dust, dirt, and other forms of contamination do  water, salt spray, dust, dirt, and other forms of contamination do  A similar alternative proposed not penetrate to the item.                                          not penetrate to the item..                                          as part of the new QAPD.
Clarification from the current VA QATR: (5) With regard to Section 3.2.3 of ANSI N45.2.2 1972, titled Level C Items :
(Subpart 2) states Items shall be packaged with a waterproof enclosure, as an alternative, the company may choose appropriate packaging when the storage environment prevents harmful contaminants in concentrations that could produce damage to stored items as determined by Station mgmt.
(3) Items subject to detrimental corrosion, either internal or      (c) Items subject to detrimental corrosion, either internal or      Similar external, shall be suitably protected.                              external, shall be suitably protected 3.2.4 Level D Items. (See paragraph 2.7.4) Level D items            3.2.4 Level D Items. (See para. 2.2.4.) Level D items require        Similar require protection from physical and mechanical damage.            protection from physical and mechanical damage.
The following criteria shall apply:                                The following criteria shall apply                                  Similar (1) Items, just before packaging, shall have been inspected for    (a) Items, just before packaging, shall have been inspected for      Similar cleanness according to the requirements specified in the            cleanness according to the requirements specified in the purchasing document. Dirt, oil residue, metal chips or other        purchasing document. Dirt, oil residue, metal chips, or other forms of contamination shall have been removed by approved          forms of contamination shall have been removed by approved cleaning methods. Any entrapped water shall have been              cleaning methods. Any entrapped water shall have been removed.                                                            removed.
(2) All openings into items shall be capped, plugged and sealed    (b) All openings into items shall be capped, plugged, and sealed    Similar 5/25/04                                                                                                                                                  Page 14 of 52
 
Packaging, Shipping, Receiving, Storage And Handling Of Items For  Quality Assurance Requirements for Packaging, Shipping, Receiving,          Comments Nuclear Power Plants (During The Construction Phase)                Storage, and Handling of Items for Nuclear Power Plants N45.2.2                                                    NQA-1 1994 Subpart 2.2 (See Subsection 3.5 of this Standard). Weld end preparations        (see para. 3.5). Weld end preparations shall be protected from shall be protected from corrosion and physical damage.              corrosion and physical damage.
(3) Items subject to detrimental corrosion, either internal or      (c) items subject to detrimental contamination or corrosion,        Similar external, shall be suitably protected.                              either internal or external, shall be suitably protected.
(4) Items packed in containers shall be blocked, braced and/or      (d) items packed in containers shall be blocked, braced, or        Similar cushioned to prevent physical damage (See Subsection 3.8 of        cushioned to prevent damage (see para. 3.8).
this Standard).
(5) Items such as aggregate and reinforcing steel shall be                                                                              Addressed in NQA-1, Part II, suitably protected against detrimental contamination or                                                                                Subpart 2.5.
corrosion.
(6) The identity of the item shall be maintained by marking (See    (e) The identity of the item shall be maintained by marking (see    Similar Subsection 3.9 of this Standard) or other appropriate means.        para. 3.9) or other appropriate means.
3.3 Cleaning                                                        3.3 Cleaning Cleaning includes the preparation of items for preservation or      Cleaning includes the preparation of items for preservation or      Similar packaging, or both, to minimize the requirements for site          packaging, or both, to minimize the requirements for site          Alternative not required under cleaning. Items shall be inspected for cleanness immediately        cleaning. items shall be inspected for cleanness immediately        the new program.
before packaging according to the cleaning requirements            before packaging according to the cleaning requirements specified in the purchase document. Any dirt, oil residue, metal    specified in the procurement documents. Any dirt, oil residue, chips or other forms of contamination shall be removed by          metal chips, or other forms of contamination shall be removed documented cleaning methods. Any entrapped water shall be          by documented cleaning methods. Any entrapped water shall be removed. Any item which is not immediately packaged shall be        removed.
protected from further contamination. (See Appendix section A3.3 for additional requirements.)
Clarification from the current VA QATR:
(6) With regard to Section 3.3 of ANSI N45.2.2-1972, titled Cleaning: (Third sentence) the Company interprets documented cleaning methods to allow generic cleaning procedures to be written which are implemented, as necessary, by trained personnel. Each particular cleaning operation shall have an individual cleaning procedure or reference a generic procedure. The generic procedures will specify methods of cleaning or which type(s) of solvent may be used in a particular application.
A3.3 Cleaning Specific cleaning procedures are considered to be part of the      The following general criteria shall apply as part of the          Similar 5/25/04                                                                                                                                                Page 15 of 52
 
Packaging, Shipping, Receiving, Storage And Handling Of Items For  Quality Assurance Requirements for Packaging, Shipping, Receiving,            Comments Nuclear Power Plants (During The Construction Phase)                Storage, and Handling of Items for Nuclear Power Plants N45.2.2                                                      NQA-1 1994 Subpart 2.2 manufacturing specifications. The following general criteria        manufacturing specifications specific cleaning procedures shall apply:
(1) The cleaning process including cleaning compounds chosen        (a) The cleaning process, including cleaning compounds chosen,      Similar shall in no way damage the item during cleaning or subsequent        shall in no way damage the item during cleaning or subsequent service when considering the composition, surface finish,            service when considering the composition, surface finish, complexity or other inherent features or other interface            complexity, or other inherent features, or other interface equipment after installation.                                        equipment after installation.
(2) The cleaning process or processes chosen shall remove            (b) The cleaning process or processes chosen shall remove            Similar loose mill and heat scale, oil, rust, grease, paint, welding fluxes, loose mill and heat scale, oil, rust, grease, paint, welding fluxes, chalk, abrasives, carbon deposits, coatings used for                chalk, abrasives, carbon deposits, coatings used for nondestructive testing process and other contaminants which          nondestructive testing processes, and other contaminants that would render ineffective the method of preservation and              would render ineffective the method or preservation and packaging, or other specified requirements.                          packaging or other specified requirements.
(3) Item surfaces after cleaning shall be free of cleaning media,    (c) item surfaces after cleaning shall be free of cleaning media,    Similar such as aluminum oxide, silica, grit, lint, chemical cleaning        such as aluminum oxide, silica, grit, lint, chemical cleaning residue, petroleum solvent residue, etc.                            residue, and petroleum solvent residue, etc.
(4) After cleaning, the item shall be protected from                (d) After cleaning, the item shall be protected from                Similar contamination until preservation or packaging is complete.          contamination until preservation or packaging is complete.
3.4 Methods of Preservation                                          3.4 Methods of Preservation Items subject to deleterious corrosion shall be protected by        Items subject to deleterious corrosion shall be protected by        Similar using either contact preservatives, inert gas blankets, or vapor-    using either contact preservatives, inert gas blankets, or vapor-    To clarify, definition of proof barriers with desiccants (See Subsection 3.6 of this          proof barriers with desiccants. (See para. 3.6 for vapor-proof      deleterious corrosion is Standard for vapor-proof barriers and desiccants.)                  barriers and desiccants.)                                            included in Appendix D of the Clarification from the current VA QATR:                                                                                                  new QA program.
(7) With regard to Section 3.4 of ANSI N45.2.2-1972, titled Methods of Preservation: (First sentence) the Company will comply with these requirements subject to the clarifications of Section 3.2.1, (4) and (5) above, and the definition of the phrase deleterious corrosion to mean that corrosion which cannot be subsequently removed and which adversely affects form, fit or function.
3.4.1 Contact Preservatives.                                        3.4.1 Contact Preservatives.
Contact preservatives are compounds applied to bare metal            Contact preservatives are compounds applied to bare metal            Similar surfaces to prevent surface corrosion during shipping and            surfaces to prevent surface corrosion during shipping and storage and generally require removal prior to installation. (See    storage and generally require removal prior to installation.
5/25/04                                                                                                                                                    Page 16 of 52
 
Packaging, Shipping, Receiving, Storage And Handling Of Items For  Quality Assurance Requirements for Packaging, Shipping, Receiving,        Comments Nuclear Power Plants (During The Construction Phase)                Storage, and Handling of Items for Nuclear Power Plants N45.2.2                                                    NQA-1 1994 Subpart 2.2 Appendix Section A3.4.1 for additional requirements.)
A3.4.1 Contact Preservatives.
The following criteria shall be used when considering the type      The following criteria shall be used when considering the type      Similar of contact preservative to be used.                                of contact preservative to be used.
(1) The contact preservative shall be compatible with the          (a) The contact preservative shall be compatible with the          Similar material on which it is applied.                                    material on which it is applied.
(2) Contact preservatives which are nondrying shall require a      (b) Contact preservatives which are nondrying shall require a      Similar neutral-grease-proof protective wrap when packaged.                neutral grease-proof protective wrap when packaged, (3) The procedure for applying contact preservatives shall not      (c) The procedure for applying contact preservatives shall not      Similar require disassembly of the item nor shall it be necessary to        require disassembly of the item nor shall it be necessary to disassemble the item at the site for complete removal. An          disassemble the item at the site for complete removal. An exception would be for long time storage protection to be          exception would be for long-term storage protection to be agreed upon by the owner, buyer and manufacturer.                  agreed upon by the owner, buyer, and manufacturer.
(4) The method of contact preservative removal shall be            (d) The method of contact preservative removal shall be            Similar accomplished with approved solvents and wiping cloths or by        accomplished with approved solvents and wiping cloths or by flushing internal cavities with solvents which are not deleterious  flushing internal cavities with solvents which are not deleterious to the item or other interconnecting material. However,            to the item or other interconnecting material. However, preservatives for inaccessible inside surfaces of pumps, valves    preservatives for inaccessible inside surfaces of pumps, valves, and pipe for systems containing reactor coolant water shall be      and piping for systems containing reactor coolant water shall be the water flushable type.                                          the water flushable type.
(5) The name of the preservative used shall be indicated to        (e) The name of the preservative used shall be provided to          Similar facilitate touchup.                                                facilitate touch-up..
(6) When motors, pumps, turbines, etc., are shipped with oil        (f) When motors, pumps, turbines, etc., are shipped with oil        Similar reservoirs and bearings cavities filled with preservative oil the  reservoirs and bearing cavities filled with preservative oil, the item shall be so tagged and instructions for draining, flushing,    item shall be so tagged and instructions for draining, flushing, refilling and periodic rotation shall be included with the item. refilling, and periodic rotation shall be included with the item.
(7) When it is anticipated that the item might require an          (g) When it is anticipated that the item might require an          Similar extended storage period, six (6) months or longer, a                extended storage period (6 months or longer), a preservative preservative needed for the long term protection of the item        needed for the long-term protection of the item shall be applied shall be applied or arrangements shall be made to periodically      or arrangements shall be made to periodically reapply the reapply the preservatives.                                          preservatives.
3.4.2 Inert Gas Blankets.                                          3.4.2 Inert Gas Blankets.
Purging and pressurizing the interior of an item or its container  Purging and pressurizing the interior of an item or its container,  Similar or both with a dry inert gas provides a means of preventing        or both, with a dry inert gas provides a means of preventing moisture or corrosive atmospheres from acting on sensitive bare    moisture or corrosive atmospheres from acting on sensitive, 5/25/04                                                                                                                                            Page 17 of 52
 
Packaging, Shipping, Receiving, Storage And Handling Of Items For  Quality Assurance Requirements for Packaging, Shipping, Receiving,        Comments Nuclear Power Plants (During The Construction Phase)                Storage, and Handling of Items for Nuclear Power Plants N45.2.2                                                    NQA-1 1994 Subpart 2.2 metal surfaces or other materials. The item or its container shall  bare metal surfaces or other materials. The item or its container be either evacuated prior to filling with the inert gas or          shall be either evacuated prior to filling with the inert gas or adequately purged with the same gas prior to applying the gas      adequately purged with the same gas prior to applying the gas blanket. (See Appendix section A3.4.2 for additional                blanket.
requirements.)
A3.4.2 Inert Gas Blankets.
When inert gas blankets are used, the following criteria shall      When inert gas blankets are used, the following criteria shall      Similar apply:                                                              apply.
(1) Inert gas blankets shall be used only when the exterior shell  (a) Inert gas blankets shall be used only when the exterior shell  Similar of the item or its container can be tightly sealed to form a        of the item or its container can be tightly sealed or an inert gas leakproof barrier.                                                  blanket can otherwise be maintained, (2) Only a commercial grade of dry, oil-free, inert gas shall be    (b) Only dry, oil free, inert gas shall be used.                    Similar used.
(3) Provisions shall be made for measuring and maintaining the      (c) Provisions shall be made for measuring and maintaining the      Similar blanket pressure within the required range within each              blanket pressure within the required range and within each pressurized purged item or container. Closures and seals shall      pressurized purged item or container. Closures and seals, when be tightly secured so that the absolute (by mass) pressure after    used to maintain a static pressure, shall be tightly secured so final seal is maintained for 24 hours without adding gas, prior to  that the absolute pressure (by mass) after final seal is shipping the item from the manufacturer's plant.                    maintained for 24 hr, without adding gas, prior to shipping the item from the manufacturers plant.
(4) The item or container shall be marked in bold letters          (d) The item or container shall be marked in bold letters          Similar cautioning that an inert gas blanket has been used. The required    cautioning that an inert gas blanket has been used. The required pressure range also shall be marked on the item or container.      pressure range also shall be marked on the item or container.
3.5 Caps, Plugs, Tapes, and Adhesives                              3.5 Caps, Plugs, Tapes, and Adhesives These items shall be of materials which enable them to perform      These items shall be of materials that enable them to perform      Similar their intended function adequately without causing deleterious      their intended function adequately, without causing deleterious effects on items or systems operation.                              effects on the items or system operation.
3.5.1 Caps and Plugs.                                              3.5.1 Caps and Plugs.
Caps and Plugs shall be used to seal openings in items having      Caps and plugs shall be used to seal openings in items having      Similar sensitive internal surfaces, and to protect threads and weld end    sensitive internal surfaces and to protect threads and weld end preparations . (See Appendix section A3.5.1 for additional          preparations.
requirements.)
A3.5.1 Caps and Plugs.
Caps and plugs shall conform to the following criteria:            Caps and plugs shall conform to the following criteria.            Similar 5/25/04                                                                                                                                            Page 18 of 52
 
Packaging, Shipping, Receiving, Storage And Handling Of Items For    Quality Assurance Requirements for Packaging, Shipping, Receiving,              Comments Nuclear Power Plants (During The Construction Phase)                  Storage, and Handling of Items for Nuclear Power Plants N45.2.2                                                      NQA-1 1994 Subpart 2.2 (1) Nonmetallic plugs and caps shall be brightly colored. Clear      (a) Nonmetallic plugs and caps shall be brightly or contrastingly    Similar plastic closures are not to be used except when specified for a      colored. Clear plastic closures are not to be used except when special purpose; for example, as a window for humidity                specified for a special purpose: for example, as a window for indicator cards. Special attention shall be given in the control of  humidity indicator cards. Special attention shall be given in the these closures.                                                      control of these closures.
(2) Metallic plugs and caps contacting metal surfaces shall not      (b) Metallic plugs and caps contacting metal surfaces shall not      Similar cause galvanic corrosion at the contact areas. Gasketing or          cause galvanic corrosion at the contact areas. Gasketing or other nonmetallic materials used in conjunction with metallic        other nonmetallic materials used in conjunction with metallic caps or plugs shall exhibit no corrosive effect on the material.      caps or plugs shall exhibit no corrosive effect on the material.
(3) Simplicity of installation, inspection, and removal without      (c) Simplicity of installation, inspection, and removal without      Similar damage to the item shall be considered.                              damage to the item shall be considered.
(4) Provisions shall be made to preclude the plug or cap from        (d) Provisions shall be made to preclude the plug or cap from        Similar falling into or being pushed into the opening after its installation. falling into or being pushed into the opening after its installation.
(5) Plugs or caps shall be secured with tape (See Paragraph          (e) Plugs or caps shall be secured with tape (see para. 3.5.2) or    Similar A3.5.2 of this Appendix) or other means as necessary to              other means as necessary to prevent accidental removal.
prevent accidental removal.
(6) All plugs and caps shall be clean and free of visible            (f) All plugs and caps shall be clean and free of visible            Similar contamination such as, but not limited to dust, dirt, stains, rust,  contamination such as, but not limited to, dust, dirt, stains, rust, discoloration or scale.                                              discoloration, or scale.
(7) Plugs and caps used in contact with austenitic stainless steel    (g) Plugs and caps used in contact with austenitic stainless steel    Similar shall be made from non-halogenated materials or stainless steel.      shall be made from non-halogenated materials or stainless steel 3.5.2 Tapes and Adhesives.                                            3.5.2 Tapes and Adhesives.
Pressure sensitive, removable, tape should be used in lieu of        Pressure-sensitive, removable tape shall be used in lieu of          Similar, use changed from adhesives in contact with bare metal surfaces. Tapes or              adhesives in contact with bare metal surfaces. Tapes or              should to shall in NQA-1.
adhesives which could have damaging effects on the item or            adhesives that could have damaging effects on the item or system shall not be used. Tapes near a weld shall be removed          system shall not be used. Tapes near a weld shall be removed completely immediately prior to performing a weld or closure.        completely, immediately prior to performing a weld. Tapes used Tapes used for identification rather than sealing which are not      for identification rather than sealing that are not near a welding near a welding operation may remain until system testing. (See        operation may remain until system testing is complete, but shall Appendix section A3.5.2 for additional requirements.)                be removed before plant operations unless qualified for operating conditions.
A3.5.2 Tapes and Adhesives.
Tapes and adhesives shall conform to the following criteria:          Tapes and adhesives shall conform to the following criteria.          Similar (1) When contacting austenitic stainless steel and nickel alloy      (a) When contacting austenitic stainless steel and nickel alloy      Similar 5/25/04                                                                                                                                                      Page 19 of 52
 
Packaging, Shipping, Receiving, Storage And Handling Of Items For  Quality Assurance Requirements for Packaging, Shipping, Receiving,            Comments Nuclear Power Plants (During The Construction Phase)              Storage, and Handling of Items for Nuclear Power Plants N45.2.2                                                    NQA-1 1994 Subpart 2.2 surfaces:                                                          surfaces:
(a) The halogen and sulfur contents of tapes should not be in      (1) tapes shall not be compounded from or treated with              Additional detail regarding excess of 0.10% by weight each. Paperbacked (masking) tape          chemical compounds containing elements in such quantities that      tape in NQA-1-1994.
shall not be used.                                                  harmful concentrations are leachable, or that they could be        Addresses Regulatory Position NRC Regulatory Guide 1.38, Regulatory Position C.2.c:              released by breakdown under expected environmental                  from RG 1.38.
Subdivision A.3.5.2(1)(a)-This guideline states that the halogen    conditions and could contribute to intergranular cracking or and sulfur content of tapes should not be in excess of 0.10% by    stress corrosion cracking, such as those containing fluorides, weight when used in contact with austenitic stainless steel and    chlorides, sulfur, lead, zinc, copper, and mercury [paperbacked nickel alloy surfaces. In lieu of this guidelines, tapes, when used (masking) tape shall not be used];
with austenitic stainless steel or nickel alloy materials, should not be compounded from or treated with chemical compounds containing elements in such quantities that harmful concentrations could be leached or be released by breakdown of the compound under expected environmental conditions (e.g.,
by radiation). Examples of such compounds are those containing fluorides, chlorides, sulfur, lead, zinc, copper, and mercury.
(b) Upon removal of tape, all residual adhesive shall be            (2) upon removal of tape, all residual adhesive shall be removed    Similar removed by a non-halogenated solvent (acetone, alcohol or          by wiping with a non-halogenated solvent (acetone, alcohol, or equal) wiping.                                                      equal);
(c) Starch, silicone and epoxy type material may be used for        (3) starch, silicone, and epoxy tape material may be used for      Similar tape adhesives.                                                    tape adhesive.
(2) When contacting other surfaces and containers:                  (b) When contacting other surfaces and containers:                  Similar (a) Tapes and adhesives used to seal non-austenitic materials or    (1) tapes and adhesives used to seal non-austenitic materials or    Similar containers are not subject to the above restrictions.              containers are not subject to the above restrictions; (b) Tape shall be impervious to water and not subject to            (2) tape shall be impervious to water and not subject to cracking  Similar cracking or drying out if exposed to sunlight, heat or cold.        or drying out if exposed to sunlight, heat, or cold.
(3) Tapes should be brightly colored to preclude their loss into a  (c) When used on surfaces of items, tapes shall be visibly          Similar system.                                                            distinguishable from the materials on which they are used.          NQA-1 addresses NRC NRC Regulatory Guide 1.38, Regulatory Position C.2.d:                                                                                  position in RG 1.38.
Subdivision A.3.5.2(3)-This guideline states that tapes should be brightly colored to preclude their loss into a system. In lieu of this guidelines, tapes should be colored to contrast with the materials on which they are used.
5/25/04                                                                                                                                                Page 20 of 52
 
Packaging, Shipping, Receiving, Storage And Handling Of Items For  Quality Assurance Requirements for Packaging, Shipping, Receiving,            Comments Nuclear Power Plants (During The Construction Phase)              Storage, and Handling of Items for Nuclear Power Plants N45.2.2                                                      NQA-1 1994 Subpart 2.2 3.6 Barrier and Wrap Materials and Desiccants                      3.6 Barrier and Wrap Materials and Desiccants A barrier generally is a flexible material designed to withstand    Material thickness shall be selected on the basis of type, size,    Similar the penetration of water, water vapor, grease, or harmful gases. and weight of equipment or item to be protected, such that the A wrap is a flexible material, formed around the item or            barrier or wrap will not easily be damaged by puncture, package to exclude dirt and to facilitate handling, marking or      abrasion, weathering, cracking, temperature extremes, wind labeling. Material thickness shall be selected on the basis of      conditions, and the like.
type, size and weight of equipment or item to be protected, such that the barrier or wrap will not easily be damaged by puncture, abrasion, weathering, cracking, temperature extremes, wind conditions, and the like.
Barrier and wrap materials shall be non-halogenated when used      Barrier and wrap materials shall be non-corrosive and shall not    Similar requirement.
in direct contact with austenitic stainless steel, shall be        be otherwise harmful to the item packaged. When barrier and        Alternative not needed under noncorrosive, shall not readily support combustion and shall not    wrap materials are used in direct contact with austenitic          the new QA program.
be otherwise harmful to the item packaged. Vapor-proof barrier      stainless steels, the total and water leachable content of halogen material, used with desiccants constitutes another preservation    shall not be harmful to the item packaged. Also, barrier and system (See Subsection 3.4 of this Standard); it protects against  wrap materials shall not readily support combustion. Vapor-potential damage by water vapor condensate.                        proof barrier materials used with desiccants constitute another Clarification from the current VA QATR:                            preservation system that protects against potential damage by (8) With regard to Section 3.6 of ANSI N45.2.2-1972, titled        water vapor condensate.
Barrier and Wrap Material and Desiccants: This section requires the use of non-halogenated materials in contact with austenitic stainless steel. Refer to Regulatory Guide 1.37 above for the Company position. (Company position from RG 1.37, (3) With regard to Paragraph C.4 of Regulatory Guide 1.37: Expendable materials such as inks and related products, temperature indicating stick, tapes, gummed labels, wrapping materials (other than polyethylene), water soluble dam materials, lubricants, NDE penetrant materials, and couplants, desiccants, and like materials which contact stainless steel or nickel alloy surfaces; shall not contain lead, zinc, copper, mercury, cadmium and other low melting point metals, their alloys or compounds as basic and essential chemical constituents. No more than 0.1 percent (1000 ppm) halogens will be allowed where such elements are leachable or where they could be released by breakdown of the compounds under 5/25/04                                                                                                                                                Page 21 of 52
 
Packaging, Shipping, Receiving, Storage And Handling Of Items For  Quality Assurance Requirements for Packaging, Shipping, Receiving,            Comments Nuclear Power Plants (During The Construction Phase)                Storage, and Handling of Items for Nuclear Power Plants N45.2.2                                                    NQA-1 1994 Subpart 2.2 expected environmental conditions.
3.6.1 Water-proof Barrier Material.                                3.6.1 Waterproof Barrier Material.
Water-proof barrier material shall be resistant to grease and      Waterproof barrier material shall be resistant to grease and        Similar water; it shall protect items from airborne and windblown soils. water; it shall protect items from airborne and windblown soils.
3.6.2 Vapor Barrier Material.                                      3.6.2 Vapor-proof Barrier Material.
Vapor-proof barrier materials shall be sealable and the edge of    Vapor-proof barrier materials shall be sealable, and the edge of    Similar the barrier which normally will be opened at destination shall be  the barrier that normally will be opened at destination shall be of of sufficient area to permit at least two subsequent sealing        sufficient area to permit at least two subsequent sealing operations. (See Appendix A3.6.2 for additional                    operations.
requirements).
A3.6.2 Vapor Barrier Material.
When maximum vapor protection is required, barrier material        When maximum vapor protection is required, barrier material          Similar shall meet the maximum water vapor transmission rate of 0.05        shall meet the maximum water vapor transmission rate of 0.05        NQA-1 addresses the NRC grams per 100 square inches per 24 hours per ASTM E96              g/100 sq in. per 24 hr required by ASTM E 96, Test Methods          position from RG 1.38.
Tests for Water Vapor Transmission Of Materials In Sheet            for Water Vapor Transmission of Materials, Procedure E, and Form, Procedure E and shall be packaged with an approved            shall be packaged with an approved desiccant. Vapor-proof desiccant. The barrier material should be brightly colored to      barrier material should be colored to contrast with the material preclude loss within a system.                                      on which it is used.
NRC Regulatory Guide 1.38, Regulatory Position C.2.e:
: e. Section A.3.6.2-This guidelines states that the vapor barrier material should be brightly colored to preclude loss within a system. In lieu of this guidelines, vapor barrier material should be colored to contrast with the materials on which they are used.
3.6.3 Desiccants.                                                  3.6.3 Desiccants.
Desiccants may be used within a vapor-proof barrier when            Desiccants shall be used within a vapor-proof barrier when          Change from may to shall in condensation or high humidity could damage an item by              condensation or high humidity could damage an item by                NQA-1.
corrosion, mold, or mildew. (See Appendix A3.6.3 for                corrosion, mold, or mildew.
additional requirements).
A3.6.3 Desiccants.
Desiccants shall consist of nondeliquescent, nondusting,            Desiccants shall consist of nondeliquescent, non-dusting,            Similar chemically inert, dehydrating agents. The following criteria        chemically inert, dehydrating agents. The following criteria shall apply when they are used.                                          apply.
5/25/04                                                                                                                                                Page 22 of 52
 
Packaging, Shipping, Receiving, Storage And Handling Of Items For  Quality Assurance Requirements for Packaging, Shipping, Receiving,            Comments Nuclear Power Plants (During The Construction Phase)              Storage, and Handling of Items for Nuclear Power Plants N45.2.2                                                    NQA-1 1994 Subpart 2.2 (1) When used with austenitic stainless steel, the desiccant and    (a) The desiccant bag shall be made of puncture-, tear-, and        NQA-1 splits the statements the bag material shall not have a halogen content over 0.25%.      burst-resistant material                                            from A3.6.3.(1) into two The desiccant bag shall be made of puncture, tear and burst        (b) When used with austenitic stainless steel and nickel alloy      parts. It also addresses the resistant material.                                                materials, tapes, desiccants, and the materials for the desiccant  NRC position from RG 1.38.
NRC Regulatory Guide 1.38, Regulatory Position C.1.c:              bag shall not be compounded from or treated with chemical Subdivision A.3.6.3(1) of ANSI N45.2.2-1972 permits                compounds containing elements in such quantities that harmful desiccants and desiccant bag materials containing not more than    concentrations are leachable, or they could be released by 0.25% halogens to be used with austenitic stainless steels. In      breakdown under expected environmental conditions and could lieu of this requirement, desiccants and the materials for the      contribute to intergranular cracking or stress corrosion cracking, desiccant bags, when used with austenitic stainless steel or        such as those containing fluorides, chlorides, sulfur, lead, zinc, nickel alloy materials, should not be compounded from or            copper, and mercury.
treated with chemical compounds containing elements in such quantities that harmful concentrations could be leached or be released by breakdown of the compounds under expected environmental conditions (e.g., by radiation). Examples of such compounds are those containing fluorides, chlorides, sulfur, lead, zinc, copper, and mercury.
(2) The reactivation temperature and time shall be marked on        (c) The reactivation temperature and time shall be marked on        Similar the desiccant container.                                            the desiccant container..
(3) Canisters used to contain desiccants shall be placed so as to  (d) Canisters used to contain desiccants shall be placed so as to  Similar cause no deleterious effects such as galvanic corrosion, even      cause no deleterious effects such as galvanic corrosion, even when the desiccant has reached its absorptive capacity for          when the desiccant has reached its absorptive capacity for water vapor.                                                        water vapor.
(4) Desiccant bags and canisters, when used, shall be secured      (e) Desiccant bags and canisters, when used, shall be secured      Similar to prevent movement, rupture of the bags, or damage to the          to prevent movement, rupture of the bags, or damage to the item being protected.                                              item being protected.
(5) Water-vaporproof flexible barriers shall be used to seal        (f) Water- and vapor-proof flexible barriers shall be used to seal  Similar items containing desiccants. The included air volume within the    items containing desiccants. The included air volume within the flexible barrier shall be kept to a minimum.                        flexible barrier shall be kept to a minimum.
(6) Items which contain desiccants shall have all openings          (g) Items that contain desiccants shall have all openings          Similar securely scaled. When flange connections are a part of the          securely sealed. When flange connections are a part of the barriers, O-rings or gaskets shall be used with all bolts in place  barriers, O-rings or gaskets shall be used with all bolts in place and tightened sufficiently to insure a water-vapor-proof seal.      and tightened sufficiently to ensure a water- and vapor-proof Weld end preparations, after capping, shall be covered with a      seal. Weld end preparations, after capping, shall be covered water-vapor proof seal.                                            with a water- and vapor-proof seal 5/25/04                                                                                                                                                  Page 23 of 52
 
Packaging, Shipping, Receiving, Storage And Handling Of Items For  Quality Assurance Requirements for Packaging, Shipping, Receiving,            Comments Nuclear Power Plants (During The Construction Phase)                Storage, and Handling of Items for Nuclear Power Plants N45.2.2                                                    NQA-1 1994 Subpart 2.2 (7) Packages and items containing desiccant shall be marked.        (h) Packages and items containing desiccants shall be marked.      Similar The total number of separate bags and/or containers in the          The total number of separate bags or containers of desiccants package shall be indicated.                                        in the package shall be indicated.
(8) The minimum quantity of desiccant for use in each package      (i) The minimum quantity of desiccant for use in each package      Similar shall be determined in accordance with Formula I or Formula II,    shall be determined in accordance with Formula I or Formula II, as applicable.                                                      as applicable.
Formula I: To determine minimum of desiccant for use with          Formula I To determine minimum units of desiccant for use          Similar other than sealed rigid metal barrier:                              with other than sealed rigid metal barrier:
U= 1.6A plus XD.                                                    U = 1.6A + XD Formula II: To determine minimum units of desiccant for use        Formula II To determine minimum units of desiccant for use          Similar within sealed rigid metal barrier:                                  with sealed rigid metal barrier:
U= KV plus XD.                                                      U = KV + XD In the above formulas:                                              Where                                                              Similar, NQA-1 adds K A= Areas of barrier in square feet                                  A = area of barrier, sq ft (m2 x 0.0929)                            factors for volumes in cubic U= Number of units* of desiccant to be used                        U = number of units of desiccant to be used (see Note)              centimeters and cubic meters.
D= Pounds of dunnage (other than metal) within barrier              D = dunnage (other than metal) within barrier, lb. (kg x 2.2)
K= 0.0007 when volume is given in cubic inches                      K = 0.0007 when volume is given in cu in.
K= 1.2 when volume is given in cubic feet                          K = 1.2 when volume is given in cu ft V= Volume within barrier in cubic inches or cubic feet              K = 0.0000425 when volume is given in cm3(42.5 in m3)
X= 8 for hair felt, cellulosic material (including wood) and other  V = volume within barrier in CU in. or CU ft (cm3 or m3) material not categorized below                                      X = 8 for hair felt, cellulosic material (including wood), and X= 6 for bound fibers (animal hair, synthetic fiber or vegetable    other material not categorized below fiber bound with rubber)                                            X = 6 for bound fibers (animal hair, synthetic fiber, or vegetable X= 2 for glass fiber                                                fiber bound with rubber)
X= 0.5 for synthetic foams and rubber                              X = 2 for glass fiber
*A desiccant unit is that quantity of desiccant, as received,      X = 0.5 for synthetic foams and rubber which will absorb at equilibrium with air at 25 C at least the      NOTE: A desiccant unit is that quantity of desiccant, as following quantities of water vapor: 3.00 grams at 20% relative    received, that will absorb at equilibrium with air at 78° F (25°C) humidity and 6.00 grams at 40% relative humidity.                  at least the following quantities of water vapor: 3.00 g at 20%
relative humidity and 6.00 g at 40% relative humidity.
(9) A humidity indicator shall be included in every water-vapor-    (j) A humidity indicator shall be included in every water- and      Similar proof envelope containing desiccant. As applicable, the indicator  vapor-proof envelope containing desiccant. As applicable, the shall be located behind inspection windows or immediately          indicator shall be located behind inspection windows or within the closing edge, face, or cover of the barrier, and as far  immediately within the closing edge, face, or cover of the as practical from the nearest unit of desiccant.                    barrier and, as far as practical, from the nearest unit of 5/25/04                                                                                                                                                Page 24 of 52
 
Packaging, Shipping, Receiving, Storage And Handling Of Items For  Quality Assurance Requirements for Packaging, Shipping, Receiving,              Comments Nuclear Power Plants (During The Construction Phase)                Storage, and Handling of Items for Nuclear Power Plants N45.2.2                                                      NQA-1 1994 Subpart 2.2 desiccant.
3.7 Container, Crating and Skids                                    3.7 Containers, Crating, and Skids 3.7.1 Containers.                                                  3.7.1 Containers.
Containers are used when maximum protection for the item or        Containers shall be used when maximum protection for the item      Similar its barrier is required. Domestic types used shall be limited to:  or its barrier is required. Domestic types used shall be limited to the following:
(1) Cleated, sheathed boxes (500 lb. maximum net weight).          (a) cleated, sheathed boxes [500 lb. (227 kg) maximum net          Similar Clarification from the current VA QATR: (9) With regard            weight]                                                            Alternative not required under to Section 3.7.1 of ANSI N45.2.2-1972, titled Containers :                                                                              new QA program.
Cleated, sheathed boxes may be used up to 1000 lb rather than 500 lb as specified in 3.7.1(1). This type of box is safe for, and has been tested for, loads up to 1000 lb. Other national standards allow this (see Federal Specification PPP-B-601).
Special qualifications testing shall be required for loads above 1000 lb.
(2) Nailed wood boxes.                                              (b) nailed wood boxes                                              Similar (3) Wood-cleated solid fiberboard boxes.                            (c) wood-cleated solid fiberboard boxes                            Similar (5) Metal or fiber drums.                                          (d) metal or fiber drums                                            Similar (6) Crates (See Paragraph 3.7.2).                                  (e) crates (see para. 3.7.2)                                        Similar (7) Wire bound boxes (200 lb. maximum net weight).                  (f) wire bound boxes [200 Lb. (91 kg) maximum net weight]          Similar (8) Other specially designed containers for special equipment.      (g) other specially designed containers for special equipment      Similar (4) Fiberboard boxes (120 lb. maximum net weight. See              (h) fiberboard boxes [120 lb. (54.5 kg) maximum net weight].        NQA-1 changed the order of Appendix A3.7.1 for additional requirements).                                                                                          the list to coincide with the additional information below for fiberboard boxes.
Cleated boxes in excess of 50 lb. shall be bound with steel                                                                            Addressed in item 5 below for strapping or equivalent around the container at not less than two                                                                      NQA-1.
places. (See Appendix A3.7.1 for additional requirements.)
A3.7.1 Fiberboard Boxes.
The following criteria apply for fiberboard boxes used as          The following criteria shall apply for fiberboard boxes used as    Similar exterior containers:                                                exterior containers.
(1) Boxes shall be weather-resistant fiberboard preferably from    (1) Boxes shall be weather-resistant fiberboard preferably from    Similar the following grade types (or compliance symbol): V2 s, V3 s,      the grade types (or compliance symbol): V2 s, V3 s, or V3 c or V3 c. (Federal Specification PPP-B-636.)                        (Federal Specification PPP-B-636).
5/25/04                                                                                                                                                  Page 25 of 52
 
Packaging, Shipping, Receiving, Storage And Handling Of Items For  Quality Assurance Requirements for Packaging, Shipping, Receiving,            Comments Nuclear Power Plants (During The Construction Phase)                Storage, and Handling of Items for Nuclear Power Plants N45.2.2                                                    NQA-1 1994 Subpart 2.2 (2) Box style shall be RSC - Regular slotted box, (Outer flaps      (2) Box style shall be RSC regular slotted box (outer flaps meet,  Similar meet, inner flaps and outer flaps are of equal length).            inner flaps and outer flaps are of equal length).
(3) Fiberboard boxes shall be securely closed with a water          (3) Fiberboard boxes shall be securely closed with a water-        Similar resistant adhesive applied to the entire area of contact between    resistant adhesive applied to the entire area of contact between the flaps. All seams, and joints shall be further sealed with not  the flaps. All seams and joints shall be further sealed with not less than two inch wide, water resistant tape                      less than 2 in. (5 cm) wide, water-resistant tape.
(4) Boxes shall be strapped with pressure-sensitive reinforced      (4) Boxes shall be strapped with pressure-sensitive reinforced      Similar tape, length-wise (top, bottom and ends), girthwide (top, bottom    tape, lengthwise (top, bottom, and ends), girthwise (top, bottom, and sides) and horizontal sides and ends.                          and sides), and horizontal sides and ends.
(5) Wood cleating on fiberboard boxes shall be fabricated from      (5) Wood cleating on fiberboard boxes shall be fabricated from      Similar, 2nd sentence also sound, well-seasoned lumber.                                        sound, well-seasoned lumber. Cleated boxes in excess of 50 lb      compares to N45.2.2 (See (22.7 kg) shall be bound with steel strapping, or equivalent,      section 3.7.1) around the container at not less than two places.
3.7.2 Crates and Skids.                                            3.7.2 Crates and Skids.
Crates and skids shall be used for equipment in excess of 500      Crates and skids shall be used for equipment in excess of 500      Similar lb. Skids and runners shall be used on boxes with a gross weight lb. (227 kg). Skids and runners shall be used on boxes with a          Clarification not required of 100 lb. or more, allowing a minimum floor clearance for          gross weight of 100 lb. (45.5 kg) or more, allowing a minimum      under the new QAPD.
forklift tines as provided by 4 inch lumber.                        floor clearance for forklift tines as provided by 4 in. (10 cm)
Clarification from the current VA QATR:                            lumber.
(10) With regard to Section 3.7.2 of ANSI N45.2.2-1972, titled Crates and Skids : Skids or runners will normally be used on containers with a gross weight of 100 lb or more. Skids or runner will normally be fabricated from 4 x 4 inch nominal lumber size, minimum, and laid flat except where this is impractical because of the small dimensions of the container. If forklift handling is required, minimum floor clearance for forklift tines will be provided.
3.8 Cushioning, Blocking, Bracing and Anchoring                    3.8 Cushioning, Blocking, Bracing, and Anchoring 3.8.1 Cushioning                                                    3.8.1 Cushioning.
Cushioning shall be used where protection from shock and            Cushioning shall be used where protection from shock and            Similar vibration is required; the cushioning materials shall have          vibration is required. The cushioning materials shall have sufficient strength to perform this function. (See Appendix A3.8.1  sufficient strength to perform this function.
for additional requirements.)
A3.8.1 Cushioning.
Selection of cushioning materials shall be based on the            Selection of cushioning material shall be based on the following. Similar 5/25/04                                                                                                                                                Page 26 of 52
 
Packaging, Shipping, Receiving, Storage And Handling Of Items For  Quality Assurance Requirements for Packaging, Shipping, Receiving,        Comments Nuclear Power Plants (During The Construction Phase)                Storage, and Handling of Items for Nuclear Power Plants N45.2.2                                                    NQA-1 1994 Subpart 2.2 following:
(1) It shall exhibit no corrosive effect when in contact with the  (a) It shall exhibit no corrosive effect when in contact with the  Similar item being cushioned.                                              item being cushioned.
(2) It shall have low moisture content and exhibit low moisture    (b) It shall have low moisture content and exhibit low moisture    Similar absorption properties; or if the cushioning material has some      absorption properties, or if the cushioning material has some moisture absorbing capacity, the item shall be protected with a    moisture absorbing capacity, the item shall be protected with a water-vapor-proof barrier.                                          water-vapor-proof barrier.
(3) It shall have negligible dusting characteristics.              (c) It shall have negligible dusting characteristics.              Similar (4) It shall not readily support combustion.                        (d) It shall not readily support combustion.                        Similar 3.8.2 Blocking and Bracing.                                        3.8.2 Blocking and Bracing.
Blocking and bracing used for protection of the load to be          Blocking and bracing used for protection of the load to be          Similar supported, shall be compatible with the size, shape, and strength  supported shall be compatible with the size, shape, and strength of bearing areas of the shipment. The blocking and bracing used    of bearing areas of the shipment. The blocking and bracing used to prevent item movement shall withstand thrust and impact          to prevent item movement shall withstand thrust and impact applied in any direction. Blocking and bracing used in direct      applied in any direction. Blocking and bracing used in direct contact with the item being blocked shall not have a corrosive      contact with the item being blocked shall not have a corrosive effect on the item.                                                effect on the item.
3.8.3 Anchoring.                                                    3.8.3 Anchoring.
Anchoring of the item within a crate or on a skid shall            Anchoring of the item within a crate or on a skid shall            Similar adequately fasten the item during shipment and protect the item    adequately fasten the item during shipment and protect the item from potential damage due to rough handling. To facilitate          from potential damage due to rough handling.
disassembly and minimize damage when removing container contents, bolting is preferred. (See Appendix A3.8.3 for additional requirements).
A3.8.3 Anchoring.
When bolts are used for anchoring the following criteria shall      When bolts are used for anchoring, the following criteria shall    Similar apply                                                              apply.
(1) If precision bolt holes in the item are used for anchoring,    (a) If precision bolt holes in the item are used for anchoring,    Similar precaution shall be taken to insure that properly fitting bolts of  precaution shall be taken to ensure that properly fitting bolts of the correct dimension and characteristics are used to prevent      the correct dimension and characteristics are used to prevent marring or elongation of the holes.                                marring or elongation of the holes.
(2) Holes bored through containers or mounting bases shall          (b) Holes bored through containers or mounting bases shall          Similar provide a snug fit.                                                provide a snug fit.
(3) When mounting items to container bases equipped with            (c) When mounting items to container bases equipped with            Similar 5/25/04                                                                                                                                            Page 27 of 52
 
Packaging, Shipping, Receiving, Storage And Handling Of Items For  Quality Assurance Requirements for Packaging, Shipping, Receiving,        Comments Nuclear Power Plants (During The Construction Phase)                Storage, and Handling of Items for Nuclear Power Plants N45.2.2                                                    NQA-1 1994 Subpart 2.2 skids, bolts shall be extended through the skids whenever          skids, bolts shall be extended through the skids whenever practical. In such instances counter-sinking of the bolt in the    practical. In such instances, countersinking of the bolts in the sliding surface of the skid is necessary.                          sliding surface of the skid shall be done.
(4) Washers shall be used under the nuts to decrease the            (d) Washers shall be used under the nuts to decrease the            Similar possibility of the bolt pulling through the wood.                  possibility of the bolt pulling through the wood.
(5) Nuts shall be properly torqued. To prevent their loosening      (e) Nuts shall be properly tightened. To prevent their loosening    Similar during shipment, lock nuts, lock washers, cotter pins, or staking  during shipment, lock nuts, lock washers, cotter pins, or staking shall be employed.                                                  shall be employed.
(From 3.8.3, not the appendix.) Temporary cushioning, blocking,    Temporary cushioning, blocking, bracing, or anchoring placed on    Similar bracing or anchoring placed within an item for shipping            an item for shipping protection that needs to be removed prior to protection that must be removed prior to operation of the item      operation of the item shall be identified by warnings placed in a shall be identified by warnings placed in a conspicuous manner      conspicuous manner to effect proper removal of the packing to effect proper removal of the packing material.                  material.
3.9 Marking                                                        3.9 Marking To maintain proper identification and instructions or both during  To maintain proper identification and instructions, or both, during Similar shipping, receiving and storage, and to provide for identification  shipping, receiving, and storage and to provide for identification after the outside of the container has been removed, the item      after the outside of the container has been removed, the item and the outside of containers shall be marked. (See Appendix        and the outside of the containers shall be marked. If equipment 3.9 for additional requirements.)                                  does not lend itself to marking, records shall be maintained that are uniquely identifiable to the item.
A3.9 Marking Items shall be marked to preserve identity in accordance with      Items shall be marked to preserve identity in accordance with      Similar the following criteria                                              the following criteria.
(1) The specified identification shall be stamped, etched,          (a) The specified identification shall be stamped, etched,          Similar stenciled or otherwise marked on the item or on tags to be          stenciled, or otherwise marked on the item or on tags to be affixed securely to the item in plain, unobstructed view. When      affixed securely to the item in plain, unobstructed view. When metal stamps are employed, low stress rounded bottom type          metal stamps are employed, low stress, rounded bottom type stamps shall be used when the item proper is marked. When          stamps shall be used when the item proper is marked. When vibrating marking tools are used they shall be fitted with a        vibrating marking tools are used, they shall be fitted with a carbide marking tip or equivalent; and shall be designed to        carbide marking tip or its equivalent, and shall be designed to provide a rounded impression not to exceed 0.010 inches in          provide a rounded impression not to exceed 0.010 in. (0.25 mm) depth. Etching shall not be used on nickel alloys or on weld        in depth. Etching shall not be used on nickel alloys, weld areas, areas or sensitized areas of stainless steel. Electric arc marking  or sensitized areas of stainless steel. Electric-arc marking pencils shall not be used.                                          pencils shall not be used.
(2) The marking shall not be deleterious to the material nor        (b) The marking shall not be deleterious to the material nor        Similar 5/25/04                                                                                                                                            Page 28 of 52
 
Packaging, Shipping, Receiving, Storage And Handling Of Items For  Quality Assurance Requirements for Packaging, Shipping, Receiving,          Comments Nuclear Power Plants (During The Construction Phase)                Storage, and Handling of Items for Nuclear Power Plants N45.2.2                                                    NQA-1 1994 Subpart 2.2 violate any other section of this standard.                        violate any other Section of Subpart 2.2.
(3) When tags are employed, they shall be of a material which      (c) When tags are employed, they shall be of a material which      Similar will retain the marking, withstand weathering deterioration, and    will retain the marking, withstand weathering deterioration, and other normal shipping and handling effects and shall not be        other normal shipping and handling effects, and shall not be detrimental to the item.                                            detrimental to the item.
(4) The English language shall be used. Duplicate marking may      (d) The English language shall be used. Duplicate marking may      Similar be made in other languages.                                        be made in other languages.
(5) References to weights shall be in avoirdupois units.            (e) References to weights shall be in avoirdupois units.            Similar Duplicate markings in other systems may also be indicated.          Duplicate markings in other systems may also be indicated Markings on the outside container shall be in accordance with      Markings on the outside container shall be in accordance with      Similar the following criteria:                                            the following criteria.
(1) Container markings shall appear on a minimum of two sides      (a) Container markings shall appear on a minimum of two sides      Similar of the container, preferably on one side and one end.              of a container, preferably on one side and one end.
(2) The English language shall be used. Duplicate marking may      (b) The English language shall be used. Duplicate marking may      Similar be made in other languages or in pictorial markings according to    be made in other languages or in pictorial marking according to ISO Recommendation R780 Pictorial Markings For Handling of          IS0 Recommendation R780, Pictorial Markings for Handling of Goods (general symbols) or ANSI MH6.1.                              Goods (general symbols) or ANSI MH6.1.
(3) References to weights shall be in avoirdupois units.            (c) References to weights shall be in avoirdupois units.            Similar Duplicate marking in other systems may also be indicated.          Duplicate markings in other systems may also be indicated.
(4) Container markings shall be applied with waterproof ink or      (d) Container markings shall be applied with waterproof ink or      Modified requirement in paint in characters no less than 3/4 inch high, container size      paint in characters that are legible. When information relative to  NQA-1.
permitting.                                                        handling and special instructions is required, such information    Alternative has been Clarification from the current VA QATR:                            shall be preceded by the word CAUTION in letters that are at        addressed in NQA-1-1994.
(24) With regard to Section A3.9 of ANSI N45.2.2-1972, titled      least 1/2 in. (1 2.7 mm), as permitted by container size.
Marking: As an alternative to the requirements in Subpart 4, the Company may choose to mark containers with waterproof ink or paint with legible characters. (See 6 below for continuation.)
(5) Where tags or labels are used, they shall be affixed to the    (e) Where tags or labels are used, they shall be affixed to the    Similar container using a waterproof adhesive, tacks where practical, or    container using a waterproof adhesive, tacks where practical, or a corrosion resistant wire.                                        a corrosion-resistant wire.
(6) Container marking shall include the following information:      (f) Container markings shall include the following information      Similar (a) Destination                                                    (1) destination                                                A similar alternative proposed (b) Return address                                                  (2) return address                                              in the new QAPD.
(c) Package numbers showing the purchase order number,              (3) package numbers showing the purchase order number, 5/25/04                                                                                                                                                Page 29 of 52
 
Packaging, Shipping, Receiving, Storage And Handling Of Items For  Quality Assurance Requirements for Packaging, Shipping, Receiving,        Comments Nuclear Power Plants (During The Construction Phase)                Storage, and Handling of Items for Nuclear Power Plants N45.2.2                                                    NQA-1 1994 Subpart 2.2 followed by the package number and the total number of              followed by the package number and the total number of packages.                                                          packages (d) Material identification number                                  (4) material identification number (e) Handling instructions - Fragile, Center of Gravity, Keep        (5) handling instructions (e.g., Fragile, Center of Gravity, Dry, This Side Up, Sling Here, Do Not Freeze, stacking              Keep Dry, This Side Up, Sling Here, Do Not Freeze) and limitations as appropriate.                                        stacking limitations, as appropriate (f) Weight of package (in excess of 100 pounds).                    (6) weight of package [in excess of 100 Lb. (45.5 kg)
(g) Special Instructions. Desiccant Inside, Special Inspection,    (7) special instructions (Desiccant Inside, Special Inspection, Storage, Unpacking Restrictions, etc. as appropriate.              Storage, Unpacking Restrictions, etc.) as appropriate Clarification from the current VA QATR:
(24) With regard to Section A3.9 of ANSI N45.2.2-1972, titled Marking:  Additionally, the requirements of Subpart 6 shall only apply to shipment of items. Items in storage shall be affixed with labels or tags with sufficient information to preserve the items identity.
Marking of items not within a container, such as pipe, tanks and    Marking of items not within a container, such as pipe, tanks, and Similar heat exchangers, shall exhibit specified information in a location  heat exchangers, shall exhibit specified information in a location which is in plain unobstructed view, but not directly applied to    which is in plain unobstructed view. Marking may be applied bare austenitic stainless steel and nickel alloy metal surfaces of  directly to bare metal surfaces provided it has been established the item.                                                          that the marking material is not deleterious to the item.
4.0 SHIPPING                                                        4 SHIPPING 4.1 General                                                        4.1 General This section covers the requirements for loading and shipment      This Section covers the requirements for loading and shipment      Similar of items as defined in Subsection 2.7 of this standard.            of items as defined in para. 2.2. The mode of transportation Described are environmental protection during transit,              used shall be consistent with the protection classification of the procedures to minimize damage in transit, precaution required      item (see para. 2.1) and with the packaging methods employed when handling items during loading and transit, and identification  (see para. 3.2).
and inspection on overseas shipments.
The mode of transportation used shall be consistent with the protection classification of the item (See Subsection 2.7 of this Standard) and with the packaging methods employed (See Subsection 3.2 of this Standard).
NRC Regulatory Guide 1.38, Regulatory Position C.1.e:
Notwithstanding the provisions of subdivision 1.2 of ANSI N45.2.2-1972 with respect to the applicability of this standard 5/25/04                                                                                                                                            Page 30 of 52
 
Packaging, Shipping, Receiving, Storage And Handling Of Items For  Quality Assurance Requirements for Packaging, Shipping, Receiving,            Comments Nuclear Power Plants (During The Construction Phase)                Storage, and Handling of Items for Nuclear Power Plants N45.2.2                                                    NQA-1 1994 Subpart 2.2 and the definition of carrier contained in subdivision 1.4 of ANSI N45.2.2-1972, nothing contained in Section 4, "Shipping,"
of ANSI N45.2.2-1972 should be deemed to require a common or contract carrier transporting or shipping byproduct, source, or special nuclear material in the ordinary course of its business to comply with the provisions set forth in this section of the standard. In this situation these carriers are exempt from NRC regulation under the provisions of 10 CFR [SECTIONS] 30.13, 40.12, and 70.12. Therefore, the provisions of Section 4 of ANSI N45.2.2-1972 apply only to the extent that they affect the activities of an NRC licensee (e.g., requirements related to shipping contained in 10 CFR Part 71) or a private carrier subject to NRC regulations.
4.2 Transportation Requirements                                    4.2 Transportation Requirements 4.2.1 Open Carriers.                                                4.2.1 Open Carriers.
For shipment on open carriers where items may be exposed to        For shipment on open carriers where items may be exposed to        Similar adverse environmental conditions, the following shall apply:        adverse environmental conditions, the following shall apply.
(1) Level A, B, and C items shall be covered for protection        (a) Levels A, B, and C items shall be covered for protection        Similar from environmental conditions. Tarpaulins, when used, shall be      from environmental conditions. Tarpaulins, when used, shall be fire retardant; and they shall be installed in a manner to provide  fire retardant, and they shall be installed in a manner to provide drainage and to insure air circulation to prevent condensation. drainage and to ensure air circulation to prevent condensation.
(2) Barrier and wrapping materials (See Subsection 3.6 of this      (b) Barrier and wrapped materials (see para. 3.6) subject to        Similar Standard) subject to transportation damage shall be covered        transportation damage shall be covered with waterproof with waterproof shrouds such as tarpaulins, so that they are not    shrouds, such as tarpaulins, so that they are not exposed directly exposed directly to the environment.                                to the environment.
4.2.2 Closed Carriers.                                              4.2.2 Closed Carriers.
For shipment on closed carriers the following shall apply:          For shipment on closed carriers the following shall apply.          Similar (1) When level A, B, and C items cannot be adequately              When Levels A, B, and C items cannot be adequately protected        Similar protected from weather or environment on open carriers, closed      from weather or environment on open carriers, closed carriers carriers shall be used.                                            or fully enclosed vehicles shall be used.
(2) Use of fully enclosed furniture vans is recommended when                                                                            Not a requirement.
shipping large delicate items such as control panels.
4.2.3 Special Shipments.                                            4.2.3 Special Shipments.                                            NRC position is that the term NRC Regulatory Guide 1.38, Regulatory Position C.2.a                                                                                    should be treated as shall.
Position is incorporated into 5/25/04                                                                                                                                                  Page 31 of 52
 
Packaging, Shipping, Receiving, Storage And Handling Of Items For  Quality Assurance Requirements for Packaging, Shipping, Receiving,          Comments Nuclear Power Plants (During The Construction Phase)              Storage, and Handling of Items for Nuclear Power Plants N45.2.2                                                    NQA-1 1994 Subpart 2.2
: 2. The guidelines (indicated by the verb "should") of ANSI                                                                              NQA-1.
N45.2.2-1972 contained in the following section are considered to have sufficient safety importance to be treated the same as the requirements of the standard, subject to any exceptions noted:
: a. Section 4.2.3-The guidelines concerning special shipments.
Items that exceed established weight or size limitations for        Items that exceed established weight or size limitations for        Similar railroads or highways, or require special handling should be        railroads or highways or require special handling shall be given given additional consideration in the following areas:              additional consideration in the following areas.
(1) The type of bracing and tie down methods to be used with        (a) The type of bracing and tie down methods to tie used with      Similar the mode of transportation selected for special shipment shall be  the mode of transportation selected for special shipments shall specified.                                                          be specified.
(2) "NO HUMPING" shall be specified on rail shipments of            (b) NO HUMPING shall be specified on rail shipments of these        Similar these items, and "NO HUMPING" signs shall be prominently            items, and NO HUMPING signs shall be prominently displayed.
displayed.
(3) Use of impact recording meters should be specified on          (c) Use of impact recording meters shall be specified on            Similar shipments of heavy or relatively large items incorporating          shipments of heavy or relatively large items incorporating delicate factory installed instrumentation. Meters, when            delicate factory-installed instrumentation. Meters, when specified, shall be installed prior to loading (to record any rough specified, shall be installed prior to loading (to record any rough handling during loading). Procedures shall be established to        handling during loading). Procedures shall be established to interpret recorded data, and to thoroughly check the integrity of  interpret recorded data and to thoroughly check the integrity of an item when there is evidence of rough handling. A notice that    an item when there is evidence of rough handling. A notice that impact recording meters are being used shall be prominently        impact recording meters are being used shall be prominently displayed. Special recording meters with operating time limits      displayed. Special recording meters with operating time limits greater than the expected transit time shall be specified or, if    greater than the expected transit time shall be specified or, if the expected transit time exceeds the operating time limit of the  the expected transit time exceeds the operating time limit of the recorders being used, provisions shall be made to service the      recorders being used, provisions shall be made to service the meters during transit.                                              meters during transit.
(4) The use of "Escorts may be specified to accompany                                                                                  Not a requirement.
shipments, when additional surveillance is required during transit of certain items.
(5) For special shipments, the conveyance used for transport        (d) For special shipments, the conveyance used for transport        Similar shall be certified to be structurally adequate to take the loads    shall be certified to be structurally adequate to take the loads imposed during loading while enroute, and during unloading.        imposed during loading, while enroute, and during unloading.
Prior to shipment the route shall have been investigated to        Prior to shipment the route shall have been investigated to 5/25/04                                                                                                                                              Page 32 of 52
 
Packaging, Shipping, Receiving, Storage And Handling Of Items For  Quality Assurance Requirements for Packaging, Shipping, Receiving,              Comments Nuclear Power Plants (During The Construction Phase)                Storage, and Handling of Items for Nuclear Power Plants N45.2.2                                                      NQA-1 1994 Subpart 2.2 assure safe transit.                                                assure safe transit.
4.3 Precautions During Loading and Transit                          4.3 Precautions During loading and Transit Clarification from the current VA QATR:                                                                                                  Similar (11) With regard to Sections 4.3, 4.4 and 4.5 of ANSI N45.2.2-                                                                          Clarification not needed for 1972, titled, respectively, Precautions During Loading and                                                                              the new QA program.
Transit, Identification and Marking, and Shipment from Countries Outside the United States: The Company will comply with the requirements of these Sections subject to the clarifications taken to other Sections which are referenced herein.
4.3.1 Loading.                                                      4.3.1 Loading.
The weight, lifting points, or center of gravity indicated on the  The weight, lifting points, or center of gravity indicated by the    Similar crate, skid, or package by the shipper (See Subsection 3.9 of      shipper on the crate, skid, or package by the shipper (see para.
this Standard) shall be utilized to insure proper handling during  3.9) shall be utilized to ensure proper handling during loading, loading, transfer between carriers, and unloading (See Section 7    transfer between carriers, and unloading (see Section 7).
of this Standard).
4.3.2 Rigging.                                                      4.3.2 Rigging.
Carbon steel rigging equipment shall not come in direct contact    Carbon steel rigging equipment shall not come in direct contact      Similar with stainless steel except when attached to lifting lugs, eyes, or with stainless steel, except when attached to lifting lugs, eyes, pads, in order to avoid surface damage.                            or pads in order to avoid surface damage.
4.3.3 Handling Precautions.                                        4.3.3 Handling Precautions.
All Austenitic Stainless steel and nickel base alloy materials      All austenitic stainless steel and nickel-base alloy materials shall Similar shall be handled in such a manner that they are not in contact      be handled in such a manner that they are not in contact with with lead, zinc, copper, mercury, or other low melting elements,    lead, zinc, copper, mercury, or other low melting point elements, alloys, or halogenated material.                                    alloys, or halogenated material.
4.3.4 Package/Preservative Coatings.                                4.3.4 Package and Preservative Coatings.
Packages and/or preservative coatings shall be visually            Package or preservative coatings shall be visually inspected        Similar inspected after loading, and damaged areas repaired prior to        after loading and damaged areas repaired prior to shipment.
shipment. Items shipped with desiccants shall be inspected after    Items shipped with desiccants shall be inspected after loading to loading to assure that sealed areas are intact.                    assure that sealed areas are intact.
4.3.5 Sealed Openings.                                              4.3.5 Sealed Openings.
Sealed Openings shall be visually inspected after loading to        Sealed openings shall be visually inspected after loading to        Similar assure closures are intact. Materials used for resealing shall be  assure closures are intact. Materials used for resealing shall be in accordance with Section 3 of this Standard.                      in accordance with Section 3.
5/25/04                                                                                                                                                  Page 33 of 52
 
Packaging, Shipping, Receiving, Storage And Handling Of Items For  Quality Assurance Requirements for Packaging, Shipping, Receiving,            Comments Nuclear Power Plants (During The Construction Phase)              Storage, and Handling of Items for Nuclear Power Plants N45.2.2                                                    NQA-1 1994 Subpart 2.2 4.3.6 Stacking.                                                    4.3.6 Stacking.
Written instructions covering the location and stacking limits of  Where special care is deemed necessary to avert damage,            NRC position is that the term the crates or boxes on the transport vehicle shall be specified;    written instructions concerning the location or stacking limits for should be treated as shall.
these should be marked on the container.                            crates or boxes shall be marked on the containers.                  Position is incorporated into NRC Regulatory Guide 1.38, Regulatory Position C.2.b:                                                                                  NQA-1.
: 2. The guidelines (indicated by the verb "should") of ANSI N45.2.2-1972 contained in the following section are considered to have sufficient safety importance to be treated the same as the requirements of the standard, subject to any exceptions noted:
: b. Section 4.3.6-The guideline that addresses written instruction on stacking.
4.3.7 Theft and Vandalism.                                          4.3.7 Theft and Vandalism.
Precautions shall be taken to minimize the possibility of theft    Precautions shall be taken to minimize the possibility of theft    Similar and vandalism during shipment of items.                            and vandalism during shipment of items.
4.4 Identification and Marking                                      4.4 Identification and Markings Identification and markings on the outside of all packages, skids  Identification and markings on the outside of all packages, skids, Similar or protective covering shall be maintained in accordance with      or protective covering shall be maintained.
Subsection 3.9 of this standard.
4.5 Shipments From Countries Outside United States                  4.5 Shipments From Countries Outside the United States 4.5.1 Overseas Shipment.                                            4.5.1 Overseas Shipment.
When overseas shipments are involved, use of deck cargo            When overseas shipments are involved, use of deck cargo            Similar facilities shall be avoided unless necessary due to physical        facilities shall be avoided unless necessary due to physical dimensions. Shipments utilizing approved watertight containers      dimensions. Shipments utilizing approved watertight containers may be carried on deck.                                            may be carried on deck.
4.5.2 Inspection at Point of Shipment.                              4.5.2 Inspections at Point of Shipment.
For Special shipments, items shall be inspected to insure          Items shall be inspected to ensure integrity of packaging or        Similar integrity of packaging or protective enclosures after being        protective enclosures after being loaded aboard ship.
loaded aboard ship.
4.5.3 Inspection at Port of Entry.                                  4.5.3 Inspection at Port of Entry.
For special shipments, items shall be inspected to insure          Items shall be inspected to ensure integrity of packaging or        Similar integrity of packaging or protective enclosures when items are      protective enclosures when items are off-loaded at the port of off loaded at the port of entry.                                    entry.
5/25/04                                                                                                                                                  Page 34 of 52
 
Packaging, Shipping, Receiving, Storage And Handling Of Items For  Quality Assurance Requirements for Packaging, Shipping, Receiving,            Comments Nuclear Power Plants (During The Construction Phase)              Storage, and Handling of Items for Nuclear Power Plants N45.2.2                                                    NQA-1 1994 Subpart 2.2 4.5.4 Identification and Markings.                                  4.5.4 Identification and Markings.
Identification and markings shall follow the procedure outlined    Identification and markings shall follow the procedure outlined    Similar in Subsection 3.9 of this standard. The English language and        in para. 3.9.
avoirdupois weight shall be used for all identification and marking. Duplicate markings and identification in other languages or weight systems may be used.
4.5.5 Transportation Requirements.                                  4.5.5 Transportation Requirements.
Requirements outlined in Subsection 4.2 (Transportation) and in    Requirements outlined in para. 4.2 and Section 7 shall be          Similar Section 7 of this standard shall be followed where applicable.      followed where applicable.
4.6 Nuclear Material Shipment                                      4.6 Nuclear Material Shipments Special nuclear material and sources shall be shipped as            Special nuclear material and sources shall be shipped as            Similar specified in the AEC fuel license and by other regulatory          specified in the NRC fuel license and by other regulatory agencies.                                                          agencies.
: 5. RECEIVING                                                        5 RECEIVING 5.1 General                                                        5.1 General This section contains requirements that are to be fulfilled by the  The requirements that shall be fulfilled by the organization(s)    Similar, but examples of items organization or organizations responsible for the receiving of      responsible for the receiving of items. Receiving starts when      included in receiving have not items. Receiving starts when the items arrive at a storage          the items arrive at a storage facility or construction site before  been included in this facility or construction site before unloading or unpacking.        unloading or unpacking.                                            paragraph of NQA-1 Included are procedures, inspections, marking, identification and documentation prior to placing the item in storage or directly in its final location. Shipping damage claims, transfer of ownership, financial responsibility and contractual obligations are commercial obligations which are not included in the scope of this standard.
5.2 Receiving Inspection Requirements                              5.2 Receiving Inspection Requirements 5.2.1 Shipping Damage Inspection.                                  5.2.1 Shipping Damage Inspection.
Preliminary visual inspection or examination shall be performed    Preliminary visual inspection shall be performed prior to or        Similar prior to unloading to determine if any damage occurred during      immediately after unloading to determine if any damage              Clarification no longer needed shipping.                                                          occurred during shipping.                                          with the new QA program.
Clarification from the current VA QATR:
(12) With regard to Section 5.2.1 of ANSI N45.2.2-1972, titled Shipping Damage Inspection: Warehouse personnel will normally visually scrutinize incoming shipments for damage of 5/25/04                                                                                                                                                Page 35 of 52
 
Packaging, Shipping, Receiving, Storage And Handling Of Items For  Quality Assurance Requirements for Packaging, Shipping, Receiving,            Comments Nuclear Power Plants (During The Construction Phase)                Storage, and Handling of Items for Nuclear Power Plants N45.2.2                                                    NQA-1 1994 Subpart 2.2 the types listed in this Section; this activity is not necessarily performed prior to unloading. Since all required items receive the Item Inspection of Section 5.2.2, separate documentation of the Shipping Damage Inspection is not necessary. Release of the transport agent after unloading and signing for receipt of the shipment may be all of the action taken to document completion of the Shipping Damage Inspection. Any non-conformance noted will be documented and dispositioned as required by Section 17.2.15 of the Operational QA Program. The person performing the visual scrutiny during unloading is not considered to be performing an inspection function as defined under Regulatory Guide 1.74; therefore, while he will be trained to perform this function he may not necessarily be certified (N45.2.6) as an Inspector.
Observations for unusual conditions shall include:                  Observations for unusual conditions shall include:                  Similar (1) Fire - Charred paper, wood or paint, indicating exposure to    (a) fire - charred paper, wood, or paint, indicating exposure to    Similar fire or high temperature.                                          fire or high temperature; (2) Excessive Exposure - Weather-beaten, frayed, rusted, or        (b) excessive exposure - weather-beaten, frayed, rusted, or        Similar stained containers indicating prolonged exposure during transit. stained containers, indicating prolonged exposure during transit; (3) Environmental Damage - Water or oil marks, damp                (c) environmental damage - water or oil marks, damp                Similar conditions, dirty areas, or salt film (indicating exposure to sea  conditions, dirty areas, or salt film, indicating exposure to water or winter road salt chemicals).                              seawater or winter road salt chemicals; (4) Tie Down Failure - Shifted, broken, loose or twisted            (d) tie down failure - shifted, broken, loose, or twisted shipping  Similar shipping ties, and worn material under ties, indicating improper    ties, and worn material under ties indicating improper blocking blocking and tie down during shipment.                              and tie down during shipment; (5) Rough Handling - Splintered, torn, or crushed containers        (e) rough handling - splintered, torn, or crushed containers,      Clarified by separating into indicating improper handling. Review of impact recording            indicating improper handling;                                      two separate checks in instrument readings.                                                (f) review of impact recording instrument readings against          NQA-1.
established criteria. See para. 4.2.3(c).
5.2.2 Item Inspection.                                              5.2.2 Item Inspection.
Unless the package marking prohibits unpacking, the content of      Unless the package marking prohibits unpacking, the contents        Similar all shipments shall be visually inspected to verify that the        of all shipments shall be visually inspected to verify that the specified packaging and shipping requirements have been            specified packaging and shipping requirements have been maintained. When items are contained in transparent separate        maintained. When items are contained in transparent, separate 5/25/04                                                                                                                                                Page 36 of 52
 
Packaging, Shipping, Receiving, Storage And Handling Of Items For  Quality Assurance Requirements for Packaging, Shipping, Receiving,        Comments Nuclear Power Plants (During The Construction Phase)                Storage, and Handling of Items for Nuclear Power Plants N45.2.2                                                    NQA-1 1994 Subpart 2.2 moisture-proof bags or envelopes, visual inspection without        moisture-proof bags or envelopes, visual inspection without unpacking the contents is acceptable.                              unpacking the contents shall be acceptable.
Statistical sampling methods may be used for groups of similar      Where specific inspection requirements can be achieved,            Similar items. Care shall be taken to avoid contamination of the items      statistical sampling methods may be used for groups of similar during inspection. The inspections shall be performed in an area,  items. Care shall be taken to avoid contamination of the items equivalent to the level of storage requirement for the item (See    during inspection. The inspections shall be performed in an area Section 6 of this Standard).                                        equivalent to the level of storage requirement for the item (see Section 6).
These inspections and examinations shall include the following      These inspections and examinations shall include the following,    Similar as appropriate:                                                    as appropriate:
(1) Identification and Marking. Verification that                  (a) identification and marking - verification that identification  Similar identification and markings are in accordance with applicable      and markings are in accordance with applicable codes, codes, specifications, purchase orders, drawings, and this          specifications, purchase orders, and drawings, and with standard.                                                          requirements in this Part (Part II);
(2) Manufacturing Documentation - Assurance that the item (b) manufacturing documentations - assurance that the item                    Similar received was fabricated. tested and inspected prior to shipment received was fabricated, tested, and inspected prior to shipment in accordance with applicable code, specification, purchase        in accordance with applicable code, specification, purchase order and/or drawings.                                              order, or drawings; (3) Protection Covers and Seals - Visual inspection to assure (c) protective covers and seals - visual inspection to assure that        Similar that covers and seals meet their intended function.                covers and seals meet their intended function; (4) Coatings and Preservatives - Verification that coatings        (d) coatings and preservatives - verification that coatings and    Similar and preservatives are applied in accordance with specifications, preservatives are applied in accordance with specifications, purchase orders or manufacturers instructions.                    purchase orders, or manufacturers instructions; (5) Inert Gas Blanket - Verification that the inert gas blanket (e) inert gas blanket - verification that the inert gas blanket        Similar pressure is within the acceptable limits.                          pressure is within the acceptable limits; (6) Desiccant - Verification that the desiccant is not saturated, (f) desiccant - verification that the desiccant is not saturated, as  Similar as indicated through the use of humidity indicators. Desiccants    indicated, through the use of humidity indicators. Desiccants shall be regenerated or replaced as necessary in accordance        shall be regenerated or replaced as necessary in accordance with special instructions.                                          with special instructions.
(7) Physical Damage - Visual inspection to assure that parts of (g) physical damage - visual inspection to assure that parts of        Similar items are not broken, cracked, missing, deformed or misaligned items are not broken, cracked, missing, deformed, or misaligned, and rotating parts turn without binding. Accessible internal and    and that rotating parts turn without binding. Accessible internal external areas shall be free of detrimental gouges, dents,          and external areas shall be free of detrimental gouges, dents, scratches and burns.                                                scratches, and burns.
5/25/04                                                                                                                                            Page 37 of 52
 
Packaging, Shipping, Receiving, Storage And Handling Of Items For      Quality Assurance Requirements for Packaging, Shipping, Receiving,                Comments Nuclear Power Plants (During The Construction Phase)                    Storage, and Handling of Items for Nuclear Power Plants N45.2.2                                                          NQA-1 1994 Subpart 2.2 (8) Cleanness - Visual inspection to assure that accessible            (h) cleanness - visual inspection to assure that accessible            Similar internal and external areas are within the specification                internal and external areas are within the specification requirements for dirt, soil, mill scale, weld splatter, oil, grease, or requirements for dirt, soil, mill scale, weld splatter, oil, grease, or stains. If inspection for cleanness was performed prior to              stains. If inspection for cleanness was performed prior to sealing and shipping, and inspection upon receipt indicates that        sealing and shipping, and inspection upon receipt indicates that there has been no penetration of the sealed boundary, then              there has been no penetration of the sealed boundary, then inspection for internal cleanness is optional.                          inspection for internal cleanness is optional.
Unless the completed item was inspected or examined at the              Unless the completed item was inspected at the source, it shall        Similar source, it shall be inspected or examined at the point of              be inspected at the point of receiving to verify that the following    Clarification not needed in the receiving to verify that the following characteristics conform to      characteristics conform to the specified requirements. These            new QA program, this is a the specified requirements. These inspections or examinations          inspections shall include such items as:                                level of detail to be addressed shall include such items as:                                                                                                                    by the administrative controls Clarification from the current VA QATR:                                                                                                        for the inspection program.
(13) With regard to Section 5.2.2 of ANSI N45.2.2-1972, titled Item Inspection: The second division of this subsection requires six additional inspection activities if an item was not inspected or examined at the source. Procurement Engineering shall determine and document the extent of receipt inspection based on consideration of Paragraph 5.2.2 (1) Physical Properties - Assurance that physical properties            (a) physical properties - assurance that physical properties            Similar conform to the specified requirements and that chemical and            conform to the specified requirements and that chemical and physical test reports, if required, meet the requirements.              physical test reports, if required, meet the requirements; (2) Dimensions - Random visual inspection to assure that                (b) dimensions - random visual inspection to assure that                Similar important dimensions conform with drawings and specifications.          important dimensions conform with drawings and specifications, Examples are; base plate mounting holes, overall external size,        i.e., baseplate mounting holes, overall external size, and configuration and orientation of parts.                                configuration and orientation of parts; (3) Weld Preparations - Random verification that weld                  (c) weld preparations - random verification that weld                  Similar preparations are in accordance with applicable drawings and            preparations are in accordance with applicable drawings and specifications.                                                        specifications; (4) Workmanship - Visual inspection of accessible areas to              (d) workmanship - visual inspection of accessible areas to              Similar assure that the workmanship is satisfactory to meet the intent of      assure that the workmanship is satisfactory to meet the intent of the requirements.                                                      the requirements; (5) Lubricants and Oils - Verification of presence of proper            (e) lubricants and oils - verification of presence of proper            Similar lubricants and oils, if required, by either specification, purchase    lubricants and oils, if required, by either specification, purchase 5/25/04                                                                                                                                                          Page 38 of 52
 
Packaging, Shipping, Receiving, Storage And Handling Of Items For  Quality Assurance Requirements for Packaging, Shipping, Receiving,            Comments Nuclear Power Plants (During The Construction Phase)                Storage, and Handling of Items for Nuclear Power Plants N45.2.2                                                    NQA-1 1994 Subpart 2.2 order, or manufacturers' instructions.                              order, or manufacturer's instructions; (6) Electrical Insulation - Performance, of insulation              (f) electrical insulation - performance of insulation resistance    Similar resistance tests for motors, generators, control and power cable,  tests for motors, generators, and control and power cable to to ensure conformance with specifications.                          ensure conformance with specifications.
5.2.3 Special Inspection -                                          5.2.3 Special Inspection.
Where receiving inspection in addition to that described above is  Where receiving inspection in addition to that described above is    Similar required, the "Special Inspection" procedure, complete with        required, the special inspection procedure, complete with documentation instructions, shall be attached to the item or        documentation instructions, shall be attached to the item or container (See Section 3 of this Standard); this is in addition to  container. This is in addition to the copy sent through normal the copy sent through normal channels. The special inspection      channels. The special inspection shall be performed, and the shall be performed and the results of the inspection shall be      results of the inspection shall be documented.
documented.
5.3 Disposition of Received Items                                  5.3 Disposition of Received Items 5.3.1 Acceptable - Containers and items inspected or examined      5.3.1 Acceptable. Containers and items inspected and found in        Similar and found in conformance with specified requirements shall be      conformance with specified requirements shall be identified as identified as acceptable in accordance with the status indicating  acceptable (see para. 5.4) and placed in a storage area for system employed (See Subsection 5.4 of this Standard) and          acceptable items, or moved to the final location for installation placed in a storage area for acceptable items or moved to the      or use.
final location for installation or use.
5.3.2 Nonconforming - Items which do not conform to the            5.3.2 Nonconforming. Items which do not conform to the              Similar when taking into specified requirements shall be identified as nonconforming in      specified requirements shall be controlled in accordance with        consideration the information accordance with the system employed (See Subsection 5.4 of          Part I.                                                              addressed in NQA-1, Part 1.
this Standard) and when practical the item shall be placed in a segregated storage area or removed from the project site to prevent inadvertent installation or use.
5.3.3 Conditional Release - If the nonconformance which            5.3.3 Conditional Release. If the nonconformance that                Similar caused the item to be classified unacceptable" can be              caused the item to be classified unacceptable can be corrected corrected after installation, the item may be released for          after installation, the item may be released for installation on a installation on a conditional release basis. A statement            conditional release basis. A statement documenting the documenting the authority and technical justification for the      authority and technical justification for the conditional release of conditional release of the item for installation shall be prepared, the item for installation shall be prepared and made part of the and made part of the documentation.                                documentation.
5.4 Status Indicating System                                        5.4 Status Indicating System A system or method for identifying the status of items (e.g. an    A status indicating system is a system or method for identifying    Similar inventory system, tagging, labeling, color code) shall be          the status of items (e.g., an inventory system, tagging, labeling,  Clarification not needed under 5/25/04                                                                                                                                                  Page 39 of 52
 
Packaging, Shipping, Receiving, Storage And Handling Of Items For  Quality Assurance Requirements for Packaging, Shipping, Receiving,          Comments Nuclear Power Plants (During The Construction Phase)              Storage, and Handling of Items for Nuclear Power Plants N45.2.2                                                    NQA-1 1994 Subpart 2.2 employed that clearly indicates whether items are acceptable or    color code) that clearly indicates whether items are acceptable    the new QA program.
unacceptable for installation. A controlled physical separation is  or unacceptable for installation. A controlled physical an acceptable equivalent method. The system shall indicate the      separation is an acceptable equivalent method. The system shall date the item was placed in the acceptable or unacceptable          provide for indication of the date the item was placed in the installation status. The use of the system shall be regulated by    acceptable or unacceptable installation status and the the Quality Control program. The system shall provide for the      conditional release of the items for installation pending the conditional release of items for installation pending subsequent    subsequent correction of the nonconformance. When tags are correction of the nonconformance. When tags are used the            used, the stock shall be made from material that will not stock shall be made from material which will not deteriorate        deteriorate during storage. The stock used shall not be during storage; tags shall be securely affixed to the items and    deleterious to the item. Tags shall be securely affixed to the displayed in an area that is readily accessible. The stock used    items and displayed in an area that is readily accessible.
shall not be deleterious to the item.
Clarification from the current VA QATR:
(14) With regard to Section 5.4 of ANSI N45.2.2-1972, titled Status Indicating System: The Section states in part Tags shall be securely affixed to the items and displayed in an area that is readily accessible. As an alternative, the company may choose to use Labels or Tags to identify items.
5.5 Correction of Nonconformances Items designated nonconforming or unacceptable for installation                                                                        See NQA-1, Part I, Basic or use shall be corrected using authorized procedures, to meet                                                                          Requirement 15 and specified requirements, or accepted "As is". If this is not                                                                            Supplement 15S-1. Wording is possible, the item shall be scrapped or otherwise discarded                                                                            similar.
5.5.1 Reinspection -Items that have been corrected shall be                                                                            See NQA-1, Part I, Basic reinspected. The area of inspection may be confined to the area                                                                        Requirement 15 and of the nonconformance. When it has been determined that the                                                                            Supplement 15S-1. Wording is corrected item is satisfactory, the status of the item as denoted                                                                      similar.
by the system shall be changed to acceptable. An appropriate entry shall be made in the documentation after acceptance is determined.
5.6 Marking                                                        5.5 Marking Required marking shall be verified to provide positive                                                                                  Not a requirement.
identification during receiving, storage, and installation. Items not properly identified at receiving may be marked using the method in the appendix (See Appendix A 3.9 of this Standard).
5/25/04                                                                                                                                              Page 40 of 52
 
Packaging, Shipping, Receiving, Storage And Handling Of Items For  Quality Assurance Requirements for Packaging, Shipping, Receiving,            Comments Nuclear Power Plants (During The Construction Phase)                Storage, and Handling of Items for Nuclear Power Plants N45.2.2                                                    NQA-1 1994 Subpart 2.2 Changing, correcting or any other marking on Code Stamp            Changing, correcting, or any other marking on Code stamp            Similar name plate is prohibited, unless authorized by the manufacturer    nameplate shall be prohibited, unless authorized by the whose serial number is applied.                                    manufacturer of the item.
5.7 Documentation                                                  5.6 Documentation A written record of the receiving inspection, package              A written record of the receiving inspection, package              Similar identification, tagging, corrective actions, and justification for  identification, tagging, corrective actions, and justification for conditional acceptance shall be prepared. These records shall      conditional acceptance shall be prepared be made a part of the permanent records provided for in Section 8 of this standard.
: 6. STORAGE                                                          6 STORAGE 6.1 General                                                        6.1 General 6.1.1 Scope. This section contains requirements that are to be      6.1.1 Scope. This Section contains requirements that shall be      Similar fulfilled by the organization responsible for performing the        fulfilled by the organization responsible for performing the storage of items. Levels and methods of storage necessary are      storage of items. Levels and methods of storage are defined to defined to minimize the possibility of damage or lowering of        minimize the possibility of damage or lowering of quality due to quality due to corrosion, contamination, deterioration or physical  corrosion, contamination, deterioration, or physical damage from damage from the time an item is stored upon receipt until the      the time an item is stored upon receipt until the time the item is time the item is removed from storage and placed in its final      removed from storage and placed in its final location.
location.
6.1.2 Levels of Storage. Environmental conditions for items        6.1.2 Levels of Storage. Environmental conditions for items        Similar classified as Levels A, B, C, and D described in Subsection 2.7    classified as Levels A, B, C, and D described in para. 2.2 shall of this standard shall meet requirements as described in the        meet the requirements as described in the following paragraphs.
following paragraphs:
(1) Level A items shall be stored under special conditions          (a) Level A items shall be stored under special conditions          Similar similar to those described for Level B items but with additional    similar to those described for Level B items but with additional requirements such as temperature and humidity control within        requirements such as temperature and humidity control within specified limits, a ventilation system with filters to provide an  specified limits, a ventilation system with filters to provide an atmosphere free of dust and harmful vapors, and any other          atmosphere free of dust and harmful vapors, and any other appropriate requirements.                                          appropriate requirements.
(2) Level B items shall be stored within a fire resistant, tear    (b) Level B items shall be stored within a fire-resistant, tear-    Similar resistant, weather-tight, and well-ventilated building or          resistant, weather-tight, and well-ventilated building or          Clarification not needed for equivalent enclosure. Precautions shall be taken against            equivalent enclosure. Precautions shall be taken against            the new QA program.
vandalism. This area shall be situated and constructed so that it  vandalism. This area shall be situated and constructed so that it will not be subject to flooding, the floor shall be paved or equal, will not be subject to flooding; the floor shall be paved or equal, and well drained. Items shall be placed on pallets or shoring to    and well drained. Items shall be placed on pallets or shoring to 5/25/04                                                                                                                                                Page 41 of 52
 
Packaging, Shipping, Receiving, Storage And Handling Of Items For  Quality Assurance Requirements for Packaging, Shipping, Receiving,        Comments Nuclear Power Plants (During The Construction Phase)                Storage, and Handling of Items for Nuclear Power Plants N45.2.2                                                      NQA-1 1994 Subpart 2.2 permit air circulation. The area shall be provided with uniform      permit air circulation. The area shall be provided with uniform heating and temperature control or its equivalent to prevent        heating and temperature control or its equivalent to prevent condensation and corrosion. Minimum temperature shall be 40 F        condensation and corrosion. The minimum temperature shall be and maximum temperature shall be 140 F or less if so stipulated      40°F (5°C), and the maximum temperature shall be 140°F by a manufacturer.                                                  (60°C) or less if so stipulated by the manufacturer.
Clarification from the current VA QATR:
(15) With regard to Section 6.1.2 of ANSI N45.2.2-1972, titled Levels of Storage: Subpart (2) is replaced with the following:
(2) Level B items shall be stored within a fire resistant, weather-tight, and well ventilated building or equivalent enclosure in which measures have been taken against vandalism. This building shall be situated and constructed so that it will not normally be subject to flooding; the floor shall be paved or equal, and well drained. If any outside waters should come in contact with stored equipment, such equipment will be labeled or tagged non-conforming, and then the non-conformance document will be processed and evaluated in accordance with Section 17.2.15. Items shall be placed on pallets, shoring or shelves to permit air circulation. The building shall be provided with uniform heating and temperature control or its equivalent to prevent condensation and corrosion.
Minimum temperature shall be 40°F and maximum temperature shall be 140°F or less if so stipulated by a manufacturer.
(3) Level C items shall be stored indoors or equivalent with all    (c) Level C items shall be stored indoors or in an equivalent      Similar provisions and requirements as set forth in Level B items            environment with all provisions and requirements as set forth except that heat and temperature control is not required.            for Level B items, except that heat and temperature control is not required.
(4) Level D items may be stored outdoors in an area marked          (d) Level D items may be stored outdoors in an area marked          Similar and designated for storage, which is well drained, preferably        and designated for storage that is well drained, preferably gravel covered or paved and reasonably removed from the              gravel covered or paved, and reasonably removed from the actual construction area and traffic so that possibility of damage  actual construction area and traffic so that the possibility of from construction equipment is minimized. Items shall be stored      damage from construction equipment is minimized. Items shall on cribbing or equivalent to allow for air circulation and to avoid  be stored on cribbing or equivalent to allow for air circulation trapping water.                                                      and to avoid trapping water.
5/25/04                                                                                                                                              Page 42 of 52
 
Packaging, Shipping, Receiving, Storage And Handling Of Items For  Quality Assurance Requirements for Packaging, Shipping, Receiving,            Comments Nuclear Power Plants (During The Construction Phase)              Storage, and Handling of Items for Nuclear Power Plants N45.2.2                                                    NQA-1 1994 Subpart 2.2 6.2 Storage Areas                                                  6.2 Storage Areas Periodic inspections shall be performed to assure that storage      Periodic inspections shall be performed to assure that storage      Similar areas are being maintained in accordance with these                areas are being maintained in accordance with applicable requirements. The housekeeping requirements shall be in            requirements.
accordance with N45.2.3.
6.2.1 Access to Storage Areas.                                      6.2.1 Access to Storage Areas.
Access to storage areas shall be controlled and limited only to    Access to storage areas for Levels A, B, and C items shall be      Similar personnel designated by the responsible organization.              controlled and limited only to personnel designated by the          Clarification not needed for Clarification from the current VA QATR:                            responsible organization. Access to storage areas involving        the new QA program.
(16) With regard to Section 6.2.1 of ANSI N45.2.2-1972, titled      Level D items shall be controlled as designated by the Access to Storage Areas : Items which fall within the Level D      responsible organization.
classification of the standard will be stored in an area which may be posted to limit access, but other positive controls such as fencing or guards will not normally be provided.
6.2.2 Cleanliness and Housekeeping practices.                      6.2.2 Cleanness and Housekeeping Practices.
Cleanliness and good housekeeping practices shall be enforced      Cleanliness and good housekeeping practices shall be enforced      Similar at all times in the storage areas. The storage areas shall be      at all times in the storage areas. The storage areas shall be cleaned as required to avoid the accumulation of trash,            cleaned as required to avoid the accumulation of trash, discarded packaging material and other detrimental soil.            discarded packaging materials, and other detrimental soil.
6.2.3 Fire Protection.                                              6.2.3 Fire Protection Fire protection commensurate with the type of storage area and      Fire protection commensurate with the type of storage area and      Similar the material involved shall be provided and maintained.            the material involved shall be provided and maintained.
6.2.4 Storage of Food and Associated Items.                        6.2.4 Storage of Food and Associated Items.
The use or storage of food, drinks, and salt tablets dispensers in  The use or storage of food, drinks, and salt tablet dispensers in  Similar any storage area shall not be permitted.                            controlled storage areas shall not be permitted.                    Clarification not needed for Clarification from the current VA QATR:                                                                                                the new QA program.
(17) With regard to Section 6.2.4 of ANSI N45.2.2-1972, titled Storage of Food and Associated Items : The sentence is replaced with the following: The use or storage of food, and drinks in any storage area shall be controlled and shall be limited to designated areas where such use or storage is not deleterious to stored items where station management deems appropriate.
6.2.5 Measures to Prevent Entrance of Animals.                      6.2.5 Measures to Prevent Entrance of Animals.
Measures shall be taken to prevent the entrance of rodents and      Measures shall be taken to prevent the entrance of rodents and      Similar 5/25/04                                                                                                                                                Page 43 of 52
 
Packaging, Shipping, Receiving, Storage And Handling Of Items For  Quality Assurance Requirements for Packaging, Shipping, Receiving,            Comments Nuclear Power Plants (During The Construction Phase)              Storage, and Handling of Items for Nuclear Power Plants N45.2.2                                                    NQA-1 1994 Subpart 2.2 other animals into indoor storage areas or equipment to            other animals into indoor storage areas or equipment to            Clarification not needed for minimize possible contamination and mechanical damage to            minimize possible contamination and mechanical damage to            the new QA program.
stored material.                                                    stored material.
Clarification from the current VA QATR:
(18) With regard to Section 6.2.5 of ANSI N45.2.2-1972, titled Measures to Prevent Entrance of Animals: The sentence is replaced with the following: Exterminators or other appropriate measures shall be used to control animals to minimize possible contamination and mechanical damage to stored material.
6.3 Storage Methods                                                6.3 Storage Methods Storage methods and procedures shall comply with the                Storage methods and procedures shall comply with the                Similar requirements described in the following paragraphs.                requirements described in the following paragraphs.
6.3.1 Ready Access to Stored Items.                                6.3.1 Ready Access to Stored Items.
All items shall be stored in such a manner as to permit ready      All items shall be stored in such a manner as to permit ready      Similar access for inspection or maintenance without excessive              access for inspection or maintenance without excessive handling, to minimize risk of damage.                              handling to minimize risk of damage.
6.3.2 Arrangement of Items.                                        6.3.2 Arrangement of Items.
Items stacked for storage shall be arranged so that racks,          Items stacked for storage shall be arranged so that racks,          Similar cribbing or crates are bearing the full weight without distortion  cribbing, or crates are bearing the full weight without distortion of the item.                                                        of the item.
6.3.3 Storage of Hazardous Material.                                6.3.3 Storage of Hazardous Material.
Hazardous chemicals, paints, solvents, and other materials of a    Hazardous chemicals, paints, solvents, and other materials of a    Similar like nature shall be stored in well ventilated areas which are not  like nature shall be stored in well-ventilated areas and not in in close proximity to important nuclear plant items.                close proximity to important nuclear plant items.
6.3.4 Identification                                                6.3.4 Identification.
All items and their containers shall be plainly marked so that      Items and their containers shall be plainly marked so that they    Similar they are easily identified without excessive handling, or          are easily identified without excessive handling or unnecessary    Clarification not needed for unnecessary opening of crates and boxes.                            opening of crates and boxes.                                        the new QA program.
Clarification from the current VA QATR:
(19) With regard to Section 6.3.4 of ANSI N45.2.2-1972 titled Identification: The section states All items and their containers shall be plainly marked so that they are easily identified without excessive handling or unnecessary opening of crates and boxes. The company shall substitute All items (or, 5/25/04                                                                                                                                                Page 44 of 52
 
Packaging, Shipping, Receiving, Storage And Handling Of Items For  Quality Assurance Requirements for Packaging, Shipping, Receiving,          Comments Nuclear Power Plants (During The Construction Phase)              Storage, and Handling of Items for Nuclear Power Plants N45.2.2                                                    NQA-1 1994 Subpart 2.2 if in containers, their containers) shall be plainly marked so that they are easily identified without excessive handling or unnecessary opening of crates and boxes.
6.3.5 Coverings.                                                    6.3.5 Coverings.
Weatherproof covering, when used for outdoor storage, shall be      Weatherproof Coverings, when used for outdoor storage, shall        Similar flame resistant type of sheeting or tarpaulins. They shall be      be the flame-resistant type of sheeting or tarpaulins. They shall placed so as to provide drainage and to insure air circulation to  be placed so as to provide drainage and to ensure air circulation minimize condensation. They shall be tied down to prevent          to minimize condensation, They shall be tied down to prevent moisture from entering laps and to protect the coverings from      moisture from entering laps and to protect the coverings from wind damage.                                                        wind damage.
6.3.6 Outdoor Storage.
Items stored outdoors shall be positioned or covered to avoid      Added in NQA-1-1994.
trapping moisture in pockets or internally. For example, valves shall be positioned such that water does not collect under the bonnet but can drain from the valve packing area.
6.4 Control of Items in Storage                                    6.4 Control of Items in Storage Control of items in storage is described in the following          Control of items in storage is described in the following          Not a requirement paragraphs.                                                        paragraphs.
6.4.1 Inspections and Examinations. Inspections and                6.4.1 Inspections. Inspections shall be performed and              Similar examinations shall be performed and documented on a periodic        documented on a periodic basis to assure that the integrity of basis to assure that the integrity of the item and its container as the item and its container, as provided for under Section 3, is provided under Section 3 of this standard is being maintained.      being maintained. Deficiencies noted shall be corrected and Deficiencies noted shall be corrected and documented.              documented.
The characteristics verified during this inspection or              The characteristics verified during this inspection shall include  Similar examination shall include such items as:                            such items as:
(1) Identification and marking (See Subsection 3.9 of this          (a) identification and marking (see para. 3.9)                      Similar Standard).
(2) Protective covers and seals (See Subsection 3.9 of this        (b) protective covers and seals (see para. 3.6)                    Similar Standard).
(3) Coatings and preservatives (See Paragraph 3.4.1).              (c) coatings and preservatives (see para. 3.4.1)                    Similar (4) Desiccants and inert gas blankets (See Paragraph 3.6.3 and      (d) desiccants and inert gas blankets (see paras. 3.6.3 and        Similar 3.4.2).                                                            3.4.2)
(5) Physical damage.                                                (e) physical damage                                                Similar (6) Cleanness.                                                      (f) cleanness                                                      Similar 5/25/04                                                                                                                                              Page 45 of 52
 
Packaging, Shipping, Receiving, Storage And Handling Of Items For  Quality Assurance Requirements for Packaging, Shipping, Receiving,          Comments Nuclear Power Plants (During The Construction Phase)              Storage, and Handling of Items for Nuclear Power Plants N45.2.2                                                    NQA-1 1994 Subpart 2.2 6.4.2 Care of Items. Care of items in storage shall be exercised    6.4.2 Care of Items. Requirements for proper maintenance            Similar in accordance with the following. Requirements for proper          during storage shall be documented. Care of items in storage maintenance during storage shall be documented and written          (includes storage in place) shall be exercised in accordance procedures or instructions shall be established.                    with the following.
(1) Items in storage shall have all covers, caps, plugs or other    (a) Items in storage shall have all covers, caps, plugs, or other  Similar closures intact. Methods used to seal openings shall be in          closures intact. Methods used to seal openings shall be in accordance with Section 3 of this standard. Covers removed for      accordance with Section 3. Covers removed for internal access internal access at any time for any reason shall be immediately    shall be immediately replaced and resealed after completion of replaced and resealed after completion of the purpose for          the purpose for removal.
removal.
(2) Temporary preservatives shall be left intact during storage.    (b) Temporary preservatives shall be left intact during storage. Similar Should reapplication of preservatives be required at the site,      Should reapplication of preservatives be required at the site, only those previously approved shall be used.                      only those previously approved shall be used.
(3) Items pressurized with inert gas shall be monitored at such a  (c) Items pressurized with inert gas shall be monitored at such a  Similar frequency as to insure that the gas pressure is maintained within  frequency as to ensure that the gas pressure is maintained specified limits during storage. Desiccant humidity indicators      within specified limits during storage. Desiccant humidity shall also be monitored and desiccants shall be changed or          indicators shall also be monitored, and desiccants shall be reprocessed when specified.                                        changed or reprocessed when specified.
(4) Instrumentation racks shall be energized as specified by the    (d) Instrumentation racks shall be energized as specified by the    Similar manufacturer                                                        manufacturer.
(5) Space heaters enclosed in electrical items shall be            (e) Space heaters enclosed in electrical items shall be            Similar energized.                                                          energized.                                                          A similar alternative proposed Alternative from the current VA QATR:                                                                                                  for the new QA program.
(20) With regard to Section 6.4.2 of ANSI N45.2.2-1972, titled Care of Items : The following alternatives are provided for the indicated subpart:
(5)Space heaters in electrical equipment shall be energized unless a documented engineering evaluation determines that such space heaters are not required.
(6) Rotating electrical equipment shall be given insulation        (f) Rotating electrical equipment shall be given insulation        Similar resistance tests on a scheduled basis.                              resistance tests on a scheduled basis.                              A similar alternative proposed Alternative from the current VA QATR:                                                                                                  for the new QA program.
(20) With regard to Section 6.4.2 of ANSI N45.2.2-1972, titled Care of Items : The following alternatives are provided for the indicated subpart:
5/25/04                                                                                                                                                Page 46 of 52
 
Packaging, Shipping, Receiving, Storage And Handling Of Items For  Quality Assurance Requirements for Packaging, Shipping, Receiving,          Comments Nuclear Power Plants (During The Construction Phase)              Storage, and Handling of Items for Nuclear Power Plants N45.2.2                                                    NQA-1 1994 Subpart 2.2 (6) Large (greater than or equal to 50HP) rotating electrical equipment shall be given insulation resistance tests on a scheduled basis unless a documented engineering evaluation determines that such tests are not required.
(7) The shafts of rotating equipment shall be rotated on a          (g) The shafts of rotating equipment shall be rotated on a          Similar periodic basis. The degree of turn shall be established so that    periodic basis. The degree of turn shall be established so that    A similar alternative proposed the parts receive a coating of lubrication where applicable, and    the parts receive a coating of lubrication, where applicable, and  for the new QA program.
so that the shaft does not come to rest in a previous position. so that the shaft does not come to rest in a previous position (90 (90 degree and 450 degree rotations are examples.)                  deg. and 450 deg. rotations are examples).
Alternative from the current VA QATR:
(20) With regard to Section 6.4.2 of ANSI N45.2.2-1972, titled Care of Items : The following alternatives are provided for the indicated subpart:
(7) Within thirty days of having been placed in storage, rotating equipment weighing over approximately 50 pounds shall be evaluated by engineering personnel to determine if shaft rotation in storage is required: The results of the evaluation shall be documented. If rotation is required, it shall be performed at specific intervals, be documented, and be conducted so that parts receive a coating of lubrication where applicable and so that the shaft does not come to rest in the same position occupied prior to rotation. For long shafts or heavy equipment subject to undesirable bowing, shaft orientation after rotation shall be specified and obtained.
(8) Other maintenance requirements specified by the                (h) Other maintenance requirements specified by the                Similar manufacturer's instruction for the item shall be performed.        manufacturers instructions for the item shall be performed.
6.4.3 Post Fire Evaluation.                                        6.4.3 Post-Fire Evaluation.
In the event a fire should occur in the storage area or at any      In the event a fire should occur in the storage area at any time, Similar time, each item known to have been heated to an ambient            each item known to have been heated to an ambient temperature of over 150 F or subjected to smoke contamination      temperature of over 150°F (65°C) or subjected to smoke shall be withheld from installation or use until it has been        contamination shall be withheld from installation or use until it thoroughly examined and the item has been verified to be in        has been thoroughly examined, and the item has been verified to conformance with specified requirements.                            be in conformance with specified requirements.
6.5 Removal of Items from Storage                                  6.5 Removal of Items From Storage Only items which have been inspected and are considered            Only items which have been inspected and are considered            Similar 5/25/04                                                                                                                                                Page 47 of 52
 
Packaging, Shipping, Receiving, Storage And Handling Of Items For  Quality Assurance Requirements for Packaging, Shipping, Receiving,            Comments Nuclear Power Plants (During The Construction Phase)              Storage, and Handling of Items for Nuclear Power Plants N45.2.2                                                    NQA-1 1994 Subpart 2.2 acceptable for installation or use in accordance with the          acceptable for installation or use in accordance with the          Clarification not required for receiving inspection procedure shall be removed from storage        receiving inspection procedure shall be removed from storage        the new QA program.
for installation or use. (See Section 5 of this Standard.) Items    for installation or use (see Section 5). Items released from released from storage and placed in their final locations within    storage and placed in their final locations and items stored in the power plant, shall be inspected and cared for in accordance    place within the power plant shall be inspected and cared for in with the requirements of Section 6 of this standard, and other      accordance with the requirements of paras. 6.4.1 and 6.4.2 and applicable standards.                                              other standards, as applicable.
Clarification from the current VA QATR:
(21) With regard to Section 6.5 of ANSI N45.2.2-1972, titled Removal of Items from Storage: The Company does not consider the last sentence of this Section to be applicable to the operations phase due to the relatively short period of time between installation and use. The first sentence of the Section is replaced with: the Company will develop, issue, and implement a procedure(s) which cover(s) the removal of items from storage. The procedure(s) will assure that the inspection status of all material issued is known, controlled and appropriately dispositioned.
6.6 Storage Records                                                6.6 Storage Records Written records shall be prepared that include such pertinent      Written records shall be prepared that include such pertinent      Similar information as storage location, inspection results, protection,    information as storage location, inspection results, protection,    Alternative proposed in the and personnel access.                                              and personnel access.                                              new QA program to clarify Clarification from the current VA QATR:                                                                                                the records requirements for (22) With regard to Section 6.6 of ANSI N45.2.2-1972, titled                                                                            access to storage facilities.
Storage Records : The Company will comply with the requirements of this Section with the clarification that, for record purposes, only the access of personnel not specifically authorized such by station management into indoor storage areas shall be recorded. Unloading or pick-up of material shall not be considered access, nor shall inspection by maintenance and modification inspection personnel or audit by Nuclear Oversight personnel, authorized contractors, NRC or other regulatory agents, nor shall tours by non-employees.
5/25/04                                                                                                                                                  Page 48 of 52
 
Packaging, Shipping, Receiving, Storage And Handling Of Items For  Quality Assurance Requirements for Packaging, Shipping, Receiving,            Comments Nuclear Power Plants (During The Construction Phase)              Storage, and Handling of Items for Nuclear Power Plants N45.2.2                                                  NQA-1 1994 Subpart 2.2
: 7. HANDLING                                                        7 HANDLING 7.1 General                                                        7.1 General This section contains requirements that are to be fulfilled by the  The requirements that shall be fulfilled by the organizations      Subpart 2.15 requirements are organizations responsible for handling items. This section covers  responsible for handling items are contained in subpart 2.15.      compared to these the requirements for the handling of items in Subsection 2.7 of                                                                        requirements of N45.2.2 in the this standard utilizing appropriate equipment in accordance with                                                                        table for Subpart 2.15.
methods and procedures specified to minimize damage and preserve the quality of the item and container.
7.2 Methods and Procedures Detailed handling instructions and procedures shall be prepared for all items that require special handling instructions because of weight, size, susceptibility to shock damage, high nil ductility transition temperatures, or any other conditions that warrant special instructions. Such instructions or procedures shall be made available prior to the time the item is to be handled and shall give weights, sling locations, balance points, methods of attachment, maximum hoist line speeds and other pertinent features to be considered as necessary for safe handling.
Items not specifically covered above shall be handled in accordance with sound material handling practices.
7.3 Hoisting Equipment All equipment for handling items shall be used and maintained in accordance with the following:
7.3.1 Hoisting equipment used for handling shall be certified by the manufacturer. The certification shall indicate the various parameters for the maximum load to be handled.
7.3.2 Hoisting equipment shall not be loaded beyond its rated load, as certified by the manufacturer, except for test purposes.
7.3.3 The requirements of ANSI B30.2.0, Safety Standard for Overhead and Gantry Cranes, ANSI B30.5, Safety Standard for Crawler, Locomotive and Truck Cranes, ANSI B30.6, Safety Standard for Derricks, and ANSI A10.5, Safety Requirements for Material Hoists shall be followed.
7.3.4 For special lifts, hoisting equipment may be re-rated, or modified and re-rated, upon approval by the manufacturer or if 5/25/04                                                                                                                                                Page 49 of 52
 
Packaging, Shipping, Receiving, Storage And Handling Of Items For  Quality Assurance Requirements for Packaging, Shipping, Receiving, Comments Nuclear Power Plants (During The Construction Phase)              Storage, and Handling of Items for Nuclear Power Plants N45.2.2                                                    NQA-1 1994 Subpart 2.2 the manufacturer's specifications are not available, the limitations assigned to the equipment shall be based on the determinations of a qualified engineer competent in this field and such determination shall be documented and recorded appropriately. Re-rated equipment shall be given a dynamic load test over the full range of the lift using a test weight at least equal to the lift weight. A dynamic test includes raising, lowering and traversing the load in contrast to a static test where the test weight may be increased incrementally with no movement.
NRC Regulatory Guide 1.38, Regulatory Position C.1.b:
: b. Subdivision 7.3.4 of ANSI N45.2.2-1972 delineates requirements for re-rating hoisting equipment for special lifts.
This subdivision requires that re-rated equipment be given a dynamic load test over the full range of the lift, using a test weight at least equal to the lift weight. In lieu of this requirement, the test weight used in temporarily re-rating hoisting equipment for special lifts in accordance with the provisions of subdivision 7.3.4 should be at least equal to 110%
of the lift weight.
Clarification from the current VA QATR:
(23) With regard to Section 7.3 of ANSI N45.2.2-1972, titled Hoisting Equipment: Rerating of hoisting equipment will be considered only when absolutely necessary. Prior to performing any lift above the load rating, the equipment manufacturer must be contacted for his approval and direction. The manufacturer must be requested to supply a document granting approval for a limited number of lifts at the new rating and any restrictions involved, such as modifications to be made to the equipment, the number lifts to be made at the new rating, and the test lift load.
At all times, the codes governing rerating of hoisting equipment must be observed. If rerating hoisting equipment is necessary and the Company cannot or does not contact the equipment manufacturer as described above, the test weight used in temporarily rerating hoisting equipment for special lifts will be at 5/25/04                                                                                                                                    Page 50 of 52
 
Packaging, Shipping, Receiving, Storage And Handling Of Items For  Quality Assurance Requirements for Packaging, Shipping, Receiving,        Comments Nuclear Power Plants (During The Construction Phase)                Storage, and Handling of Items for Nuclear Power Plants N45.2.2                                                    NQA-1 1994 Subpart 2.2 least equal to 110% of the lift weight. A dynamic load test over the full range of the lift using a weight at least equal to the lift weight shall be performed.
7.4 Inspection of Equipment and Rigging An inspection program shall be established for equipment and rigging. A system shall be established that will indicate acceptability of all equipment and rigging after each inspection.
This system shall specify control of nonconforming lifting equipment.
Periodic inspections shall be supplemented with special visual and non-destructive examinations and dynamic load tests prior to handling of items described in Subsection 7.2 of this standard 7.4.1 Rigging that is frayed, worn or otherwise deteriorated shall not be used.
7.4.2 Hoisting equipment that does not meet manufacturer's specifications shall not be used.
7.4.3 Equipment and rigging shall be kept clean and free of contaminants that are detrimental to the material being handled.
7.4.4 Rigging items such as hooks, shackles and turnbuckles that appear to have yielded or are distorted shall not be used.
7.5 Personnel The responsible organization shall determine that the personnel engaged in operating material handling, equipment are competent and have demonstrated satisfactory ability in operating similar lifting equipment.
: 8. RECORDS                                                          8 RECORDS Record copies of completed procedures: reports; personnel            Record copies of procedures, reports, personnel qualification      Similar qualification records; test equipment calibration records; test      records, test equipment calibration records, test deviation or deviation or exception records; and inspection and examination      exception records, and inspection records shall be prepared as records shall be prepared as required by this standard. These        required by this Subpart. These records shall be retained with records shall be placed with other project records as required      other project records as required by code, standard, by code, standard, specification or project procedures.              specification, or project procedures.
: 9. AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARDS REFERRED TO IN THIS DOCUMENT When the following standards referred to in this document are                                                                            The new QA program 5/25/04                                                                                                                                              Page 51 of 52
 
Packaging, Shipping, Receiving, Storage And Handling Of Items For Quality Assurance Requirements for Packaging, Shipping, Receiving,            Comments Nuclear Power Plants (During The Construction Phase)            Storage, and Handling of Items for Nuclear Power Plants N45.2.2                                                NQA-1 1994 Subpart 2.2 superseded by a revision approved by the American National                                                                            addresses the standards to be Standards Institute the revision shall apply:                                                                                        applied to the QA program in N45.2 Quality Assurance Program Requirements for Nuclear Power                                                                        accordance with NRC Plants regulations.
*N45.2.3 Housekeeping During the Construction Phase of Nuclear Power Plants
*N45.2.6 Qualifications of Quality Assurance Personnel for the Construction Phase of Nuclear Power Plants
*N45.2.10 Quality Assurance Terms and Definitions M H 6.1 Pictorial Markings for Handling of Goods B30.2.0 Safety Code for Overhead and Gantry Cranes B30.5 Safety Code for Crawler, Locomotive, and Truck Cranes B30.6 Safety Code for Derricks A I 0.5 Safety Requirements for Material Hoists These Standards are being approved by the American National Standards Institute and they should be available early in 1973.
5/25/04                                                                                                                                              Page 52 of 52
 
Housekeeping During the Construction Phase of Nuclear Power  Quality Assurance Requirements for Housekeeping for Nuclear            COMMENTS Plants                                                  Power Plants N45.2.3-1973                                            NQA-1 1994 Subpart 2.3
: 1. INTRODUCTION                                              1 GENERAL 1.1 Scope This standard defines the housekeeping requirements for      Subpart 2.3 provides housekeeping requirements for the      Similar introductory statement.
the control of work activities, conditions, and environments  control of work conditions and environments that can affect that can affect the quality of important parts of a nuclear  the quality of important parts of a nuclear power plant.
power plant during the construction phase.
NRC Regulatory Guide 1.39, Position C.3 Although ANSI N45.2.3-1973 is entitled "Housekeeping During the Construction Phase of Nuclear Power Plants,"
the requirements included in the standard, subject to the provision of Regulatory Position C.2, are considered to be applicable for housekeeping activities occurring during the operations phase that are comparable to those occurring during the construction phase.
Generic Statement from the current VA QATR:
For operations phase maintenance and modification activities which are comparable in nature and extent to similar activities conducted during the construction phase, the Company shall control these activities under this Operational Quality Assurance Program. Designated modifications may be controlled under a contractors Quality Assurance Program which has been approved by the Companys Quality Assurance Program. When this Operational Quality Assurance Program or an approved contractors Quality Assurance Program is used, the Company shall comply with the Regulatory Position established in the guides listed herein in that quality assurance programmatic/administrative requirements included therein (subject to the clarification in this table) shall apply to these maintenance and modification activities even though such requirements may not have been in effect originally. Maintenance or modifications which may affect the function of safety related structures, systems, or components shall be performed in a manner at least equivalent to that specified in original design bases and 05/27/04                                                                                                                                            Page 1 of 13
 
Housekeeping During the Construction Phase of Nuclear Power    Quality Assurance Requirements for Housekeeping for Nuclear              COMMENTS Plants                                                    Power Plants N45.2.3-1973                                              NQA-1 1994 Subpart 2.3 requirements, materials specifications, and inspection requirements. A suitable level of confidence in structures, systems, or components on which maintenance or modifications have been performed shall be attained by appropriate inspection and performance testing.
These parts include the structures, systems, and                                                                          No similar statement in NQA-1, but components whose satisfactory performance is required for                                                                  these items are addressed within the the plant to operate reliably, to prevent accidents that cause                                                            standard.
undue risk to the health and safety of the public, or to mitigate the consequences of such accidents if they were to occur. Housekeeping encompasses all activities related to control of cleanness of facilities, cleanness of material and equipment, fire prevention and fire protection including disposal of combustible materials and debris, control of access, and protection of equipment not denoted in other standards.
The requirements may also be extended to other                It supplements the requirements of Part I and shall be used Similar introductory statement. NQA-appropriate parts of nuclear power plants when specified in    in conjunction with applicable Basic and Supplementary      1, Part I is comparable to ANSI contract documents. This standard is intended to be used in    Sections of Part I when and to the extent specified by the  N45.2 as referenced in N45.2.3.
conjunction with ANSI N45.2, Quality Assurance                organizations invoking Subpart 2.3.
Requirements For Nuclear Power Plants.
1.2 Applicability The requirements of this standard apply to the work of any    See Intro to NQA-1-1994, Part II, for general              NQA-1 addresses similar application individual or organization that participates in housekeeping  information regarding Applicability.                        statements in the Introduction to Part activities during construction activities of nuclear power                                                                II and in Section 2 of Subpart 2.3 plants as discussed in paragraph 1.1. The extent to which                                                                  below.
the individual requirements of this standard apply will depend upon the nature and scope of the work to be performed and the importance of the item or service involved. The requirements are intended to assure that only proper materials, equipment, processes, and procedures are utilized in the maintenance of housekeeping during the construction of power plants and that the quality of items is not degraded as a result of housekeeping practices and techniques during construction processing.
05/27/04                                                                                                                                            Page 2 of 13
 
Housekeeping During the Construction Phase of Nuclear Power  Quality Assurance Requirements for Housekeeping for Nuclear            COMMENTS Plants                                                Power Plants N45.2.3-1973                                          NQA-1 1994 Subpart 2.3 1.3 Responsibility The organization or organizations responsible for            See Intro to NQA-1-1994, Part II, for general              Similar requirements for responsibility establishing the applicable requirements for the activities  information regarding Responsibility.                      are addressed in the Introduction to covered by this standard shall be identified and the scope of                                                            Part II of NQA-1.
their responsibilities shall be documented. The work of establishing practices and procedures and providing the resources in terms of personnel, equipment, and services necessary to implement the requirements of this standard may be delegated to other organizations, and such delegations shall also be documented. However, it is the responsibility of each organization performing work covered by this standard to comply with the procedures and instructions issued for the project and to conform to the requirements of this standard applicable to his work.
It is the responsibility of the organization performing these activities to specify the detailed methods and procedures unless they are specified in the contract documents.
1.4 Definitions The following definition is provided because it is used                                                                  Definitions are addressed in the uniquely in this standard:                                                                                                Introduction to Part I of NQA-1.
Generic Statement from the current VA QATR:                                                                              Additional definitions are included in Definitions in the referenced standards in this table which                                                              the QAPD, Appendix D.
are not included in ANSI N45.2.10 will be used as clarified in the Companys commitment to Regulatory Guide 1.74.
Construction Phase - The period of time beginning with the start of construction activity and ending as each plant area is turned over to the plant operator.
Other terms and their definitions are contained in ANSI N45.2.10 1.5 Referenced Documents Other documents that are required to be included as a part                                                                The QAPD addresses referenced of this standard are either identified at the point of                                                                    documents.
reference or identified in paragraph 5 of this standard.
NRC Regulatory Guide 1.39, Position C.1 Subdivision 1.5 of ANSI N45.2.3-1973 states that other 05/27/04                                                                                                                                            Page 3 of 13
 
Housekeeping During the Construction Phase of Nuclear Power    Quality Assurance Requirements for Housekeeping for Nuclear                COMMENTS Plants                                                    Power Plants N45.2.3-1973                                              NQA-1 1994 Subpart 2.3 documents that are required to be included as a part of this standard are either identified at the point of reference or identified in Paragraph 5 of the standard. The specific acceptability of these listed documents has been or will be covered separately in other regulatory guides and in Commission regulations, where appropriate.
: 2. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS                                        2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS This paragraph contains requirements that are to be fulfilled  Housekeeping activities shall include documented methods      Similar requirements.
by the contractor who is responsible for performing any        and techniques for control of the site area, the plant, and segment of work described in paragraphs 3 and 4 of this        the materials and equipment being incorporated in the plant standard. Measures shall be established and implemented        to preserve the requisite quality of the items being for documenting housekeeping operations to verify              constructed or installed.
conformance to specified requirements.
2.4 Personnel Qualifications                                  Personnel working in zone controlled areas shall be familiar  Similar requirements.
All personnel working in zone controlled areas shall be        with the necessities and requirements for cleanness control familiar with the necessities and requirements for cleanness  applicable to the various zones. Training programs shall be control applicable to the various zones. Training programs    utilized for this purpose, where appropriate.
shall be utilized for this purpose where appropriate.
2.1 Planning                                                  2.1 Planning and Procedures The work and the quality assurance requirements for the        Planning and procedure preparation shall be in accordance      NQA-1 combines planning and housekeeping activities at the nuclear power plant site shall  with the requirements of the Introduction to this Part (Part  procedures and contains less detail in be delineated. The planned activities shall include the        II); procedures and instructions shall contain sufficient      this section, but addresses procedures methods and techniques for control of the site area, the      detail to provide for control of the site area, the plant, and for all the subparts in the Introduction facilities, and the materials and equipment being              the materials and equipment being incorporated in the plant    to Part II. The result is similar incorporated in the plant to preserve the requisite quality of to preserve the requisite quality of the item being            requirements.
the items being constructed or installed. Necessary            constructed or installed.
procedures and work instructions that are needed to assure compliance with the specified requirements shall be identified and provisions shall be made for their preparation, approval, release, and control. Methods to be used for the collection, handling, and disposition of records, data, and reports shall be designated.
N45.2.1, § 2.1, ¶¶ 2-7 -The second paragraph of this                                                                          The Zone descriptions and Restriction section, the descriptions of the 5 Zones, and the Restriction                                                                List are part of 2.1 Planning in List table is inserted following § 2.2, Procedures and                                                                        N45.2.3, but 2.2 Classification of 05/27/04                                                                                                                                                  Page 4 of 13
 
Housekeeping During the Construction Phase of Nuclear Power    Quality Assurance Requirements for Housekeeping for Nuclear              COMMENTS Plants                                                      Power Plants N45.2.3-1973                                              NQA-1 1994 Subpart 2.3 Instructions to align with the text of NQA-1.                                                                                Cleanness in NQA-1.
N45.2.1, § 2.1, ¶ 8 regarding recording entry and exit of personnel and material is moved down to § 3.1 to align with the text of NQA-1.
2.2 Procedures and Instructions The procedures and instructions for housekeeping practices      Procedures and instructions providing for the control of site Similar requirements. The clarification shall be prepared and may be issued in segments to              areas, site preparation, fire prevention and protection, and  from the VA QATR is not being conform with the project construction schedule. The first      records shall be in force with the start of the construction  carried forward into the new QAPD.
segment establishing regulations for control of site area, site activity. Other procedures and instructions shall be preparation, fire prevention and protection, and records        prepared and approved no later than the start of equipment shall be in force with the start of construction activity. The  installation work.
remaining segments shall be prepared and approved no later than the start of equipment installation work.
Clarification from the current VA QATR:
(1) Additional clarifications for ANSI N45.2.3-1973 are indicated below for specific Sections: Section 2.2 -
Procedures and Instructions : Appropriate procedures will be written and implemented.
2.2 Classification of Cleanness N45.2.3, § 2.1, ¶2 - Cleanness requirements for                Cleanness requirements for housekeeping activities shall be  Similar requirements. An alternative is housekeeping activities shall be established on the basis of    established on the basis of the following zone designations. proposed with the new QAPD the following zone designations. Time for implementation of    The timing for implementation of the zone designations shall  regarding not specifically using the the zone designations shall be as required by the              be as required by the need for cleanness.                    five-level zone designations, but construction progress.                                                                                                        ensuring that an equivalent level of Clarification from the current VA QATR:                                                                                      cleanness control is maintained.
ANSI N45.2.3-1973 Section 2.1  Planning: The Company may choose not to utilize the five-level zone designation system, but will utilize standard janitorial and work practices to maintain a level of cleanliness as delineated in the Companys Nuclear Operations Industrial Safety & Health Accident Prevention Manual which is equivalent to the requirements contained in the referenced section. Clarifications meet or exceed applicable guides and standards. These clarifications are proposed to perform a twofold function: (A) To translate construction criteria to 05/27/04                                                                                                                                                Page 5 of 13
 
Housekeeping During the Construction Phase of Nuclear Power    Quality Assurance Requirements for Housekeeping for Nuclear            COMMENTS Plants                                                    Power Plants N45.2.3-1973                                              NQA-1 1994 Subpart 2.3 operating plant oriented requirements. (B) To reflect experience gained at operational nuclear facilities. It should be noted that where the Company does not specifically implement requirements as delineated herein, the proposed alternatives are reflected in written procedures and policy and contain all necessary elements to assure quality is maintained. Cleanliness will be maintained, consistent with the work being performed, so as to prevent the entry of foreign material into safety-related systems. This will include, as a minimum, documented cleanliness inspections which will be performed prior to system closure. As determined by station management, (e.g., the size of the opening would permit entry of the tools being used) control of personnel, tools, equipment, and supplies will be established when the reactor system is opened for inspection, maintenance or repair. Additional housekeeping requirements will be implemented as required for control of radioactive contamination.
Zones                                                        Zones              Zone Restriction II requires Material Restriction List                I    II III IV V              Restriction List              I    II III IV V            precleaning under NQA-1-1994.
Clothing change                Yes No No No No                Clothing change              Yes No No No No Clean gloves, shoe covers Yes Yes No No No                    Clean gloves, shoe covers Yes Yes No No No head covering                                                  head covering Filtered air                  Yes No No No No                Filtered air                  Yes No No No No Material precleaning          Yes No No No No                Material precleaning          Yes Yes No No No Material accountability        Yes Yes Yes No No              Material accountability      Yes Yes Yes No No Personnel accountability      Yes Yes Yes No No              Personnel accountability      Yes Yes Yes No No No use of tobacco or eating Yes Yes Yes Yes No                No use of tobacco or eating Yes Yes Yes Yes No Zone I - Areas requiring the highest order of cleanness and    Zone I Areas requiring the highest order of cleanness shall  Similar requirements.
shall be equipped with a clean clothing change facility at the be equipped with a clean clothing change facility at the vestibule or entrance, preferably with toilet facilities      vestibule or entrance. Such areas shall provide for complete immediately adjacent so that personnel working in the          outer change of clothing by personnel, including the use of controlled area do not have to wear the special clothing in    shoe covers, head covers, and gloves to protect all other areas. Such areas shall provide for complete outer      equipment surfaces from outside contamination. Material change of clothing by personnel, including use of shoe        entering this zone shall have been appropriately cleaned 05/27/04                                                                                                                                              Page 6 of 13
 
Housekeeping During the Construction Phase of Nuclear Power    Quality Assurance Requirements for Housekeeping for Nuclear              COMMENTS Plants                                                      Power Plants N45.2.3-1973                                              NQA-1 1994 Subpart 2.3 covers, head covers, and gloves to protect all equipment      prior to entry.
surfaces from outside contamination. Material entering this zone shall have been appropriately cleaned prior to entry as specified in ANSI N45.2.1.
Zone II - Intermediate cleanness requirements less            Zone II. Intermediate cleanness requirements less              Similar requirements.
restrictive than Zone I but where foreign matter may have      restrictive than Zone I, but where foreign matter may have detrimental effects.                                          detrimental effects.
Zone III - Areas less restrictive than Zones I and II but      Zone III. Areas less restrictive than Zones I and II, but      Similar requirements.
requiring access control over personnel and materials.        requiring access control over personnel and materials.
Zone IV - Areas where it is desired to regulate the use of    Zone IV. Areas where it is desired to regulate the use of      Similar requirements.
tobacco and eating for material and equipment protection or    tobacco and eating of food for material and equipment for health and fire hazards.                                  protection or for health and fire hazards.
Zone V - Unrestricted construction areas requiring good        Zone V. Unrestricted construction areas requiring good        Similar requirements.
construction site housekeeping practices only.                construction site housekeeping practices only.
2.3 Results Inspection and test results shall be documented in a suitable                                                                Similar requirements addressed in test report or data sheet. Each report shall identify the item                                                                NQA-1, Part I and the Introduction to to which it applies, the procedures or instruction followed in                                                                Part II.
performing the task, and the identification of the following:
: 1. Conditions encountered which were not anticipated,                                                                        Similar requirements addressed in including nonconformance.                                                                                                    NQA-1, Part I and the Introduction to
: 2. Identity of inspector or tester.                                                                                          Part II.
: 3. Completion date.
Test reports and data sheets shall include an evaluation of the acceptability of inspection and test results and provide for identifying the individual who performed the evaluation.
: 3. REQUIREMENTS                                                3 REQUIREMENTS 3.1 Control of Site Area                                      3.1 Control of Site Area Areas for specific activities shall be assigned and regulated. Areas for specific activities shall be assigned and regulated. Similar requirements.
Areas which shall be designated include where appropriate      Areas that shall be designated include, where appropriate, refuse and garbage dumps, refuse burning sites, storage        refuse and garbage dumps, refuse burning sites, storage locations, parking lots, eating places, non-smoking areas,    locations, parking lots, eating places, nonsmoking areas, subcontractor work areas, common areas, and waste              subcontractor work areas, common areas, and waste collection container locations. Personnel entrance to          collection container locations. Personnel entrance to 05/27/04                                                                                                                                              Page 7 of 13
 
Housekeeping During the Construction Phase of Nuclear Power  Quality Assurance Requirements for Housekeeping for Nuclear              COMMENTS Plants                                                    Power Plants N45.2.3-1973                                              NQA-1 1994 Subpart 2.3 controlled areas, admission of visitors to the work site, and controlled areas, admission of visitors to the work site, and identification of all personnel shall be regulated in        identification of all personnel shall be controlled in accordance with established procedures and regulations.      accordance with established procedures and instructions.
N45.2.1, § 2.1, ¶ 8 - For Zones I, II, and III a written      For Zones I, II, and III a written record of the entry and    Similar requirements.
record of the entry and exit of all personnel and material    exit of all personnel and material shall be established and shall be established and maintained.                          maintained Grading, drainage, roads, construction facilities, plant      Grading, drainage, roads, construction facilities, plant      Similar requirements.
fencing, and utilities shall be provided in accordance with  fencing, and utilities shall be provided in accordance with specified requirements and shall be maintained as required    specified requirements and shall be maintained as required in good condition throughout the construction phase or until  in good condition throughout the construction phase or until replaced with the permanent facilities.                      replaced with the permanent facilities.
3.2 Control of Facilities                                    3.2 Control of Facilities Control of work and storage areas where important items      Control of work and storage areas where important items      Similar requirements.
are handled shall be established and maintained to conform    are handled shall be established and maintained to conform to the appropriate zone defined in paragraph 2.1 of this      to the appropriate zone defined in para. 2.2 of this Subpart.
standard. Atmospheric control shall be provided where        Atmospheric control shall be provided where necessary.
necessary.
The control of all tools, equipment, materials, and supplies  The control of tools, equipment, materials, and supplies that Similar requirements.
that are used in Zones I, II, and III shall be maintained to  are used in Zones I, II, and III shall be maintained to      An alternative is proposed with the prevent the inadvertent inclusion of deleterious materials or prevent the inadvertent inclusion of deleterious materials or new QAPD regarding not specifically objects in critical systems. Appropriate control measures    objects in critical systems. Appropriate control measures    using the five-level zone designations, shall be provided through utilization of such items as log    shall be provided through utilization of such items as log    but ensuring that an equivalent level of books and tethered tools.                                    books and tethered tools.                                    cleanness control is maintained.
Clarification from the current VA QATR:
Section 3.2 - Control of Facilities: The Company may choose not to utilize the five-level zone designation system, but will utilize the Companys Nuclear Operations Industrial Safety & Health Accident Prevention Manual to maintain a level of cleanliness commensurate with the requirements of this section. Cleanliness will be maintained, consistent with the work being performed, so as to prevent the entry of foreign material into safety-related systems. This will include, as a minimum, documented cleanliness inspections which will be performed prior to system closure. As necessary, (e.g., the size of the opening would permit entry 05/27/04                                                                                                                                              Page 8 of 13
 
Housekeeping During the Construction Phase of Nuclear Power    Quality Assurance Requirements for Housekeeping for Nuclear              COMMENTS Plants                                                      Power Plants N45.2.3-1973                                              NQA-1 1994 Subpart 2.3 of the tools being used) control of personnel, tools, equipment, and supplies will be established when major portions of the reactor system are opened for inspection, maintenance or repair. Additional housekeeping requirements will be implemented as required for control of radioactive contamination.
3.2.1 Cleanness.                                              3.2.1 Cleanness.
The work areas shall be kept sufficiently clean and orderly    The work areas shall be kept sufficiently clean and orderly  Similar requirements.
that construction activity can proceed in an efficient        so that construction activity can proceed in an efficient manner that will produce and maintain quality in              manner that will produce and maintain quality in conformance with specified requirements. Where large          conformance with specified requirements. Where large accumulations of materials occur on a nonroutine basis,        accumulations of materials occur on a nonroutine basis, such as the stripping of concrete forms, the material shall    such as the stripping of concrete forms, the material shall be promptly removed or stored neatly. Garbage, trash,          be promptly removed or stored neatly. Garbage, trash, scrap, litter, and other excess materials shall be collected,  scrap, litter, and other excess materials shall be collected, removed from the job site, or disposed of in accordance        removed from the job site, or disposed of in accordance with specified requirements or planned practices. Such        with specified requirements or planned practices. Such excess material shall not be allowed to accumulate and        excess material shall not be allowed to accumulate and create conditions that will adversely affect quality. The      create conditions that will adversely affect quality. The disposal of cleaning chemicals shall be accomplished so        disposal of cleaning chemicals shall be accomplished so additional hazards are not created at the disposal site.      additional hazards are not created at the disposal site.
3.2.2 Environment.                                            3.2.2 Environment.
Areas of activity shall be adequately lighted, ventilated,    Areas of activity shall be adequately lighted, ventilated,    Similar requirements.
protected, and accessible as appropriate for the work being    protected, and accessible as appropriate for the work being performed. Temporary lighting may be utilized but shall be    performed. Temporary lighting may be utilized but shall be installed and maintained to provide good visibility.          installed and maintained to provide good visibility.
Ventilation shall be provided where necessary to prevent      Ventilation shall be provided where necessary to prevent accumulation of dust, noxious fumes, and temperature          accumulation of dust, noxious fumes, and temperature extremes. Adequate working space for construction              extremes. Adequate working space for construction personnel shall be provided utilizing proper work stages and  personnel shall be provided utilizing proper work scaffolds platforms having accessibility by stairs or ladders. Barriers, and platforms having accessibility by stairs or ladders.
screens, shields, restricted access, or other protection shall Barriers, screens, shields, restricted access, or other be provided as necessary for isolation of areas where noise,  protection shall be provided as necessary for isolation of welding arcs, dust, inclement weather, or other conditions    areas where noise, welding arcs, dust, inclement weather, exist that may affect the quality of work being performed. or other conditions that may affect the quality of work 05/27/04                                                                                                                                          Page 9 of 13
 
Housekeeping During the Construction Phase of Nuclear Power    Quality Assurance Requirements for Housekeeping for Nuclear                  COMMENTS Plants                                                      Power Plants N45.2.3-1973                                              NQA-1 1994 Subpart 2.3 being performed.
3.2.3 Fire Protection and Prevention.                          3.2.3 Fire Protection and Prevention.
Equipment and instructions for the protection from and          Equipment and instruction for the protection from, and          Similar requirements.
prevention of, damage by fire shall be provided in              prevention of, damage by fire shall be provided in accordance with the NFPA National Fire Codes, Volume 4, accordance with the requirements of the NFPA National Building Construction Facilities. Procedures or instructions    Fire Codes. Procedures or instructions for fire protection for fire protection shall include provisions for fighting fires shall include provisions for fighting fires involving the use of involving the use of available community fire departments,      available community fire departments, trained project trained project brigades, and others. Procedures or            brigades, and others. Procedures or instructions shall instructions shall include plans for provision of water        include plans for provision of water supplies, hydrants, supplies, hydrants, automatic sprinklers, access for fire      automatic sprinklers, access for fire fighting, and fighting, and distribution of extinguishers and fire fighting  distribution of extinguishers and fire fighting equipment.
equipment.
NRC Regulatory Guide 1.39, Position C.2 Subdivision 3.2.3 of ANSI N45.2.3-1973 includes general guidelines and requirements for fire protection and prevention. The requirements and guidelines of Subdivision 3.2.3 are not considered a part of this regulatory guide, since this subject is addressed separately in more detail in other NRC documents. Thus, a commitment to follow this regulatory guide does not imply a commitment to follow the guidelines and requirements of Subdivision 3.2.3.
Fire watches during and immediately following welding          Fire surveillance during and immediately following              Fire watch/surveillance requirements operations should be specified.                                operations such as welding and heat treating shall be            are clarified in NQA-1-1994.
provided when materials are located such that flames, flying sparks, weld spatter, or excessive heat resulting from the operation could cause combustion, with resulting damage to items of the nuclear plant.
Fire protection facilities shall be in service beginning with  Fire protection facilities shall be in service beginning with    Similar requirements.
the initial stages of permanent construction. Pre-fire          the initial stages of permanent construction. Pre-fire planning should be considered as a requirement of the fire      planning shall be conducted as a requirement of the fire protection procedures or instructions which shall include      protection procedures or instructions, which shall include evacuation of confined areas.                                  evacuation of confined areas.
3.3 Materials and Equipment                                    3.3 Material and Equipment Materials and equipment delivered to the work area shall be Materials and equipment delivered to the work area shall be          Similar requirements. N45.2.2 is 05/27/04                                                                                                                                                Page 10 of 13
 
Housekeeping During the Construction Phase of Nuclear Power  Quality Assurance Requirements for Housekeeping for Nuclear              COMMENTS Plants                                                    Power Plants N45.2.3-1973                                              NQA-1 1994 Subpart 2.3 placed so that they are accessible but do not hinder          so positioned, or protected when necessary, to assure that    replaced with Subpart 2.2 of NQA-1.
construction progress. However, material and equipment        the quality of the item will not be degraded by the          Clarification not needed for the new shall be so positioned that it will not be damaged by        construction activity. The cleaning of important materials    QAPD.
construction activity.                                        and equipment for the plant that is necessary during The receiving, storage, and handling activities required by  receiving, storage, and handling activities shall be in this standard shall be performed as specified in ANSI        accordance with applicable requirements.
N45.2.2. The cleaning of important parts for the plant that is necessary during these activities shall he performed as specified in ANSI N45.2.1.
Clarification from the current VA QATR:
Section 3.3 - Materials and Equipment: See Generic Statement which prefaces this table. (Copied on page 1 of this particular comparison table.)
3.4 Construction Tools, Supplies, and Equipment              3.4 Construction Tools, Supplies, and Equipment The use, location, and deployment of construction tools,      The use, location, and deployment of construction tools,      Similar requirements.
supplies, and equipment shall be regulated to keep access    supplies, and equipment shall be controlled to keep access    Clarification not needed for the new and work areas clear and prevent conditions that will        and work areas clear and to prevent conditions that will      QAPD.
adversely affect quality. These provisions shall include, but adversely affect quality. These provisions shall include, but are not limited to such items as the movement of materials    are not limited to, such items as the movement of materials to the work area, welding and stress relieving leads, power  to the work area, welding and stress relieving leads, power leads, temporary heating equipment, pumps, air and water      leads, temporary heating equipment, pumps, air and water hoses, welding machines, air compressors, hoisting            hoses, welding machines, air compressors, hoisting equipment, air tools, grinding tools and burning tools.      equipment, air tools, grinding tools, and burning tools.
Clarification from the current VA QATR:
Section 3.4 - Construction Tools, Supplies and Equipment: See Generic Statement which prefaces this table.
3.5 Surveillance, Inspections, and Examinations              3.5 Surveillance and Inspections Periodic inspection and examination of the work areas and    Periodic inspection of work areas and construction            Similar requirements. Throughout the construction practices shall be performed at scheduled    practices shall be performed at scheduled intervals to        subsection 3.5, the term examination is intervals to assure adequacy of cleanness and                assure adequacy of cleanness arid housekeeping practices. not used in NQA-1 since it is a part of housekeeping practices. These inspections and                These inspections shall include the following, as            inspection. The term inspection is examinations shall include the following as appropriate:      appropriate:                                                  favored by the standard.
: 1. Examination of construction site roads, access ways, and  (a) inspection of construction site roads, access ways, and  Similar requirements.
ramps for conditions that may result in damage to items      ramps for conditions that may result in damage to items      Clarification not needed for the new 05/27/04                                                                                                                                            Page 11 of 13
 
Housekeeping During the Construction Phase of Nuclear Power  Quality Assurance Requirements for Housekeeping for Nuclear              COMMENTS Plants                                                      Power Plants N45.2.3-1973                                              NQA-1 1994 Subpart 2.3 being transported or handled.                                being transported or handled;                                QAPD.
Clarification from the current VA QATR:
Section 3.5 - Surveillance, Inspections and Examination: Subparagraph (1) See Generic Statement which prefaces this table.
: 2. Examination of storage area for conformance to            (b), inspection of storage and work areas for conformance    Similar requirements.
procedures and instructions in the following categories:      to procedures and instructions in the following categories:  Slightly more detail regarding (a) adequacy of access control.                              (1) adequacy of access control                                hazardous materials in NQA-1.
(b) evidence of damage or deterioration.                      (2) evidence of damage or deterioration (c) adequacy of protection from fires, weather, movement      (3) adequacy of protection from fires, weather, movement of equipment, and other factors that may result in damage    of equipment, and other factors that may result in damage to stored items.                                              to stored and installed items (d) adequacy of solvent storage facilities.                  (4) adequacy of hazardous chemicals, paints, and solvent storage facilities
: 3. Inspection of work areas for maintenance of                (c) inspection of work areas for maintenance of              Similar requirements.
environmental conditions within specified limits.            environmental conditions within specified limits;
: 4. Surveillance over installed items to assure the adequacy  (d) surveillance over installed items to assure the adequacy  Similar requirements.
of:                                                          of:
(a) maintenance of protection.                                (1) maintenance of protection (b) preservation of precautionary signs.                      (2) preservation of precautionary signs (c) preservation of item identity.                            (3) preservation of item identity (d) protection from fire, weather, movement of materials or  (4) protection from fire, weather, movement of materials or equipment and other factors which may result in damage to    equipment, and other factors which may result in damage to installed items.                                              installed items.
Where these requirements duplicate the requirements of                                                                      Not a requirement.
other standards such as ANSI N45.2.1, duplicate activities and reports are not required.
: 4. RECORDS                                                    4 RECORDS Copies of approved procedures, reports; personnel training    Record copies of procedures, reports, personnel              Similar requirements. ANSI N45.2.9 and qualification records; controlled zone registry, fire and qualification records, zone control registries, fire and      is replaced with Basic Requirements accident investigations; and inspection and examination      accident investigations, surveillance, and inspection records 17 and Supplemental Requirements records shall be prepared and placed with other project      shall be prepared as required in this Part (Part lI). These  17S-1 for NQA-1.
records.                                                      records shall be retained with other project records as Final disposition of records shall be in accordance with      required by code, standard, specification, or project ANSI N45.2.9.                                                procedures.
05/27/04                                                                                                                                            Page 12 of 13
 
Housekeeping During the Construction Phase of Nuclear Power Quality Assurance Requirements for Housekeeping for Nuclear            COMMENTS Plants                                                Power Plants N45.2.3-1973                                            NQA-1 1994 Subpart 2.3
: 5. REVISIONS OF AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARDS REFERRED TO IN THIS DOCUMENT When the following Standards referred to in this document                                                              The QAPD addresses the standards are superseded by a revision approved by the American                                                                  for the program.
National Standards Institute, the revision shall apply.
A10.2-1944 Safety Code for Building Construction N45.2 Quality Assurance Program Requirements for Nuclear Power Plants N45.2.1 Cleaning of Fluid Systems and Associated Components During the Construction Phase of Nuclear Power Plants N45.2.2 Packaging, Shipping, Receiving, Storage and Handling of Items for Nuclear Power Plants (During the Construction Phase)
N45.2.9 Requirements for Collection, Storage and Maintenance of Quality Assurance Records N45.2.10 Quality Assurance Terms and Definitions 05/27/04                                                                                                                                    Page 13 of 13
 
Installation, Inspection, and Testing of Requirements for            NQA-1 1994 Subpart 2.4 IEEE Standard Installation, Inspection,            COMMENTS Instrumentation and Electric Equipment During the                and  Testing Requirements for Power, Instrumentation, and Control Construction of Nuclear Power Generating Stations                    Equipment at Nuclear Facilities ANSI/IEEE Std 336-1985 N45.2.4-1972/IEEE Std 336-1971 Reg. Guide 1.30 8/72 Position C.1 states: .ANSI N45.2.4-                                                                                NQA-1-1994 is used with 1972 should be used in conjunction with ANSI N45.2-1971,                                                                                Part I of NQA-1-1994 that is "Quality Assurance Program Requirements for Nuclear Power                                                                              comparable to the Quality Plants." (It is expected that future revisions of ANSI N45.2.4-                                                                        Assurance Program 1972 will include this provision.)                                                                                                      requirements of N45.2-1971.
: 1. INTRODUCTION                                                    1. Introduction                                                    NQA-1, Subpart 2.4 consists of ANSI/IEEE Std. 336-1985 IEEE Standard Installation, Inspection, and Testing Requirements for Power, Instrumentation, and Control Equipment at Nuclear Facilities.
1.1 Scope                                                          1.1 Scope This standard sets forth the requirements for installation,        This standard sets forth the requirements for installation,        Similar requirements.
inspection and testing of Class I and Class IE electric power,      inspection, and testing of power, instrumentation, and control      Regulatory Position instrumentation and control equipment and systems during the        equipment and systems during the construction phase of a            incorporated into the standard.
construction phases of a nuclear power generating station.          nuclear facility. These requirements also cover modifications These requirements are intended to assure that only materials      and those operating phase activities that are comparable in and equipment of acceptable quality are incorporated into the      nature and extent to related initial construction activities of the plant, that quality is maintained and quality workmanship          facility.
prevails throughout the construction process, and that completed installations conform to specified requirements, so      The intent of this standard is to establish requirements for as to promote public safety, prevent accidents and mitigate the    safety systems equipment. (Safety systems equipment is consequences of accidents if they occur, and provide a high        defined in IEEE Std 603-1980 [5]1) However, this standard degree of plant reliability.                                        may also be applied to non-safety systems equipment.
Reg. Guide 1.30 8/72 Position C.3 states: Although subdivision 1.1 of ANSI N45.2.4-1972 states that the requirements promulgated apply during the construction phase of a nuclear power plant, these requirements are also to be considered applicable for the installation, inspection, and testing of instrumentation and electric equipment during the operation phase of a nuclear power plant.
05/26/04                                                                                                                                                    Page 1 of 26
 
Installation, Inspection, and Testing of Requirements for            NQA-1 1994 Subpart 2.4 IEEE Standard Installation, Inspection, COMMENTS Instrumentation and Electric Equipment During the                and Testing Requirements for Power, Instrumentation, and Control Construction of Nuclear Power Generating Stations                  Equipment at Nuclear Facilities ANSI/IEEE Std 336-1985 N45.2.4-1972/IEEE Std 336-1971 The following is a clarification made in the current VA QATR: Regulatory Guide 1.30 Quality Assurance Requirements for the Installation, Inspection, and Testing of Instrumentation and Electric Equipment (8/72). Endorses ANSI N45.2.4-1972 The Operational Quality Assurance Program complies with this guide with the following clarifications and alternatives:
(1) See Generic Statement which prefaces this table with regard to construction related guides, standards, and instructions. Generic Statement from the current VA QATR:
For operations phase maintenance and modification activities which are comparable in nature and extent to similar activities conducted during the construction phase, the Company shall control these activities under this Operational Quality Assurance Program. Designated modifications may be controlled under a contractors Quality Assurance Program which has been approved by the Companys Quality Assurance Program. When this Operational Quality Assurance Program or an approved contractors Quality Assurance Program is used, the Company shall comply with the Regulatory Position established in the guides listed herein in that quality assurance programmatic/administrative requirements included therein (subject to the clarification in this table) shall apply to these maintenance and modification activities even though such requirements may not have been in effect originally. Maintenance or modifications which may affect the function of safety related structures, systems, or components shall be performed in a manner at least equivalent to that specified in original design bases and requirements, materials specifications, and inspection requirements. A suitable level of confidence in structures, systems, or components on which maintenance or modifications have been performed shall be attained by appropriate inspection and 05/26/04                                                                                                                                  Page 2 of 26
 
Installation, Inspection, and Testing of Requirements for          NQA-1 1994 Subpart 2.4 IEEE Standard Installation, Inspection,        COMMENTS Instrumentation and Electric Equipment During the              and Testing Requirements for Power, Instrumentation, and Control Construction of Nuclear Power Generating Stations                  Equipment at Nuclear Facilities ANSI/IEEE Std 336-1985 N45.2.4-1972/IEEE Std 336-1971 performance testing.
1.1.1 In addition to the Class I and Class IE systems, the                                                                              This specific list is not requirements also apply to the following auxiliary equipment                                                                      included in the 1985 edition, that are a part thereof.                                                                                                          but the above paragraph
: 1) Connecting cables and raceways                                                                                                  addresses safety systems
: 2) Electric and instrumentation containment penetrations                                                                          equipment that, based on the
: 3) Instrumentation sensing lines from the process root valves to                                                                  definition referenced, would and including input transducers                                                                                                    include the items in this list.
: 4) Primary sensing devices (for example, orifices, flow nozzles, venturi tubes, and reference columns)
: 5) Pneumatic instrumentation
: 6) Output control transducers including tubing and piping
: 7) Fluid systems associated with standby generators and transformer cooling systems
: 8) Switchgear fluid systems
: 9) Panels, enclosures, and mountings 1.1.2 These requirements may also be extended to other appropriate                                                                      Not a requirement.
parts of nuclear power generating stations when specified in contract documents.
1.1.3                                                            1.1.1 This standard does not set forth specific requirements for the    This standard does not set forth specific requirements for the  Similar exclusions, these items following, though related to the above equipment and systems:    following, though they are related to the above equipment and    are addressed by other
: 1) Inspection or testing, or both, of welds                      systems                                                          standards or the QAPD.
: 2) Cleaning and flushing of instrument sensing lines              1) Installation, inspection, and testing of welds
: 3) Aligning or verifying alignment, or both, of Class I rotating  2) Cleaning and flushing of instrument sensing lines equipment                                                        3) Aligning or verifying alignment, or both, of rotating
: 4) Verifying structural integrity of support for Class I or Class equipment IE electric equipment                                            4) Verifying structural integrity of supports for equipment For applicable codes on the above refer to Section 9.            5) Activity governed by Section III of [6]
: 6) Preoperational tests of the integrated systems and equipment 05/26/04                                                                                                                                                Page 3 of 26
 
Installation, Inspection, and Testing of Requirements for            NQA-1 1994 Subpart 2.4 IEEE Standard Installation, Inspection,            COMMENTS Instrumentation and Electric Equipment During the              and  Testing Requirements for Power, Instrumentation, and Control Construction of Nuclear Power Generating Stations                    Equipment at Nuclear Facilities ANSI/IEEE Std 336-1985 N45.2.4-1972/IEEE Std 336-1971
: 7) Periodic testing and maintenance after initial operation
: 8) Receiving inspection and test
: 9) Non-destructive examination when required 1.1.2 During the construction phase and when modifications are            NQA-1-1994 replaces NQA-being performed, this standard shall be used in conjunction with    1-1983 and NQA-2-1983 for the applicable portions of ANSI/ASME NQA-l-1983 [l] and              the Dominion QAPD ANSI/ASME NQA-2-1983 [2]. During the operations phase                In addition, Dominions this standard shall be used with the applicable portions of          commitment to other ANSI/ANS 3.2-1982 [3]. The numbers in brackets                      standards is addressed in the correspond to those of the references listed in Section 2.          QAPD, Appendix C.
1.2 Applicability                                                  1.2 Applicability The requirements set forth in this standard apply to the work of The requirements set forth in this standard apply to the work of      Similar requirements.
any organization that participate in the construction phase of    any organization that participates in the installation, inspection,  Supplementary requirements electric and instrumentation equipment and systems from the        testing, or modification of power, instrumentation, and control      for construction of multi-unit time that the equipment is turned over to the installers until the equipment and systems in a nuclear facility from the time that      stations and operating plants is time it is integrated into systems in a condition to commence      the equipment is turned over for installation until it is integrated addressed in Section 10 of the system performance testing. The requirements of this standard into a system. The extent to which the individual requirements            1985 edition.
are basic minimum requirements which relate to nuclear power of this standard apply either wholly or in part depends upon the generating stations during construction or construction phases    nature and scope of the work to be performed and the of modification or expansion. For supplementary requirements importance of the item or service involved.
applicable to the construction phase of multi-unit stations, including expansions to existing stations, refer to Appendix A.
1.3 Responsibility                                                1.3 Responsibility The organization or organizations responsible for establishing    It is the responsibility of the organization invoking this standard  Similar requirements.
the applicable requirements for the activities covered by this    to identify the equipment and systems to which this standard is standard shall be identified, and the scope of their              applicable. The planning operations stipulated in Section 3.2 responsibilities shall be documented. The work of establishing    shall specify the inspections and tests to be performed on the practices and procedures and providing the resources in terms      identified equipment and systems consistent with this standard.
of personnel, equipment and services necessary to implement        The work of establishing practices and procedures and the requirements of this standard, may be delegated to other      providing the resources, in terms of personnel, equipment, and 05/26/04                                                                                                                                                    Page 4 of 26
 
Installation, Inspection, and Testing of Requirements for          NQA-1 1994 Subpart 2.4 IEEE Standard Installation, Inspection,          COMMENTS Instrumentation and Electric Equipment During the            and Testing Requirements for Power, Instrumentation, and Control Construction of Nuclear Power Generating Stations                  Equipment at Nuclear Facilities ANSI/IEEE Std 336-1985 N45.2.4-1972/IEEE Std 336-1971 organizations, and such delegation also shall be documented. It  services, to implement the requirements of this standard, may is the responsibility of each organization participating in site  be delegated to other organizations. Such delegation shall be construction activities to comply with procedures and            documented. In any case, the organization invoking this instructions issued for the project.                              standard shall retain responsibility for overall program effectiveness.
1.4 Definitions The following definitions are provided to assure a uniform                                                                        NQA-1 contains definitions in understanding of select terms as they are used in this standard.                                                                  Part I, Introduction.
Class I Equipment - Equipment that is essential to the safe shutdown and isolation of the reactor or whose failure or damage could result in significant release of radioactive material.
Class IE Electric Systems - The systems that provide the electric power used to shut down the reactor and limit the release of radioactive material following a design basis event.
System Performance Testing - Tests performed on completed systems, including all their electric, instrumentation, controls, fluid and mechanical subsystems under normal or simulated normal process conditions of temperature, flow, level, pressure, etc.
Set Point - A predetermined level at which a bistable device changes state to indicate that the quantity under surveillance has reached the selected value.
Lay-Up - Idle condition of equipment and systems during and after installation, with protection measures applied as appropriate.
1.5 Referenced Documents                                          2. References Other documents that are required to be included as a part of    When the following standards referred to in this document are    Commitment to specific this standard, as well as the issue or edition of such documents, superseded by a revision approved by the American National      editions of standards is are either identified at the point of referenced or described in  Standards Institute, the revision is not mandatory until it has  controlled through the QAPD.
Section 9 of this standard.                                      been incorporated as part of this standard.
[1] ANSI/ASME NQA-1-1983, Quality Assurance Program Requirements for Nuclear Power Plants .
05/26/04                                                                                                                                              Page 5 of 26
 
Installation, Inspection, and Testing of Requirements for          NQA-1 1994 Subpart 2.4 IEEE Standard Installation, Inspection,          COMMENTS Instrumentation and Electric Equipment During the            and  Testing Requirements for Power, Instrumentation, and Control Construction of Nuclear Power Generating Stations                  Equipment at Nuclear Facilities ANSI/IEEE Std 336-1985 N45.2.4-1972/IEEE Std 336-1971
[2] ANSI/ASME NQA-2-1983, Quality Assurance Requirements for Nuclear Power Plants.
[3] ANSI/ANS 3.2-1982, Administrative Controls and Quality Assurance for the Operational Phase of Nuclear Power Plants.
[4] IEEE Std 498-1985, IEEE Standard Requirements for the Calibration and Control of Measuring and Test Equipment Used in the Construction and Maintenance of Nuclear Power Generating Stations.
[5] IEEE Std 603-1980, IEEE Standard Criteria for Safety Systems for Nuclear Power Generating Stations.
[6] 1984 ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code.
: 2. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS                                          3. General Requirements Measures shall be established and implemented for                Measures shall be established and implemented for planning        Similar requirement.
documenting installation, inspection, and testing operations to  and control of installation, inspection, and testing activities to verify conformance to specified requirements.                    verify conformance to specified requirements.
2.2 Prerequisites                                                3.1 Prerequisites The following conditions shall have been met as required by                                                                        Not specifically addressed in other standards before the requirements set forth in this                                                                          the 1985 standard.
standard are applied.
: 1) Qualification of personnel assigned to the construction phase                                                                    Section 3.7 of the 1985 has been in accordance with the requirements of appropriate                                                                        standard covers Personnel codes and standards.                                                                                                                Qualification
: 2) Systems have been designed and engineered and equipment                                                                          Not specifically addressed in has been specified in accordance with the published applicable                                                                      the 1985 standard.
standards and specifically within the framework of the Quality Assurance program described in the Safety Analysis Report.
: 3) Materials have been selected, and equipment has been                                                                            Not specifically addressed in fabricated and shop assembled, in accordance with the                                                                              the 1985 standard.
specifications and the applicable published codes and standards, the conformance to which has been demonstrated by the manufacturer.
05/26/04                                                                                                                                                Page 6 of 26
 
Installation, Inspection, and Testing of Requirements for          NQA-1 1994 Subpart 2.4 IEEE Standard Installation, Inspection,          COMMENTS Instrumentation and Electric Equipment During the              and  Testing Requirements for Power, Instrumentation, and Control Construction of Nuclear Power Generating Stations                  Equipment at Nuclear Facilities ANSI/IEEE Std 336-1985 N45.2.4-1972/IEEE Std 336-1971
: 4) Materials and equipment have been shipped, received,                                                                            Not specifically addressed in handled and stored in accordance with the requirements of                                                                          the 1985 standard.
applicable codes, standards, and manufacturers' recommendations to preserve their integrity and prevent physical, mechanical, and/or electrical damage.
: 5) The following documents relating to the specific equipment    The following applicable documents relating to the specific      Similar requirement.
to be installed are available at the construction site            equipment to be installed shall be available in legible form at a predetermined retention area or area of usage.
a) The latest applicable approved-for construction drawings      1) The latest applicable approved-for-construction drawings      Similar requirement.
b) Installation specifications                                    2) Installation specifications c) Manufacturers' instructions                                    3) Manufacturers' instructions d) Evidence of compliance by manufacturer with purchase          4) Evidence of compliance by manufacturer with purchase requirements including quality assurance requirements            requirements, including quality documentation e) Records of inspections and tests during on-site storage and    5) Records of inspections and tests during receiving and on-site handling.                                                        storage, handling, and maintenance.
2.1 Planning                                                      3.2 Planning The installation, inspection, and testing activities shall be    The installation, inspection, and testing activities shall be    Similar requirement.
planned and outlined to define the operations to be used and      performed in accordance with documented plans that define the systematic, sequential progression of operations for each    the operations to be used, the systematic, sequential item or system, the responsibilities of parties concerned for    progression of operations for each item or system, the each operation, and the measures employed to preserve the        responsibilities of parties concerned for each operation, and the quality of equipment. Planning shall take into account the need measures employed to preserve the quality of equipment.
for the preparation and control of procedures and work            Planning shall take into account the need for the preparation instructions as necessary to comply with the requirements for    and control of procedures and work instructions necessary to installation, inspection, and testing of components and systems. comply with the requirements for installation, inspection, and Planning shall include a review of the system, and component      testing of equipment and systems. Planning shall include a design specifications and drawings, and of the construction      review of the system and equipment specifications and work plans and schedules, to assure that installation, inspection drawings and of the construction work plans and schedules to and testing activities have been incorporated, and that they can assure that installation, inspection, and testing activities have be accomplished as specified, and that time and resources are been incorporated and that they can be accomplished as sufficient to accomplish the required actions.                    specified.
The following is a clarification made in the current VA                                                                            This clarification is not QATR: (2) Section 2.1  Planning requirements, as                                                                                  required to be carried forward to the new QAPD. It is 05/26/04                                                                                                                                                Page 7 of 26
 
Installation, Inspection, and Testing of Requirements for          NQA-1 1994 Subpart 2.4 IEEE Standard Installation, Inspection,        COMMENTS Instrumentation and Electric Equipment During the              and Testing Requirements for Power, Instrumentation, and Control Construction of Nuclear Power Generating Stations                  Equipment at Nuclear Facilities ANSI/IEEE Std 336-1985 N45.2.4-1972/IEEE Std 336-1971 determined by station management, will be incorporated into                                                                        covered by Subsection 1.3 of maintenance and modification procedures. Clarifications and                                                                        the standard.
alternatives meet or exceed applicable guides and standards.
These clarifications to ANSI N45.2.4-1972 are required to ensure that QA program continuity is maintained. In actuality these clarifications have been extracted from other standards and guides and are considered more conservative. These clarifications also insure that only one standard or guide is committed to for its applicable circumstance 2.3 Procedures and Instructions                                  3.3 Procedures and Instructions Installation, inspection, and test procedures and work            Procedures shall be prepared and documented as determined        Similar requirement.
instructions shall be prepared and documented for those          by the planning in 3.2. These procedures and instructions may activities falling within the scope of this standard.            be in the form of manuals or drawings.
These documents shall be kept current and revised as              These documents shall be kept current by controlled              Similar requirement.
necessary to assure that installation, inspections, and tests are supervision so that installation, inspections, and tests axe performed in accordance with latest information and shall        performed in accordance with the latest approved design and include as appropriate:                                          manufacturers' instructions. The documents shall include or reference:
(1) Installation specifications                                  1) Installation specifications                                  Similar requirement, (2) Inspection and test objectives                                2) Inspection and test objectives                                references and other pertinent (3) Precautions to avoid component or system damage during        3) Precautions to avoid equipment or system damage during        items are added to the list.
testing or inspection                                            installation, testing, or inspection (4) Inspection and test equipment required                        4) Inspection and test equipment required (5) Sequence of tests (if applicable)                            5) Sequence of tests (6) Sequential actions to be followed                            6) Sequential actions to be followed (7) Frequency of inspection or test                              7) Frequency of inspection or test (8) Prerequisites                                                8) Test prerequisites (9) Approvals                                                    9) Appropriate approvals (10) Data report form                                            10) Suitable form for reporting data (11) Identification of test equipment and date of required        11) Provision for identification of test equipment and date of recalibration where required for interpretation of test results  next required recalibration (where required) for interpretation (12) Inspection and test acceptance limits                        of test results
: 12) Inspection and test acceptance limits
: 13) References 05/26/04                                                                                                                                              Page 8 of 26
 
Installation, Inspection, and Testing of Requirements for          NQA-1 1994 Subpart 2.4 IEEE Standard Installation, Inspection,          COMMENTS Instrumentation and Electric Equipment During the              and  Testing Requirements for Power, Instrumentation, and Control Construction of Nuclear Power Generating Stations                    Equipment at Nuclear Facilities ANSI/IEEE Std 336-1985 N45.2.4-1972/IEEE Std 336-1971
: 14) Other pertinent items The above items shall be included as a checklist and shall be    New requirement. Alternative marked as required or not appropriate when preparing              proposed to administrative procedures or instructions.                                      controls in procedures and instruction in lieu of a checklist.
2.4 Results                                                      3.4 Results Inspection and test results shall be documented in a suitable    Inspection and test results shall be documented in a suitable    Similar requirement.
test report or data sheet. Each report shall identify the item to test report or data sheet. Each report shall identify the item to which it applies, the procedures or instruction followed in      which it applies, the procedures or instructions and its revision performing the task, and the identification of the following:    number used in performing the task, and the identification of the following:
: 1) Conditions encountered which were not anticipated,            1) Conditions encountered that were not anticipated, including    Similar requirement.
including nonconformance                                          nonconformance
: 2) Identity of inspector or tester                                2) Identity of inspector or testor
: 3) Completion date                                                3) Completion date Test reports and data sheets shall include an evaluation of the  Test reports or data sheets shall include an evaluation of the    Similar requirement.
acceptability of inspection and test results and provide for      acceptability of the results and provide for identifying the identifying the individual who performed the evaluation.          individual who performed the evaluation.
2.5 Measuring and Test Equipment                                  3.5 Measuring and Test Equipment 2.5.1 Selection.
Inspection and testing equipment with acceptable accuracy for    Measuring and test equipment used to determine compliance        NQA-1 addresses M&TE in performing the required function shall be selected. When          with specifications shall be controlled in accordance with the    Subpart 2.16 (IEEE Std 498-general voltage levels, flow directions, or other parameters are  requirements of IEEE Std 498-1985 [4].                            1985).
checked, an instrument without high precision may be used.
When characteristics, efficiencies, capabilities, or other properties are measured to appraise compliance with specifications, the instrument must have adequate accuracy to determine the measured quantity to the precision required by the stated limits of the specifications. Use shall be made of approved industry standards relating to measuring procedures.
Test equipment and/or apparatus supplying electrical, mechanical, or other test inputs shall have adequate capacity 05/26/04                                                                                                                                                Page 9 of 26
 
Installation, Inspection, and Testing of Requirements for            NQA-1 1994 Subpart 2.4 IEEE Standard Installation, Inspection,        COMMENTS Instrumentation and Electric Equipment During the              and Testing Requirements for Power, Instrumentation, and Control Construction of Nuclear Power Generating Stations                  Equipment at Nuclear Facilities ANSI/IEEE Std 336-1985 N45.2.4-1972/IEEE Std 336-1971 and be compatible with items under test so that the results will not be distorted.
2.5.2 Calibration and Control.
Measuring and test equipment used to determine compliance                                                                            NQA-1 addresses in Subpart with specifications, shall be adjusted and calibrated at                                                                            2.16.
prescribed intervals against certified equipment having known valid relationships to nationally recognized standards. If no national standards exists, the basis for calibration shall be documented. Records of the calibrations shall be maintained and equipment suitably marked to indicate date of next required calibration. When inspection and testing equipment are found to be out of calibration, an evaluation shall be made of the validity of previous inspection or test results and of the acceptability of items previously inspected or tested. Test equipment found to be out of calibration shall be clearly identified as such.
2.6 Nonconforming Items                                            3.6 Nonconforming Items Defects, deficiencies, discrepancies, or other nonconforming      Defects, deficiencies, discrepancies, or other nonconforming      Similar requirement.
situations shall be resolved in accordance with established        situations shall be resolved in accordance with established procedures. These procedures shall provide for identifying,        procedures. These procedures shall provide for identifying, documenting, and obtaining authorization for resolving each        documenting, and obtaining authorization for resolving each nonconforming situation.                                          nonconforming situation.
3.7 Personnel Qualification Personnel performing the verifications required by this          Qualification is a prerequisite standard shall be qualified in accordance with an approved        under N45.2.4, Subsection quality assurance program.                                        2.2, item 1.
: 3. PRECONSTRUCTION VERIFICATION                                    4. Preinstallation Verification While it is recognized that the requirements for initial receipt  Verifications shall be performed just prior to installation.
inspections and storage are covered by another standard, ANSI N45.2.2, it is necessary to verify that the quality of an item has not suffered during the interim period. It is not intended to duplicate inspections but rather to verify that items are in a satisfactory condition for installation. The verification 05/26/04                                                                                                                                                Page 10 of 26
 
Installation, Inspection, and Testing of Requirements for            NQA-1 1994 Subpart 2.4 IEEE Standard Installation, Inspection,          COMMENTS Instrumentation and Electric Equipment During the              and Testing Requirements for Power, Instrumentation, and Control Construction of Nuclear Power Generating Stations                    Equipment at Nuclear Facilities ANSI/IEEE Std 336-1985 N45.2.4-1972/IEEE Std 336-1971 shall include:
: 2. Verification that approved procedures, instruction manuals,    1) The following, relating to the specific equipment to be        Similar requirements, 1985 and/or any special work instructions if required for specific      installed, shall be available at the construction site in legible edition includes construction equipment are available                                            form:                                                            drawings and removes a) The latest applicable approved-for-construction drawings      approved instruction manuals.
b) Installation specifications, procedures, or any special work instructions
: 1. Verification that materials and equipment received by the      2) Identification of materials and equipment in accordance with  Similar requirements.
installers are identified in accordance with the latest approved-  the latest approved-for-construction drawings, equipment lists, for construction drawings, equipment lists, and specifications    and specifications
: 3. Checking of records of protective measures maintained          3) Documentation of protective measures taken during storage      Similar requirements.
during storage for conformance to storage requirements
: 4. Visual examination of materials and equipment to assure        4) Physical integrity by visual examination of materials and      Similar requirements.
physical integrity such as absence of physical damage, rust or    equipment for damage, corrosion, contamination, and corrosion, contact contamination, and condensation                condensation The following is a clarification made in the current VA                                                                              Based on the requirements of QATR: (3) Section 3  Preconstruction Verification: (a)                                                                              the new standard, this verification is required only for the modification(s) (b) will be                                                                    clarification is not needed for implemented with the clarification that approved instruction                                                                        the new QAPD.
manuals shall be interpreted to mean the manuals provided by the supplier as required by the procurement order. These manuals will not be reviewed and approved, per se, by the Company; (c) no special checks will be made by the person withdrawing a replacement part from the warehouse-equivalent controls are assured by compliance with ANSI N45.2.2 as set forth in this table; and (d) will be complied with, as determined by station management as part of the maintenance/modification program.
: 4. INSTALLATION                                                    5. Installation 5.1 Equipment Placement Equipment shall be located, installed, assembled, and/or          Equipment shall be located, installed, assembled, and connected Similar requirements.
connected in strict accordance with the following as applicable: in strict accordance with the following:
05/26/04                                                                                                                                                Page 11 of 26
 
Installation, Inspection, and Testing of Requirements for          NQA-1 1994 Subpart 2.4 IEEE Standard Installation, Inspection,          COMMENTS Instrumentation and Electric Equipment During the              and Testing Requirements for Power, Instrumentation, and Control Construction of Nuclear Power Generating Stations                  Equipment at Nuclear Facilities ANSI/IEEE Std 336-1985 N45.2.4-1972/IEEE Std 336-1971
: 1. Latest approved-for-construction drawings                      1) Latest approved-for-construction drawings                      Similar requirements.
: 2. Manufacturers' instructions                                    2) Installation specifications and procedures, where required by
: 3. Installation specifications and procedures                    the planning of 3.2 The following is a clarification made in the current VA                                                                            Clarification not needed for QATR: Section 4  Installation: instructions will be                                                                                the new QAPD.
implemented by inclusion, as determined by station management, in the appropriate maintenance or modification procedure for safety-related items. Standard Company maintenance practices require that care be exercised in the six areas listed whether a procedure is required or not.
5.2 Precautions Care shall be especially exercised in following the provisions of Care shall be exercised in following the provisions of the        Similar requirements, but the the above documents for operations such as:                      documents listed in 5.1 for operations such as:                  1985 edition has been updated
: 1. Cable pulling                                                  1) Cable pulling                                                  to include additional
: 2. Cable splicing                                                2) Cable splicing                                                appropriate items based on
: 3. Cable terminating                                              3) Cable terminating                                              operating experience and
: 4. Cable routing including maintaining required separation        4) Cable and instrument sensing line routing, including          regulatory requirements.
between redundant systems                                        maintenance of required separation between redundant
: 5. Tagging and/or identifying various items including cable      systems
: 6. Installing electric and instrumentation penetration assemblies 5) Tagging or identifying, or both, various items, including and assuring the integrity of the containment seals              cable, and temporary conditions
: 6) Installing electric and instrumentation penetration assemblies and assuring the integrity of the containment seals
: 7) Installation of fire stops and fire barriers
: 8) Installation of instrumentation piping or tubing
: 9) Mounting and supporting of equipment
: 10) Removal of temporary shipping supports and holddown bolts
: 11) Installation of environmental and pressure seals
: 5. VERIFICATION DURING CONSTRUCTION                              6. Verification During Installation Verification during installation shall include inspections and    In context with the below tests performed in accordance with the QA program                subsections, this is similar to requirements.                                                    the N45.2.4 standard.
05/26/04                                                                                                                                                Page 12 of 26
 
Installation, Inspection, and Testing of Requirements for          NQA-1 1994 Subpart 2.4 IEEE Standard Installation, Inspection,        COMMENTS Instrumentation and Electric Equipment During the              and Testing Requirements for Power, Instrumentation, and Control Construction of Nuclear Power Generating Stations                  Equipment at Nuclear Facilities ANSI/IEEE Std 336-1985 N45.2.4-1972/IEEE Std 336-1971 5.1 Inspections                                                  6.1 Inspections Surveillance of construction activities shall include inspections Inspections performed during installation shall include the      Similar requirement, reference of the work areas in progress to assure conformance to            following:                                                      to surveillance is omitted and applicable requirements. Inspections shall include the following,                                                                  just the term inspection is as appropriate:                                                                                                                    used.
5.1.1 Inspections to Verify Correctness of Installation.          6.1.1 Inspections to Verify Correctness of Installation Inspection shall be made to verify, that equipment is being      Inspections shall be performed to verify that equipment is being Similar requirement.
located, installed, assembled, and/or connected to comply with    located, installed, assembled, and connected to comply with latest approved-for-construction drawings, manufacturers'        latest approved-for-construction drawings and installation instructions, and installation specifications.                    specifications and procedures.
Such inspections shall include, as appropriate, verification of:  Inspections shall include such items as verification of:        Similar requirement, but the (1) Leveling and alignment                                        1) Leveling and alignment (nonrotating equipment)                1985 edition includes (2) Clearances and tolerances                                    2) Clearances and tolerances                                    additional items that are (3) Proper location and routing of cables and sensing lines      3) Location, support, and routing of cables and sensing lines    representative of industry (4) Tightness of connections and fastenings                      4) Tightness of connections and fastenings and use of proper    operating experience.
(5) Freedom of movement                                          tools (6) Correct polarity                                              5) Freedom of movement (7) Proper grounding                                              6) Polarity (8) Terminations                                                  7) Grounding and shielding (9) Fluid levels and pressures                                    8) Terminations (10) Absence of leaks                                            9) Fluid levels and pressures (11) Physical integrity                                          10) Absence of leaks (12) Identifications                                              11) Physical integrity
: 12) Identifications
: 13) Circuit fusing
: 14) Equipment rating
: 15) Fire stops and fire barriers
: 16) Installation of mountings and supports
: 17) Lubrication of bearings
: 18) Environmental and pressure seals 5.1.2 Inspections to Verify Housekeeping                          6.1.2 Inspections to Verify Housekeeping and Protective Measures Inspections shall be made to verify adequacy of housekeeping,    Inspections shall be performed to verify the adequacy of        Similar requirement, the 1985 05/26/04                                                                                                                                              Page 13 of 26
 
Installation, Inspection, and Testing of Requirements for            NQA-1 1994 Subpart 2.4 IEEE Standard Installation, Inspection,          COMMENTS Instrumentation and Electric Equipment During the              and Testing Requirements for Power, Instrumentation, and Control Construction of Nuclear Power Generating Stations                    Equipment at Nuclear Facilities ANSI/IEEE Std 336-1985 N45.2.4-1972/IEEE Std 336-1971 in work areas. Adequacy of barriers and protection covers          housekeeping in work areas [2]. Inspections shall be            standard more detail on the shall be evaluated to assure that items will not be damaged as    performed on a regular schedule and properly documented to      inspection requirements.
a result of adjacent construction activity. Adequacy of            verify that the following protective measures are adequate.
protection measures shall be evaluated to assure that              1) Protective measures applied for lay-up during construction equipment being used for testing will not be damaged.              are in accordance with procedures or specifications
: 2) Protective measures to prevent damage as a result of adjacent activity
: 3) Protective measures to prevent damage to measuring and test equipment during field use 5.1.3 Inspection of Temporary Conditions .                        6.1.3 Inspections of Temporary Conditions Inspections shall be made to verify adequacy of protective        Inspections shall be performed to verify that all temporary      Similar requirement, measures applied for lay-up during construction. All temporary    connections, such as jumpers and bypass lines and temporary      protective measures connections, such as jumpers and bypass lines, and temporary      setpoints of control equipment, are clearly identified and      addressed in 6.1.2 above for set points of control equipment shall be clearly identified and    documented so that subsequent restoration can be ascertained    the 1985 standard.
documented so that subsequent restoration can be ascertained      prior to placing the item in service.
prior to placing the item in service.
The following is a clarification made in the current VA                                                                            Clarification deemed not QATR: Section 5.1  Inspections : including subsections                                                                            necessary for the new 5.1.1, 5.1.2, and the first sentence in 5.1.3, will be implemented                                                                  QAPD. Inspections will be as set forth in Section 17.2.10 of the Operational QA Program.                                                                      conducted in accordance with The inspection program will incorporate, as determined by                                                                          the planning requirements of station management, those items listed in these subsections.                                                                        the standard and the The remaining sentence in 5.1.3 is covered in equivalent detail                                                                    inspection program in the Companys commitment to ANSI N18.7, section 5.2.6;                                                                          commitment.
the requirements as set forth in that commitment will be implemented in addition to the requirements stated here.
5.2 Tests                                                          6.2 Tests Surveillance of construction activities shall include tests        Manufacturers' tests on fabricated items may be accepted for    The 1985 standard is not as performed in accordance with written test procedures to verify    equipment not disturbed during the construction phase. Tests    specific about the tests, rather that items being installed comply with specified quality and      performed during installation shall be those specified in the    it refers back to those performance requirement. These tests should be performed at        planning in 3.2 and shall include a selection of the following. identified during planning.
appropriate points in the construction phase as access permits or when questions arise as to the quality of components or 05/26/04                                                                                                                                              Page 14 of 26
 
Installation, Inspection, and Testing of Requirements for              NQA-1 1994 Subpart 2.4 IEEE Standard Installation, Inspection,        COMMENTS Instrumentation and Electric Equipment During the                and Testing Requirements for Power, Instrumentation, and Control Construction of Nuclear Power Generating Stations                    Equipment at Nuclear Facilities ANSI/IEEE Std 336-1985 N45.2.4-1972/IEEE Std 336-1971 workmanship. Where preliminary operation of equipment, during construction, is utilized for a testing function, the purpose of the test, its scope, and results shall be clearly established and documented. Tests shall be repeated if construction or associated activity affects the results of the tests. The need to repeat a test shall be ascertained at the time of preparing for post construction testing in accordance with 6.2.
The following is a clarification made in the current VA                                                                              Clarification deemed not QATR: Section 5.2  Tests : including subsections 5.2.1                                                                              necessary for the new through 5.2.3, will be implemented as set forth in Sections                                                                          QAPD. Tests will be 17.2.3 and .11 of the Operational QA Program. The test                                                                                conducted in accordance with program will consider the elements outlined in this Section, as                                                                      the planning requirements of determined by station management, when developing test                                                                                the standard and the test requirements for inclusion in maintenance and modification                                                                            program commitment.
procedures. In some cases, testing requirements may be met by post-installation surveillance testing in lieu of a special post-installation test. Where elements of Section 5.2 are not being met they shall be documented and justified.
Tests during construction shall include the following:
5.2.1 Electrical Tests.                                              6.2.1 Electrical Tests The following electrical tests shall be performed:                  1) Tests to ascertain circuit continuity, absence of improper    Similar requirement.
: 1. Tests to ascertain circuit continuity, absence of short          grounds and short circuits, correct polarity and correct circuits, correct polarity and correct direction of rotation        direction of rotation
: 2. Tests to ascertain proper functioning of systems, including      2) Tests to ascertain proper phasing and functioning of indicating meters, recorders, transducers, targets and lamps,        equipment, including indicating meters, recorders, transducers, enunciators and alarms, controls and interlocks                      targets and lamps, annunciators and alarms, controls,
: 3. Voltage breakdown tests on liquid insulation                      interlocks, protective relays and breakers
: 4. Over-potential tests as specified                                3) Voltage breakdown tests on fluid insulation
: 5. Insulation resistance measurements as specified When over-        4) Overpotential tests as specified potential tests are performed, the values shall conform to the      5) Insulation resistance measurements as specified applicable codes and standards. The manufacturers                    When overpotential tests are performed, the manufacturers' recommendations shall always be considered.                          recommendations shall be considered.
05/26/04                                                                                                                                                Page 15 of 26
 
Installation, Inspection, and Testing of Requirements for            NQA-1 1994 Subpart 2.4 IEEE Standard Installation, Inspection,        COMMENTS Instrumentation and Electric Equipment During the              and Testing Requirements for Power, Instrumentation, and Control Construction of Nuclear Power Generating Stations                    Equipment at Nuclear Facilities ANSI/IEEE Std 336-1985 N45.2.4-1972/IEEE Std 336-1971 5.2.3 Physical and Chemical Tests.                                6.2.2 Physical and Chemical Tests These tests shall include, as appropriate:                        1) Chemical analysis of fluids for oxygen or moisture content    Similar requirement.
: 1. Chemical analyzing of fluids for oxygen or moisture content    and purity and purity                                                        2) Radiation testing to confirm that radiation sensors and
: 2. Radiation sensitivity testing to confirm that radiation sensors controlling devices are properly functioning.
and controlling devices are properly functioning These tests shall be in accordance with the applicable codes in Appendix B.
5.2.2 Mechanical Tests.                                            6.2.3 Mechanical Tests Mechanical tests shall be performed to ascertain that electric    Leak or flow tests shall be performed to demonstrate the          Similar requirement.
and/or instrumentation components or systems can withstand        operation of electric instrumentation equipment or systems. As    Manufacturers test statement systems pressure ratings. As a minimum, such tests shall be        a minimum, such tests shall be applied to pressure sensing and    is addressed in Section 6.2 of applied to pressure sensing and transmitting devices operating    transmitting devices operating in steam, hydraulic, or pneumatic  the 1985 standard.
in steam, hydraulic, and vacuum systems and their hydraulic or    interconnecting piping or tubing and associated instruments to pneumatic interconnecting piping or tubing and associated          ascertain that they can withstand systems pressure ratings.
instruments. Pressurized equipment which is a part of electric    Pressurized equipment that is a part of electric apparatus, such apparatus such as heat exchangers, circulating systems,            as heat exchangers, circulating systems, actuating systems, and actuating systems, and electric and instrumentation                electric and instrumentation containment penetrations, shall be containment penetrations shall likewise be tested if site          tested.
assembled or fabricated. Manufacturers tests on fabricated items may be accepted for equipment not disturbed during the construction phase. These tests shall be in accordance with the applicable codes and standards. If equipment is assembled at the construction site, tests shall be conducted after the assembly is completed even though the components may have been previously tested.
: 6. POST-CONSTRUCTION VERIFICATION                                  7. Post-Installation Verification 6.1 Inspection                                                    7.1 Inspections Installed equipment and systems shall be inspected to verify      Installed equipment and systems shall be inspected to verify      Similar requirement.
the following:                                                    that:
: 1. That equipment and materials have not sustained damage          1) Equipment and materials have not sustained damage during during installation                                                installation
: 2. That good and proper workmanship has prevailed                  2) Good and proper workmanship has prevailed 05/26/04                                                                                                                                              Page 16 of 26
 
Installation, Inspection, and Testing of Requirements for            NQA-1 1994 Subpart 2.4 IEEE Standard Installation, Inspection,          COMMENTS Instrumentation and Electric Equipment During the              and Testing Requirements for Power, Instrumentation, and Control Construction of Nuclear Power Generating Stations                  Equipment at Nuclear Facilities ANSI/IEEE Std 336-1985 N45.2.4-1972/IEEE Std 336-1971
: 3. That the installation has been made in accordance with          3) The installation has been made in accordance with specified specified requirements                                            requirements
: 4. That all nonconforming items have been satisfactorily          4) All nonconforming items have been satisfactorily resolved resolved                                                          5) Appropriate protective measures are applied for lay-up after
: 5. That appropriate protective measures are applied for lay-up    installation after installation                                                6) All temporary conditions, such as jumpers, lifted leads,
: 6. That all temporary conditions such as jumpers, bypass lines    bypass lines, and temporary setpoints, have been clearly and temporary set points have been clearly identified so that      identified so that subsequent restoration can be ascertained subsequent restoration can be ascertained prior to placing the    prior to placing the items in service.
items in service To satisfy the above objectives, inspections      To satisfy the above objectives, it may be necessary to repeat defined in 5.1 shall be repeated, as appropriate.                  some of the inspections defined in 6.1.
6.2 Tests                                                          7.2 Tests Installed equipment and systems shall be tested to demonstrate    Installed equipment and systems shall be tested to demonstrate Similar requirement.
that the installation has been made in accordance with design      that they have been installed in accordance with design requirements and that the operation gives the desired result.      requirements and that the operation gives the desired result.
Temporary electrical connections, temporary piping sections,      Temporary electrical connections, temporary piping sections, abnormal chemical solutions, unspecified setting of devices, the  abnormal chemical solutions, unspecified setting of devices, the fixing of a moving component, or the effecting of any other        temporary blocking or the effecting of any other abnormality abnormality if made previously shall be rectified before final    previously made shall be rectified before final testing except in testing except in cases where fuel loading or other critical      cases where fuel loading or other operations prevent using the operations prevent using the complete assembly for the test. In    complete assembly for the test. In these instances, a these instances, a documented notice shall be prepared stating    documented notice stating the temporary test conditions shall the substitutions that existed for the test. In final testing that be prepared and be referenced to the appropriate test report or precedes system performance testing, normal system readout        data sheet. In final testing that precedes preoperational testing, devices and installed transducers shall be used as far as          normal system readout devices and installed transducers shall possible to monitor the operation. Where the installed            be used as far as possible to monitor the operation. Where the equipment is not adequate for the purpose of conducting tests,    installed equipment is not adequate for the purpose of special measuring instruments and simulating devices shall be      conducting tests, special measuring instruments and simulating used. Test equipment used shall have adequate capacity and        devices shall be used. Test equipment used shall have be compatible with system under test so that the results will not  adequate capacity and tolerance and be compatible with the be distorted.                                                      system under test.
6.2.1 Equipment Tests.                                            7.2.1 Equipment Tests Tests shall be performed to verify that the quality of installed  Tests shall be performed to demonstrate that the installed        Similar requirement.
equipment has not deteriorated during the construction phase.      equipment is in an acceptable condition to be energized where Alternative for labeling 05/26/04                                                                                                                                              Page 17 of 26
 
Installation, Inspection, and Testing of Requirements for            NQA-1 1994 Subpart 2.4 IEEE Standard Installation, Inspection,        COMMENTS Instrumentation and Electric Equipment During the              and Testing Requirements for Power, Instrumentation, and Control Construction of Nuclear Power Generating Stations                  Equipment at Nuclear Facilities ANSI/IEEE Std 336-1985 N45.2.4-1972/IEEE Std 336-1971 Tests and shakedown runs shall be made on energized systems      manufacturers' tests or calibrations cannot be accepted (see      installed measuring and test where necessary to evaluate operations and to properly            6.2). Tests and shakedown runs shall be made on energized        equipment addressed in the condition for service (for example, the seating of brushes or    systems where necessary to evaluate operation and to properly    new QAPD.
bearings, the stabilization of instrumentation and burn-in of    condition for service (for example, the seating of brushes or electronic devices). Tests shall be made to assure that          bearings, the stabilization of instrumentation and burn-in of instrumentation and control channels are properly calibrated. In  electronic devices). Tests shall be made to assure that addition, specific tests shall be made at critical levels such as instrumentation and control channels are properly calibrated. If "set points" in a manner simulating the approach toward the set  the calibration is dependent upon location or orientation, then point. These calibrations shall be made with these devices in    calibrations shall be made with these devices in their normal their normal positions if the calibration is dependent upon      positions. Tests shall be made to determine that proper location or attitude. Tests shall be made to determine that      operation is obtained over the range of the device. Particular proper response is obtained over the operating range of the      attention shall be given to verifying independence and device. Particular attention shall be given to verifying          dependence, as appropriate, of the elements of the systems.
independence and dependence, as appropriate, of the elements      Items requiring calibration shall be identified by tags or labels of the systems. Items requiring calibration shall be tagged or    indicating the identity of the person who performed the labeled on completion indicating date of calibration and identity calibration and the date of the next required calibration.
of person that performed the calibration.
The following is a clarification made in the current VA QATR: (5) Section 6.2.1  Equipment Tests: The last paragraph of this section deals with tagging and labeling. The Company will comply with an alternate last paragraph which reads: Each safety-related item of process instrumentation is identified with a unique number. This number is utilized in instrument maintenance records so that current calibration status, including data such as the date of the calibration and identity of the person that performed the calibration, can be readily determined. Such information may also be contained on tags or labels which may be attached to installed instrumentation.
6.2.2 System Tests.                                              7.2.2 System Tests These tests shall be made to verify that all parts of a system    Tests shall be made to verify that all parts of a system properly Similar requirement.
properly coordinate with each other. Tests shall be made with    coordinate with each other. Tests shall be made with attention attention given to demonstrating required independence and        given to demonstrating required independence and dependence dependence of subsystems. Consideration shall be given to        of subsystems. Consideration shall be given to the need for 05/26/04                                                                                                                                              Page 18 of 26
 
Installation, Inspection, and Testing of Requirements for            NQA-1 1994 Subpart 2.4 IEEE Standard Installation, Inspection,          COMMENTS Instrumentation and Electric Equipment During the              and Testing Requirements for Power, Instrumentation, and Control Construction of Nuclear Power Generating Stations                  Equipment at Nuclear Facilities ANSI/IEEE Std 336-1985 N45.2.4-1972/IEEE Std 336-1971 demonstrating freedom from unwanted or harmful effects of          demonstrating freedom from unwanted or harmful effects of conducted or induced electrical noise. A review shall be made      Conducted or induced electrical noise. A review shall be made of all testing that has preceded the final integrated system      of testing that has preceded the final integrated system testing, testing including both the tests made on assemblies and            including the tests made on equipment with particular attention components with particular attention given to those that          given to those that demonstrate functional or operational demonstrate functional or operational results. When these tests    results. When these tests serve as a prerequisite or a part of serve as a prerequisite or a part of the final system test, a      the test of the completed system, a review of construction review of construction activity which may have affected the        activity that may have affected the results shall be made. The results shall be made. The final construction-phase testing shall  final construction-phase testing shall be made with all be made with all assemblies and components of subsystems          equipment of subsystems complete except where an operation complete except where a critical operation requires that          requires that temporary electrical connections, piping sections, temporary, electrical connections, piping sections, or structural  or structural supports be installed to make the tests.
supports be installed to make the tests The following is a clarification made in the current VA                                                                              Clarification deemed not QATR: (4) Section 6  Post Construction Verification: is                                                                            necessary for the new not generally considered applicable at operating facilities                                                                          QAPD.
because of the scope of work and the relatively short interval between installation and operation. Where considered necessary by station management, the elements described in this section will be used in the development and implementation of inspection and testing programs as described in Sections 17.2.3, .10, and .11 of the Operational QA Program.
: 7. DATA ANALYSIS AND EVALUATION                                    8. Data Analysis and Evaluation Procedures shall be established for processing inspection and      Procedures shall be established for processing inspection        Similar requirement.
test data and their analysis and evaluation. These procedures      results and analyzing and evaluating test data. These shall include acquisition and reduction of inspection and test    procedures shall include requirements for reduction of data for prompt evaluation against acceptance criteria,            inspection and test data for review or evaluation against operating limits and performance standards.                        acceptance criteria.
The data processing procedures shall provide for "on-the-spot"    The data shall be analyzed and evaluated to verify                Similar requirement, but does evaluation to determine the validity of the inspection and test    completeness, achievement of objectives, and correct operation    not require on-the-spot results, the appropriateness of continuing the inspection or test. of equipment and systems, and to identify any additional          evaluation. Clarification from The data shall be analyzed and evaluated to verify                inspection or tests required.                                    the current VA deemed not completeness of results, achievement of inspection and test                                                                          necessary for the new objectives, and operational proficiency of equipment and                                                                            QAPD.
05/26/04                                                                                                                                                Page 19 of 26
 
Installation, Inspection, and Testing of Requirements for          NQA-1 1994 Subpart 2.4 IEEE Standard Installation, Inspection,        COMMENTS Instrumentation and Electric Equipment During the              and Testing Requirements for Power, Instrumentation, and Control Construction of Nuclear Power Generating Stations                  Equipment at Nuclear Facilities ANSI/IEEE Std 336-1985 N45.2.4-1972/IEEE Std 336-1971 systems; to identify additional inspection and/or tests required; and to identify necessary changes to the installation inspection or test procedures. Inspection and test results that include inspection and test data, together with a report of data analysis and evaluation, shall be provided as specified in Section 8.
The following is a clarification made in the current VA QATR: (6) Section 7  Data Analysis and Evaluation:
will be implemented as stated herein after adding the clarifying phrase when determined by station management at the beginning of that paragraph.
: 8. RECORDS                                                        9. Records Record copies of completed procedures, reports, personnel        Copies of construction records such as approved procedures,      Similar requirement.
qualification records, test equipment calibration records, test  personnel qualifications, test equipment calibration records, deviation or exception records, and inspection and examination    deviation or exception records, and inspection and test records records shall be prepared. These shall be placed with other      shall be prepared. These shall be placed with other project project records as required by code, standard, specification, or  records as required by codes, standards, specification, or project procedures.                                              project procedures.
: 9. APPLICABLE CODES, STANDARDS AND GUIDES The applicable published codes, standards, and guides shall be                                                                    The QAPD establishes the used. In cases where codes or standards were intended to                                                                          quality assurance standards to cover the manufacturing phase of an item, these codes shall be                                                                    be applied to the activities.
used as guides. Refer to Appendix B for a listing, not necessarily complete, of additional codes, standards, and guides that should be considered during the construction phase. The following guides or standards refer specifically to nuclear power generating stations and their construction and shall be considered applicable.
: 1) IEEE Std 279-1971, Criteria for Protection Systems for                                                                          Reg. Guide will be met with Nuclear Power Generating Stations                                                                                                  NQA-1-1994 in lieu of N45.2
: 2) IEEE Std 308-1971, Criteria for Class IE Electric Systems                                                                      and other criteria as defined in for Nuclear Power Generating Stations                                                                                              NQA-1-1994.
: 3) IEEE Std 317-1971, Electric Penetration Assemblies in Containment Structures for Nuclear Fueled Power Generating 05/26/04                                                                                                                                              Page 20 of 26
 
Installation, Inspection, and Testing of Requirements for        NQA-1 1994 Subpart 2.4 IEEE Standard Installation, Inspection,        COMMENTS Instrumentation and Electric Equipment During the          and Testing Requirements  for Power, Instrumentation, and Control Construction of Nuclear Power Generating Stations                Equipment at Nuclear Facilities ANSI/IEEE Std 336-1985 N45.2.4-1972/IEEE Std 336-1971 Stations
: 4) IEEE Std 323-1971, Guide for Qualification of Class I Electric Equipment for Nuclear Power Generating Stations
: 5) ANSI 18.2-1965, Nuclear Safety Criteria for the Design of Stationary Pressurized Water Reactor Plants
: 6) ANSI B31.7-1969, Nuclear Power Piping
: 7) IEEE Std 334-1971, Guide for Type Tests of Continuous-Duty Class I Motors Installed Inside the Containment of Nuclear Power Generating Stations
: 8) IEEE Std 336-1971, Installation, Inspection and Testing Requirements for Instrumentation and Electric Equipment During the Construction of Nuclear Power Generating Stations
: 9) IEEE Std 338-1971, Trial-Use Criteria for the Periodic Testing of Nuclear Power Generating Station Protection Systems
: 10) IEEE Std 344-1971, Trial-Use Guide for Seismic Qualification of Class I Electric Equipment for Nuclear Power Generating Stations Reg. Guide 1.30 8/72 Position C.2 states: Section 9 of ANSI N45.2.4-1972 lists additional guides and standards made applicable by ANSI N45.2.4. The specific applicability or acceptability of these listed guides and standards has been or will be covered separately in other safety guides or in appropriate Commission regulations.
Appendixes (The Appendixes are not a part or IEEE Standard Installation,                                                                    Not a requirement.
Inspection, and Testing Requirements for Instrumentation and Electric Equipment During the Construction of Nuclear Power Generating Stations.)
Appendix A Supplementary Provisions for Multi-Unit Stations              10. Supplementary Provisions for Multiunit Stations and Operating Plants For construction activity in nuclear power generating stations For construction activity in nuclear facilities where one or more Similar requirement.
05/26/04                                                                                                                                          Page 21 of 26
 
Installation, Inspection, and Testing of Requirements for            NQA-1 1994 Subpart 2.4 IEEE Standard Installation, Inspection,            COMMENTS Instrumentation and Electric Equipment During the                and Testing Requirements for Power, Instrumentation, and Control Construction of Nuclear Power Generating Stations                    Equipment at Nuclear Facilities ANSI/IEEE Std 336-1985 N45.2.4-1972/IEEE Std 336-1971 where one or more units are already operating or have reached      units are already operating or have reached a stage in their a stage in their own construction where the fuel has been          construction where the fuel has been loaded in the reactor and loaded in the reactor and associated systems energized for          associated systems energized for whatever purpose, the whatever purpose, the following measures shall be taken in          following measures shall be taken in addition to the provisions addition to the provision defined in the body of this document. defined elsewhere in this standard.
Al. Planning and Preparation                                        10.1 Planning and Preparation Instructions, procedures or drawings shall be prepared to          Instructions, procedures, or drawings shall be prepared to          Similar requirement.
control installation, inspection and testing activities at areas of control installation, inspection, and testing activities at areas of interface between the new and existing units.                      interface between the new and existing units.
These instructions and procedures or drawings shall define:        These instructions and procedures or drawings shall define the      Similar requirement.
: 1) The areas of interface between the new and existing units        following:
: 2) Access control and authority for work at these interface        1) The areas of interface between the new and existing units areas                                                              2) Access control and authority for work at these interface
: 3) Nature of potential hazards to and/or from the existing          areas equipment                                                          3) Nature of potential hazards to or from the existing
: 4) Precautions required to be taken during installation            equipment
: 5) Supplementary objectives for inspection and testing              4) Precautions required to be taken during installation
: 5) Supplementary objectives for inspection and testing A2. Documentation                                                  10.2 Documentation A2.1 The instructions, procedures or drawings described in          10.2.1 The instructions, procedures, or drawings described in        Similar requirement.
Section Al shall be documented and shall be kept current by        10.1 shall be kept current by revisions.
revisions as necessary.
A2.2 The equipment and/or systems which are associated with        10.2.2 The equipment or systems which are associated with            Similar requirement.
existing unit(s) that are electrically energize or charged with    existing unit(s) that are electrically energized or charged with pressurized and/or radioactive fluids and which are in the          pressurized or radioactive fluids and which are in the vicinity of vicinity of the construction activity associated with the new unit  the construction activity associated with the new unit shall be shall be properly tagged or identified.                            properly tagged or identified.
A2.3 The documentation associated with installation described      10.2.3 The documentation associated with installation                Similar requirement.
in Section 2.2 of the main document shall additionally include:    described in 10.2.2 shall also include:
A2.3.1 The identification of the equipment and/or system            1) The identification of the equipment or system defined in          Similar requirement.
defined in 2.2 above, which poses a potential hazard in the        10.2.2 which poses a potential hazard in the vicinity of current vicinity of current construction activity.                          construction activity A2.3.2 Level of potential hazard from such neighboring              2) Identification of the potential hazard of such neighboring        Similar requirement.
05/26/04                                                                                                                                                  Page 22 of 26
 
Installation, Inspection, and Testing of Requirements for        NQA-1 1994 Subpart 2.4 IEEE Standard Installation, Inspection,        COMMENTS Instrumentation and Electric Equipment During the            and Testing Requirements for Power, Instrumentation, and Control Construction of Nuclear Power Generating Stations                Equipment at Nuclear Facilities ANSI/IEEE Std 336-1985 N45.2.4-1972/IEEE Std 336-1971 energized systems, such as: voltage, radiation level, fluid    energized systems as voltage, radiation level, fluid pressure, or pressure and/or temperatures.                                  temperatures A2.4 Authorizations for access to and work at the areas of      10.2.4 Authorizations for access to and work at the areas of      Similar requirement.
interface between the new and existing units shall be          interface between the new and existing units shall be documented.                                                    documented.
10.2.5 Provisions of Section 9 shall be implemented to            New requirement regarding supplement or supersede documents or records as required          records.
A3. Installation                                                10.3 Installation A3.1 Suitable protective barriers shall be erected to prevent  10.3.1 Suitable protective barriers shall be erected, where      Similar requirement.
damage to equipment and/or systems associated with the          needed, to prevent damage to equipment or systems associated existing unit(s).                                              with the existing unit(s).
A3.2 Spare capacities available in existing facility such as in 10.3.2 Spare capacities available in the existing facility, such  Similar requirement. Adds cable raceways or in panelboards shall not be used unless      as in cable raceways or in panelboards, shall not be used        allowance for approved expressly indicated on the latest applicable approved for      unless expressly indicated on the latest applicable approved-    temporary use of spare construction drawings or installation specification.            for-construction drawings or installation specification. This    capacities.
does not prohibit authorized temporary use of such spare capacities.
A3.3 When working in an area common to the new and the          10.3.3 When working in an area common to the new and the          Similar requirement.
existing units, such as the cable spreading room, control room, existing units, such as the cable spreading room, control room, radioactive waste building or the battery room, care shall be  or radioactive waste building, care shall be especially exercised especially exercised to avoid interference with existing        to avoid interference with existing facilities and to maintain facilities and to maintain required separation, where          required separation, where appropriate, between the systems appropriate, between the systems associated with existing and  associated with existing and new units.
new units.
A4. Inspection                                                  10.4 Inspection A4.1 Inspection shall be performed to verify that existing      10.4.1 Inspection shall be performed to verify that the          Similar requirement.
equipment and/or systems neighboring current construction      requirements of 10.2 and 10.3 have been satisfied.
activity are properly tagged and identified, and potential hazards therefrom identified and documented.
A4.2 Inspection shall be performed to verify that the existing  10.4.2 Inspection shall be performed to verify that the existing  Similar requirement.
facilities are properly protected from current construction    facilities are properly protected from construction activity.
activity.
05/26/04                                                                                                                                          Page 23 of 26
 
Installation, Inspection, and Testing of Requirements for        NQA-1 1994 Subpart 2.4 IEEE Standard Installation, Inspection,        COMMENTS Instrumentation and Electric Equipment During the          and Testing Requirements for Power, Instrumentation, and Control Construction of Nuclear Power Generating Stations              Equipment at Nuclear Facilities ANSI/IEEE Std 336-1985 N45.2.4-1972/IEEE Std 336-1971 A5. Testing                                                    10.5 Testing A5.1 In testing integrated electrical control and/or          In testing integrated electrical control or instrumentation      Similar requirement.
instrumentation systems where the plant design calls for      systems, or both, where the plant design calls for interconnection between the existing and new systems, care    interconnection between the existing and new systems, care shall be especially exercised to prevent tripping or otherwise shall be exercised to prevent tripping or otherwise disturbing dislocating the operation of equipment and/or systems          the operation of equipment or systems associated with the associated with the existing unit(s).                          existing unit(s).
Appendix B Additional Codes, Standards and Guides
: 1. ANSI C1-1963, National Electrical Code (NFPA 70-1968)
(to be used as a guide when appropriate)
: 2. ANSI C29.1-1961, Test Methods for Electrical Power Insulators
: 3. ANSI Appendix C57.93, Guide for Installation and Maintenance of Oil-Immersed Transformers
: 4. ANSI Appendix C57.94, Guide for Installation and Maintenance of Dry-Type Transformers
: 5. ANSI C96.1-1969, Temperature Measurement Thermocouples
: 6. API RP550-1965, Manual on Installation of Refinery Instruments and Control Systems. Part I - Process Instrumentation and Control
: 7. API RP550-1965, Manual on Installation of Refinery Instruments and Control Systems, Part II - Process Stream Analyzers
: 8. ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section III, Nuclear Power Plant Components, 1971
: 9. IEEE Std 4-1968, Techniques for Dielectric Tests (ANSI C68.1- 1968)
: 10. IEEE Std 43-1961, Recommended Practice for Testing, Insulation Resistance of Rotating Machinery 11. IEEE Std 51-1955, Guiding Principles for Dielectric Tests
: 12. IEEE Std 56-1958, Guide for Insulation Maintenance for Large AC Rotating Machinery 05/26/04                                                                                                                                        Page 24 of 26
 
Installation, Inspection, and Testing of Requirements for        NQA-1 1994 Subpart 2.4 IEEE Standard Installation, Inspection, COMMENTS Instrumentation and Electric Equipment During the          and Testing Requirements for Power, Instrumentation, and Control Construction of Nuclear Power Generating Stations              Equipment at Nuclear Facilities ANSI/IEEE Std 336-1985 N45.2.4-1972/IEEE Std 336-1971
: 13. IEEE Std 62-1958, Guide for Making Dielectric Measurements in the Field
: 14. IEEE Std 64-l969, Guide for Acceptance and Maintenance of Insulating Oil in Equipment
: 15. IEEE Std 81-1962, Guide for Measuring Ground Resistance and Potential Gradients in the Earth
: 16. IEEE Std 95-1962, Guide for Insulation Testing of Large AC Rotating Machinery with High Direct Voltage
: 17. IEEE Std 112A-1964, Test Procedure for Polyphase Induction Motors and Generators
: 18. IEEE Std 114-1969, Test Procedure for Single-Phase Induction Motors
: 19. IEEE Std 115-1965, Test Procedure for Synchronous Machines
: 20. IEEE Std 118-1949, Master Test Code for Resistance Measurement
: 21. IEEE Std 120-1955 (withdrawn), Master Test Code for Electrical Measurement in Power Circuits
: 22. IEEE Std 262-1968, Test Code for Distribution, Power and Regulating Transformers, and Shunt Reactors (ANSI C57.12.90- 1968)
: 23. IEEE Std 283-1968, Guide for Installation of Oil-Immersed Transformers
: 24. ISA-RP3.1, Flowmeter Installations, Seal and Condensate Chambers, 1960
: 25. ISA-S5.1, Instrumentation Symbols and Identification, 1968
: 26. ISA-RP7.1, Pneumatic Control Circuit Pressure Test, 1956
: 27. ISA-RP7.2, Color Code for Panel Tubing, 1957
: 28. ISA-RP8.1, Instrument Enclosures for Industrial Environments
: 29. ISA-RP25.1, Materials for Instruments in Radiation Service, 1957
: 30. ISA-S26, Dynamic Response Testing of Process Control Instrumentation, 1968 05/26/04                                                                                                                            Page 25 of 26
 
Installation, Inspection, and Testing of Requirements for      NQA-1 1994 Subpart 2.4 IEEE Standard Installation, Inspection, COMMENTS Instrumentation and Electric Equipment During the        and Testing Requirements for Power, Instrumentation, and Control Construction of Nuclear Power Generating Stations            Equipment at Nuclear Facilities ANSI/IEEE Std 336-1985 N45.2.4-1972/IEEE Std 336-1971
: 31. ISA-S37.1, Electrical Transducers Nomenclature and Terminology, 1969
: 32. ISA-RP42.1, Nomenclature for Instrument Tubing Fittings (Threaded), 1965
: 33. NEMA ICS-1970, Industrial Controls and Systems
: 34. NEMA IS 1.1-1969, Enclosures for Industrial Controls and Systems
: 35. NEMA SG 3-1965, Low-Voltage Power Circuit Breakers
: 36. NEMA SG 5-1971, Power Switchgear Assemblies
: 37. NEMA VE 1-1965, Ventilated Cable Trays 05/26/04                                                                                                                          Page 26 of 26
 
Supplementary Quality Assurance Requirements for                    Quality Assurance Requirements for Installation,                  COMMENTS Installation, Inspection, and Testing of Structural Concrete        Inspection, and Testing of Structural Concrete, Structural and Structural Steel During the Construction Phase of              Steel, Soils, and Foundations for Nuclear Power Plants Nuclear Power Plants                                          NQA-1 1994 SUBPART 2.5 N45.2.5
: 1. INTRODUCTION                                                    1 GENERAL 1.1 Scope This standard sets forth the supplementary quality assurance      Subpart 2.5 provides amplified requirements for installation,    Similar requirements of installation, inspection and testing of structural inspection, and testing of structural concrete, structural steel, concrete and structural steel for nuclear power plant              soils, and foundations.
construction.
It is intended for application to those structures from which      It supplements the requirements of Part I and shall be used in    This is an overall objective satisfactory performance is required.                              conjunction with applicable Basic and Supplementary Sections of  of NQA-1, Basic
: 1. For the plant to operate reliably                              Part I when and to the extent specified by the organization      Requirement 2, related to
: 2. To prevent accidents that could cause undue risk to the health  invoking Subpart 2.5.                                            providing control over and safety of the public                                                                                                            activities affecting quality
: 3. To mitigate the consequences of such accidents if they were to                                                                    consistent with their occur.                                                                                                                              importance to safety.
Included are the following:                                        See Section 2 of NQA-1-1994, Subpart 2.5 below
: 1. Formwork
: 2. Steel Reinforcement
: 3. Embedded Items
: 4. Foundation Preparation
: 5. Concrete
: 6. Structural Steel The requirements may also be extended to other appropriate parts of nuclear power plants when specified in contract documents.
This standard is intended to be used in conjunction with ANSI N45.2.
1.2 Applicability The requirement of this standard apply to the work of any          See NQA-1, Part II, Introduction for Applicability organization or individual participating in the production, preparation, placement, inspection and testing of structural concrete and the erection, inspection and testing of structural steel as identified in section 1.1.
05/26/04                                                                                                                                            Page 1 of 35
 
Supplementary Quality Assurance Requirements for                      Quality Assurance Requirements for Installation,          COMMENTS Installation, Inspection, and Testing of Structural Concrete Inspection, and Testing of Structural Concrete, Structural and Structural Steel During the Construction Phase of              Steel, Soils, and Foundations for Nuclear Power Plants Nuclear Power Plants                                          NQA-1 1994 SUBPART 2.5 N45.2.5 The extent to which the individual requirements of this standard apply will depend upon the nature and scope of the work to be performed and the importance of the item or service involved.
The requirements are intended to assure that only specified materials and workmanship are incorporated into the plant; that quality of materials and quality of workmanship are maintained throughout the construction process; that the work is performed in accordance with applicable construction procedures; and that the completed installation conforms to the specified requirements.
The ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section III, Divisions 1 and 2, as well as other American National Standards, have been considered in the development of this standard; and this standard is intended to be compatible with their requirements.
This standard applies to structural concrete and structural steel components of nuclear power plants not covered by the Code.
For items covered by the Code, it is intended that the requirements of this standard shall supplement the requirements of the Code. In cases where conflict may exist, the requirements of the Code shall govern.
1.3 Responsibility The organization or organizations responsible for establishing the  See NQA-1, Part II, Introduction for Responsibility      Similar requirements applicable requirements for the activities covered by this standard                                                          between both standards.
shall be identified and the scope of their responsibilities shall be documented. The work of establishing practices and procedures and providing the resources in terms of' personnel, equipment and services necessary to implement the requirements of this standard may be delegated to other organizations and such delegation also shall be documented. It is the responsibility of each organization performing work covered by this standard to comply with the procedures and instructions issued for the project and to conform to the requirements of this standard applicable to their work. It is the responsibility of the organization performing these activities to specify the detailed methods and procedures 05/26/04                                                                                                                                    Page 2 of 35
 
Supplementary Quality Assurance Requirements for                  Quality Assurance Requirements for Installation,                  COMMENTS Installation, Inspection, and Testing of Structural Concrete      Inspection, and Testing of Structural Concrete, Structural and Structural Steel During the Construction Phase of            Steel, Soils, and Foundations for Nuclear Power Plants Nuclear Power Plants                                          NQA-1 1994 SUBPART 2.5 N45.2.5 unless they are specified in the procurement documents.
1.4 Definitions                                                  1.1 Definitions The following definitions are provided to assure a uniform      The following definitions are provided to assure a uniform        Similar. For NQA-1, understanding of select terms as they are used in this standard. understanding of unique terms as they are used in Subpart 2.5. additional definitions are Additional definitions of terms are included in ANSI N45.2.10.                                                                      contained in the Introduction to Part I.
Class of Concrete - Identifies each individual design mix.      Class of concrete - identifies each individual design mix          Similar Curing - The process of maintaining a satisfactory moisture      Curing - the process of maintaining a satisfactory moisture        Similar content and a favorable temperature in concrete during hydration content and a favorable temperature in concrete during hydration of the cementitious materials so that desired properties of the  of the cementitious materials so that desired properties of the concrete are developed.                                          concrete are developed.
Correlation testing - a form of in-process testing accomplished    New definition in NQA-1 consistent with established procedures, which provides for the    (Not in N45.2.5 or comparison of results of specified tests of concrete samples      N45.2.10) taken of corresponding batches from two different points to establish to what extent the conditions and method of transit have impacted on specified requirements for plastic concrete at the placement point Delivery point - the point of discharge in the case of a truck    New definition in NQA-1 agitator unit, or non-agitating unit when another conveying device (Not in N45.2.5 or is to be used to transport the plastic concrete to the placement  N45.2.10) - clarifies point. Where a truck agitator unit is used in the transit of      Sampling point from concrete, the delivery point and the mixing point are considered  N45.2.5 coincident when:
(a) the delivery point is not more than a distance of 2 mi (3.22 km) and a maximum time of 1/2 hr in transit from the mixing point, and (b) the delivered concrete commences to be placed within a maximum time of 1/2 hr from the time the transporting vehicle arrives at the delivery point.
When a non-agitating unit is used, the delivery point and the mixing point shall not be considered coincident.
05/26/04                                                                                                                                          Page 3 of 35
 
Supplementary Quality Assurance Requirements for                      Quality Assurance Requirements for Installation,                    COMMENTS Installation, Inspection, and Testing of Structural Concrete        Inspection, and Testing of Structural Concrete, Structural and Structural Steel During the Construction Phase of              Steel, Soils, and Foundations for Nuclear Power Plants Nuclear Power Plants                                            NQA-1 1994 SUBPART 2.5 N45.2.5 Finishing - The process of obtaining specified surface              Finishing - the process of obtaining specified surface              Similar characteristics of hardened concrete.                              characteristics of hardened concrete Qualified Procedures - Procedures which incorporate                NQA-1-1994 defines Qualified Procedure as an approved            Not in Subpart but in applicable codes and standards, manufacturers parameters and      procedure that has been demonstrated to meet the specified          Definition section of NQA-engineering specifications.                                        requirements for its intended purpose                              1-1994 Qualification Tests - Tests performed to qualify the basic          Qualification tests - tests performed to qualify the basic          Definition shortened, still material source or manufacturer. These tests are mandatory          material source or manufacturer to assure conformance to            same basic intent.
unless current documentary test data are available to establish    specification requirements complete confidence in conformance to specification requirements In-Process Tests - Tests performed during the course of            Inprocess tests - tests performed during the course of              NQA-1 Definition expands construction to maintain control of structural materials. These    construction to determine compliance with specified requirements    on who may perform the tests may be performed by the manufacturer or supplier, but        and maintain control of materials. These tests may be performed    tests but under same samples for these tests must be taken from the lot or batch of      by the purchaser (or his agent), constructor, manufacturer, or      requirements.
materials supplied to the site for use.                            supplier, but samples for these tests must be taken from the lot or batch of materials supplied and used at the site of construction.
Sampling Point - The point at which the concrete leaves the last                                                                        Clarified in NQA-1 by use piece of mixing or agitating equipment prior to being discharged to                                                                    of Delivery Point and conveying equipment systems.                                                                                                            Mixing Point Mixing point - the point of discharge of plastic concrete from a    New definition in NQA-1 central mix plant. For truck mixed concrete, the mixing point and  (Not in N45.2.5 or delivery point are defined as coincident.                          N45.2.10) - clarifies Sampling point from N45.2.5 Placement point - the point of discharge of plastic concrete into  New definition in NQA-1 the forms. Except for pumped concrete, the placement point and      (Not in N45.2.5 or the delivery point are considered coincident when 5 min or less is  N45.2.10) - clarifies used in transit of the concrete from the delivery point to the      Sampling point from placement point.                                                    N45.2.5 1.5 Referenced Documents Other documents that are required to be included as a part of this                                                                      The QAPD addresses the standard are identified at the point of reference and listed in                                                                        standards and codes that 05/26/04                                                                                                                                              Page 4 of 35
 
Supplementary Quality Assurance Requirements for                        Quality Assurance Requirements for Installation,                      COMMENTS Installation, Inspection, and Testing of Structural Concrete Inspection, and Testing of Structural Concrete, Structural and Structural Steel During the Construction Phase of                Steel, Soils, and Foundations for Nuclear Power Plants Nuclear Power Plants                                            NQA-1 1994 SUBPART 2.5 N45.2.5 Section 8 and the Appendix of this Standard. The issue or edition                                                                            apply to the activities. Use of the referenced document that is required is specified in the                                                                              of NQA-1 is not a specific Appendix.                                                                                                                                    commitment to those Regarding this subdivision, NRC Regulatory Guide 1.94-4/76                                                                                  referenced standards.
states: The specific applicability or acceptability of documents listed in Section 8 has been covered separately in other regulatory guides. Other standards and codes listed in ANSI N45.2.5-1974 provide useful guidance for the installation, inspection, and testing of structural concrete and structural steel. Prior to use of these other referenced codes and standards, however, the suitability of the standard or code should be reviewed for the particular application under consideration.
: 2. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS                                              2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS The requirements of Subpart 2.5 apply to any organization or          Similar to 1.2 of N45.2.5.
individual participating in work relating to production, preparation, placement, installation, inspection, and testing of structural concrete, structural steel, soils, and foundations, and applies to the following N45.2.5 covers this in Section 1.1 as follows:                        (a) formwork                                                          NQA-1 Subpart 2.5 adds:
(Included are the following:                                      (b) steel reinforcement                                                (g) soils and earthwork
: 1. Formwork                                                        (c) embedded items                                                    (h) special foundations
: 2. Steel Reinforcement                                            (d) foundation preparation                                            (i) foundation underpinning
: 3. Embedded Items                                                  (e) concrete
: 4. Foundation Preparation                                          (f) structural steel
: 5. Concrete                                                        (g) soils and earthwork
: 6. Structural Steel)                                              (h) special foundations (i) foundation underpinning 2.1 Planning                                                          3 REQUIREMENTS Measures shall be established and implemented for documenting        Measures shall be established and implemented for documenting          Similar installation, inspection, and testing operations to verify            installation, inspection, and testing activities to verify conformance conformance to specified requirements.                                to specified requirements.
05/26/04                                                                                                                                                    Page 5 of 35
 
Supplementary Quality Assurance Requirements for                      Quality Assurance Requirements for Installation,                COMMENTS Installation, Inspection, and Testing of Structural Concrete          Inspection, and Testing of Structural Concrete, Structural and Structural Steel During the Construction Phase of                Steel, Soils, and Foundations for Nuclear Power Plants Nuclear Power Plants                                            NQA-1 1994 SUBPART 2.5 N45.2.5 3.1 Planning and Procedures Planning shall take into account the need for the preparation and    Planning and procedure preparation shall be in accordance with The Introduction to NQA-control of procedures and work instructions as necessary to          the Introduction to this Part (Part II).                      1, Part II addresses these comply with specified requirements for installation, inspection and                                                                  items from N45.2.5 for testing.                                                                                                                            Planning.
Planning shall include a review of the structure, system, or component design and procurement specifications, materials lists, drawings, construction work plans, procedures, and schedules to assure that installation, inspection and testing activities have been incorporated and that they can be accomplished as specified; and that time and resources are sufficient to accomplish the scheduled construction without degradation of quality.
Regarding this subdivision, NRC Regulatory Guide 1.94-4/76 states: The provisions of Subdivision 2.1  should be used in conjunction with Regulatory Guide 1.55, Concrete Placement in Category 1 Structures. Note that Reg. Guide 1.55 has been withdrawn by the NRC.
2.2 Procedures and Instructions Installation, inspection and test procedures, and work instructions                                                                  The Introduction to NQA-shall be prepared and documented for those activities falling                                                                        1, Part II addresses these within the scope of this standard.                                                                                                  items from N45.2.5 for Procedures These documents shall be kept current and revised as necessary                                                                      Addressed in NQA-1, Part to assure that installation, inspections and tests are performed in                                                                  I, Basic Requirement 6.
accordance with latest information and shall include as appropriate:
: 1. Installation specifications.                                                                                                      Item 4 of N45.2.5 reads
: 2. Inspection and test objectives and requirements.                                                                                  (g) special equipment
: 3. Precautions to avoid component or system damage during                                                                            required in NQA-1.
installation, inspection and following inspection but prior to use.                                                                  Item 12 of N45.2.5 reads
: 4. Inspection and test equipment required.                                                                                          (j) acceptance criteria and
: 5. Sequence of tests (if applicable).                                                                                                methods for verifying in
: 6. Sequential actions to be followed.                                                                                                NQA-1.
05/26/04                                                                                                                                            Page 6 of 35
 
Supplementary Quality Assurance Requirements for                      Quality Assurance Requirements for Installation,                  COMMENTS Installation, Inspection, and Testing of Structural Concrete          Inspection, and Testing of Structural Concrete, Structural and Structural Steel During the Construction Phase of                Steel, Soils, and Foundations for Nuclear Power Plants Nuclear Power Plants                                            NQA-1 1994 SUBPART 2.5 N45.2.5
: 7. Frequency of inspections and tests.                                                                                                NQA-1 adds the following:
: 8. Prerequisites.                                                                                                                    (a) personnel safety
: 9. Approval.                                                                                                                          (k) responsibility and
: 10. Data report form.                                                                                                                required qualifications of
: 11. Identification of test equipment and date of required                                                                            personnel recalibration where required for interpretation of test results.
: 12. Inspection and test acceptance limits.
2.3 Results Inspection and test results shall be documented in a suitable test    Covered in Supplement 10S-1 for Inspection requirements        NQA-1 contains equivalent report or data sheet. Each report shall identify the item to which it and Supplement 11S-1, Section 4 for documenting test            requirements in Part I.
applies, the procedures or instructions followed in performing the    results. These are written as general requirements for all task, and the identification of the following:                        quality activities.
: 1. Pertinent inspection and test data such as identification of location where testing was performed or where test samples were taken.
: 2. Significant dates and times.
: 3. Inspection acceptance and test completion signatures.
: 4. Conditions encountered which were not anticipated, including nonconformance.
Test reports and data sheet shall include an evaluation of the acceptability of inspection and test results and provide for identifying the individual who performed the evaluation.
2.4 Personnel Qualifications Personnel performing tests and inspections required by this          For NQA-1, qualification of inspection and test personnel      NQA-1 contains equivalent standard shall be qualified in accordance with ANSI N45.2.6.          is not repeated in this subpart. They are contained in          requirements in Part 1. The Personnel performing field inspections and testing activities shall  Supplement 2S-1, 2; Supplement 10S-1, Section 3.2; and          QAPD addresses be certified for Level I capability.                                  Appendix 2A-1 (although this appendix is nonmandatory, the      additional qualification On-site supervisors of Level I personnel shall be certified for      NRC requires commitment to this for an acceptable program, ref. requirements.
Level II capability and shall be responsible for the proper          Reg Guide 1.28).
performance of onsite inspections and tests. Persons charged with engineering managerial responsibility of the inspection and testing organization at the site in either a resident or nonresident capacity shall be certified for Level III capability.
05/26/04                                                                                                                                            Page 7 of 35
 
Supplementary Quality Assurance Requirements for                          Quality Assurance Requirements for Installation,                  COMMENTS Installation, Inspection, and Testing of Structural Concrete              Inspection, and Testing of Structural Concrete, Structural and Structural Steel During the Construction Phase of                    Steel, Soils, and Foundations for Nuclear Power Plants Nuclear Power Plants                                                NQA-1 1994 SUBPART 2.5 N45.2.5 Personnel performing nondestructive examinations shall be qualified to appropriate levels of capability as specified in American Society for Nondestructive Testing Recommended Practice SNT-TC-1A.
2.5 Measuring and Test Equipment.                                        3.2 Measuring and Test Equipment 2.5.1 Selection.
Measuring and test equipment used to implement the                        Further details for M&TE is contained in Supplement 12S-          The overall requirements of requirements of this standard shall be selected on the basis of          1 and Subpart 2.16 rather than repeated in this Subpart          NQA-1 are equivalent to accuracy sufficient to determine conformance to specified                (2.5).                                                            those of N45.2.5.
requirements.
These measuring devices shall include but not to be limited to            Measuring and test equipment used to implement the                Similar thermometers, balances, scales, air entrainment meters, humidity          requirements of Subpart 2.5 shall include (but not be limited to) The clarification from the meters, volumetric buckets, field soil density measuring devices,        thermometers, balances, scales, air entrainment meters,          current VA QA program pressure gages, and torque wrenches.                                      volumetric buckets, field measuring devices, pressure gages, and  will not be carried into the The following is a clarification made in the current VA QATR:            torque wrenches.                                                  new QAPD. Appropriate (1) With regard to Section 2.5.1 of ANSI N45.2.5-1974, titled Selection:                                                                    calibration of this The Company complies with the requirement set forth in the first                                                                            equipment is currently paragraph of this Section for selection of measuring and test equipment performed and required by on the basis of sufficient accuracy to determine conformance to the standards requirements: This is accomplished without the use of procedure/contract.
calibrated balances or volumetric buckets. Clarification meets or exceeds applicable guides and standards. The proposed clarification is used to translate construction oriented documents to operational regulations.
2.5.2 Calibration and Control The equipment shall be adjusted or calibrated or both at                                                                                    Addressed in NQA-1, prescribed intervals against certified standards having known                                                                              Part 1 and Subpart 2.16.
valid relationships to national standards, where such exists. If no national standards exists, the basis for the adjustment or calibration shall be documented. Records shall be maintained and equipment suitably marked to indicate calibration status.
Measures shall be taken to assure proper handling, storage and care of installation of inspection and testing equipment after calibration in order to maintain the required accuracy of such 05/26/04                                                                                                                                                    Page 8 of 35
 
Supplementary Quality Assurance Requirements for                      Quality Assurance Requirements for Installation,                      COMMENTS Installation, Inspection, and Testing of Structural Concrete        Inspection, and Testing of Structural Concrete, Structural and Structural Steel During the Construction Phase of              Steel, Soils, and Foundations for Nuclear Power Plants Nuclear Power Plants                                            NQA-1 1994 SUBPART 2.5 N45.2.5 equipment.
Test equipment found to be out of calibration shall be clearly                                                                            Addressed in NQA-1, identified as such. When discrepancies, malfunctions, or                                                                                  Part 1 and Subpart 2.16.
inaccuracies in inspection and testing equipment are found during calibration, all items inspected with that equipment since the last previous calibration shall be considered unacceptable until an evaluation has been made by the responsible authority and appropriate action taken.
3.3 Laboratory Testing Laboratory operations and testing associated with concrete and        New requirement in soils shall be controlled using a Quality Assurance Program.          NQA-1.
2.6 Housekeeping In job-site areas, facilities, and environments where installation, Note: See NQA-1, Subpart 2.3 for Housekeeping Standards              Similar requirements. Refer inspection, and testing of structural steel items are performed in                                                                        to table comparing the accordance with the requirements of this standard, the                                                                                    stated standards.
housekeeping requirements shall be in accordance with ANSI 45.2.3.
: 3. PRECONSTRUCTION VERIFICATION                                    PRECONSTRUCTION VERIFICATION 3.1 General                                                        4.1 General While it is recognized that the requirements for initial receipt    Receipt and interim storage inspections shall be used to verify      Similar requirements.
inspections and storage are covered by another standard, ANSI      that items are in a satisfactory condition for installation.          Subpart 2.2 of NQA-1 N45.2.2, it is necessary to verify that the quality of an item has                                                                        addresses receipt and not suffered during the interim period. It is not intended to                                                                            storage requirements.
duplicate inspections but rather to verify that items are in a                                                                            N45.2.2 and Subpart 2.2 satisfactory condition for installation.                                                                                                  are compared in a separate table.
The verification shall include:                                    The verification shall include the following:                        Similar requirements.
: 1. Visual examination of materials for proper identification,      (a) visual inspection of material for proper identification, physical physical damage, and contamination.                                damage, and contamination;
: 2. Review of manufacturers documentation, test reports, or other  (b) review of manufacturers documentation, test reports, or evidence of quality conformance for correctness and compliance      other evidence of quality conformance for correctness and with specifications if not reviewed at time of receipt.            compliance with specifications if not reviewed at time of receipt.
05/26/04                                                                                                                                                Page 9 of 35
 
Supplementary Quality Assurance Requirements for                            Quality Assurance Requirements for Installation,                      COMMENTS Installation, Inspection, and Testing of Structural Concrete                Inspection, and Testing of Structural Concrete, Structural and Structural Steel During the Construction Phase of                      Steel, Soils, and Foundations for Nuclear Power Plants Nuclear Power Plants                                                  NQA-1 1994 SUBPART 2.5 N45.2.5 3.2 Materials Suitability                                                  4.2 Materials Suitability Verification that materials meet specified requirements shall be          To assure that materials meet specified requirements,                Similar requirements.
accomplished through qualification tests and in-process tests.            preconstruction qualification tests and inspections of the materials to be used and in-process tests of materials being used shall be conducted.
3.2.1 Qualification Tests.
Qualification tests shall be performed and the results evaluated          Qualification tests shall be performed and the results evaluated      Similar requirements, prior to the initial use of the materials to establish conformance of      prior to the initial use of the material to establish conformance of  NQA-1 does not contain an the materials to the specified requirements. A list of minimum            the materials to the specified requirements. These tests are          equivalent to Table A, required qualification tests or certifications is contained in Table      mandatory unless current documentary test data are available to      rather, the subpart refers to A. This list contains tests necessary to qualify materials for            establish complete confidence in conformance to specification        other equivalent standards normal application.                                                        requirements. The specifications shall identify the required          that would control this qualification tests and the frequency for their repetition. The tests testing.
required for concrete, concrete constituents, materials for reinforcing systems, materials for prestressing systems and welding materials shall be in accordance with the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section III, Division 2 (AC1 Standard 359). Lightweight concrete mix designs shall be made in accordance with AC1 21 1.2. Lightweight concrete aggregates shall be qualified by tests for conformance with ASTM C 330:
When splitting tensile strengths are required for lightweight concrete mix, the methods given in ASTM C 330 shall be used.
Additional tests may be required to qualify materials for special          Additional tests may be required to qualify materials for special    Similar requirement.
applications.                                                              application.
ANSI N 45.2.5-1974, Table A Qualification Tests Material                                                Test For                                            Test Method Concrete Aggregates                                      Compliance with ASTM C33                                  As referenced in ASTM C33 Cement                                                    Compliance    with  ASTM    C150                          As referenced in ASTM C150 Admixtures                                                Compliance with ASTM C260 or C494 whichever Manufacturers Certification is applicable Fly Ash & Pozzolans                                      Compliance with ASTM C618                                  As referenced in ASTM C618 05/26/04                                                                                                                                                      Page 10 of 35
 
Supplementary Quality Assurance Requirements for                          Quality Assurance Requirements for Installation,                        COMMENTS Installation, Inspection, and Testing of Structural Concrete Inspection, and Testing of Structural Concrete, Structural and Structural Steel During the Construction Phase of                    Steel, Soils, and Foundations for Nuclear Power Plants Nuclear Power Plants                                                NQA-1 1994 SUBPART 2.5 N45.2.5 Water & Ice                                            Compliance with AASHO T-26 for effect on:
Compressive Strength                                  ASTM C109 Setting Time                                          ASTM C191 Soundness                                            ASTM C151 Liquid Membrane Forming Curing Compound                Compliance with ASTM C309                                As referenced in ASTM C309 Sheet Materials for Concrete Curing                    Compliance with ASTM C171                                As referenced in ASTM C171 Concrete Mixes                                          Compliance with ACI 211                                  As referenced in ACI 211 Reinforcement                                          *Physical properties of full section test specimen      *One full section test in accordance with ASTM per ASTM A615                                            A370 for each bar size Structural Steel                                        Compliance with appropriate specifications such          Manufacturers certification as ASTM A36, A440, etc.
High Strength Bolts                                    Compliance with ASTM A325 or A490                        Manufacturers certification
                                                                                                                      *Reduced section test specimen may be used for determination of the percentage of elongation.
3.3 Construction Processes                                              4.3 Construction Processes Inspections shall be performed to verify that the prerequisites for      Inspections shall be performed to verify that the prerequisites for      Similar requirements.
control of construction processes such as welding, bolting,              control of construction processes such as welding, structural structural reinforcement splicing, and concrete measuring, mixing,      bolting, mechanical splicing of reinforcement, and concrete transporting, placing, and curing have been accomplished.                measuring, mixing, transporting, placing, and curing have been accomplished.
These inspections shall include:                                        These inspections shall include verification of the following:          Similar requirements.
: 1. Verification that the process has been qualified as required.        (a) the process has been qualified as required;
: 2. Verification that process controls are in effect.                    (b) process controls are in effect;
: 3. Verification that qualified procedures, instruction manuals, or      (c) approved procedures, instruction manuals, or both, if required both, if required for specific equipment, are available for use          for specific equipment, are available for use during construction; during construction.                                                    (d) the process is suitable for the particular application;
: 4. Verification that the process is suitable for the particular          (e) manpower, equipment (including measuring and testing application.                                                            equipment), and materials are readily available and adequate to
: 5. Verification that manpower, equipment, and materials are              perform the work in accordance with drawing and specification readily available and adequate to perform the work in accordance requirements.
05/26/04                                                                                                                                                      Page 11 of 35
 
Supplementary Quality Assurance Requirements for                    Quality Assurance Requirements for Installation,                  COMMENTS Installation, Inspection, and Testing of Structural Concrete      Inspection, and Testing of Structural Concrete, Structural and Structural Steel During the Construction Phase of            Steel, Soils, and Foundations for Nuclear Power Plants Nuclear Power Plants                                          NQA-1 1994 SUBPART 2.5 N45.2.5 with drawing and specification requirements.
5 INSPECTION OF SOILS AND EARTHWORK                              NQA-1 adds requirements for Soils and Earthwork that were not included in N45.2.5-1974. Since there is nothing to compare to, the text is omitted.
6 INSPECTION OF FOUNDATION PILE AND                              Not addressed in N45.2.5-CAISSON CONSTRUCTION                                              1974, since there is nothing to compare it to, the text is omitted here.
4.0 INSPECTION OF CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION                          7 INSPECTION OF CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION 4.1 General                                                      7.1 General Inspection of concrete construction shall include inspections of  Inspection of concrete construction shall include inspection of  Similar requirements, preparation for concreting, as well as in-process inspections of  preparations for concreting, as well as in-process inspections of updated reference to concrete measuring, mixing, transporting, placement, curing, and  concrete measuring, mixing, transporting, placement, curing, and  applicable standards.
protection to assure conformance to specified requirements. The  protection to assure conformance to specified requirements. The inspection shall follow the Recommended Practice for Concrete    inspection of pretensioning or post-tensioning systems shall be Inspection, ACI 311.                                              included, if applicable. The inspection shall follow ACI 311.4R, Guide for Concrete Inspection, and PCI MNL-116 and MNL-117.
4.2 Protection of Materials                                      7.2 Protection of Materials Inspections shall be performed to verify the adequacy and proper  Inspections shall be performed to verify the adequacy and proper  Similar requirements.
maintenance of material storage conditions and handling          maintenance of material storage conditions and handling techniques.                                                      techniques.
These inspections shall include the following:                    These inspections shall include the following:                    Similar requirements.
: 1. Inspection of cement storage facilities to verify weather      (a) inspection of cement storage facilities to verify weather    Similar requirements.
tightness, cement temperature and the absence of lumps, and      tightness, cement temperature and the absence of lumps, and review of records to verify type and age of cement.              review of records to verify type and age of cement;
: 2. Inspection of aggregate stockpiles to verify: handling        (b) inspection of aggregate stockpiles to verify that:            Similar requirements.
techniques are not resulting in segregation; storage and handling    (1) handling techniques are not resulting in segregation; adequately prevent contamination with deleterious substances;        (2) storage and handling adequately prevent contamination 05/26/04                                                                                                                                          Page 12 of 35
 
Supplementary Quality Assurance Requirements for                      Quality Assurance Requirements for Installation,                  COMMENTS Installation, Inspection, and Testing of Structural Concrete          Inspection, and Testing of Structural Concrete, Structural and Structural Steel During the Construction Phase of                Steel, Soils, and Foundations for Nuclear Power Plants Nuclear Power Plants                                              NQA-1 1994 SUBPART 2.5 N45.2.5 proper temperature and uniform moisture control; and use of              with deleterious substances; frozen materials is prevented.                                          (3) specified temperature and uniform moisture control are maintained; and (4) use of frozen materials is prevented;
: 3. Inspection of admixture storage and handling facilities to verify (c) inspection of admixture storage and handling facilities to    Similar requirements.
that deterioration and contamination are prevented.                  verify that deterioration and contamination are prevented;
: 4. Inspection of water sources and cooling and heating facilities    (d) inspection of water sources and cooling and heating facilities Similar requirements.
to verify the specified water quality and assure that the            to verify the specified water quality and to assure that the specifications for concrete temperature are met.                    specifications for concrete temperatures are met; (e) inspection of reinforcing material, embedments, and            New requirements for prestressing systems materials (wire, strand, tendons, tendon      NQA-1.
tubes, and temporary or permanent anchor hardware) to verify protection against excessive corrosion, contamination, and physical damage.
4.3 Measuring, Mixing, and Transporting Equipment                    7.3 Measuring, Mixing, and Transporting Equipment Inspections shall be performed prior to and during the production Inspections shall be performed prior to and during the production    Similar requirements.
of concrete to verify the adequacy and proper operation of          of concrete to verify the adequacy and proper operation of measuring, mixing, and transporting equipment in accordance with measuring, mixing, and transporting equipment in accordance with ACI 304, ASTM C94, and National Ready Mix Concrete                  AC1 304, ASTM C 94, and National Ready Mix Concrete Association - Concrete Plant Standard and Truck Mixer and            Association Concrete Plant Standard and Truck Mixer and Agitator Standard.                                                  Agitator Standard.
These inspections shall include the following:                      These inspections shall include the following:                    Similar requirements.
: 1. Inspection of measuring facilities for the specified accuracy of 7.3.1 Inspection of measuring facilities for the specified accuracy Similar requirements.
measuring, weighing, and weight recording devices to control the of measuring, weighing, and weight recording devices to control following:                                                          the following:
: a. Proportions of cement, water and aggregates                      (a) proportions of cement, water, and aggregates                  Similar requirements,
: b. Quantities of admixtures                                          (b) quantities of admixtures                                      NQA-1 adds requirement
: c. Aggregate moisture compensation                                  (c) aggregate moisture compensation                                concerning lightweight
: d. Mixing time                                                      (d) mixing time                                                    aggregates.
: e. Temperature control: Heating or cooling of concrete              (e) temperature control, heating or cooling of concrete
( f ) method of adding water when batching lightweight aggregates in accordance with AC1 301.
05/26/04                                                                                                                                            Page 13 of 35
 
Supplementary Quality Assurance Requirements for                        Quality Assurance Requirements for Installation,                    COMMENTS Installation, Inspection, and Testing of Structural Concrete          Inspection, and Testing of Structural Concrete, Structural and Structural Steel During the Construction Phase of                Steel, Soils, and Foundations for Nuclear Power Plants Nuclear Power Plants                                            NQA-1 1994 SUBPART 2.5 N45.2.5
: 2. Inspection of central mix plant and truck mixers for wear of      7.3.2 Inspection of central mix plant and truck mixers for wear    Similar requirements.
drum blades, function of revolution counter and water measuring      of drum blades, availability of revolution counter and water device, proper speed of rotation, and ability to mix concrete        measuring devices, proper speed of rotation, and ability to mix completely in the specified time.                                    concrete completely in the specified time 4.4 Preplacement Preparations                                        7.4 Preplacement Preparations Inspection of preparations for concrete placement shall include      Inspection of preparations for concrete placement shall include    Similar requirements.
the following:                                                        the following
: 1. Inspection of compacted structural fill during placement to        (a) inspection of the compacted structural fill or undisturbed soil Similar requirements when verify correct material, condition of material, gradation, moisture  to verify correct condition;                                        considering these two items content, in place density, and compliance with compaction                                                                                together. NQA-1 separated procedures.                                                                                                                              the requirements a little
: 2. Inspection of rock surfaces which will be in contact with          (b) inspection and field testing, in accordance with the            different that N45.2.2.
structural concrete to verify surface cleanness, removal of loose    specifications of all structural fill, undisturbed soil, and rock rock and free water, correct contour, and specified subgrade          surfaces which will be in contact with structural concrete to condition                                                            verify surface cleanness, removal of loose rock and free water, correct contour, and specified subgrade condition;
: 3. Inspection of previously placed concrete to verify proper          (c) inspection of previously placed concrete to verify proper      Similar requirements.
preparation for the next lift.                                        preparation for the next lift;
: 4. Inspection of formwork, reinforcing and embedded items to          (d) inspection of formwork to verify:                              Similar requirements.
verify: correct location and configuration of formwork; installation (1) correct location and configuration, dimensional accuracy, and and integrity of water stops and membrane waterproofing;              proper line and grade of formwork; condition of form material to produce the specified concrete          (2) installation and integrity of water stops and membrane finish; installation of ties, anchors, bracing, shoring and supports; waterproofing; correct size, orientation, and installation of reinforcing steel and  (3) condition of form material to produce the specified concrete embedded items; correct location and dimension of control joints, finish, installation of ties, anchors, bracing, shoring, and supports expansion joints, construction joints, blockouts, and waterstops;    to prevent movement during concrete placement; proper form coating; and cleanness.                                  (4) correct location and dimensions of block-outs, proper form coating, and cleanness inspection of forms for tightness and placement of grout and vent pipes when preplaced aggregate concrete is used; (e) inspection of reinforcing steel, prestressing components (if    New requirements in applicable), and other embedded items to verify:                    NQA-1.
05/26/04                                                                                                                                                Page 14 of 35
 
Supplementary Quality Assurance Requirements for                    Quality Assurance Requirements for Installation,                        COMMENTS Installation, Inspection, and Testing of Structural Concrete        Inspection, and Testing of Structural Concrete, Structural and Structural Steel During the Construction Phase of              Steel, Soils, and Foundations for Nuclear Power Plants Nuclear Power Plants                                            NQA-1 1994 SUBPART 2.5 N45.2.5 (1) correct size, number, location, position, cleanness, and leak tightness, if applicable; (2) proper stringing and absence of physical damage
: 5. Inspection of mechanical reinforcing bar splicing operations to (f) inspection of mechanical reinforcing bar splicing operations to      Similar requirements.
verify conformance to the requirements of Section 4.9              verify conformance to the requirements of para. 7.12; (g) inspection by use of a mandrel or similar device to ensure that      New requirements in the tendon conduits are open and remain open during the                  NQA-1.
concrete placing operation; (h) inspection of pretensioning load cells and pressure gages for        New requirements in accuracy and calibration, if applicable;                                NQA-1.
(i) inspection of pretensioning system strand vises for cleanness,      New requirements in proper lubrication, wear, distortion, and cracking, if applicable;      NQA-1.
(j) inspection of the pretensioning operation, if applicable, to        New requirements in verify:                                                                  NQA-1.
(1) initial tensioning of each strand to eliminate slack and to provide a uniform initial stress condition in all strands prior to final stressing; (2) proper measurement and correlation of jack pressure (or load cell reading) and strand or tendon elongation; (3) proper correction for elongation losses due to strand slippage in the rises and movement of anchorage abutments; (k) inspection of groundwater control, as specified; (l) inspection for embedments.                                          New requirements in NQA-1.
: 6. Documentation of inspections (1) through (5) above shall be    Documentation of the inspections required by steps                      Similar requirements, but verified as being complete and indicate that all results are      (a) through (l) above shall be verified as being complete and            expanded to cover the satisfactory.                                                      indicating that all inspection results are satisfactory.                additional activities above.
4.5 Concrete Placement                                            7.5 Concrete Placement Inspection of concrete placement shall be performed to verify the  Inspection of concrete placement shall be performed to verify the        Similar requirements.
following                                                          following:
: 1. Specified tests of concrete have been performed.                (a) specified tests of concrete have been performed;                    Similar requirements.
: 2. Adherence to specified requirements for: class of concrete,    (b) adherence to specified requirements for class of concrete,          Similar requirements.
05/26/04                                                                                                                                                Page 15 of 35
 
Supplementary Quality Assurance Requirements for                      Quality Assurance Requirements for Installation,                      COMMENTS Installation, Inspection, and Testing of Structural Concrete          Inspection, and Testing of Structural Concrete, Structural and Structural Steel During the Construction Phase of                Steel, Soils, and Foundations for Nuclear Power Plants Nuclear Power Plants                                              NQA-1 1994 SUBPART 2.5 N45.2.5 age, rate of placement, lift height, placing sequence, and hot or    age, rate of placement, lift height, placing sequence, concrete cold weather concreting practice. (ACI 305-72 or ACI 306-66          temperature, and hot or cold weather concreting practice (AC1 respectively)                                                        305 or AC1 306, respectively);
: 3. Proper use of adequate conveying and placing equipment.            (c) proper use of adequate conveying and placing equipment;          Similar requirements.
(d) harmful materials are not used in covering or placing            New requirement in equipment;                                                          NQA-1.
: 4. Adequate concrete consolidation equipment and technique of        (e) adequate concrete consolidation equipment and technique of      NQA-1 incorporates the operation.                                                            operation (AC1 309);                                                reference to the ACI Reg. Guide 1.94-4/76, Position C.3 indicated that ACI 309-72                                                                              standard mentioned in the should be used as a basis for determining the adequacy of the                                                                            NRC Reg. Guide, but equipment for concrete consolidation and of the technique of                                                                              doesnt limit to a specific operation.                                                                                                                                year. (Ref. NQA-1, Part II, Introduction, Section 7)
: 5. Embedded items are not distributed nor forms displaced.            (f) embedded items are not disturbed nor forms displaced.            Similar requirements.
4.6 Finishing and Repair                                              7.6 Finishing and Repairs Inspections shall be performed to verify that specified finishes,    Inspections shall be performed to verify that specified finishes are Similar requirements.
i.e., wood float, steel trowel, as cast, or other type, are obtained. obtained, i.e., wood float, steel trowel, as cast, or other type.
After forms have been removed, inspections shall be performed        After forms have been removed, inspections shall be performed to verify that the formed surfaces have been repaired and            to verify that the formed surfaces have been repaired and finished in accordance with specified requirements.                  finished in accordance with specified requirements.
Any indications of voids or contamination, such as at a              Any indication of voids or contamination, such as at a              Similar requirements.
construction joint, shall be explored, by physical removal of        construction joint, shall be explored by physical removal of concrete if necessary, to determine the extent of such voids or      concrete, if necessary, to determine the extent of such voids or contamination. Appropriate repairs shall be made.                    contamination. Appropriate repairs shall be made.
4.7 Curing                                                            7.7 Curing Qualification tests shall be performed on liquid membrane forming    New requirement in curing compounds and sheet materials for concrete curing for        NQA-1. Additional ASTM compliance with ASTM C 309 in accordance with test methods          proposed for use in the given therein or ASTM C 171, as applicable.                          QAPD (ASTM C 1315).
Inspections shall be performed throughout the specified curing        Inspections shall be performed throughout the specified curing      Similar requirements.
period to verify the following:                                      period to verify the following:
: 1. Correct curing method is used, i.e., use of ponding, fog spray,    (a) correct curing method is used, i.e., use of ponding, fog spray,  Similar requirements.
05/26/04                                                                                                                                                Page 16 of 35
 
Supplementary Quality Assurance Requirements for                      Quality Assurance Requirements for Installation,                      COMMENTS Installation, Inspection, and Testing of Structural Concrete          Inspection, and Testing of Structural Concrete, Structural and Structural Steel During the Construction Phase of                Steel, Soils, and Foundations for Nuclear Power Plants Nuclear Power Plants                                              NQA-1 1994 SUBPART 2.5 N45.2.5 wet burlap, curing compound, or other method in accordance with      wet burlap, curing compound, or other methods in accordance specified requirements.                                              with specified requirements
: 2. Concrete is kept continuously, i.e., not periodically, wet during (b) concrete is kept continuously, i.e., not periodically, wet during Similar requirements.
the entire curing period, if one of the wet curing methods is used. the entire curing period, if one of the wet curing methods is used;
: 3. Membrane curing compounds are specifically approved for use      (c) membrane curing compounds are specifically approved for          Similar requirements.
prior to application.                                                use prior to application;
: 4. Curing temperatures is maintained within specified limits during  (d) curing temperature is maintained within specified limits during  Similar requirements.
the entire curing period.                                            the entire curing period;
: 5. Shoring and forms are left in place until concrete has reached    (e) shoring and forms are left in place, and precast concrete        Similar requirements, the specified strength necessary to preclude the possibility of      members are left in the forms until concrete has reached              NQA-1 addresses precast damage from construction loads.                                      specified strength necessary to preclude the possibility of damage    members.
from construction loads; (f) concrete test cylinders are subjected to the same curing          New requirement in process as the concrete when field cured cylinders are required      NQA-1 to evaluate curing methods Subsections 7.8 through 7.10 NQA-1 adds new requirements for:                                      Requirements of these Stress Transfer of Pretensioned Members (Subsection 7.8),            subsections were not Post-Tensioning (Subsection 7.9), and Shipping and Handling of        addressed by N45.2.5-Precast Concrete Members (Subsection 7.10)                            1974, since there is nothing to compare them to, they are omitted from this table.
4.8 In-Process Tests on Concrete and Reinforcing Steel              7.11 In-Process Tests on Concrete and Reinforcing and Prestressing Steel In-process tests shall be performed during the course of            In-process tests shall be performed during the course of              Requirements are similar, construction to maintain control of structural concrete. A list of  construction to maintain control of structural, prestressed, and      but NQA-1 includes the the required in-process tests is contained in Table B. The test      precast concrete. The tests which are required and the frequency      additional items from the frequencies given shall be considered minimums. In-process tests    shall be in accordance with the ASME Boiler and Pressure              above new sections and shall be performed more frequently if test results are erratic or if Vessel Code, Section III, Division 2 (AC1 Standard 359) except        refers to an equivalent ACI the trend of results or an apparent change in material              as follows.                                                          standard rather than characteristics indicate that the frequency should be increased. The ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section III,                including a table like Samples for in-process tests of concrete shall be taken at the      Division 2 (AC1 Standard 359) test frequencies for the following      N45.2.5.
05/26/04                                                                                                                                                Page 17 of 35
 
Supplementary Quality Assurance Requirements for                          Quality Assurance Requirements for Installation,                    COMMENTS Installation, Inspection, and Testing of Structural Concrete            Inspection, and Testing of Structural Concrete, Structural and Structural Steel During the Construction Phase of                  Steel, Soils, and Foundations for Nuclear Power Plants Nuclear Power Plants                                                  NQA-1 1994 SUBPART 2.5 N45.2.5 sampling point in accordance with ASTM C172. This point may            tests shall be considered minimum, unless current documentary be at the truck mixer discharge if the last piece of conveying          test data are available to establish adequate confidence in equipment is a chute, bucket, conveyor system, or similar              conformance of materials to specified requirements.
equipment. Pumped concrete must be sampled from the pump                (a) for concrete materials - unit weight/yield line discharge. No water or other ingredients may be added to          (b) for aggregate materials any concrete batch at the sampling point for inprocess tests.              (1) unit weight of aggregate Samples shall not be taken from concrete after it has been                  (2) fixed water and iron content of aggregate only for deposited in the form.                                                      radiation-shielding concrete (3) organic impurities (4) flat and elongated particles (5) lightweight particles (6) soft fragments (7) specific gravity and absorption (8) Los Angeles abrasion (9) potential reactivity (10) soundness From N45.2.5-1978, Section 6.11 - Millstone only commitment.            The reduction of frequency of testing must be documented, and      New requirement in 6.11 In-Process Tests on Concrete and Reinforcing and                  referenced documentation must be representative of the material    NQA-1 for the Virginia Prestressing Steels                                                    currently being certified with the results of prior testing.        sites. Millstone had a In-process tests shall be performed during the course of                In-process tests shall be performed more frequently if test results commitment for this section construction to maintain control of structural, prestressed and        are erratic, or if the trend of results or an apparent change in    to a more recent edition of precast concrete. A list of the required in-process tests is            material characteristics indicates that the frequency should be    N45.2.2. The requirements contained in Table B. The test frequencies given shall be              increased.                                                          between that edition and considered minimums. In-process tests shall be performed more          Samples for in-process tests of concrete shall be taken following  NQA-1 are similar.
frequently if test results are erratic or if the trend of results or an the procedures of ASTM C 172, except as defined herein apparent change in material characteristics indicates that the          regarding location of sampling. No water or other ingredients may frequency should be increased.                                          be added to any concrete batch after making the in-process tests.
Samples for in-process tests of concrete shall be taken following Samples shall not be taken from concrete deposited in the form.
the procedures of ASTM C-172 except as defined herein                  Except as noted below, the sampling point for taking in-process regarding location of sampling. No water or other ingredients may test samples of plastic concrete shall be performed at the be added to any batch after making the in-process tests. Samples placement point or other points coincident thereto.
shall not be taken from concrete deposited in the form. Except as When concrete is pumped during its movement from the delivery noted below for pumped concrete and when correlation testing is point to the placement point, in-process strength samples shall be 05/26/04                                                                                                                                                  Page 18 of 35
 
Supplementary Quality Assurance Requirements for                    Quality Assurance Requirements for Installation,              COMMENTS Installation, Inspection, and Testing of Structural Concrete        Inspection, and Testing of Structural Concrete, Structural and Structural Steel During the Construction Phase of              Steel, Soils, and Foundations for Nuclear Power Plants Nuclear Power Plants                                            NQA-1 1994 SUBPART 2.5 N45.2.5 performed, the sampling point for taking in-process test samples    taken at the placement point, unless correlation tests of air of plastic concrete shall be performed at the placement point, or  content, slump, and temperature are performed. When correlation other points coincident thereto.                                    testing is in effect, in-process strength samples may be taken at In the case where concrete is pumped during its movement from      the delivery point.
the delivery point to the placement point, in-process strength      In-process strength testing conducted at the mixing point is samples shall be taken at the placement point, unless correlation  permitted, but unless the mixing point and the delivery point are tests of air content, slump, and temperature are performed.        considered coincident, correlation strength tests between samples Where correlation testing is in effect, in-process strength samples taken at the mixing point and the delivery point are required. In may be taken at the delivery point.                                this case, the frequency of the correlation of strength samples In-process strength testing conducted at the mixing point is        taken at the delivery point shall be taken each 500 CU yd (382 permitted, but unless the mixing point and the delivery point are  m3) of concrete or twice each week, whichever provides the considered coincident, correlation strength tests between samples  greater number of samples.
taken at the mixing point and the delivery point are required. In  If sampling is not accomplished at the placement point and if the this case the frequency of the correlation of strength samples      delivery point and the placement point are not considered taken at the delivery point shall be each 500 cubic yards of        coincident, correlation tests will be established and performed for concrete or twice each week, whichever provides the greater        air content, slump, and temperature. The frequency of the number of samples.                                                  correlation tests shall be at an interval of four times greater than If sampling is not accomplished at the placement point and if the  the required test frequency. When any of the specified limits and delivery point and the placement point are not considered          tolerances on loss of air content, slump, or temperature are coincident, correlation tests will be established and performed for exceeded at the placement point, correlation strength tests air content, slump, and temperature. The frequence of correlation  between the delivery point and the placement point shall be tests shall be at an interval four times greater than that noted in accomplished for each 100 CU yd (76.5 m3) of concrete places Table B for in-process tests. When any of the specified limits and  as long as limits and tolerances are exceeded. If no limits and tolerances on loss of air content, slump, or temperature are        tolerances are specified, ASTM C 94 shall apply exceeded at the placement point, correlation strength tests between the delivery point and the placement point shall be accomplished for each 100 cubic yards of concrete placed as long as limits and tolerances are exceeded. If no limits and tolerances are specified, the ASTM C-94 shall apply.
Table B, Required In-Process Tests, is reproduced below this section for readability.
05/26/04                                                                                                                                    Page 19 of 35
 
Supplementary Quality Assurance Requirements for                Quality Assurance Requirements for Installation,                COMMENTS Installation, Inspection, and Testing of Structural Concrete  Inspection, and Testing of Structural Concrete, Structural and Structural Steel During the Construction Phase of        Steel, Soils, and Foundations for Nuclear Power Plants Nuclear Power Plants                                      NQA-1 1994 SUBPART 2.5 N45.2.5 ANSI N45.2.5-1974 Table B Required In-Process Tests Material                  Requirement                              Test Method                              Test Frequency Concrete                  Mixer uniformity              ASTM C94                                        Initially and every 6 months thereafter Sampling method                ASTM C172 Compression cylinders          ASTM C31 Compressive strength          ASTM C39                                        2 cylinders for 28-day test from each 100 cu yd or a minimum of 1set/day for each class of concrete Slump                          ASTM C143                                      First batch produced each day and every 50 cu yd placed Air content                    ASTM C173 or C231                              First batch produced each day and every 50 cu yd placed Temperature                                                                    First batch produced each day and every 50 cu yd placed Unit weight/yield              ASTM C138                                      Daily during production Grout                      Compressive strength          ASTM C109                                      Daily during production 05/26/04                                                                                                                                  Page 20 of 35
 
Supplementary Quality Assurance Requirements for                Quality Assurance Requirements for Installation,                COMMENTS Installation, Inspection, and Testing of Structural Concrete Inspection, and Testing of Structural Concrete, Structural and Structural Steel During the Construction Phase of          Steel, Soils, and Foundations for Nuclear Power Plants Nuclear Power Plants                                        NQA-1 1994 SUBPART 2.5 N45.2.5 Aggregate                  Compliance with requirements for:
Gradation                    ASTM C136 Daily during production Moisture content            ASTM C566 Daily during production Material finer than No. 200  ASTM C117 Daily during production sieve Organic impurities          ASTM C40 Weekly during production*
Friable Particles            ASTM C142 Monthly during production*
Lightweight pieces          ASTM C123 Monthly during production*
Soft fragments              ASTM C235 Monthly during production*
Los Angeles abrasion        ASTM C131 or C535 Every 6 months*
Flat and elongated particles CRD C119 Every 6 months*
Potential reactivity        ASTM C289 Every 6 months*
Soundness                    ASTM C88 Every 6 months*
Water & Ice                Compliance with AASHO T26 for effect on:
Compressive strength          ASTM C109                                        Every 6 months Setting time                  ASTM C191                                        Every 6 months Soundness                      ASTM C151                                        Every 6 months Admixtures                Chemical Composition          Infrared spectrophotometry analysis              Composite of each shipment Fly Ash & Pozzolans        Chemical & physical properties ASTM C311                                        Each 200 tons per ASTM C618 Cement                    Standard physical and chemical ASTM C150                                        Each 1200 tons ASTM C183 properties Reinforcing Steel          **Physical properties of full  ASTM A370                                        **One full section test for each bar section test specimen per                                                      size for each 50 tons or fraction thereof ASTM A615                                                                      from each heat Cadweld Reinforcing Bar    Section 4.9.3                  Section 4.9.3                                    Section 4.9.4 Splices 05/26/04                                                                                                                                    Page 21 of 35
 
Supplementary Quality Assurance Requirements for                Quality Assurance Requirements for Installation,                COMMENTS Installation, Inspection, and Testing of Structural Concrete    Inspection, and Testing of Structural Concrete, Structural and Structural Steel During the Construction Phase of          Steel, Soils, and Foundations for Nuclear Power Plants Nuclear Power Plants                                        NQA-1 1994 SUBPART 2.5 N45.2.5
* These test frequencies shall be considered minimum unless current documentary test data are available to establish complete confidence in conformance to specification requirements.
                                                            **Reduced section test specimen may be used for determination of the percentage of elongation ANSI N45.2.5-1978 (MPS Commitment)
Table B Required In-Process Tests Material                  Requirement                                Test Method                              Test Frequency Concrete                  Mixer uniformity              ASTM C-94                                        Initially and every 6 months thereafter Sampling method                ASTM C-172 Compression cylinders          ASTM C-31 Compression cylinderspre-    CRD-C-84 placed aggregate concrete Compressive strength          ASTM C-39                                        2 cylinders for 28-day test from each 100 cu yd or a minimum of 1 set/day for each class of concrete Slump                          ASTM C-143                                      First batch produced each day and every 50 cu yd placed Air content                    ASTM C-173 or C-231                              With each set of compression cylinders Temperature                                                                    First batch produced each day and every 50 cu yd placed Unit weight/yield              ASTM C-138                                      Daily during production*
Grout                      Compressive strength          ASTM C-109                                      Daily during production (for expansive grout use CRD-C 589)
Grout for Preplaced        Time of set                    CRD-C 82                                        Daily during production Aggregate Concrete Flow                          CRD-C 79                                        Daily during production Expansion and Bleeding        CRD-C 81                                        Daily during production 05/26/04                                                                                                                                    Page 22 of 35
 
Supplementary Quality Assurance Requirements for                Quality Assurance Requirements for Installation,                COMMENTS Installation, Inspection, and Testing of Structural Concrete Inspection, and Testing of Structural Concrete, Structural and Structural Steel During the Construction Phase of          Steel, Soils, and Foundations for Nuclear Power Plants Nuclear Power Plants                                        NQA-1 1994 SUBPART 2.5 N45.2.5 Aggregate                  Compliance with requirements for:
Gradation                        ASTM C-136                                    Daily during production Moisture content                ASTM C-566                                    Twice daily during production Material finer than No. 200      ASTM C-117                                    Daily during production sieve Unit weight of aggregate        ASTM C-29                                      Daily during production*
Fixed water and iron content of  ASTM C-637                                    Daily during production*
aggregates only for radiation-shielding concrete Organic impurities              ASTM C-40                                      Weekly during production*
Flat and elongated particles    CRD-C-119                                      Monthly during production*
Lightweight particles            ASTM C-123                                    Monthly during production*
Soft fragments                  ASTM C-235                                    Monthly during production*
Specific gravity & Absorption    ASTM C-127 or ASTM C-128                      Monthly during production*
Los Angeles abrasion            ASTM C-131 or C-535                            Every 6 months*
Potential reactivity            ASTM C-289                                    Every 6 months*
Soundness                        ASTM C-88                                      Every 6 months*
Water & Ice                Compliance with project specifications for effect on:
Compressive strength            ASTM C-109                                    Monthly Setting time                    ASTM C-191                                    Monthly Chlorides                        ASTM D-512                                    Monthly Total solids                    ASTM D-1888                                    Monthly Admixtures                Chemical Composition, Ph, and    ASTM C-494                                    Composite of each shipment specific gravity Fly Ash & Pozzolans        Chemical & physical properties  ASTM C-311                                    As specified in ASTM C-311 per ASTM C618 05/26/04                                                                                                                                  Page 23 of 35
 
Supplementary Quality Assurance Requirements for                Quality Assurance Requirements for Installation,                        COMMENTS Installation, Inspection, and Testing of Structural Concrete Inspection, and Testing of Structural Concrete, Structural and Structural Steel During the Construction Phase of          Steel, Soils, and Foundations for Nuclear Power Plants Nuclear Power Plants                                          NQA-1 1994 SUBPART 2.5 N45.2.5 Cement                    Standard physical and chemical ASTM C-150                                            As specified in ASTM C-183 properties Reinforcing Steel          **Physical properties of full  ASTM A-370                                            One full section test for each bar size section test specimen per                                                          for each 50 tons or fraction thereof ASTM A-615                                                                        from each heat Cadweld Reinforcing Bar    Section 6.12                  Section 6.12.3                                        Section 6.12.4 Splices Soil                      Compaction Test                ASTM 698 or 1557, Method A, B, C, or D, as            One for each 10,000 cu yd with at least one specified.                                            for each soil type, and when soil type is questionable Grain Size                    ASTM D-422 hydrometer or sieve as appropriate          One for each compaction test Plasticity Index              ASTM D-424                                            One for each compaction test and when volume change characteristics are questionable Borrow Moisture                ASTM D-1556, 2167, 3017, or 2937, as specified        One for each soil type, one before each work shift, and when moisture content changes or is questionable Fluid Density Test            ASTM D-1556, 2167, 2922, or 2937 as specified          Test as specified in owners specs and when compaction of soil type is questionable. Minimum every 10,000 sq ft Fines Content                  ASTM D-1140                                            Every 100,000 sq ft Note 1. See definition of In-Process tests.
* These test frequencies shall be considered minimum unless current documentary test data are available to establish complete confidence in conformance to specification requirements.
                                                            **Reduced section test specimen may be used for determination of the percentage of elongation.
4.9 Mechanical (Cadweld) Splice Testing                        7.12 Mechanical (Sleeve With Ferrous Filler Metal) Splice Testing The mechanical (sleeve with ferrous filler metal) splice testing        NQA-1 refers to equivalent 05/26/04                                                                                                                                            Page 24 of 35
 
Supplementary Quality Assurance Requirements for                        Quality Assurance Requirements for Installation,              COMMENTS Installation, Inspection, and Testing of Structural Concrete          Inspection, and Testing of Structural Concrete, Structural and Structural Steel During the Construction Phase of                Steel, Soils, and Foundations for Nuclear Power Plants Nuclear Power Plants                                            NQA-1 1994 SUBPART 2.5 N45.2.5 shall be done in accordance with the requirements of the ASME ACI standard rather than Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section III, Division 2 (AC1 stating all the requirements Standard 359).                                                in the subpart.
4.9.1 Qualification of Operators.
Prior to the production splicing of reinforcing bars, each member of the splicing crew (or each crew if the members work as a crew) shall prepare two qualification splices for each of the splice positions (e.g., horizontal, vertical, diagonal) to be used. The qualification splices shall be made using the same materials (e.g.,
bar, sleeve, powder) as those to be used in the structure. To qualify, the completed splices must meet the specified visual inspection acceptance requirements and meet the tensile test requirements of Section 4.9.3.
Each member of the splicing crew (or each crew if the members work as a crew) is subject to requalification (1) if the specific splice position (e.g., horizontal, vertical, diagonal) has not been used by member or crew for a period of three months or more or (2) if there is another reason to question their ability, such as the completed splices not passing visual inspection or tensile testing.
The requalification procedure should be identical to the original qualification procedure.
VA QATR exception for restoring containment during reactor                                                                          This alternative was for a vessel head replacement project.                                                                                                    specific application during Modified commitment to ASME Code, 1995 edition,                                                                                    the Reactor Vessel Head subparagraph 4333.4, states:                                                                                                        Replacement Projects and CC- 4333.4 Initial Qualification Tests. [A95] Each splicer                                                                          will not be carried forward shall prepare two qualification splices on the largest bar size to be                                                              in the new QA program used. In additional, for ferrous filler metal splices, cementitious                                                                since that activity is grouted splices, and swaged splices only, each of the splice                                                                        completed.
positions to be used (e. g., horizontal, vertical, diagonal) shall be qualified. The qualification splices shall be made using reinforcing bar identical to that to be used in the structure. The completed 05/26/04                                                                                                                                          Page 25 of 35
 
Supplementary Quality Assurance Requirements for                      Quality Assurance Requirements for Installation,      COMMENTS Installation, Inspection, and Testing of Structural Concrete          Inspection, and Testing of Structural Concrete, Structural and Structural Steel During the Construction Phase of                Steel, Soils, and Foundations for Nuclear Power Plants Nuclear Power Plants                                              NQA-1 1994 SUBPART 2.5 N45.2.5 qualifications splices shall be tensile tested using the loading rates set forth in SA-370 and the tensile results shall meet those specified in Tables CC-4334-1. [A95]
4.9.2 Visual Inspection.
All completed mechanical splices shall be inspected at both ends of the splice sleeve and at the tap hole in the center of the splice sleeve for longitudinal centering of sleeve on the spliced ends, permissible gap between rebar ends, allowable voids in filler metal, extent of leaking of filler metal, gas blowout, amount of packing and slag at the tap hole. All visual inspections on completed splices shall be performed only after the splices have cooled to ambient temperatures. Splices that fail to pass visual inspection shall be discarded and replaced and shall not be used as tensile test samples.
4.9.3 Tensile Testing Splice samples may be production splices (i.e., those cut directly from in-place reinforcing) or sister splices (i.e., those removable splices made in place next to production splices and under the same conditions). A record shall be kept of all splices tested, showing the splice location, splice identification number, and whether the tested splice was a production or sister splice. Splice samples shall be subjected to tensile tests in accordance with the sampling frequency specified in Section 4.9.4 to determine conformance with the following acceptance standards:
: 1. The tensile strength of each sample tested shall equal or exceed 125 percent of the minimum yield strength specified in ASTM A615 using loading rates set forth in ASTM A370.
: 2. The average tensile strength of each group of 15 consecutive samples shall equal or exceed the ultimate tensile strength specified for the reinforcing bar.
Since curved reinforcing bars will not tensile test accurately, production splice samples should not be removed from curved 05/26/04                                                                                                                            Page 26 of 35
 
Supplementary Quality Assurance Requirements for                    Quality Assurance Requirements for Installation,            COMMENTS Installation, Inspection, and Testing of Structural Concrete        Inspection, and Testing of Structural Concrete, Structural and Structural Steel During the Construction Phase of              Steel, Soils, and Foundations for Nuclear Power Plants Nuclear Power Plants                                          NQA-1 1994 SUBPART 2.5 N45.2.5 reinforcing bars for tensile testing. Straight sister splice samples should be made for each of the required curved reinforcing bar production splices. Production samples should also not be cut from the structure where the mechanical splicing sleeve is welded to an anchorage in a region of high stress concentration, or at a leak tight barrier (e.g., embedded structural steel sections or liner plate). Representative sister splice samples shall be used in such cases. The sampling frequency specified in Section 4.9.4(2) should then be followed, except that all splices tested shall be sister splices.
VA QATR exception for restoring containment during reactor                                                                      This alternative was for a vessel head replacement project.                                                                                                specific application during Modified commitment to ASME Code, 1995 edition,                                                                                the Reactor Vessel Head subparagraph 4333.5.2, states:                                                                                                  Replacement Projects and CC- 4333.5.2 Splice Samples. Splice samples may be                                                                              will not be carried forward production splices (cut directly from in- place reinforcement) or                                                              in the new QA program straight sister splices (removable splices made in place next to                                                                since that activity is production splices and under the same conditions), in accordance                                                                completed.
with the schedule established in CC- 4333.5.3.
4.9.4 Tensile Test Frequency.
Separate test cycles shall be established for mechanical splices in horizontal, vertical, and diagonal bars, for each bar size, and for each splicing crew as follows:
: 1. Test Frequency For Production Splice Test Samples.
If only production splices are tested, the sample frequency shall be:
: a. One of the first 10 splices
: b. One of the next 90 splices
: c. Two of the next and subsequent units of 100 splices
: 2. Test Frequency for Combination of Production and Sister Splices.
If production and sister splices are tested, the sample frequency 05/26/04                                                                                                                                      Page 27 of 35
 
Supplementary Quality Assurance Requirements for                      Quality Assurance Requirements for Installation,              COMMENTS Installation, Inspection, and Testing of Structural Concrete          Inspection, and Testing of Structural Concrete, Structural and Structural Steel During the Construction Phase of                Steel, Soils, and Foundations for Nuclear Power Plants Nuclear Power Plants                                            NQA-1 1994 SUBPART 2.5 N45.2.5 shall be:
: a. One production splice of the first 10 production splices
: b. One production and three sister splices for the next 90 production splices
: c. Three splices, either production or sister splices for the next and subsequent units of 100 splices. At lease 1/4 of the total number of splices tested shall be production splices.
VA QATR exception for restoring containment during reactor                                                                          This alternative was for a vessel head replacement project.                                                                                                    specific application during Modified commitment to ASME Code, 1995 edition,                                                                                    the Reactor Vessel Head subparagraph 4333.5.3, states:                                                                                                      Replacement Projects and CC- 4333.5.3 Testing Frequency. [A95] Splice samples shall                                                                          will not be carried forward be tensile tested in accordance with the following schedule for                                                                    in the new QA program the appropriate splice system.                                                                                                      since that activity is (a) Separate test cycle shall be established for sleeve with                                                                        completed.
ferrous filler metal splices, sleeve with cementitious grout splices, and swaged splices in the horizontal, vertical, and diagonal bars.
Straight sister splices may be substituted for production test samples on radius bent bars and for splicing sleeves arc welded to structural steel elements or the liner.
: 1) For sleeve with ferrous filler metal splices, one splice shall be tested for each unit of 100 production splices.
Modified commitment to ASME Code, 1995 edition, subparagraph 4333.5.2, requires testing of either production or sister splices, as stated in paragraph (4b).
4.10 Welded Reinforcing Bar Splices                                  7.13 Welded Reinforcing Bar Splices Welded reinforcing bar splices shall be subject to the                Welded reinforcing bar splices shall be subject to the        NQA-1 addresses the code requirements of Section 5.5, except that provisions of AWS            requirements of para. 8.5, except that provisions of the ASME the NRC Reg. Guide D12.1 shall apply.                                                    Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section III, Division 2 (AC1 makes reference to.
Reg. Guide 1.94-4/76, Position C.4 states: In addition, the          Standard 359) shall also apply.
provisions of Articles CC4334 and CC4330 of the Code for Concrete Reactor Vessels and Containments (ASME Boiler and 05/26/04                                                                                                                                          Page 28 of 35
 
Supplementary Quality Assurance Requirements for                      Quality Assurance Requirements for Installation,                    COMMENTS Installation, Inspection, and Testing of Structural Concrete          Inspection, and Testing of Structural Concrete, Structural and Structural Steel During the Construction Phase of                Steel, Soils, and Foundations for Nuclear Power Plants Nuclear Power Plants                                              NQA-1 1994 SUBPART 2.5 N45.2.5 Pressure Vessel Code, Section III, Division 2, 1975 Edition) for testing of welded reinforcing bar splices should be used as guidance pending endorsement of that code by the NRC staff.
: 5. INSPECTION OF STEEL CONSTRUCTION                                  8 INSPECTION OF STEEL CONSTRUCTION 5.1 General                                                          8.1 General Inspection of steel construction in accordance with the AISC        Structural steel qualification shall be documented by                Similar requirements, but Manual of Steel Construction shall include inspection of assembly    manufacturers certification showing conformance to                  NQA-1 give examples of and erection operations, fastening or connecting operations such    specifications such as ASTM A 36, A 441, or as otherwise              specifications to be used.
as high strength bolting, and welding and finishing operations to    specified. Inspection of steel construction in accordance with the include cleaning and protective painting or coating.                AISC S326, Specification for the Design, Fabrication, and Inspection of steel construction shall include inspection of related Erection of Structural Steel for Buildings shall include inspection items, such as anchor bolts and base plates, which may be part of    of assembly and erection operations, fastening or connecting the supporting structure and installed as part of structural        operations such as high strength bolting and welding, and finishing concrete work.                                                      operations to include cleaning and protective painting or coating.
Inspection of steel construction shall include inspection of related items, such as anchor bolts and baseplates, which may be part of the supporting structure and installed as part of the structural concrete work.
5.2 Supporting Structures                                            8.2 Supporting Structures Prior to erection of steel, anchor bolts and base plates and other  Prior to erection of steel, anchor bolts, baseplates, and other      Similar requirements.
structural embedments shall be checked for correct orientation,      structural embedments shall be checked for correct orientation, spacing, and elevation. Base plate surfaces and supporting          spacing, and elevation. Baseplate surfaces and supporting concrete surfaces shall be checked to verify satisfactory            concrete surfaces shall be checked to verify satisfactory condition for grouting.                                              conditions for grouting. Grouting of baseplates, beam pockets, Grouting of base plates, beam pockets, etc., shall be controlled to  etc., shall be controlled and inspected to verify that only specified assure that only specified materials are used, proportioned          materials are used, proportioned properly, placed correctly, and properly, placed correctly, and cured properly to achieve the        cured properly to achieve the specified compressive strength specified compressive strength 5.3 Assembly and Erection                                            8.3 Assembly and Erection Assembly and erection operations shall be inspected to verify        Assembly and erection operations shall be inspected to verify        Similar requirements.
compliance with installation procedures and work instructions.      compliance with installation procedures and work instructions.
Alignment operations shall be carried out early enough and as        Alignment operations shall be carried out early enough and as 05/26/04                                                                                                                                                Page 29 of 35
 
Supplementary Quality Assurance Requirements for                        Quality Assurance Requirements for Installation,                      COMMENTS Installation, Inspection, and Testing of Structural Concrete            Inspection, and Testing of Structural Concrete, Structural and Structural Steel During the Construction Phase of                Steel, Soils, and Foundations for Nuclear Power Plants Nuclear Power Plants                                              NQA-1 1994 SUBPART 2.5 N45.2.5 often as is necessary as erection progresses to insure that            often as is necessary as erection progresses to ensure that specified requirements are met.                                        specified requirements are met. Particular attention shall be given Particular attention shall be given to verification of the condition  to verification of the condition of contact surfaces of friction type of contact surfaces of friction type connections and bolt hole        connections and bolt hole alignment. Correction of fabrication alignment. Correction of fabrication errors shall be closely          errors shall be closely controlled to prevent correction of controlled to prevent correction of misaligned holes by reaming in    misaligned holes by reaming in excess of AISC tolerances.
excess of AISC tolerances. Burning of bolt holes is not permitted. Burning of bolt holes is not permitted. Equipment used in All equipment used in connecting operations shall be inspected to      connecting operations shall be inspected to verify conformance verify conformance with specification requirements. For example,      with specification requirements. For example, air compressors air compressors must be of sufficient capacity to maintain the        shall be of sufficient capacity to maintain the required operating required operating pressure for impact tools.                          pressures for impact tools.
5.4 High Strength Bolting                                              8.4 High Strength Bolting Bolt tightening shall be in accordance with the specified method,      Bolt tightening shall be in accordance with the specified method,    Similar requirements.
i.e., automatic cut-off impact wrench or turn-of-nut method. If        e.g., automatic cut-off impact wrench, turn-of-nut method, or        NQA-1 adds allowance for the turn-of-nut method is used, inspections shall be made to verify    direct-tension indicator. If the turn-of-nut method is used,          direct-tension indicator and that the bolting crews understand the meaning of snug tight          inspections shall be made to verify that the bolting crews            requires manufacturer condition before the nut is turned through the required angle. If an  understand the meaning of snug tight condition before the nut is      certification of bolt automatic cut-off impact wrench is used, it shall be calibrated at    turned through the required angle. If an automatic cutoff impact      qualification or other least twice daily. The calibration of automatic cut-off impact        wrench is used, it shall be calibrated at least twice daily. The      specified assurance of wrenches shall be performed by tightening in a device capable of      calibration of automatic cut-off impact wrenches shall be            qualification.
indicating actual bolt tension, using no less than three typical bolts performed by tightening in a device capable of indicating actual of each diameter from the bolts being installed. Installation of      bolt tension, using no less than three typical bolts of each bolts shall be done in accordance with Specifications for            diameter from the bolts being installed. Installation of bolts shall Structural Joints Using ASTM A325 or A490 Bolts.                      be done in accordance with AISC 5329, Specifications for Structural Joints Using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts.
Qualification of bolts shall be documented by manufacturers certification or as otherwise specified.
8.4.1 Inspection of Bolting.
Inspection of bolting shall include visual inspections of bolting      Inspection of bolting shall include visual inspection of bolting      Similar requirements, but operations and torque wrench inspection of completed                  operations and torque wrench inspection of completed                  NQA-1 revised minimum connections. All connection points shall be visually inspected for    connections. Connection points shall be visually inspected for the    bolt length requirement.
the following items:                                                  following items:
: 1. Bolts are the correct length as indicated by at least two threads (a) bolts are long enough as indicated by the point of the bolts 05/26/04                                                                                                                                                    Page 30 of 35
 
Supplementary Quality Assurance Requirements for                        Quality Assurance Requirements for Installation,                        COMMENTS Installation, Inspection, and Testing of Structural Concrete          Inspection, and Testing of Structural Concrete, Structural and Structural Steel During the Construction Phase of                Steel, Soils, and Foundations for Nuclear Power Plants Nuclear Power Plants                                              NQA-1 1994 SUBPART 2.5 N45.2.5 extending beyond the nut.                                            being flush with or outside the face of the nuts;
: 2. Correct type bolt is used as indicated by the manufacturers      (b) correct type bolt is used as indicated by the manufacturers marking on the head.                                                  marking on the head;
: 3. Torque has been applied as indicated by the burnishing or          (c) torque has been applied as indicated by the burnishing or peening of the corners of the nut.                                    peening of the corners of the nut;
: 4. Turning elements are on the correct face; washers are used        (d) turning elements are on the correct face; properly sized when required.                                                        washers are used when required.
The schedule of bolt tension inspection shall be as specified in    Bolt tension inspection shall be as specified in AISC S329, the latest edition of Specification for Structural Joints Using      Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A 325 or A 490 ASTM A325 or A490 Bolts. In addition, at the beginning of            Bolts. In addition, during the initial phase of bolting operations, all tightening operations, all bolts tightened by each bolting crew shall bolts tightened by each bolting crew shall be checked until the be checked until the results are consistently acceptable.            results are consistently acceptable.
8.4.2 Inspection Tools and Procedure.
Hand torque wrenches used for inspection shall be controlled in      Hand torque wrenches used for inspection shall be controlled in        Similar requirements, accordance with Section 2.5.2 and must be calibrated at least        accordance with Part I, Basic and Supplementary Requirements,          NQA-1 adds requirement weekly and more often if deemed necessary. Impact torque              and shall be calibrated at least weekly, more often if deemed          to control feeler gauges wrenches used for inspection must be calibrated at least twice        necessary. Impact torque wrenches used for inspection shall be          used for inspections.
daily.                                                              calibrated at least twice daily. Feeler gauges used for inspection of direct-tension indicators shall be controlled.
5.5 Welding                                                          8.5 Welding Inspection of structural steel welding shall be performed in          Inspection of structural steel welding shall be performed in            Similar requirements, accordance with the provisions of AWS D1.1, Section 6, entitled      accordance with the provisions of Section 6.0 of AWS D1.1,              NQA-1 adds requirement Structural Welding Code and supplemental addenda. This              Structural Welding Code - Steel. This inspection shall include          for NDE when deemed inspection shall include visual examination of preparations,          visual examination of preparations, welding processes, post-            necessary.
welding processes, and post-welding operations. Prior to welding,    welding operations, and if deemed necessary, some NDE verification of welding procedure and welder qualification shall be  inspections which are appropriate to the application. Prior to documented and shall include all essential variables identified in    welding, verification of welding procedure and welder the procedure.                                                        qualification shall be documented and shall include all essential variables identified in the procedures.
In-process inspections shall include joint fit up prior to start of  In-process inspections shall include acceptability of environmental    Similar requirements, welding, preheat and interpass temperature requirements, filler      conditions, joint fit-up prior to start of welding, preheat and        NQA-1 added inspection metal, control of distortion, and post-weld heat treatment and        interpass temperature requirements, filler metal, control of            point for environmental cleaning requirements. Procedures shall be established to control    distortion, post-weld heat treatment, and cleaning requirements.        conditions.
05/26/04                                                                                                                                                  Page 31 of 35
 
Supplementary Quality Assurance Requirements for                      Quality Assurance Requirements for Installation,                      COMMENTS Installation, Inspection, and Testing of Structural Concrete          Inspection, and Testing of Structural Concrete, Structural and Structural Steel During the Construction Phase of                Steel, Soils, and Foundations for Nuclear Power Plants Nuclear Power Plants                                              NQA-1 1994 SUBPART 2.5 N45.2.5 the purchase, receiving, distribution, storage and use of welding    Procedures shall be established to control the purchase, receiving, electrode.                                                            distribution, storage, and use of welding electrodes.
Weld repairs necessitated by visual or nondestructive                Weld repairs necessitated by visual or nondestructive                Similar requirements.
examinations shall be made in accordance with the procedure          examinations shall be made in accordance with the procedure used to perform the original weld or a qualified repair procedure    used to perform the original weld or a qualified repair procedure and reinspected by the same method which disclosed the                and reinspected by the same method that disclosed the repairable repairable defect. All weld repairs necessitated by nondestructive    defect. All weld repairs necessitated by nondestructive examinations shall be documented.                                    examination shall be documented.
: 6. DATA ANALYSIS AND EVALUATION                                      9 DATA ANALYSIS AND EVALUATION 6.1 General                                                          9.1 General Procedures shall be established for processing inspection and test    Procedures shall be established for processing inspection and test    Similar requirements.
data and their analysis and evaluation. These procedures shall        data and their analysis and evaluation. These procedures shall provide for acquisition and preparation of inspection and test data  provide for acquisitions and preparation of inspection and test for prompt evaluation against acceptance criteria, operating limits,  data for prompt evaluation against acceptance criteria, operating and performance standards.                                            limits, and performance standards.
The data processing procedures shall provide for on-the-spot        The data processing procedures shall provide for on-the-spot          Similar requirements.
evaluation to determine the validity of the inspection and test      evaluation to determine the validity of the inspection and test results, and the appropriateness of continuing the inspection or      results and the appropriateness of continuing the inspection or test. The data shall be analyzed and evaluated to verify the          test. The data shall be analyzed and evaluated to verify completeness of results, achievement of inspection and test          completeness of results and achievement of inspection and test objectives, and to identify additional inspection and tests required; objectives; and to identify additional inspection and tests required, and necessary changes to the installation inspection or test          and necessary changes to the installation inspection or test procedures. Inspection and test results that include inspection and  procedures. Inspection and test results that include inspection and test data, together with a report of data analysis and evaluation,    test data, together with a report of data analysis and evaluation, shall be prepared as specified in Section 7.                          shall be provided as specified in Section 10.
6.2 Concrete and Mechanical (Cadweld) Splice Test Data                9.2 Concrete and Mechanical (Sleeve With Ferrous Filler Evaluation and Analysis                                              Metal) Splice Test Data Evaluation and Analysis 6.2.1 Evaluation of Concrete Test Results.                            9.2.1 Evaluation of Concrete Test Results.
Standard deviation data shall be developed, evaluated, and            Standard deviation data shall be developed, evaluated, and            Similar requirements.
maintained for permanent records in accordance with ACI 214.          maintained for permanent records in accordance with ACI 214.
Concrete quality and acceptance criteria shall conform to the        Concrete quality and acceptance criteria shall conform to the requirements of ACI 318, Chapter 4.                                  requirements of ACI 318, Chapter 4.
05/26/04                                                                                                                                                Page 32 of 35
 
Supplementary Quality Assurance Requirements for                      Quality Assurance Requirements for Installation,              COMMENTS Installation, Inspection, and Testing of Structural Concrete            Inspection, and Testing of Structural Concrete, Structural and Structural Steel During the Construction Phase of                Steel, Soils, and Foundations for Nuclear Power Plants Nuclear Power Plants                                            NQA-1 1994 SUBPART 2.5 N45.2.5 6.2.2 Evaluation of Mechanical (Cadweld) Splice Test Results.          9.2.2 Evaluation of Mechanical Splice Test Results.
The following procedure shall be used for substandard tensile test    The evaluation of mechanical splice test results shall be in NQA-1 refers to an results.                                                              accordance with ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code,        equivalent ACI standard Section III, Division 2 (AC1 Standard 359).                  rather than containing the information in the subpart.
: 1. If any production of sister splice tested fails to meet the tensile test specification of Section 4.9.3(1) and the observed rate of splices that fail the tensile test at that time does not exceed one for each 15 consecutive test samples, the sampling procedure shall be started anew. If any production or sister splice used for testing fails to meet the tensile test specification in Section 4.9.3(1) and the observed rate of splices that fail the tensile test exceeds one for each 15 consecutive test samples, mechanical splicing shall be stopped. In addition, the adjacent production splices on each side of the last failed splice and four other splices distributed uniformly throughout the balance of the 100 production splices under investigation shall be tested, and an independent laboratory analysis shall be made to identify the cause of all failures. The results of these tests shall be evaluated by the responsible engineering organization to determine the required corrective action. The responsible engineering organization shall specify the extent of repairs necessary and the actions required to prevent further failures from the identified causes. If two or more splices from any of these six additional splice samples fail to meet the tensile test specification of Section 4.9.3(1), the balance of the 100 production splices under investigation shall be rejected and replaced. When mechanical splicing is resumed, the sampling procedure shall be started anew.
: 2. If the average tensile strength of the 15 consecutive samples fails to meet the provisions of Section 4.9.3(2), the responsible engineering organization shall evaluate and assess the acceptability of the reduced average tensile strength with respect to the required strength of the location from which the samples 05/26/04                                                                                                                                        Page 33 of 35
 
Supplementary Quality Assurance Requirements for                    Quality Assurance Requirements for Installation,                  COMMENTS Installation, Inspection, and Testing of Structural Concrete      Inspection, and Testing of Structural Concrete, Structural and Structural Steel During the Construction Phase of            Steel, Soils, and Foundations for Nuclear Power Plants Nuclear Power Plants                                          NQA-1 1994 SUBPART 2.5 N45.2.5 were taken.
9.2.3 Evaluations of Aggregate Test Results.
When any aggregate tests specified fail to meet the specified      New requirement in requirements, two additional tests shall be made from samples of  NQA-1.
the same lot of aggregate. If one or both of the two additional tests fails to meet the specified requirements, the data shall be submitted to the responsible engineering organization for evaluation and corrective action 6.3 Steel Construction Test Data Evaluation and Analysis        9.3 Steel Construction Test Data Evaluation and Analysis These data shall be evaluated for conformance to project        This data shall be evaluated for conformance to project            Similar requirements.
specifications, the AISC Manual of Steel Construction and AWS    specifications of the AISC M011, Manual of Steel Construction D1.1 and supplemental addenda.                                  and AWS D1.l, Structural Welding Code - Steel.
9.4 Soils Test Data Evaluation and Analysis This data shall be evaluated daily during progress of the work for New requirement in conformance to project specifications. The control techniques      NQA-1 given in the specifications, such as specific test methods for the type of soil compacted, shall be verified. Data shall include determination of parameters specified, including use of proper materials, amounts and uniformity of soil moisture, and thickness of layers being placed. In-place compacted fill density shall be determined using standard approved methods and the results evaluated for compliance to specified requirements. Data shall include verification that the soils are fully compacted or consolidated to contours and the grades specified. When statistical methods are required by the specification, the desired level of confidence shall be specified.
: 7. RECORDS                                                      10 RECORDS Record copies of completed procedures, reports, personnel        Record copies of procedures, reports, personnel qualification      Similar requirements.
qualification records, test equipment calibration records, test  records, test equipment calibration records, test deviation or deviation or exception records, and inspection and examination  exception records, and inspection and examination records shall records shall be prepared. These shall be placed with other      be prepared. These shall be retained with other project records as project records as required by code, standard, specification, or required by code, standard, specification, or project procedures.
05/26/04                                                                                                                                        Page 34 of 35
 
Supplementary Quality Assurance Requirements for                Quality Assurance Requirements for Installation,            COMMENTS Installation, Inspection, and Testing of Structural Concrete    Inspection, and Testing of Structural Concrete, Structural and Structural Steel During the Construction Phase of          Steel, Soils, and Foundations for Nuclear Power Plants Nuclear Power Plants                                      NQA-1 1994 SUBPART 2.5 N45.2.5 project procedures.
Collection, storage and maintenance of records shall be in                                                                N45.2.9 is similar to accordance with ANSI N45.2.9.                                                                                              NQA-1, Supplement 17S-1 (mandatory) and Appendix 17A-1 (non-mandatory),
additional requirements are addressed in the QAPD.
: 8. REVISIONS OF AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD REFERRED TO IN THIS DOCUMENT When the following standards referred to in this document are                                                              The QAPD addresses superseded by a revision approved by the American National                                                                commitment to specific Standards Institute the revision shall apply:                                                                              editions of standards.
N45.2 Quality Assurance Program Requirements for Nuclear Power Plants N45.2.2 Packaging, Shipping, Receiving, Storage and Handling of Items for Nuclear Power Plants N45.2.3 Housekeeping During the Construction Phase of Nuclear Power Plants N45.2.6 Qualifications of Inspection, Examination and Testing Personnel for the Construction Phase of Nuclear Power Plants N45.2.9 Requirements for Quality Assurance Records for Nuclear Power Plants N45.2.10 Quality Assurance Terms and Definitions 05/26/04                                                                                                                                Page 35 of 35
 
Supplementary Quality Assurance Requirements                Quality Assurance Requirements for Installation,                      COMMENTS For Installation, Inspection And Testing Of              Inspection, and Testing of Mechanical Equipment Mechanical Equipment And Systems For The                          and Systems for Nuclear Power Plants Construction Phase Of Nuclear Power Plants                                NQA-1 1994 Subpart 2.8 ANSI N45.2.8 - 1975 1.1 Scope                                                    1 GENERAL This standard contains requirements and guidelines to        Subpart 2.8 provides amplified requirements for            Clarification not required under NQA-1, assure the quality of important items of nuclear power      installation, inspection, and testing of mechanical        since it applies to construction and plants including structures, systems and components. The    equipment and systems. It supplements the requirements    operations phase activities..
requirements and guidelines are intended to assure that      of Part I and shall be used in conjunction with applicable these important items are installed, inspected and tested in Basic and Supplementary Sections of Part I when and to a manner that will provide adequate confidence that they    the extent specified by the organization invoking Subpart will perform satisfactorily in service. The requirements    2.8.
and guidelines for installation, inspection and testing activities during construction are intended to assure the quality of mechanical items not covered by Section III of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. The requirements of this standard deal with the protection and control necessary to assure that the requisite quality of mechanical items of the plant are preserved from the time items are removed from storage or receiving until they are incorporated into the plant up to but not including, fuel loading of PWR plants and the completion of cold functional testing of BWR and HTGR plants. This standard is intended to be used in conjunction with ANSI N45.2. If any conflict exists, ANSI N45.2 shall govern.
The following is a clarification made in the current VA QATR: The Operational Quality Assurance Program complies with this guide with the following clarification:
See Generic Statement which prefaces this table.
Clarification meets or exceeds applicable guides and standards. The proposed clarification is proposed as a construction to operations device.
Generic Statement from the current VA QATR:
For operations phase maintenance and modification activities which are comparable in nature and extent to similar activities conducted during the construction phase, the Company shall control these activities under this 05/26/04                                                                                                                                              Page 1 of 27
 
Supplementary Quality Assurance Requirements                Quality Assurance Requirements for Installation,              COMMENTS For Installation, Inspection And Testing Of              Inspection, and Testing of Mechanical Equipment Mechanical Equipment And Systems For The                        and Systems for Nuclear Power Plants Construction Phase Of Nuclear Power Plants                                NQA-1 1994 Subpart 2.8 ANSI N45.2.8 - 1975 Operational Quality Assurance Program. Designated modifications may be controlled under a contractors Quality Assurance Program which has been approved by the Companys Quality Assurance Program. When this Operational Quality Assurance Program or an approved contractors Quality Assurance Program is used, the Company shall comply with the Regulatory Position established in the guides listed herein in that quality assurance programmatic/administrative requirements included therein (subject to the clarification in this table) shall apply to these maintenance and modification activities even though such requirements may not have been in effect originally. Maintenance or modifications which may affect the function of safety related structures, systems, or components shall be performed in a manner at least equivalent to that specified in original design bases and requirements, materials specifications, and inspection requirements. A suitable level of confidence in structures, systems, or components on which maintenance or modifications have been performed shall be attained by appropriate inspection and performance testing.
1.2 Applicability The requirements and guidelines of this standard apply to    Applicability is discussed in NQA-1-1994, Part II, The NQA-1, Part II, Introduction section the work of any individual or organization that participates Introduction.                                      on applicability does not contain as much in installation, inspection or testing of mechanical                                                            detail as N45.2.8, but it does address the equipment during construction activities of nuclear power                                                        substance of N45.2.8 regarding assuring plants as discussed in Subsection 1.1. The extent to which                                                      use of proper materials, equipment, the individual requirements of a standard apply will                                                            processes, and procedures.
depend upon the nature and scope of the work to be performed and the importance of the item or service involved. Important mechanical items to be covered and the extent of coverage shall be identified by the individual or organization invoking this standard. The requirements 05/26/04                                                                                                                                      Page 2 of 27
 
Supplementary Quality Assurance Requirements                Quality Assurance Requirements for Installation,              COMMENTS For Installation, Inspection And Testing Of              Inspection, and Testing of Mechanical Equipment Mechanical Equipment And Systems For The                          and Systems for Nuclear Power Plants Construction Phase Of Nuclear Power Plants                              NQA-1 1994 Subpart 2.8 ANSI N45.2.8 - 1975 are intended to assure that only proper materials, equipment, processes and procedures are utilized during the construction of power plants and that the quality of items is not degraded as a result of installation, inspection and testing practices and techniques during construction.
The ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code (herewith referred to as the Code), as well as other American National Standards has been considered in the development of this standard, and this standard is intended to be compatible with their requirements. However, this standard does not apply to activities covered by Section Ill Division 1 and 2 and Section XI of the Code for those activities covered by the Code.
Reg. Guide 1.30 8/72 Position C.2 states:. Although ANSI N45.2.8-1975 is entitled "Supplementary Quality Assurance Requirements for Installation, Inspection, and Testing of Mechanical Equipment and Systems for the Construction Phase of Nuclear Power Plants," the requirements included in the standard are considered to be applicable during the operations phase as well as the construction phase and should be followed for those applicable operations phase activities that are comparable to activities occurring during the construction phase. In this regard, it should be noted that N45.2.8-1975 does not address radiological considerations associated with installation, inspection, and testing of mechanical components in radioactively contaminated systems.
1.3 Responsibility The organization or organizations responsible for            Responsibility is discussed in NQA-1-1994, Part II,  The combination of the requirements establishing the applicable requirements for the activities  Introduction, and programmatically in NQA-1, Part I, from NQA-1 are equivalent to the covered by this standard shall be identified and the scope    Basic Requirement 1 with Supplement 1S-1.            requirements stated by N45.2.8.
of their responsibilities shall be documented. The work of establishing practices and procedures and providing the 05/26/04                                                                                                                                      Page 3 of 27
 
Supplementary Quality Assurance Requirements                  Quality Assurance Requirements for Installation,                        COMMENTS For Installation, Inspection And Testing Of              Inspection, and Testing of Mechanical Equipment Mechanical Equipment And Systems For The                          and Systems for Nuclear Power Plants Construction Phase Of Nuclear Power Plants                                NQA-1 1994 Subpart 2.8 ANSI N45.2.8 - 1975 resources in terms of personnel, equipment and services necessary to implement the requirements of this standard may be delegated to other organizations and such delegation shall also be documented. It is the responsibility of each organization performing work covered by this standard to comply with the procedures and instructions issued for the project and to conform to the requirements of this standard applicable to this work. It is the responsibility of the organization performing these activities to specify the detailed methods and procedures unless they are specified in the procurement documents.
1.4 Definitions                                              1.1 Definitions The following definitions are provided to assure a uniform    The following definitions are provided to assure a uniform    NQA-1 defines the common terms used understanding of select terms as they are used in this        understanding of unique terms as they are used in Subpart    throughout the standard in Part I, standard.                                                    2.8.                                                          Introduction § 4.
Acceptance Criteria - A limit or limits placed on the        (From Part I) acceptance criteria - specified limits placed  Similar definition, but doesnt list the variation permitted in the characteristics of an item        on characteristics of an item, process, or service defined in examples.
expressed in definitive engineering terms such as            codes, standards, or other requirement documents.
dimensional tolerances, chemical composition limits, density and size of defects, temperature ranges, time limits, operating parameters, and other similar characteristics.
Checks - The tests, measurements, verifications or            Checks - The tests, measurements, verifications, or          Similar definition.
controls placed on an activity by means of investigations,    controls placed on an activity by means of investigations, comparisons, or examinations to determine satisfactory        comparisons, or examinations to determine satisfactory condition, accuracy, safety or performance.                  condition, accuracy, safety, or performance Engineering Limitations - Restrictions which, if              Engineering limitations - restrictions which, if disregarded, Similar definition.
disregarded, may result in damage to the item, shortening    may result in damage to the item, shortening the life of the the life of the item, or preventing the item from            item, or preventing the item from functioning as intended functioning as intended.
Examination - An element of inspection consisting of          Examination - an element of inspection consisting of          Similar definition.
investigation of materials, components, supplies and          investigation of materials, components, supplies, and 05/26/04                                                                                                                                                  Page 4 of 27
 
Supplementary Quality Assurance Requirements                Quality Assurance Requirements for Installation,                        COMMENTS For Installation, Inspection And Testing Of            Inspection, and Testing of Mechanical Equipment Mechanical Equipment And Systems For The                        and Systems for Nuclear Power Plants Construction Phase Of Nuclear Power Plants                              NQA-1 1994 Subpart 2.8 ANSI N45.2.8 - 1975 services to determine conformance to those specified        services to determine conformance to those specified requirements which can be determined by such                requirements which can be determined by such investigation. Examination is usually nondestructive and    investigation. Examination is usually nondestructive and includes simple physical manipulation, gaging and          includes simple physical manipulation, gaging, and measurement.                                                measurement.
Inspection - An element of quality control which by        (From Part I) inspection - examination or measurement to    Similar definition.
means of examination, observation or measurement            verify whether an item or activity conforms to specified determines the conformance of materials, supplies,          requirements.
components, parts, appurtenances, systems, processes or structures to predetermined quality requirements.
Mechanical Items - Parts, components, or systems that      Mechanical items - parts, components, or systems that        Similar definition.
function primarily for pressure retaining, mass moving, or  function primarily for pressure retaining, mass moving, or heat exchange purposes. Examples of mechanical items        heat exchange purposes. Examples of mechanical items are rotating equipment (motors, pumps, blowers), handling  are rotating equipment (motors, pumps, blowers), handling equipment (cranes, hoists, conveyors), piping systems      equipment (cranes, hoists, conveyors), piping systems (pipe, valves, hangers), fuel handling systems, and waste  (pipe, valves, hangers), fuel handling systems, and waste effluent systems.                                          effluent systems.
Testing - The determination or verification of the          (From Part I) testing - an element of verification for the  Similar definition.
capability of an item to meet specified requirements by    determination of the capability of an item to meet specified subjecting the item to a set of physical, chemical,        requirements by subjecting the item to a set of physical, environmental or operating conditions.                      chemical, environmental, or operating conditions Verification - An act of confirming, substantiating and    (From Part I) verification - the act of reviewing,          NQA-1 definition encompasses the assuring that an activity or condition has been            inspecting, testing, checking, auditing, or otherwise        N45.2.8 definition in substance, but not implemented in conformance with the specified              determining and documenting whether items, processes,        using the same terminology.
requirements.                                              services, or documents conform to specified requirements.
Other terms and their definitions are contained in ANSI                                                                  Other terms for NQA-1 are defined in N45.2.10.                                                                                                                Part I, Introduction § 4.
1.5 Referenced Documents Documents that are required to be included as a part of                                                                  Similar statement exists in NQA-1, Part this standard are identified at the point of reference and                                                              II, Introduction, § 7. The QAPD will described in Section 8 of this standard. The issue or                                                                    address that these are references for edition of the referenced document that is required will be                                                              guidance unless otherwise stated in the 05/26/04                                                                                                                                              Page 5 of 27
 
Supplementary Quality Assurance Requirements                  Quality Assurance Requirements for Installation,                        COMMENTS For Installation, Inspection And Testing Of              Inspection, and Testing of Mechanical Equipment Mechanical Equipment And Systems For The                          and Systems for Nuclear Power Plants Construction Phase Of Nuclear Power Plants                                NQA-1 1994 Subpart 2.8 ANSI N45.2.8 - 1975 specified either at the point of reference or in Section 8 of                                                              QAPD. Implementing documents, this standard unless otherwise specified in the contract                                                                  procedures, specifications, contracts, etc document.                                                                                                                  will have to ensure appropriate standards Reg. Guide 1.30 8/72 Position C.1 states: Subdivision                                                                      are referenced for the activity in 1.5 of ANSI N45.2.8-1975 states: "Documents that are                                                                      accordance with NRC or other regulatory required to be included as a part of this standard are                                                                    requirements.
identified at the point of reference and described in Section 8 of this standard." The specific acceptability of these listed documents has been or will be covered separately in other regulatory guides or in Commission regulations where appropriate.
: 2. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS                                      2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS This section contains requirements that are to be fulfilled  Measures shall be established and implemented for            Similar requirement.
by the organization or organizations responsible for          documenting the necessary installation, inspection, and performing any segment of work described in Section 3        testing to verify conformance to specified requirements.
through 5 of this standard. Measures shall be established and implemented for documenting the necessary installation, inspection and testing to verify conformance to specified requirements 2.1 Planning                                                  2.1 Planning and Procedures Activities shall be planned and documented to be              Planning and procedure preparation shall be in accordance    NQA-1, Part II, Introduction, § 4.1 consistent with engineering and design requirements          with the requirements of the Introduction to this Part (Part addresses Planning and contains similar including those which define the degree of importance to      II).                                                        requirements to N45.2.8.
safety and reliability of the item. Planning shall define the operations to be used and the systematic, sequential progression of operations, the personnel responsibilities for each activity and the measures employed to preserve the quality of the item. Planning shall take into account the need for the identification, preparation and control of procedures and work instructions necessary to comply with requirements for installation, inspection and testing of components and systems; and the need for trained personnel necessary to comply with these procedures, 05/26/04                                                                                                                                                Page 6 of 27
 
Supplementary Quality Assurance Requirements                  Quality Assurance Requirements for Installation,                COMMENTS For Installation, Inspection And Testing Of                Inspection, and Testing of Mechanical Equipment Mechanical Equipment And Systems For The                          and Systems for Nuclear Power Plants Construction Phase Of Nuclear Power Plants                              NQA-1 1994 Subpart 2.8 ANSI N45.2.8 - 1975 work instructions, and requirements. Planning shall include a review of the system and component design specifications, procurement documents and drawings and of the construction work plans and schedules to assure that applicable installation, inspection, and testing activities have been identified; that they can be accomplished as specified; and that time and resources are sufficient to accomplish the required actions. Deficiencies identified during reviews shall be brought to the attention of the responsible organization for action.
2.2 Procedures and Instructions Installation, inspection and test procedures and work                                                            NQA-1, Part II, Introduction, § 4.2 instructions identified during planning shall be prepared                                                        addresses Procedures and contains and documented for those activities falling within the                                                            similar requirements to N45.2.8. The scope of this standard. Where the planning review                                                                specific list of items in N45.2.8 are all identifies new procedures and inspections that are                                                                encompassed by the list in NQA-1.
necessary, appropriate target dates and effort shall be scheduled for their preparation and approval. These documents shall be kept current and revised as necessary to assure that installation, inspections, and tests are performed in accordance with latest approved information and shall include as appropriate:.
: a. Prerequisites identified in Subsection 2.9.
: b. Precautions to be observed.
: c. Installation requirements.
: d. Sequential actions to be followed.
: e. Test objectives.
: f. Special equipment required for installation, inspection and test.
: g. Identification of inspection and test equipment.
: h. Frequency of inspection or test.
: i. Inspection and test acceptance criteria.
: j. Specific document references where required.
05/26/04                                                                                                                                        Page 7 of 27
 
Supplementary Quality Assurance Requirements            Quality Assurance Requirements for Installation,              COMMENTS For Installation, Inspection And Testing Of          Inspection, and Testing of Mechanical Equipment Mechanical Equipment And Systems For The                      and Systems for Nuclear Power Plants Construction Phase Of Nuclear Power Plants                          NQA-1 1994 Subpart 2.8 ANSI N45.2.8 - 1975
: k. Data report forms.
: l. Approvals 2.3 Results Inspection and test results shall be documented in a                                                        NQA-1 addresses these requirements suitable test report or data sheet. Each report shall                                                        under the programmatic controls of Basic identify the item to which it applies, the procedures or                                                    Requirements 10 and 11, and instruction followed in performing the task and include the                                                  Supplements 10S-1 and 11S-1.
following:
: a. Pertinent inspection and test data.
: b. Significant dates and times.
: c. Signature or stamp of inspector or tester.
: d. Measuring and test equipment used where required.
: e. Identification of nonconformances and action taken on other conditions that were not anticipated.
Test reports and data sheets shall include an evaluation of the acceptability of inspection and tests results and provide for identifying the individual who performed the evaluation.
2.4 Cleaning Cleaning activities required by this standard shall be                                                      NQA-1, Part II addresses cleaning performed in accordance with ANSI N45.2.1 and Section                                                        activities under Subpart 2.1.
4 of this standard.
2.5 Receiving, Storage and Handling Receiving, storage and handling activities required by this                                                  NQA-1, Part II addresses receiving, standard shall be performed in accordance with ANSI                                                          storage, and handling activities under N45.2.2                                                                                                      Subpart 2.2.
2.6 Housekeeping In areas, facilities, and environments where installation,                                                  NQA-1, Part II addresses housekeeping inspection and testing of mechanical items is performed in                                                  activities under Subpart 2.3.
accordance with the requirements of this standard, the housekeeping requirements shall be in accordance with ANSI N45.2.3.
05/26/04                                                                                                                                  Page 8 of 27
 
Supplementary Quality Assurance Requirements              Quality Assurance Requirements for Installation,              COMMENTS For Installation, Inspection And Testing Of            Inspection, and Testing of Mechanical Equipment Mechanical Equipment And Systems For The                      and Systems for Nuclear Power Plants Construction Phase Of Nuclear Power Plants                          NQA-1 1994 Subpart 2.8 ANSI N45.2.8 - 1975 2.7 Personnel Qualifications Those personnel who perform inspection and testing                                                            NQA-1, Part I addresses inspection and activities required by this standard shall be qualified in                                                    testing qualifications under Supplements accordance with ANSI N45.2.6.                                                                                2S-1 and 2S-2.
2.8 Measuring and Test Equipment                                                                              NQA-1 addresses Measuring and Test Equipment under Basic Requirement 12, Supplement 12S-1, and Subpart 2.16.
2.8.1 Selection.
Measuring and test equipment used to implement the requirements of this standard shall be selected to have range, type and accuracy sufficient to determine conformance to specified requirements.
2.8.2 Calibration and Control.
Measuring and test equipment used to determine compliance with Specifications, shall be adjusted and calibrated at predetermined intervals, based on equipment stability and use, against certified equipment having known valid relationships to nationally recognized standards. If no national standards exist, the basis for calibration shall be documented. Records of calibrations shall be maintained and equipment suitably marked so that the calibration status can be determined. Records of calibration shall be included in inspection and test results where applicable. Measures shall be taken to assure proper handling, storage, and care of the measuring and test equipment after calibration in order to maintain the required accuracy of such equipment. When measuring and test equipment is found to be out of calibration, an evaluation shall be made of the validity of previous inspection or test results and the acceptability of mechanical items inspected or tested since the last calibration check. Where necessary to determine the 05/26/04                                                                                                                                    Page 9 of 27
 
Supplementary Quality Assurance Requirements                  Quality Assurance Requirements for Installation,                          COMMENTS For Installation, Inspection And Testing Of              Inspection, and Testing of Mechanical Equipment Mechanical Equipment And Systems For The                            and Systems for Nuclear Power Plants Construction Phase Of Nuclear Power Plants                                NQA-1 1994 Subpart 2.8 ANSI N45.2.8 - 1975 acceptability of items or data, the required original inspections or tests or applicable portions thereof shall be repeated using properly calibrated equipment. In the event that the status of equipment precludes using the originally specified methods, equipment or procedures, alternate inspections or tests agreeable to the responsible organizations may be used.
2.9 Prerequisites                                            2.2 Prerequisites The following minimum conditions shall have been met or      The following minimum conditions shall have been met, or      Similar requirement.
evidence thereof shall be available as applicable before      evidence thereof shall be available as applicable, before    ANSI N45.2.8 refers to construction the requirements set forth in this standard are applied:      the requirements set forth in Subpart 2.8 are applied.        site and NQA-1-1994 uses work site.
: a. Qualification of individuals, organizations and            (a) Qualification of individuals, organizations, and          This is in line with the standard being procedures have been completed in accordance with the        procedures have been completed in accordance with the        applicable to construction and operational requirements of applicable codes and standards.              requirements of applicable codes and standards.              activities.
: b. Systems have been designed and engineered in              (b) Systems have been designed and engineered in accordance with applicable codes, standards and              accordance with applicable codes, standards, and specifications.                                              specifications.
: c. Materials have been selected and equipment has been        (c) Materials have been selected and equipment has been fabricated and assembled in accordance with the design        fabricated and assembled in accordance with the design specifications and the applicable published codes and        specifications and the applicable published codes and standards, the conformance to which has been                  standards, the conformance to which has been demonstrated by the responsible organization.                demonstrated by the responsible organization.
: d. Engineering limitations, as applicable, have been          (d) Engineering limitations, as applicable, have been incorporated in the procedures and instructions. These        incorporated in the procedures and instructions. These limitations and requirements shall include, as a minimum,    limitations and requirements shall include, as a minimum, installation, testing, and on-site fabrication processes such installation, testing, and on-site fabrication processes such as cleaning, welding, nondestructive examination and          as cleaning, welding, nondestructive examination, and parameters such as pressure, flow, speed, load limits        parameters such as pressure, flow, speed, load limits (static and dynamic), travel limits, physical clearances,    (static and dynamic), travel limits, physical clearances, control and alarm settings, environmental and thermal        control and alarm settings, and environmental and thermal limits which are included in design specifications,          limits, which are included in design specifications, manufacturers data sheets, instruction manual and design      manufacturer's data sheets, instruction manual, and design reports.                                                      reports.
05/26/04                                                                                                                                                Page 10 of 27
 
Supplementary Quality Assurance Requirements                Quality Assurance Requirements for Installation,                          COMMENTS For Installation, Inspection And Testing Of              Inspection, and Testing of Mechanical Equipment Mechanical Equipment And Systems For The                          and Systems for Nuclear Power Plants Construction Phase Of Nuclear Power Plants                                NQA-1 1994 Subpart 2.8 ANSI N45.2.8 - 1975
: e. To substantiate (b) and (c) above, the following          (e) To substantiate (b) and (c) above, the following documents relating to the specific stage of installation    documents relating to the specific stage of installation activity for the item shall be available at the construction activity for the item shall be available at the work site:
site:                                                        (1) the latest applicable approved-for-construction (1) The latest applicable approved-for-construction          drawings drawings.                                                    (2) equipment specifications (2) Equipment specifications.                                (3) manufacturer's installation instructions (3) Manufacturers installation instructions.                (4) installation procedures (4) Installation procedures.                                (5) evidence of compliance by manufacturer with (5) Evidence of compliance by manufacturer with              purchase requirements, including quality assurance purchase requirements, including quality assurance          requirements requirements.                                                (6) evidence that engineering or design changes are (6) Evidence that engineering or design changes are          documented and approved prior to installation documented and approved prior to installation.              (7) records of inspections and tests during on-site (7) Records of inspections and tests during onsite          receiving, storage, and handling receiving, storage and handling.                            (8) release of mechanical items for installation (8) Release of mechanical items for installation.            (9) evidence that nonconformances have been (9) Evidence that nonconformances have been                  satisfactorily resolved or controlled satisfactorily resolved or controlled.
: 3. PRE-INSTALLATION VERIFICATION                            3 PREINSTALLATION VERIFICATION 3.1 General                                                  3.1 General Prior to the actual installation of mechanical items, there  Prior to the actual installation of mechanical items, there    Similar requirement.
are certain preliminary inspections, checks and similar      are certain preliminary inspections, checks, and similar activities that shall be completed to verify that the item  activities that shall be completed to verify that the item and and the installation area conform to specified              the installation area conform to specified requirements, and requirements and the necessary resources are available to    the necessary resources are available to assure that the assure that the quality of the mechanical item will be      quality of the mechanical item will be maintained as the maintained as the installation proceeds. The quality        installation proceeds.
requirements and quality assurance actions that are          The quality requirements and quality assurance actions necessary during installation shall be reviewed and          that are necessary during installation shall be reviewed and planned so that they are understood by responsible          planned so that they are understood by responsible individuals.                                                individuals.
05/26/04                                                                                                                                        Page 11 of 27
 
Supplementary Quality Assurance Requirements                  Quality Assurance Requirements for Installation,                        COMMENTS For Installation, Inspection And Testing Of                Inspection, and Testing of Mechanical Equipment Mechanical Equipment And Systems For The                            and Systems for Nuclear Power Plants Construction Phase Of Nuclear Power Plants                                  NQA-1 1994 Subpart 2.8 ANSI N45.2.8 - 1975 3.2 Identification                                            3.2 Identification Checks shall be made to verify that the identity of            Checks shall be made to verify that the identity of received Similar requirement.
received mechanical materials and equipment has been          mechanical materials and equipment has been maintained maintained and is in accordance with the latest approved-      and is in accordance with the latest approved-for-for-construction drawings, equipment lists, specifications    construction drawings, equipment lists, specifications, and and established procedures. If these checks disclose          established procedures. If these checks disclose apparent apparent loss of identification, the identity shall be        loss of identification, the identity shall be reaffirmed prior reaffirmed prior to release for installation.                  to release for installation.
Checks shall be made to verify that a control system for      Checks shall be made to verify that a control system for maintaining identification of mechanical items throughout      maintaining identification of mechanical items through installation has been established including provisions for    installation has been established, including provisions for control of substitution or exchange of equipment or            control of substitution or exchange of equipment or materials. The procedures for control of identification        materials. The procedures for control of identification shall shall provide a system of traceability to drawings,            provide a system of traceability to drawings, specifications, specifications or other records when identification or        or other records when identification or markings must be markings must be destroyed, hidden or removed from an          destroyed, hidden, or removed from an item.
item.
3.3 Processes and Procedures                                  3.3 Processes and Procedures Consistent with the construction activities schedule,          Consistent with the construction activities schedule,          Similar requirement.
inspections or checks shall be performed to verify that        inspections, or checks shall be performed to verify that processes and procedures are ready when needed for use        processes and procedures are ready when needed for use in the installation of mechanical items. These inspections    in the installation of mechanical items. These inspections or checks shall include, but not be limited to the following  or checks shall include, but not be limited to, the following verifications:                                                verifications.
: a. Approved procedures, drawings, manuals or other work        (a) Approved procedures, drawings, manuals, or other instructions are provided to the installer at the construction work instructions are provided to the installer at the work site.                                                          site.
: b. Special instructions and check lists as required are        (b) Special instructions and checklists as required are available at the installation area or attached to the item. available at the installation area or attached to the item.
: c. Approved procedures and instructions for special            (c) Approved procedures and instructions for special processes such as coating, welding, heat treating and          processes such as coating, welding, heat treating, and nondestructive examination are available at the site.          nondestructive examination are available at the site.
: d. Where applicable, personnel, procedures and                (d) Where applicable, personnel, procedures, and 05/26/04                                                                                                                                          Page 12 of 27
 
Supplementary Quality Assurance Requirements                  Quality Assurance Requirements for Installation,                        COMMENTS For Installation, Inspection And Testing Of              Inspection, and Testing of Mechanical Equipment Mechanical Equipment And Systems For The                          and Systems for Nuclear Power Plants Construction Phase Of Nuclear Power Plants                                NQA-1 1994 Subpart 2.8 ANSI N45.2.8 - 1975 instructions shall have been qualified through the            instructions shall have been qualified through the preparation of workmanship standards, samples, or            preparation of workmanship standards, samples, or mockups that simulate actual job conditions.                  mockups that simulate actual job conditions.
: e. Installation preparations have been completed, including  (e) Installation preparations have been completed, such tasks as removal of packaging, conditioning,            including such tasks as removal of packaging, conditioning, cleaning, and preliminary positioning.                        cleaning, and preliminary positioning.
: f. Jigs, fixtures and equipment for special processes, if    (f) Jigs, fixtures, and equipment for special processes, if required, are available at the site and conform to specified  required, are available at the site and conform to specified requirements.                                                requirements.
: g. Equipment for handling and placement of mechanical        (g) Equipment for handling and placement of mechanical items is available at the site and is adequate to perform    items is available at the site and is adequate to perform the the work in accordance with specified requirements.          work in accordance with specified requirements.
: h. Warnings and safety notices, appropriate to the activity,  (h) Warnings and safety notices appropriate to the activity are posted.                                                  are posted.
3.4 Physical Condition                                        3.4 Physical Condition Inspections or checks as appropriate shall be performed      Inspections or checks, as appropriate, shall be performed    Similar requirement.
to verify that mechanical items at the installation are in    to verify that mechanical items at the installation are in accordance with the specified requirements and that          accordance with the specified requirements and that quality has been maintained. These inspections or checks      quality has been maintained. These inspections or checks shall include, but not be limited to, the following          shall include, but not be limited to, the following verifications:                                                verifications.
: a. Protective measures and physical integrity during          (a) Protective measures and physical integrity during storage have been maintained in conformance with              storage have been maintained in conformance with specified requirements.                                      specified requirements.
: b. Nonconformances have been satisfactorily                  (b) Nonconformances have been satisfactorily dispositioned or controlled.                                  dispositioned or controlled.
: c. Items have been cleaned in accordance with specified      (c) Items have been cleaned in accordance with specified requirements.                                                requirements.
3.5 Site Conditions                                          3.5 Site Conditions Inspections or checks as appropriate shall be performed      Inspections or checks, as appropriate, shall be performed    Similar requirement.
to verify that conditions of the installation area conform to to verify that conditions of the installation area conform to specified requirements and precautions have been taken        specified requirements and precautions have been taken to to prevent conditions that will adversely affect the quality  prevent conditions that will adversely affect the quality of 05/26/04                                                                                                                                        Page 13 of 27
 
Supplementary Quality Assurance Requirements                  Quality Assurance Requirements for Installation,                        COMMENTS For Installation, Inspection And Testing Of              Inspection, and Testing of Mechanical Equipment Mechanical Equipment And Systems For The                          and Systems for Nuclear Power Plants Construction Phase Of Nuclear Power Plants                                NQA-1 1994 Subpart 2.8 ANSI N45.2.8 - 1975 of the item during installation. These inspections or checks  the items during installation. These inspections or checks shall include, but not be limited to, the following to verify shall include, but not be limited to, verification of the that:                                                        following.
: a. Protection from adjacent construction activities is being  (a) Protection from adjacent construction activities is being provided including, implementation of appropriate            provided, including implementation of appropriate exclusion exclusion and area cleanness requirements.                    and area cleanness requirements.
: b. Protection from inclement weather and other ambient        (b) Protection from inclement weather and other ambient conditions adverse to quality is being provided.              conditions adverse to quality is being provided.
: c. Materials that may be deleterious to the mechanical        (c) Materials that may be deleterious to the mechanical items being installed, are controlled.                        items being installed are controlled.
: d. Installation of the mechanical item will not adversely    (d) Installation of the mechanical item will not adversely affect the subsequent installation of materials and          affect the subsequent installation of materials and equipment and that repair or rework on any                    equipment, and repair or rework on any nonconforming nonconforming items can be performed satisfactorily.          items can be performed satisfactorily.
: e. Nonconformances for adjacent items have been              (e) Nonconformances for adjacent items have been dispositioned or controlled.                                  dispositioned or controlled.
: f. Adequate permanent or approved temporary supports          (f) Adequate permanent or approved temporary supports and mountings have been installed that will properly          and mountings have been installed that will properly interface with the mechanical item.                          interface with the mechanical item.
: g. Mating parts such as couplings and flanges are properly    (g) Mating parts such as couplings and flanges are positioned and conditioned.                                  properly positioned and conditioned.
: h. Servicing or maintenance activity related to installation  (h) Servicing or maintenance activity related to installation has been performed.                                          has been performed.
: 4. CONTROL DURING INSTALLATION                                4 CONTROL DURING INSTALLATION PROCESS                                                      PROCESS 4.1 General                                                  4.1 General Checking, inspection, examination or testing activities shall Checking, inspection, and examination of testing activities    Similar requirement.
be performed during the installation of mechanical items      shall be performed during the installation of mechanical to assure that the required quality is being obtained in      items to assure that the required quality is being obtained in accordance with prescribed procedures. These activities      accordance with prescribed procedures. These activities shall be performed in a systematic manner to assure          shall be performed in a systematic manner to assure surveillance throughout the installation process. A          surveillance throughout the installation process. A procedure shall be provided for the coordination and          procedure shall be provided for the coordination and 05/26/04                                                                                                                                          Page 14 of 27
 
Supplementary Quality Assurance Requirements                    Quality Assurance Requirements for Installation,                          COMMENTS For Installation, Inspection And Testing Of                Inspection, and Testing of Mechanical Equipment Mechanical Equipment And Systems For The                              and Systems for Nuclear Power Plants Construction Phase Of Nuclear Power Plants                                  NQA-1 1994 Subpart 2.8 ANSI N45.2.8 - 1975 sequencing of these activities at established inspection        sequencing of these activities at established inspection points in successive stages of installation. A method shall    points in successive stages of installation. A method shall be implemented to assure that engineering and design            be implemented to assure that engineering and design changes are documented and controlled during installation.      changes during installation are documented and controlled.
4.2 Process and Procedure Control                              4.2 Process and Procedures Control Checks shall be made to verify that a system of controls        Checks shall be made to verify that a system of controls        Similar requirement.
has been established and is being maintained at the            has been established and is being maintained at the construction site to assure the following:                      construction site to assure the following.
: a. The applicable revision of approved procedures,              (a) The applicable revision of approved procedures, drawings and instructions are being followed.                  drawings, and instructions is being followed.
: b. Qualified and approved processes, materials, tools and      (b) Qualified and approved processes, materials, tools, and other equipment are being, used by qualified personnel.        other equipment are being used by qualified personnel.
: c. The status of installation, inspections, examinations or    (c) The status of installation, inspections, examinations, or tests is clearly indicated or identified in inspection records. tests is clearly indicated or identified in inspection reports.
: d. The installation, inspection and testing sequence is        (d) The installation, inspection, and testing sequences are being maintained.                                              being maintained.
: e. Identification, appropriate segregation, and disposition    (e) Identification, appropriate segregation, and disposition of nonconforming items are being controlled.                    of nonconforming items are being maintained.
: f. "As-built" information is being processed.                  (f) As-built information is being processed.
: g. Inspection and test reports are current, accurate and        (g) Inspection and test reports are current, accurate, and complete.                                                      complete.
4.3 Examination Nondestructive examinations, when required, shall be                                                                            NQA-1 doesnt contain this wording, but performed to approved applicable procedures. Examples                                                                          NDE is programmatically controlled of these examinations are liquid penetrant, magnetic                                                                            under Basic Requirements 10 and 11 and particle, ultrasonic, eddy current and radiography.                                                                            Supplements 10S-1 and 11S-1.
4.4 Inspection                                                  4.3 Inspection Inspections of the work areas and the work in progress          Inspections of the work areas and the work in progress          Similar requirement.
shall be performed to verify that mechanical items are          shall be performed to verify that mechanical items are being located, installed, assembled or connected in            being located, installed, assembled, or connected in compliance with the latest approved-for-construction            compliance with the latest approved-for-construction drawings, manufacturers instructions, codes, installation      drawings, manufacturers instructions, and procedures.
05/26/04                                                                                                                                                Page 15 of 27
 
Supplementary Quality Assurance Requirements                  Quality Assurance Requirements for Installation,                        COMMENTS For Installation, Inspection And Testing Of              Inspection, and Testing of Mechanical Equipment Mechanical Equipment And Systems For The                            and Systems for Nuclear Power Plants Construction Phase Of Nuclear Power Plants                                  NQA-1 1994 Subpart 2.8 ANSI N45.2.8 - 1975 instructions and procedures. Inspections performed shall      Inspections performed shall include as appropriate, but not include as appropriate, but not be limited to the following:  be limited to, the following:
: a. Identification.                                            (a) identification
: b. Location and orientation of components.                    (b) location and orientation of components
: c. Leveling and alignment.                                    (c) leveling and alignment
: d. Clearances and tolerances.                                (d) clearances and tolerances
: e. Tightness of connections and fastenings.                  (e) tightness of connections and fastenings
: f. Fluid levels and pressures.                                (f) fluid levels and pressures
: g. Absence of leakage.                                        (g) absence of leakage
: h. Physical integrity.                                        (h) physical integrity
: i. Cleanness.                                                (i) cleanness
: j. Welding operations including materials and process        (j) welding operations, including materials and process controls, adequate purging, and the removal of purge          controls, adequate purging, and the removal of purge dams dams on completion.                                          on completion
: k. Adequacy of protective measures to assure that the        (k) adequacy of protective measures to assure that the item will not be damaged during installation.                item will not be damaged during installation
: l. Adequacy of housekeeping, barriers and protective          (l) adequacy of housekeeping, barriers, and protective equipment to assure that items will not be damaged or        equipment to assure that items will not be damaged or contaminated as a result of adjacent construction activities  contaminated as a result of adjacent construction activities 4.5 Installation Checks                                      4.4 Installation Checks Checks shall be performed to verify that mechanical items    Checks shall be performed to verify that mechanical items    Similar requirement.
have been correctly installed and will function properly so  have been correctly installed and will function properly so that the initial starting of items and preoperational testing that the initial starting of items and preoperational testing can proceed with a minimum amount of problems and            can proceed with a minimum amount of problems and delays. If construction or associated activity affects the    delays. If construction or associated activity affects the results of these checks, the checks shall be repeated if      results of these checks, the checks shall be repeated, if necessary to assure that the quality has not been            necessary, to assure that the quality has not been adversely affected.                                          adversely affected.
These activities shall include as appropriate, but not be    These activities shall include as appropriate, but not be limited to the following:                                    limited to, the following.
: a. Checkout procedures are prepared and approved to          (a) Checkout procedures are prepared and approved to verify correctness of installation and ability to function. verify correctness of installation and ability to function.
: b. Proper greasing or lubrication has been completed.        (b) Proper greasing or lubrication has been completed.
05/26/04                                                                                                                                        Page 16 of 27
 
Supplementary Quality Assurance Requirements                Quality Assurance Requirements for Installation,                        COMMENTS For Installation, Inspection And Testing Of              Inspection, and Testing of Mechanical Equipment Mechanical Equipment And Systems For The                        and Systems for Nuclear Power Plants Construction Phase Of Nuclear Power Plants                              NQA-1 1994 Subpart 2.8 ANSI N45.2.8 - 1975
: c. Lubricating and cooling water systems are in service.    (c) Lubricating and cooling water systems are in service.
: d. Protection strainers are installed where necessary.      (d) Protection strainers are installed where necessary.
: e. Rotation of prime movers is correct.                      (e) Rotation of prime movers is correct.
: f. Electrical circuits, controls and relay settings are      (f) Electrical circuits, controls, and relay settings are correct.                                                    correct.
: g. Phasing of electrical busses is correct.                  (g) Phasing of electrical buses is correct.
: h. Instrumentation is calibrated and in service as required. (h) Instrumentation is calibrated and in service as required.
: i. Item is correctly valved and isolated.                    (i) Item is correctly valved and isolated.
: j. Casings, reservoirs, etc. are primed, vented and filled.  (j) Casings, reservoirs, etc., are primed, vented, and filled.
: k. Proper communications are established for control.        (k) Proper communications are established for control.
: 1. Tags are issued, where appropriate, for isolation and    (I) Tags are issued, where appropriate, for isolation and control.                                                    control.
: m. Piping system alignment is correct.                      (m) Piping system alignment is correct.
: n. Pipe hanger placement is correct and hangers will        (n) Pipe hanger placement is correct and hangers will function                                                    function properly.
properly.                                                    (o) Seismic anchors and restraints are properly in stalled.
: o. Seismic anchors and restraints are properly installed.    (p) Valve glands and packing are installed.
: p. Valve glands and packing are installed.                  (q) Pneumatic lines have been blown.
: q. Pneumatic lines have been blown.                          (r) Valve stroking, actuation, and settings are proper.
: r. Valve stroking, actuation and settings are proper.        (s) Pump seals and packing are properly installed.
: s. Pump seals and packing are properly installed.            (t) Limit switches, interlocks, and stops are properly
: t. Limit switches, interlocks and stops are properly        adjusted and set.
adjusted and set.
4.5.1 Cleaning.                                              4.4.1 Cleaning.
Installed systems and components shall be cleaned,          Installed systems and components shall be cleaned,            Similar requirement.
flushed and conditioned according to the requirements of    flushed, and conditioned according to applicable              As noted previously, NQA-1 addresses ANSI N45.2.1. Special attention shall be given to the        requirements. Special attention shall be given to the          cleaning and flushing of components and following requirements:                                      following requirements.                                        systems in Subpart 2.1.
: a. Chemical Conditioning. Procedures shall be prepared      (a) Chemical Conditioning. Procedures shall be prepared including the scope, acceptance criteria, sequence,          including the scope, acceptance criteria, sequence, temperatures, soak periods and neutralizing solutions to be  temperatures, soak periods, and neutralizing solutions to be used. Checks shall be made to verify that the proper        used. Checks shall be made to verify that the proper chemicals at the designated strength and temperature are    chemicals at the designated strength and temperature are 05/26/04                                                                                                                                              Page 17 of 27
 
Supplementary Quality Assurance Requirements                Quality Assurance Requirements for Installation,                        COMMENTS For Installation, Inspection And Testing Of              Inspection, and Testing of Mechanical Equipment Mechanical Equipment And Systems For The                        and Systems for Nuclear Power Plants Construction Phase Of Nuclear Power Plants                                NQA-1 1994 Subpart 2.8 ANSI N45.2.8 - 1975 being used in the conditioning operations. Other operations  being used in the conditioning operations. Other operations shall be performed as specified in Paragraph 4.5.1.c.        shall be performed as specified in (c) below.
: b. Flushing. Procedures shall be prepared including routes,  (b) Flushing. Procedures shall be prepared including boundaries, velocities and acceptance criteria, restoration, routes, boundaries, velocities and acceptance criteria, and lay-up for high integrity systems where appropriate. restoration, and lay-up for high integrity systems, where Checks shall be made to verify that mechanical items are    appropriate. Checks shall be made to verify that being flushed in accordance with specified requirements      mechanical items are being flushed in accordance with so that contaminants or flow velocities will not adversely  specified requirements so that contaminants or flow affect subsequent operations. Other operations shall be      velocities will not adversely affect subsequent operations.
performed as specified in Paragraph 4.5.l.c.                Other operations shall be performed as specified in (c)
: c. Process Controls. Checks shall be performed to verify    below.
that controls are functioning for the following:            (c) Process Controls. Checks shall be performed to verify (1) Removal and installation of parts or components such    that controls are functioning for the following:
as metering devices, orifice plates and valve internals that  (1) removal and installation of parts or components such are removed from the system to facilitate flushing.            as metering devices, orifice plates, and valve internals (2) Installation and removal of temporary strainers, blind    that are removed from the system to facilitate flushing; flanges, and piping.                                          (2) installation and removal of temporary strainers, blind (3) Isolation of sensitive instrumentation.                    flanges, and piping; (4) Water and chemical quality.                                (3) isolation of sensitive instrumentation; (5) Acceptance data, specimens, or progressive samples        (4) water and chemical quality; if required.                                                  (5) acceptance data, specimens, or progressive samples, Where appropriate for disassembly and reassembly of            if required.
components, procedures or instructions shall be prepared    Where appropriate for disassembly and reassembly of or manufacturers technical manuals shall be used to          components, procedures or instructions shall be prepared assure adherence to match marks, protection of seats and    or manufacturers technical manuals shall be used to proper reassembly and to preclude damage to the              assure adherence to match marks, protection of seats, and component.                                                  proper reassembly and to preclude damage to the component.
4.5.2 Pressure Testing.                                      4.4.2 Pressure Testing.
Checks shall be made to verify that mechanical items are    Checks shall be made to verify that mechanical items are    Similar requirement. NQA-1 adds being pressure tested in accordance with specified          being pressure tested in accordance with specified          requirement for verifying evidence of requirements to assure that the strength and integrity of    requirements to assure that the strength and integrity of    calibration of test gages.
the installed systems or portions thereof conform to        the installed systems or portions thereof conform to 05/26/04                                                                                                                                            Page 18 of 27
 
Supplementary Quality Assurance Requirements                  Quality Assurance Requirements for Installation,                      COMMENTS For Installation, Inspection And Testing Of              Inspection, and Testing of Mechanical Equipment Mechanical Equipment And Systems For The                          and Systems for Nuclear Power Plants Construction Phase Of Nuclear Power Plants                                NQA-1 1994 Subpart 2.8 ANSI N45.2.8 - 1975 specified requirements. The purpose of the test, scope,      specified requirements. The purpose of the test, scope, test test boundary, duration for inspection, acceptance criteria,  boundary, duration for inspection, acceptance criteria, restoration, and lay-up shall be clearly established and      restoration, and lay-up shall be clearly established and documented. Checks shall include, but not be limited to,      documented. Checks shall include, but not be limited to, the the following:                                                following.
: a. Appropriate pressures, temperatures, water chemistry,      (a) Appropriate pressures, temperatures, water chemistry, and pressure test cycles are established.                    and pressure test cycles are established.
: b. Sufficient time at test pressure is specified to determine (b) Sufficient time at test pressure is specified to acceptance.                                                  determine acceptance.
: c. Provisions are available to protect and isolate            (c) Provisions are available to protect and isolate instrumentation during hydrostatic testing.                  instrumentation during hydrostatic testing.
: d. Items external to test boundary are protected to          (d) Items external to test boundary are protected to prevent inadvertent over-pressurization.                      prevent inadvertent over-pressurization.
: e. Relief devices are controlled to prevent system over-      (e) Relief devices are controlled to prevent system over-pressurization.                                              pressurization.
: f. Gagging and ungagging of relief valves.                    (f) Gagging and ungagging of relief valves.
: g. Piping and equipment supports have hydrostatic pins        (g) Piping and equipment supports have hydrostatic pins installed where applicable for testing and removed upon      installed where applicable for testing and are to be completion of testing.                                        removed upon completion of testing.
(h) Evidence of calibration of test gages 4.6 Care of Items                                            4.5 Care of Items Items on which inspection and testing activities are being    Items on which inspection and testing activities are being  Similar requirement.
performed shall be protected from personnel traffic,          performed shall be protected from personnel traffic, weather, and adjacent construction activities such as        weather, and adjacent construction activities such as sandblasting, acid cleaning, welding, jack hammering,        sandblasting, acid cleaning, welding, jack hammering, chipping, burning and stress relieving that would adversely  chipping, burning, and stress relieving, which would affect the quality of the item or test results. Such          adversely affect the quality of the item or test results.
protection shall be provided through good cleanliness and    Such protection shall be provided through good cleanliness housekeeping practices, temporary packaging, erection of      and housekeeping practices, temporary packaging, erection barriers, protective covers, and walkways, as required in    of barriers, protective covers, and walkways, as required.
accordance with Subsection 2.6. Temporary use of              Temporary use of equipment or facilities to which this Part equipment or facilities to which this standard applies that  applies that are to become part of the completed project are to become part of the completed project may be            may be desirable. Authorization for such usage shall be as 05/26/04                                                                                                                                        Page 19 of 27
 
Supplementary Quality Assurance Requirements                  Quality Assurance Requirements for Installation,                      COMMENTS For Installation, Inspection And Testing Of              Inspection, and Testing of Mechanical Equipment Mechanical Equipment And Systems For The                          and Systems for Nuclear Power Plants Construction Phase Of Nuclear Power Plants                              NQA-1 1994 Subpart 2.8 ANSI N45.2.8 - 1975 desirable. Authorization for such usage shall be as          provided for in the contract or by written approval from provided for in the contract or by written approval from    the responsible organization. Such temporary use shall not the responsible organization. Such temporary use shall not  subject the equipment or systems to conditions for which subject the equipment or systems to conditions for which    they were not designed.
they were not designed.                                      The temporary use authorization shall include:
The temporary use authorization shall include:              (a) conditions of use or operation; (1) conditions of use or operation;                          (b) maintenance requirements; and (2) maintenance requirements; and                            (c) inspections and tests as required to maintain operability (3) inspections and tests as required to maintain            and quality during the period of temporary use of item.
operability and quality during period of temporary use of    When temporary use is completed, conditions of temporary the item.                                                    use shall be evaluated to verify that the permanent plant When temporary use is completed, conditions of              equipment continues to satisfy the most specified temporary use shall be evaluated to verify that the          requirements.
permanent plant equipment continues to satisfy the specified requirements.
: 5. INSTALLED SYSTEMS INSPECTION AND                          5 INSTALLED SYSTEMS INSPECTION AND TESTS                                                        TESTS 5.1 General                                                  5.1 General Following the installation of mechanical items, the          Following the installation of mechanical items, the checking Similar requirement.
checking, inspection, and testing activities shall be        inspection and testing activities shall be performed to performed to verify, that the completed systems are in      verify that the completed systems are in conformance with conformance with specified requirements. This is a final    specified requirements. This is a final verification that the verification that the requirements defined by licensing      requirements defined by licensing commitments, drawings, commitments, drawings, specifications and other contract    specifications, and other contract documents are reflected documents are reflected in the completed installation. It is in the completed installation. It is also a time to verify that also a time to verify that field modifications and other    field modifications and other changes made and controlled changes made and controlled during installation activities  during installation activities have been incorporated in the have been incorporated in the "as-built" documents.          as-built documents.
Controls shall be provided for the identification,          Controls shall be provided for the identification, documentation, and resolution of nonconformances            documentation, and resolution of nonconformances disclosed by inspections or tests. Tests shall be conducted  disclosed by inspections or tests.
on completed plant systems. Test procedures shall identify  Tests shall be conducted on completed plant systems. Test prerequisites for system testing including required          procedures shall identify prerequisites for system testing, 05/26/04                                                                                                                                      Page 20 of 27
 
Supplementary Quality Assurance Requirements                Quality Assurance Requirements for Installation,          COMMENTS For Installation, Inspection And Testing Of            Inspection, and Testing of Mechanical Equipment Mechanical Equipment And Systems For The                        and Systems for Nuclear Power Plants Construction Phase Of Nuclear Power Plants                              NQA-1 1994 Subpart 2.8 ANSI N45.2.8 - 1975 completed construction activities. The test procedure shall including required completed construction activities. The identify and describe any temporary or simulated condition  test procedures shall identify and describe any temporary or equipment. If not previously planned, a documented      or simulated condition or equipment. If not previously notice shall be prepared and issued with approval of the    planned, a documented notice shall be prepared and issued responsible organization stating the substitutions that    with approval of the responsible organization stating the existed for the test. Written verification shall also be    substitutions that existed for the test. Written verification provided that temporary installations have been            shall also be provided that temporary installations have satisfactorily replaced by the permanent installations. been satisfactorily replaced by permanent installations.
Checks and inspections shall be performed to verify the    Checks and inspections shall be performed to verify the operational readiness and completeness of components        operational readiness and completeness of components and systems. These systems or partial systems shall be      and systems. These systems or partial systems shall be identified, tagged and released for operational testing. identified, tagged, and released for operational testing.
These checks and inspections shall be performed to verify  These checks and inspections shall be performed to verify the following as a minimum:                                the following, as a minimum.
: a. Equipment and materials have not sustained external      (a) Equipment and materials have not sustained external physical damage.                                            physical damage.
: b. The installation has been made in accordance with        (b) The installation has been made in accordance with specified requirements.                                    specified requirements.
: c. All nonconforming items have been satisfactorily        (c) All nonconforming items have been satisfactorily dispositioned.                                              dispositioned.
: d. Internal and external restrictions and obstructions to  (d) Internal and external restrictions and obstructions to flow and full travel have been removed.                    flow and full travel have been removed.
: e. Supports and restraints are properly installed.          (e) Supports and restraints are properly installed.
: f. Interfacing connections with adjacent systems are        (f) Interfacing connections with adjacent systems are compatible.                                                compatible.
: g. Original material and component identification has been  (g) Original materials and component identification have preserved with provisions for traceability throughout the  been preserved with provisions for traceability throughout installed systems.                                          the installed systems.
: h. Safety features such as interlocks, cable separation,    (h) Safety features such as interlocks, cable separations, guards, warning devices, and lockouts have been installed,  guards, warning devices, and lockouts have been installed, are being used and comply with applicable codes and        are being used, and comply with applicable codes and regulations.                                                regulations.
: i. Temporary, connections such as jumpers and bypass        (i) Temporary connections, such as jumpers and bypass 05/26/04                                                                                                                        Page 21 of 27
 
Supplementary Quality Assurance Requirements                  Quality Assurance Requirements for Installation,                        COMMENTS For Installation, Inspection And Testing Of              Inspection, and Testing of Mechanical Equipment Mechanical Equipment And Systems For The                          and Systems for Nuclear Power Plants Construction Phase Of Nuclear Power Plants                                NQA-1 1994 Subpart 2.8 ANSI N45.2.8 - 1975 lines and temporary trip points of control equipment are      lines, and temporary trip points of control equipment are identified and, documented so that their final condition can  identified and documented so that their final condition can be verified.                                                  be verified.
: j. System water chemistry is appropriate for operational      (i) System water chemistry is appropriate for operational testing.                                                      testing.
: k. External surface chemistry requirements have been          (k) External surface chemistry requirements have been maintained.                                                  maintained.
: 1. Permits and authorizations have been obtained.            (I) Permits and authorizations have been obtained.
5.2 Preoperational Testing                                    5.2 Preoperational Testing This testing involves the operation of all items in a system, This testing involves the operation of all items in a        Similar requirement.
partial systems or systems to assure that operation is in    system(s) or partial system(s) to assure that operation is in accordance with the design criteria and functional            accordance with the design criteria and functional requirements. The testing shall include, but not be limited  requirements.
to the following:                                            The testing shall include, but not be limited to, the
: a. Systems integrity.                                        following:
: b. In-line instrument installation is consistent with        (a) systems integrity; specified flow directions.                                    (b) in-line instrument installation is consistent with
: c. Sensing lines are phased correctly to in-line elements    specified flow directions; and sensors.                                                  (c) sensing lines are phased correctly to in-line elements
: d. Service requirements for initial operation such as flow    and sensors; alignments, limiting flow orificing and relief devices have  (d) service requirements for initial operation such as flow been performed.                                              alignments, limiting flow orificing, and relief devices have
: e. Operation of controls, valves, dampers, operators, and    been performed; load limiting devices.                                        (e) operation of controls, valves, dampers, operators, and
: f. Rotating equipment (motors, pumps, blowers) - rotation,    load limiting devices; speed, vibration, noise, and no-load operation.              (f) rotating equipment (motors, pumps, blowers),
: g. Handling equipment - load tests of cranes, hoists,        rotation, speed, vibration, noise, and no-load operation; conveyors, hooks, and handling adapters, and accessories.    (g) handling equipment (load tests of cranes, hoists,
: h. Containment systems.                                      conveyors, hooks, handling adapters, and accessories);
: i. Air handling systems.                                      (h) containment systems;
: j. Fuel storage and handling systems.                        (i) air handling systems;
: k. Reactor components handling systems.                      (j) fuel storage and handling systems;
: 1. Instrument air systems.                                    (k) reactor component handling systems; 05/26/04                                                                                                                                        Page 22 of 27
 
Supplementary Quality Assurance Requirements                Quality Assurance Requirements for Installation,                        COMMENTS For Installation, Inspection And Testing Of            Inspection, and Testing of Mechanical Equipment Mechanical Equipment And Systems For The                          and Systems for Nuclear Power Plants Construction Phase Of Nuclear Power Plants                              NQA-1 1994 Subpart 2.8 ANSI N45.2.8 - 1975
: m. Fluid service systems.                                  (l) instrument air systems;
: n. Waste effluent systems.                                  (m) fluid service systems;
: o. Auxiliary building systems.                              (n) waste effluent systems; (o) auxiliary building systems.
Where mechanical equipment and systems interface with,      Where mechanical equipment and systems interface with,      Similar requirement.
and their operation must coordinate with, non-mechanical    and their operation must coordinate with, nonmechanical      Additional information on inspections and equipment or systems, the test performed shall include      equipment or systems, the test performed shall include      tests is addressed in NQA-1, Basic verifying the compatibility of interfacing equipment and    verifying the compatibility of interfacing equipment and    Requirements 10 and 11, and functions. For additional information on inspections. tests functions.                                                  Supplements 10S-1 and 11S-1.
and procedures, see Section 6 of ANSI N18.7.
5.3 Cold Functional Tests                                  5.3 Cold Functional Tests These tests follow preoperational testing of individual    These tests follow preoperational testing of individual      Similar requirement.
systems including reactor coolant systems. This testing    systems, including reactor coolant systems. This testing shall be performed to obtain operational data of equipment  shall be performed to obtain operational data of equipment with maximum allowable simultaneous operation of            and maximum allowable simultaneous operation of interfacing systems and equipment and final verification of interfacing systems and equipment, the final verification of functional performance of these systems..                  functional performance of these systems.
5.3.1 Reactor Coolant System Hydrostatic Tests.            5.3.1 Reactor Coolant System Hydrostatic Tests.
As applicable to the reactor system type, hydrostatic tests As applicable to reactor system type, hydrostatic tests to  Similar requirement.
to verify conformance to specified requirements when        verify conformance to specified requirements, when performed on the reactor coolant system, shall include all  performed on the reactor coolant system, shall include all or parts of connected systems which cannot be isolated      or parts of connected systems which cannot be isolated from the test pressure. The applicable test requirements    from the test pressure. The applicable test requirements are contained in Section III of the Code.                  are contained in Section Ill of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code.
5.3.2 Functional and Flow Testing.                          5.3.2 Functional and Flow Testing.
The required individual systems shall be tested to          The required individual systems shall be tested to          Similar requirement.
demonstrate cold functional operability of individual      demonstrate cold functional operability of individual components, subsystems and systems, and to demonstrate      components, subsystems, and systems, and to demonstrate compatibility with other systems. These tests, where        compatibility with other systems. These tests, where appropriate, shall demonstrate the following:              appropriate, shall demonstrate the following:
: a. System pressure drop.                                    (a) system pressure drop 05/26/04                                                                                                                                            Page 23 of 27
 
Supplementary Quality Assurance Requirements                Quality Assurance Requirements for Installation,                        COMMENTS For Installation, Inspection And Testing Of              Inspection, and Testing of Mechanical Equipment Mechanical Equipment And Systems For The                            and Systems for Nuclear Power Plants Construction Phase Of Nuclear Power Plants                                NQA-1 1994 Subpart 2.8 ANSI N45.2.8 - 1975
: b. Flow rate.                                                (b) flow rate
: c. Controls and throttling device settings.                  (c) controls and throttling device settings
: d. Function of interlocks, alarms and automatic features.    (d) function of interlocks, alarms, and automatic features
: e. Instrument calibration.                                  (e) instrument calibration
: f. Setting of meter biases.                                  (f) setting of meter biases
: g. Systems stability.                                        (g) system stability
: h. Adequacy of pipe and equipment support settings.          (h) adequacy of pipe and equipment support settings I. Heat runs on rotating equipment.                          (i) heat runs on rotating equipment
: j. Adequacy of ventilation, lubrication and cooling systems  (j) adequacy of ventilation, lubrication, and cooling systems under sustained operating conditions.                        under sustained operating conditions
: k. Ability to meet water chemistry requirements              (k) ability to meet water chemistry requirements 5.4 Hot Functional Tests                                    5.4 Hot Functional Tests These tests are not applicable to BWR and HTGR              These tests are not applicable to BWR and HTGR nuclear        Similar requirement.
nuclear plants because these plants use nuclear heat to      plants because these plants use nuclear heat to produce produce the system temperatures. Hot functional tests for    the system temperatures. Hot functional tests for PWR PWR plants follow cold functional tests and simulate plant  plants follow cold function tests and simulate plant operating conditions at elevated temperatures and            operating conditions at elevated temperatures and pressures. All auxiliary and support systems exclusive of    pressures. All auxiliary and support systems exclusive of those required for pre-criticality testing must be available those required for precriticality testing must be available for these tests. If any of these systems are not available,  for these tests. If any of these systems is not available, the the responsible organization shall specifically authorize    responsible organization shall specifically authorize exclusion of these systems or subsystems from testing        exclusion of these systems from testing and document and document those exceptions.                              those exceptions.
These systems shall include the following as a minimum:      These systems shall include the following as a minimum:
: a. System pressure drop.                                    (a) system pressure drop
: b. Flow rate.                                                (b) flow rate
: c. Controls and throttling device settings.                  (c) controls and throttling device settings
: d. Function of interlocks, alarms and automatic features.    (d) function of interlocks, alarms, and automatic features
: e. Instrument calibration.                                  (e) instrument calibration
: f. Setting of meter biases.                                  ( f ) setting of meter biases
: g. Systems stability.                                        (g) system stability
: h. Adequacy of pipe and equipment support settings.          (h) adequacy of pipe and equipment support settings I. Heat runs on rotating equipment.                          (i) heat runs on rotating equipment 05/26/04                                                                                                                                        Page 24 of 27
 
Supplementary Quality Assurance Requirements                Quality Assurance Requirements for Installation,                      COMMENTS For Installation, Inspection And Testing Of              Inspection, and Testing of Mechanical Equipment Mechanical Equipment And Systems For The                          and Systems for Nuclear Power Plants Construction Phase Of Nuclear Power Plants                              NQA-1 1994 Subpart 2.8 ANSI N45.2.8 - 1975
: j. Verification of heat exchanger performance.              (j) verification of heat exchanger performance
: k. Verification of boron control system performance.        (k) verification of boron control system performance
: 1. Thermal insulation effectiveness.                        (l) thermal insulation effectiveness
: m. Set points of temperature, pressure and level devices.    (m) set points of temperature, pressure, and level devices
: n. System heatup tests.                                      (n) system heatup tests
: o. System cooldown tests.                                    (o) system cooldown tests
: p. Hot flow tests.                                          (p) hot flow tests
: q. Setting protective devices.                              (q) setting protective devices
: r. Hot clearances.                                          (r) hot clearances
: s. Vibration measurements of major equipment and piping,    (s) vibration measurements of major equipment and piping, as applicable.                                              as applicable
: 6. DATA ANALYSIS AND EVALUATION                              6 DATA ANALYSIS AND EVALUATION Procedures shall be established for processing inspection    Procedures shall be established for processing inspection    Similar requirement.
and test data and their analysis, evaluation, and final      and test data and their analysis, evaluation, and final acceptance. These procedures shall identify individuals or  acceptance. These procedures shall identify individuals or organizations responsible for the acquisition and reduction  organizations responsible for the acquisitions and reduction of inspection and test data and evaluation against          of inspection and test data, and evaluation against acceptance criteria, operating limits, and performance      acceptance criteria, operating limits, and performance standards. The data processing procedure should provide      standards. The data processing procedure shall provide for for preliminary evaluation to determine the validity of the  preliminary evaluation to determine the validity of the inspection and test results, and the appropriateness of      inspection and test results and the appropriateness of continuing the inspection or test. The data shall be        continuing the inspection or test. The data shall be analyzed and evaluated to verify completeness of results,    analyzed and evaluated to verify completeness of results, achievement of inspection and test objectives, and          achievement of inspection and test objectives, and operational proficiency of equipment and systems; to        operational proficiency of equipment and systems; to identify additional inspection or test requirements or both; identify additional inspection or test requirements or both; and to identify necessary changes to the installation        and to identify necessary changes to the installation inspection or test procedures. Inspection and test results  inspection or test procedures. Inspection and test results supported by the inspection and test data, together with a  supported by the inspection and test data, together with a report of data analysis and evaluation, shall be provided as report of data analysis and evaluation, shall be provided as specified in Section 7.                                      specified in Section 7.
: 7. RECORDS                                                  7 RECORDS Record copies of completed procedures; reports; required    Record copies of procedures, reports, required              Similar requirement. NQA-1 establishes 05/26/04                                                                                                                                          Page 25 of 27
 
Supplementary Quality Assurance Requirements              Quality Assurance Requirements for Installation,                    COMMENTS For Installation, Inspection And Testing Of            Inspection, and Testing of Mechanical Equipment Mechanical Equipment And Systems For The                      and Systems for Nuclear Power Plants Construction Phase Of Nuclear Power Plants                            NQA-1 1994 Subpart 2.8 ANSI N45.2.8 - 1975 qualification records, test equipment calibration records; qualification records, test equipment calibration records, requirements for collection, storage, and test deviation or exception records; and inspection,      test deviation or exception records, and inspection,      maintenance of records in Part I, Basic examination and check records shall be prepared. These    examination, and check records shall be prepared. These    Requirement 17 and Supplement 17S-1.
shall be placed with other project records as required by  records shall be retained with other project records as code, standard, specification or project procedures.      required by code, standard, specification, or project Collection, storage and maintenance of quality assurance  procedures.
records shall be in accordance with ANSI N45.2.9.
: 8. REVISION OF AMERICAN NATIONAL                                                                                      See the comment associated with STANDARDS REFERRED TO IN THIS DOCUMENT                                                                                N45.2.8 § 1.5 regarding referenced When the following, standards referred to in this                                                                    standards.
document are superseded by a revision approved by the American National Standards Institute, the revision is not mandatory until it has been incorporated as a part of this standard. Revisions of the referenced standards, and revisions to this standard issued after the date of a specific contract invoking this standard may be used by mutual consent of the purchaser and the supplier.
N18.7-1972 Administrative Controls for Nuclear Power Plants N45.2-1971 Quality Assurance Program Requirements for Nuclear Power Plants N45.2.1-1973 Cleaning of Fluid Systems and Associated Components During the Construction Phase of Nuclear Power Plants N45.2.2-1972 Packaging, Shipping, Receiving, Storage and Handling of Items for Nuclear Power Plants (During the Construction Phase)
N45.2.3-1973 Housekeeping During the Construction Phase of Nuclear Power Plants N45.2.6-1973 Qualifications of Inspection, Examination and Testing Personnel for the Construction Phase of Nuclear Power Plants N45.2.9-1974 Requirements for Collection, Storage and 05/26/04                                                                                                                                        Page 26 of 27
 
Supplementary Quality Assurance Requirements        Quality Assurance Requirements for Installation, COMMENTS For Installation, Inspection And Testing Of      Inspection, and Testing of Mechanical Equipment Mechanical Equipment And Systems For The                and Systems for Nuclear Power Plants Construction Phase Of Nuclear Power Plants                    NQA-1 1994 Subpart 2.8 ANSI N45.2.8 - 1975 Maintenance of Quality Assurance Records for Nuclear Power Plants N45.2.10-1973 Quality Assurance Terms and Definitions 05/26/04                                                                                                      Page 27 of 27
 
ANSI N45.2.2-1972, Section 7. Handling                Quality Assurance Requirements for Hoisting, Rigging,                      COMMENTS and Transporting Items for Nuclear Power Plants NQA-1 1994 Subpart 2.15 Note: Some of this information was previously addressed in ANSI N45.2.2-1972 and endorsed by NRC Regulatory Guide 1.38-Rev. 2. Applicable sections are shown below. One Regulatory Position and VA alternative are described below regarding re-rating of hoisting equipment (NQA-1, § 6.1.4).
1 GENERAL Subpart 2.15 provides requirements for the design,                This subpart of NQA-1 manufacture, acceptance, testing, and use of hoisting, rigging,    addresses additional functions and transporting equipment to maintain the quality of              above the actual handling designated nuclear power plant items which require special        discussed in N45.2.2, Section 7.
handling. It supplements the requirements of Part I and shall be used in conjunction with applicable Basic and Supplementary Sections of Part I when and to the extent specified by the organization invoking Subpart 2.15.
1.4 Definitions                                                  1.1 Definitions The following definitions are provided to assure a uniform      The following definitions are provided to assure a uniform        NQA-1 includes additional understanding of select terms as they are used in this standard. understanding of unique terms as they are used in Subpart          definitions above what was in 2.15.                                                              N45.2.2.
accepted industry standard - a standard established by a group representing individual members from various facets of an industry who normally are those engaged in manufacturing.
This standard is accepted by the responsible organization.
Examples are:
AGMA - American Gear Manufacturers Association AISC - American Institute of Steel Construction AISE - Association of Iron and Steel Engineers consensus standard - a standard established by a group representing a cross section of a particular industry or trade, or a part thereof. A cross section includes those who purchase or use a product of the industry or trade, as well as those who produce these products.
Dynamic Load Test - A test to demonstrate the ability of        dynamic load test - a test wherein designated loads are hoisted,  Similar hoisting equipment to safely handle its rated load by exercising lowered, rotated, or transported through motions and the equipment through vertical and horizontal movement along    accelerations required to simulate handling of the intended item its lines of travel, using a load of specified weight.
05/26/04                                                                                                                                              Page 1 of 23
 
ANSI N45.2.2-1972, Section 7. Handling                Quality Assurance Requirements for Hoisting, Rigging,                      COMMENTS and Transporting Items for Nuclear Power Plants NQA-1 1994 Subpart 2.15 equipment - manufactured assemblies which are used for the handling of items failure stress - that stress at which failure is imminent due to direct loads, excessive deflections or vibrations, or permanent deformations that may lead to unsafe conditions handled load - the weight of the item to be lifted plus the weight of any required rigging, such as lifting beam, slings, hooks, and blocks Handling - The act of physically moving items by hand or by    handling - hoisting, rigging, or transporting of items for nuclear  Similar intent, but NQA-1 mechanical machinery, not including transport modes.            power plants                                                        includes transport as part of handling.
person-in-charge (PIC) - the person who has overall responsibility for handling operations for his organization principal load carrying members - those components of a system whose structural integrity must be maintained to ensure a safe operation principal structural welds - those welds which join or affect the integrity of principal load carrying members responsible organization - a company which is in direct charge of the equipment and manpower actually engaged in a handling operation system - a combination of components arranged for a handling operation 7.1 General                                                    2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS This section contains requirements that are to be fulfilled by  The requirements of Subpart 2.15 apply to any organization or      Similar, but addresses the added the organizations responsible for handling items. This section  individual participating in work relating to hoisting, rigging, and scope of the standard. Includes covers the requirements for the handling of items in Subsection transporting. Hoisting equipment used for handling shall be        relevant general information of 2.7 of this standard utilizing appropriate equipment in        certified by the manufacturer. The certification shall indicate    N45.2.2, subsection 7.2.
accordance with methods and procedures specified to            the various parameters for the maximum load to be handled.
minimize damage and preserve the quality of the item and        Measures shall be established and implemented to perform container.                                                      handling activities for nuclear power plant items (see Subpart 2.2, para. 2.2) and to perform the inspections, examinations, testing, and documentation to verify conformance to specified requirements. These measures are applicable to items that require special handling because of weight, size, susceptibility 05/26/04                                                                                                                                                Page 2 of 23
 
ANSI N45.2.2-1972, Section 7. Handling                Quality Assurance Requirements for Hoisting, Rigging,                      COMMENTS and Transporting Items for Nuclear Power Plants NQA-1 1994 Subpart 2.15 to shock damage, high nil-ductility transition temperatures, or any other conditions that warrant special instructions to preserve the quality of items and container. Where this Subpart references the use of consensus standards, these measures shall include the applicable requirements of the ASME/ANSI B30 series, Safety Standards for Cableways, Cranes, Derricks, Hoists, Hooks, Jacks, and Slings, and of ANSI/ASME A l 0.5, Safety Requirements for Material Hoists. Subpart 2.15 applies from the time these items are ready for delivery.
Use of permanent plant handling equipment during the construction phase is prohibited unless specifically authorized by the plant owner and conducted in accordance with the plant owners Quality Assurance Program. If such equipment is to be used during the construction phase, it shall be reviewed to assure that such use conforms to paras. 4.1, 4.2, and 4.3; paras. 5.1, 5.2, and 5.3; paras. 6.1, 6.2, and 6.3, and Section 7, as applicable, in addition to the other requirements of Subpart 2.15.
After construction use and prior to release to the owner, the permanent plant handling equipment shall be restored to its design configuration, and it shall be inspected and tested as specified in a procedure furnished by the owner or his designee.
During subsequent use, the testing, inspection, and maintenance shall be performed as specified by applicable standards.
The requirements of Subpart 2.15 may also be extended to other appropriate parts of nuclear power plants when specified in contract documents, or to modifications involving operating plants. For other requirements, see applicable sections of Subpart 2.2.
7.2 Methods and Procedures                                      2.1 Planning and Procedures Detailed handling instructions and procedures shall be prepared Planning and procedure preparation shall be in accordance          Similar requirements, includes for all items that require special handling instructions because with the requirements of the introduction to this Part (Part II). requirement to comply with 05/26/04                                                                                                                                              Page 3 of 23
 
ANSI N45.2.2-1972, Section 7. Handling                    Quality Assurance Requirements for Hoisting, Rigging,                      COMMENTS and Transporting Items for Nuclear Power Plants NQA-1 1994 Subpart 2.15 of weight, size, susceptibility to shock damage, high nil ductility Procedures and instructions shall contain sufficient detail such  applicable regulations.
transition temperatures, or any other conditions that warrant      as weights, sling locations, balance points, methods of special instructions. Such instructions or procedures shall be      attachment, maximum hoist line speeds, and other pertinent made available prior to the time the item is to be handled and      features to be considered as necessary for safe handling to shall give weights, sling locations, balance points, methods of    govern handling operations, inspection thereof, and attachment, maximum hoist line speeds and other pertinent          documentation in accordance with this Part. Planning shall features to be considered as necessary for safe handling.          provide for compliance with applicable federal, state, and local Items not specifically covered above shall be handled in            regulations.
accordance with sound material handling practices.
2.2 Classification of Items Handled The requirements for activities covered by Subpart 2.15 are        Classification not addressed in based on classifying the items into three categories according    N45.2.2, and the current to their important physical characteristics. It is recognized that programs may not specifically within the scope of each category there may be a range of          use these categories. Alternative controls, and that the need for, and extent of detailed handling  proposed to not necessarily use requirements for an item, is dependent on the importance of        these specific category the item to safe, reliable operation of the plant and the          designations, but ensure the complexity of the operation. Pertinent manufacturers              applicable requirements are met requirements shall be considered when classifying the items.      for the individual handling Items for which handling activities are covered by Subpart        operations.
2.15 shall be classified into one of the three categories below.
An item shall not be reclassified to a lower status without approval by the responsible organization which assigned the original category.
2.2.1 Category A.
Items classified in Category A are those that require specially selected equipment and detailed procedures for handling operations because of large size and weight. Examples of items that may be assigned to this category are:
(a) reactor vessels (b) steam generators (c) major components of reactor vessel internals (d) primary system pressurizers (e) spent fuel casks (f ) subassemblies requiring specially selected equipment 05/26/04                                                                                                                                                    Page 4 of 23
 
ANSI N45.2.2-1972, Section 7. Handling  Quality Assurance Requirements for Hoisting, Rigging,            COMMENTS and Transporting Items for Nuclear Power Plants NQA-1 1994 Subpart 2.15 because of size or weight, such as prestressed concrete reactor vessel liners 2.2.2 Category B Items classified in Category B are those that may be handled with conventional handling equipment but which require detailed procedures because of the susceptibility to damage.
Examples of items that may be assigned to this category are:
(a) reactor vessel head (b) primary and intermediate coolant pumps and their internals (c) designated instrument cabinets and control boards (d) control rod drive mechanisms (e) helium circulators (f ) fuel handling equipment (g) purification equipment (h) fuel (i) core components (small) 2.2.3 Category C.
Items classified in Category C are those that may be handled with conventional equipment using sound rigging practice.
Included in this category are both construction and permanent plant items not included in Categories A and B.
3 TYPES OF HANDLING EQUIPMENT Equipment used for handling of items, as covered by this Part, can be divided into four general types. Paragraphs 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, and 3.4 define these four types of handling equipment and list some examples.
3.1 Standard Manufactured Component Handling equipment classed as a standard manufactured component is equipment which is available for several sources.
This equipment is normally a catalog item, generally kept in stock, and normally used as a component of a handling system.
Examples of standard manufactured components are:
(a) chains and chain accessories such as hooks, shackles, and links; (b) fiber ropes and accessories; 05/26/04                                                                                                              Page 5 of 23
 
ANSI N45.2.2-1972, Section 7. Handling  Quality Assurance Requirements for Hoisting, Rigging,          COMMENTS and Transporting Items for Nuclear Power Plants NQA-1 1994 Subpart 2.15 (c) hooks such as link or eye type, single, sister, and miscellaneous; (d) transporting devices such as casters, rollers, shoes, and wheels; (e) wire rope and wire rope accessories such as blocks, clamps, sockets, thimbles, and turnbuckles; (f) miscellaneous items such as cribbing, eyebolts, pads, swivel devices, links, shackles, and sheaves.
3.2 Commercial Standard Design Equipment Commercial standard design equipment for handling is equipment which is available as an item of standard design and manufacture. Examples of commercial standard design equipment are:
(a) gantry, mobile, overhead, and jib cranes; (b) guys and stiffleg derricks; (c) hoists, winches, and trolleys; (d) jacks and jacking systems; (e) transporting devices such as forklift trucks, railcars, tractors, trailers, and transporters; (f) elements of commercial standard design equipment such as booms, masts, and struts; (g) other optional standard accessories and adaptations available from the equipment manufacturer, 3.3 Special Designed Equipment Special designed equipment for handling is equipment which is not available from a commercial source as a catalog or standard designed item, or equipment for which no generally accepted consensus standard exists. This type of equipment may be designated and fabricated by using standard manufactured components and commercial standard designed equipment or by using a combination of nonstandard and standard equipment. Examples of special designed equipment are:
(a) special gin poles, derricks, and jacking towers; (b) special crane supports such as runways, columns, and 05/26/04                                                                                                              Page 6 of 23
 
ANSI N45.2.2-1972, Section 7. Handling  Quality Assurance Requirements for Hoisting, Rigging,          COMMENTS and Transporting Items for Nuclear Power Plants NQA-1 1994 Subpart 2.15 frames; (c) rigging devices such as spreader beams, strongbacks, upend and downend devices, bolsters, and yokes; (d) transporting systems such as dollies, special rail cars, and transporters.
3.4 Permanent Plant Handling Equipment Permanent plant handling equipment employed for handling nuclear plant items is equipment which is intended primarily for maintenance and operation of the nuclear power plant but which may also be used for construction. It may consist of standard manufactured components as defined in para. 3.1, commercial standard design equipment as defined in para. 3.2, or special designed equipment as defined in para. 3.3.
Examples of permanent plant handling equipment are:
(a) fuel handling equipment; (b) overhead and gantry cranes for reactor and auxiliary (spent fuel) buildings.
4 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS Due to the wide range of equipment normally used in the handling of items for nuclear plants, it is appropriate that different criteria be used for designing different types of handling equipment. This Section describes specific design criteria which are appropriate for most applications and which are recommended for general use. If it can be shown that these criteria are not appropriate for specific application, the engineer responsible shall select compatible criteria and document the justification. It is recognized that some items are also covered by other standards, which may be more stringent than Subpart 2.15, and items must meet requirements of both.
Hoisting, rigging, and transporting equipment which is to be used exclusively during the construction phase shall be designed in accordance with paras. 4.1, 4.2, and 4.3.
Permanent plant handling equipment is designed and selected in accordance with other standards.
The organization responsible for the design shall establish a 05/26/04                                                                                                              Page 7 of 23
 
ANSI N45.2.2-1972, Section 7. Handling  Quality Assurance Requirements for Hoisting, Rigging,              COMMENTS and Transporting Items for Nuclear Power Plants NQA-1 1994 Subpart 2.15 program for assuring that the handling equipment conforms to the design requirements of the applicable potions of Subpart 2.15.
4.1 Standard Manufactured Components Standard manufactured components shall be selected to safely perform the intended operations structurally, mechanically, and electrically. They shall have been designed to conform to accepted industry standards.
4.2 Commercial Standard Design Commercial standard design equipment shall be selected to safely perform the intended operations structurally, mechanically, and electrically. They shall have been designed to conform to consensus standards, or when a consensus standard is not totally adequate, to accepted standards.
4.3 Special Designed Equipment Special designed equipment shall be designed to safely perform the intended operations structurally, mechanically, and electrically. Standard manufactured components or commercial standard design equipment, or elements thereof, incorporated into the total system, shall meet the requirements of paras. 4.1 and 4.2, respectively, with safety factors as recommended by the manufacturer of the components and equipment.
4.3.1 Structural.
Structural design of the equipment, except as noted in (a) through (j), shall be in accordance, as applicable, with the latest accepted edition of Manual of Steel Construction of the American Institute of Steel Construction, Timber Construction Manual of the American Institute of Timber Construction, and Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete (AC1 318) of the American Concrete Institute.
(a) Equipment components shall be designed for the appropriate combination of vertical and horizontal loads.
(b) The effects of seismic activity need not be included in combination with lifting or transporting operations during 05/26/04                                                                                                                Page 8 of 23
 
ANSI N45.2.2-1972, Section 7. Handling  Quality Assurance Requirements for Hoisting, Rigging,              COMMENTS and Transporting Items for Nuclear Power Plants NQA-1 1994 Subpart 2.15 construction.
(c) Winds in excess of 50 mph (80.5 km/h) normally need not be considered in combination with lifting or transporting operations as these operations are normally suspended before winds exceed 50 mph (80.5 km/h). If available historical wind data indicate the likelihood of operations occurring during winds greater than 50 mph (80.5 km/h), such data shall be utilized as the basis of design. ANSI A58.1, Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures, shall be used to determine the appropriate wind loads. If these forces have not been considered in design, the lifting and transporting activities shall be suspended before winds reach 50 mph (80.5 km/h).
(d) Special designed equipment normally is designed for a limited number of operations. Fatigue factors shall be included where applicable.
(e) Vertical impact shall be considered in the design, and selection of impact loads shall be supported by analysis. In no case shall vertical impact load be less than 10% of maximum handled load, excluding test load.
(f) Longitudinal and transverse horizontal forces shall be determined by the maximum acceleration or deceleration which can be delivered by the complete hoisting or transporting system, the maximum grades or slide slopes encountered, maximum out-of-plumb lift, wind, and similar loads. In no case shall longitudinal or transverse horizontal forces be less than 2% of maximum handled load.
(g) For the entire system considered as a whole, the ratio of failure stress to calculated stress shall be no less than 1.67.
This minimum ratio shall exist after considering such factors as unequal load distribution, stability, slenderness ratios, and joint efficiencies.
(h) Calculated stresses developed by handling the combination of dynamic test load and vertical impact, plus longitudinal or transverse horizontal loads, if applicable, shall not exceed 133% of allowable stresses.
05/26/04                                                                                                                Page 9 of 23
 
ANSI N45.2.2-1972, Section 7. Handling  Quality Assurance Requirements for Hoisting, Rigging,            COMMENTS and Transporting Items for Nuclear Power Plants NQA-1 1994 Subpart 2.15 (i) Nondestructive examinations to be performed during manufacture and the acceptance criteria for these examinations shall be specified by the responsible design organization. Particular attention shall be given to lamellar tearing, highly restrained connections, and welds joining load carrying members.
(j) Guys and guyed systems, such as column supported girders with traveling hoists, gallows, frames, guyed derricks, and similar equipment, shall be designed to provide system stability and restraint by:
(1) maintenance columns, poles, or masts in the desired position and within desired tolerances; (2) providing capability to resist forces caused by handling Operations, impact, wind, opposing guys, eccentricity, and other similar causes.
The design shall consider the following as a minimum:
(a) handled load (b) height of column and column capability (c) slope of the guys (d) load sharing of multiple guyed systems (e) pretension requirements (f )physical characteristics or wire rope, such as area, modulus of elasticity, and spring constant (g) footing and anchorage adequacy (h) secondary loads caused by stretch of guys (i) safety factors (j) end connections (k) Nil-ductility transition temperatures shall be considered in the design. Design criteria shall be selected by the organization responsible for the design.
4.3.2 Mechanical.
The following special conditions apply to the mechanical design.
(a) Special designed equipment normally is designed for a single operation, or for a limited number of operations. Life, 05/26/04                                                                                                              Page 10 of 23
 
ANSI N45.2.2-1972, Section 7. Handling  Quality Assurance Requirements for Hoisting, Rigging,            COMMENTS and Transporting Items for Nuclear Power Plants NQA-1 1994 Subpart 2.15 durability, and fatigue factors shall be included where applicable.
(b) Gearing shall be designed by use of American Gear Manufacturers Association formulas, or equivalent formulas, for strength only.
(c) Each independent wire rope or chain and sprocket hoisting unit shall have at least one holding brake. At the place where the brake is applied, the minimum static torque rating shall be 150% of the torque required to hold the maximum load to be handled, excluding the test load.
(d) Engines, gear boxes, torque converters, couplings, hydraulic jacks, pumps, valves, fittings, lines, and similar components used for hoisting operations shall be designed in conformance with the consensus standard and shall be sized to:
(1) handle load, excluding test load, within the manufacturers rated capacity; (2) operate continuously during the specified duty cycle; (3) safely resist maximum loads imposed by emergency braking.
(e) Hydraulic circuit design shall take into consideration the need for design features which minimize possibilities of unexpected lowering of loads.
(f) Engines, electric motors, brakes, gear boxes, cylinders, bearing housings, and similar components which support any part of the load shall be secured to the main structure in such a way that the entire system, including components, meets structural requirements to adequately support the load.
(g) Rigidity of machinery base, shafts, and similar components shall be adequate to permit proper functioning of the equipment under operating conditions.
4.3.3 Electrical.
The following special conditions apply to the electrical design.
(a) Electrical components and wiring used for hoisting operations shall be designed in conformance with consensus standards and shall be sized to:
05/26/04                                                                                                              Page 11 of 23
 
ANSI N45.2.2-1972, Section 7. Handling                  Quality Assurance Requirements for Hoisting, Rigging,                  COMMENTS and Transporting Items for Nuclear Power Plants NQA-1 1994 Subpart 2.15 (1) lift the handled load, excluding test load, within the manufacturers rated capacity; (2) operate continuously during the specified duty cycle; (3) be compatible with mechanical requirements for brakes in accordance with para. 4.3.2(c).
(b) Electrical circuits shall contain provisions for proper grounding and shall incorporate design features to minimize possibilities of unexpected lowering of load.
5 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA FOR MANUFACTURED HANDLING EQUIPMENT 7.3 Hoisting Equipment                                          This Section contains the requirements for manufacture and    There is not a one-for-one All equipment for handling items shall be used and maintained    acceptance of manufactured equipment, structures, and          correlation of these N45.2.2 in accordance with the following:                                accessories used in the handling of nuclear power plant items. requirements to the NQA-1, 7.3.1 Hoisting equipment used for handling shall be certified by                                                                Subpart 2.15 requirements.
the manufacturer. The certification shall indicate the various                                                                  However, the requirements from parameters for the maximum load to be handled.                                                                                  N45.2.2 are all addressed, 7.3.2 Hoisting equipment shall not be loaded beyond its rated                                                                  and/or expounded upon, load, as certified by the manufacturer, except for test                                                                        throughout Sections 5, 6, and 7 purposes.                                                                                                                      of the NQA-1 Subpart.
7.3.3 The requirements of ANSI B30.2.0, Safety Standard for Overhead and Gantry Cranes, ANSI B30.5, Safety Standard for Crawler, Locomotive and Truck Cranes, ANSI B30.6, Safety Standard for Derricks, and ANSI A10.5, Safety Requirements for Material Hoists shall be followed.
5.1 Standard Manufactured Components Standard manufactured components shall be manufactured and accepted in accordance with accepted industry standards.
5.2 Commercial Standard Design Commercial standard design equipment shall be manufactured and accepted in accordance with applicable consensus standards.
5.3 Special Design Equipment Special design equipment shall be based upon one of the following criteria.
5.3.1 Acceptance of existing equipment shall be based upon 05/26/04                                                                                                                                          Page 12 of 23
 
ANSI N45.2.2-1972, Section 7. Handling  Quality Assurance Requirements for Hoisting, Rigging,          COMMENTS and Transporting Items for Nuclear Power Plants NQA-1 1994 Subpart 2.15 one of the following criteria.
(a) Historical data which show satisfactory performance in handling loads within the design capability, which are equal to or greater than the intended loads. This history would include records of tests, inspections, and maintenance performed on the equipment, along with the record of actual handling operations.
(b) A load test in accordance with Section 6.
(c) Recognition of capability by an engineer or other qualified materials handling individual when the equipment is handling Category C items only.
5.3.2 Acceptance criteria for new equipment and modifications to existing equipment shall conform with the following requirements.
(a) The design shall have been performed in accordance with Section 4.
(b) Standard manufactured components or commercial standard design equipment incorporated in the total system shall meet the requirements of para.5.1 or 5.2.
(c) Structural steel elements shall be fabricated and erected in accordance with the latest edition of AISC S302, Code of Standard Practices for Buildings and Bridges. The following additional items shall be required.
(1) Principal load carrying members shall be designated by the design organization responsible for either or both the design and application of the equipment. Materials of principal load carrying members shall meet any one of the following three qualifications:
(a) record of meeting the minimum mechanical properties as documented by certified material test reports; (b) mechanical test report of a sample of the material showing adequate mechanical properties (this may be made by the manufacturer or a testing laboratory);
(c) conservatism of design, documented by engineer's calculations [this option is acceptable only in emergency 05/26/04                                                                                                            Page 13 of 23
 
ANSI N45.2.2-1972, Section 7. Handling  Quality Assurance Requirements for Hoisting, Rigging,            COMMENTS and Transporting Items for Nuclear Power Plants NQA-1 1994 Subpart 2.15 situations, where last minute changes have proved necessary by field conditions, and where options (a) and (b) above are not available].
(2) Structural welds shall be made by qualified welders using qualified procedures in accordance with the applicable requirements of the AWS D1.l, Structural Welding Code -
Steel.
(3) Welds joining principal load carrying members shall be inspected as described in Section 6.
(4) Structural elements of material other than steel shall be constructed in accordance with applicable consensus or accepted industry standards.
(d) Operational tests of the entire system shall be conducted in accordance with Section 6.
(e) Recognition of capability by an engineer or other qualified materials handling individual will suffice in lieu of (a), (c)(l),
and (d) above when the equipment is handling Category C items only.
6 TESTING, INSPECTION, AND MAINTENANCE This Section defines requirements for testing, inspection, and maintenance to assure that the equipment will perform as required for the safe handling of items at nuclear facilities.
6.1 Testing A test program shall be established to demonstrate that the handling component or equipment will perform satisfactorily in service. Testing may involve either operational or load type tests, or a combination of the two. Operational type tests cover checks of control functions and capabilities. Load type tests ensure structural and mechanical capability. Test loads shall normally be handled at the same speeds and rates of acceleration (deceleration) as planned for the intended item, except that when dynamic test loads greater than 100% are designated, the rates of acceleration (deceleration) may be adjusted downward. in addition, the following shall apply as applicable.
05/26/04                                                                                                              Page 14 of 23
 
ANSI N45.2.2-1972, Section 7. Handling  Quality Assurance Requirements for Hoisting, Rigging,            COMMENTS and Transporting Items for Nuclear Power Plants NQA-1 1994 Subpart 2.15 6.1.1 Standard Manufacturing Components.
One of the following will satisfy the requirements for testing of these components:
(a) tests as required by applicable accepted industry standards (b) actual proof load tests by the manufacturer (c) dynamic load tests as part of the system being tested to 110% of the maximum load to be handled 6.1.2 Commercial Standard Design Equipment.
One of the following will satisfy the requirements for testing of this equipment:
(a) tests as required by applicable consensus standard (b) a dynamic load test equal to 110% of the maximum load to be handled 6.1.3 Special Designed Equipment.
Requirements for testing of this equipment shall be as follows.
(a) An operational test shall be performed. This test shall be over the portion of the motions applicable to the handling system tested.
(b) A dynamic load test equal to 110% of the maximum load to be handled by the complete system shall be performed, except that documented proof of equivalent handling ability as described in para. 5.3.1(a) may be substituted. Transport equipment tests shall demonstrate adequacy of braking, drawbar pull, stability, and other similar factors. Testing shall take place with equipment in the location where it will be used for actual handling of the item, except that in cases where the test would interfere with, or needlessly endanger an existing item or the item to be lifted, testing may be conducted at another location, on or near the construction site. Where practical and useful, load tests shall be applied over the entire range of motions required for the actual handling of the item, with the following exceptions.
(1) Spreader bars, jacks, slings, or similar items whose loading is independent of travel may be tested in test fixtures at locations other than the construction site.
05/26/04                                                                                                              Page 15 of 23
 
ANSI N45.2.2-1972, Section 7. Handling                Quality Assurance Requirements for Hoisting, Rigging,                      COMMENTS and Transporting Items for Nuclear Power Plants NQA-1 1994 Subpart 2.15 (2) Transporting vehicles need not be tested over the entire length of travel.
During subsequent use, the testing, inspection, and maintenance shall be performed as specified by other standards.
6.1.4 Rerated Equipment.
7.3.4 For special lifts, hoisting equipment may be re-rated, or  For special lifts, hoisting equipment may be rerated, or            NRC Regulatory Position is modified and re-rated, upon approval by the manufacturer or if  modified and rerated, upon approval by the manufacturer or, if      incorporated into the NQA-1 the manufacturer's specifications are not available, the        the manufacturer's specifications are not available, the            requirements.
limitations assigned to the equipment shall be based on the      limitations assigned to the equipment shall be based on the        The level of detail in the determinations of a qualified engineer competent in this field  determinations of a qualified engineer competent in this field      previous QA program alternative and such determination shall be documented and recorded          and such determination shall be documented and recorded            should be contained in the appropriately. Re-rated equipment shall be given a dynamic      appropriately.                                                      implementing procedures rather load test over the full range of the lift using a test weight at Rerated equipment shall be given a dynamic load test over the      than the QA Program least equal to the lift weight. A dynamic test includes raising, full range of the lift using a test weight at least equal to 110%  description.
lowering and traversing the load in contrast to a static test    of the lift weight. A dynamic test includes raising, lowering, where the test weight may be increased incrementally with no    and traversing the load, in contrast to a static test, in which the movement.                                                        test weight may be increased incrementally with no movement.
NRC Regulatory Guide 1.38, Regulatory Position C.1.b:
: b. Subdivision 7.3.4 of ANSI N45.2.2-1972 delineates requirements for re-rating hoisting equipment for special lifts.
This subdivision requires that re-rated equipment be given a dynamic load test over the full range of the lift, using a test weight at least equal to the lift weight. In lieu of this requirement, the test weight used in temporarily re-rating hoisting equipment for special lifts in accordance with the provisions of subdivision 7.3.4 should be at least equal to 110%
of the lift weight.
Clarification from the current VA QATR:
(23) With regard to Section 7.3 of ANSI N45.2.2-1972, titled Hoisting Equipment: Rerating of hoisting equipment will be considered only when absolutely necessary. Prior to performing any lift above the load rating, the equipment manufacturer must be contacted for his approval and direction.
The manufacturer must be requested to supply a document 05/26/04                                                                                                                                                Page 16 of 23
 
ANSI N45.2.2-1972, Section 7. Handling                  Quality Assurance Requirements for Hoisting, Rigging,                  COMMENTS and Transporting Items for Nuclear Power Plants NQA-1 1994 Subpart 2.15 granting approval for a limited number of lifts at the new rating and any restrictions involved, such as modifications to be made to the equipment, the number lifts to be made at the new rating, and the test lift load. At all times, the codes governing rerating of hoisting equipment must be observed. If rerating hoisting equipment is necessary and the Company cannot or does not contact the equipment manufacturer as described above, the test weight used in temporarily rerating hoisting equipment for special lifts will be at least equal to 110% of the lift weight. A dynamic load test over the full range of the lift using a weight at least equal to the lift weight shall be performed.
7.4 Inspection of Equipment and Rigging                          6.2 Inspection An inspection program shall be established for equipment and      Handling equipment in use shall be subjected to inspection. There is not a one-for-one rigging. A system shall be established that will indicate        Inspections as detailed herein include three types: frequent,  correlation between the acceptability of all equipment and rigging after each inspection. periodic, and major. Evidence of inspections and the results of subsections of N45.2.2 to the This system shall specify control of nonconforming lifting        periodic and major inspections shall be documented.            Inspection requirements of equipment. Periodic inspections shall be supplemented with                                                                        NQA-1. However, the intent of special visual and non-destructive examinations and dynamic                                                                      the required inspections is met load tests prior to handling of items described in Subsection 7.2                                                                through the requirements of this of this standard.                                                                                                                subsection to NQA-1, Subpart 7.4.1 Rigging that is frayed, worn or otherwise deteriorated                                                                      2.15.
shall not be used.
7.4.2 Hoisting equipment that does not meet manufacturer's specifications shall not be used.
7.4.3 Equipment and rigging shall be kept clean and free of contaminants that are detrimental to the material being handled.
7.4.4 Rigging items such as hooks, shackles and turnbuckles that appear to have yielded or are distorted shall not be used.
6.2.1 Frequent Inspections.
Frequent inspections are those performed on a day-to-day or similarly frequent basis. The inspections shall conform to the consensus standards and federal, state, and local health and safety regulations. The inspection coverage shall include parts 05/26/04                                                                                                                                            Page 17 of 23
 
ANSI N45.2.2-1972, Section 7. Handling  Quality Assurance Requirements for Hoisting, Rigging,            COMMENTS and Transporting Items for Nuclear Power Plants NQA-1 1994 Subpart 2.15 essential to safe operation plus those parts recommended by the manufacturer. A checklist shall be used to perform the inspections. These inspections shall be performed by the individual responsible for the operation of the particular equipment or by another competent individual.
6.2.2 Periodic Inspections.
Periodic inspections are those performed on a preset interval.
The inspections shall conform to the consensus standards and federal, state, and local safety regulations. The inspection coverage shall include parts essential to safe operation plus those parts recommended by the manufacturer. If a system or component is not included in established codes or standards, it shall be included in a planned, scheduled inspection program developed by the organization responsible for its use and operation. Personnel qualified by experience or special training, as determined by the organization responsible for the inspection, shall perform such inspections. Results of periodic inspections shall be documented.
6.2.3 Major Inspections.
Major inspections are those performed on an as-specified basis and shall conform to a procedure prepared by the responsible organization. The procedure shall also state when the inspections are to be performed. Inspection coverage shall include recommendations of the manufacturer or designer.
Visual examinations or nondestructive examinations shall be used for these inspections as deemed necessary by the designer of the component or system and by the organization responsible for its use and operation. Particular attention shall be paid to the following as applicable:
(a) welds at joints between highly stressed members; (b) welds at joints in principal load carrying members and highly restrained members; (c) excessive deformation in principal load carrying members or parts; (d) adequacy of brakes under both static and dynamic 05/26/04                                                                                                              Page 18 of 23
 
ANSI N45.2.2-1972, Section 7. Handling  Quality Assurance Requirements for Hoisting, Rigging,          COMMENTS and Transporting Items for Nuclear Power Plants NQA-1 1994 Subpart 2.15 loadings; (e) response and positiveness of controls; (f) accuracy and response of load indicators; (g) overheating of power supply.
Welds to be inspected shall be inspected in accordance with the applicable requirements of AWS D1.l, Structural Welding Code - Steel. Nondestructive examinations performed during these inspections shall be performed by an individual certified to Recommended Practice SNT-TC-1A.
Other parts of these inspections shall be performed by personnel qualified by experience or special training, as determined by the organization responsible for the inspections.
Results of major inspections shall be documented.
6.3 Maintenance A maintenance program shall be established to ensure that the handling equipment is maintained in good operating condition.
The program shall provide for adequate protection of equipment which is used in an environment other than the environment for which it is designed. Those responsible for operation of equipment shall be responsible for maintenance.
6.3.1 Prerequisites.
Equipment shall be serviced at specified intervals in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations, severity of service, and environment. Items damaged or worn sufficiently to affect operation of equipment shall be repaired or replaced before continuing operations. Replacement parts shall meet or exceed the specifications of the part being replaced.
6.3.2 Records.
Maintenance shall be documented and the records kept current. These records shall show lubrication, servicing, adjustments, repairs, and replacement of the equipment.
7 CONTROL OF THE USE OF HANDLING EQUIPMENT This Section contains requirements to be fulfilled by the 05/26/04                                                                                                            Page 19 of 23
 
ANSI N45.2.2-1972, Section 7. Handling  Quality Assurance Requirements for Hoisting, Rigging,            COMMENTS and Transporting Items for Nuclear Power Plants NQA-1 1994 Subpart 2.15 organizations that will have operational control of the handling equipment in use at a nuclear power plant. These organizations shall appoint a person-in-charge (PIC). The PIC shall assure that procedures are provided as required; and he shall provide surveillance over the activities of personnel associated with the handling operations to ensure that the procedures are being followed, that specified quality assurance requirements are being met, and that good handling practices are being followed.
7.1 Handling Category A Items 7.1.1 Prerequisites.
Prior to the handling of a specified item and initial use of equipment, it shall have been verified that:
(a) design and manufacture of the equipment are in accordance with Sections 4 and 5; (b) the load carrying capability has been established in accordance with Section 6, and it equals or exceeds the load to be handled; (c) the equipment has been maintained in accordance with Section 6; (d) handling and moving clearances have been investigated and are satisfactory; (e) set down and installation areas have been cleared and prepared as required and are ready to receive the item.
7.1.2 Procedures.
The handling of Category A items shall be in accordance with written approved procedures, and associated instructions or drawings, as applicable. The procedures shall include the following as a minimum.
(a) Responsibilities shall be defined for organizations and key responsible individuals. Their qualifications shall be in accordance with Section 8.
(b) Handling equipment to be used shall be identified, and its selection shall be on the basis of its capability to handle the load. Loads handled shall not exceed the loads used in the design of the equipment.
05/26/04                                                                                                              Page 20 of 23
 
ANSI N45.2.2-1972, Section 7. Handling  Quality Assurance Requirements for Hoisting, Rigging,          COMMENTS and Transporting Items for Nuclear Power Plants NQA-1 1994 Subpart 2.15 (c) Manufacturers instructions and conditions of operation shall be followed for the handling equipment and items to be handled.
(d) Work instructions shall be issued for tasks which, because of their relationship to each other, must be accomplished in a certain sequence.
(e) Where applicable, acceptance criteria shall be specified for determining when a task has been satisfactorily completed.
(f) Inspection checkpoints shall be included when documentation by specific individuals is required as proof of satisfactory completion. Final documentation review and sign-off shall be made to verify that the operations have been performed in accordance with the procedures.
(g) Procedures shall identify maximum safe loads which are permissible and shall describe specific methods of ensuring that these safe loads are not exceeded. Load indicating devices, properly calibrated, shall be used in systems where the primary source of power has the capability of imposing excessive loads on the equipment, component, or item being handled.
(h) The need for soils tests shall be considered. (See Section 3 of Appendix 2.15, Subpart 3.2, Part III.)
7.1.3 Variations.
Variations from the procedures shall be approved and documented. Some situations may require emergency variations from the procedure. The individual with authority to act in emergencies shall have been previously identified (see para. 7.1.2). Such variations shall be documented after the fact.
7.2 Handling Category B Items 7.2.1 Prerequisites.
Prior to the actual handling of a specified item, it shall have been determined that the prerequisites of paras. 6.1 through 6.4 have been implemented. Handling and moving clearances shall have been investigated 05/26/04                                                                                                            Page 21 of 23
 
ANSI N45.2.2-1972, Section 7. Handling                  Quality Assurance Requirements for Hoisting, Rigging,                    COMMENTS and Transporting Items for Nuclear Power Plants NQA-1 1994 Subpart 2.15 7.2.2 Procedures.
The handling of Category B items shall be in accordance with written procedures as set forth under paras. 7.1.2(b), (c), and (d).
7.2.3 Variations.
Variations from the procedure shall be in accordance with para. 7.1.3.
7.3 Handling Category C Items 7.3.1 Prerequisites.
Evidence of maintenance in accordance with para. 6.3 shall be verified.
7.3.2 Procedures.
Written detailed procedures are not required. Category C items shall be handled by experienced personnel in accordance with good rigging and handling practices as described in safety handbooks, consensus standards, and corporate or contractor standards designated for the job, and in compliance with regulations. Manufacturer's load charts and general safe rigging manuals shall be available to personnel 7.5 Personnel                                                  8 QUALIFICATIONS OF PERSONNEL The responsible organization shall determine that the personnel This Section contains minimum qualifications for certain key      Similar requirement.
engaged in operating material handling, equipment are          personnel involved in assuring safe handling of nuclear power competent and have demonstrated satisfactory ability in        plant items. Qualifications of these personnel shall be verified operating similar lifting equipment.                            by objective evidence and documented.
8.1 Person-In-Charge (PIC)
The PIC of handling operations shall be designated by his management. He shall have demonstrated supervisory experience in the hoisting, rigging, and transporting activities for which he is responsible, to the satisfaction of the cognizant management.
8.2 Engineer The engineer responsible for the design, selection, or application of special equipment, or a combination of these, shall have demonstrated capability in the technical aspects of similar work. This capability shall be achieved through 05/26/04                                                                                                                                          Page 22 of 23
 
ANSI N45.2.2-1972, Section 7. Handling                Quality Assurance Requirements for Hoisting, Rigging,                    COMMENTS and Transporting Items for Nuclear Power Plants NQA-1 1994 Subpart 2.15 education and experience. He shall be an engineering graduate of an accredited college or university, or a Professional Engineer registered to practice in an applicable discipline.
8.3 Inspector The inspector of hoisting, rigging, and transporting equipment shall have demonstrated experience in the activity for which he is responsible. Nondestructive examiners shall meet the qualifications of Recommended Practice SNT-TC-1A
: 8. RECORDS                                                      9 RECORDS Record copies of completed procedures: reports; personnel      Record copies of procedures, reports, personnel qualification    Similar requirements.
qualification records; test equipment calibration records; test records, test equipment calibration records, test deviation or deviation or exception records; and inspection and examination  exception records, and inspection and examination records records shall be prepared as required by this standard. These  shall be prepared. These records shall be retained with other records shall be placed with other project records as required  project records as required by code, standard, specification, or by code, standard, specification or project procedures.        project procedures.
05/26/04                                                                                                                                          Page 23 of 23
 
M&TE was previously addressed in a number of ANSI                Quality Assurance Requirements for Calibration and                          COMMENTS standards. These are addressed below with notation of              Control of Measuring and Test Equipment Used in the applicable standard.                                          Nuclear Facilities NQA-1 1994 Subpart 2.16 Subpart 2.16 consists of ANSI/IEEE Std. 498-1985 Subpart 2.16 consists of ANSI/IEEE Std. 498-1985, IEEE Standard Requirements for the Calibration and Control of Measuring and Test Equipment Used in Nuclear Facilities.
The following text is from the above referenced standard.
IEEE Standard Requirements for the Calibration and Control of Measuring and Test Equipment Used in Nuclear Facilities ANSI N18.7 § 5.2.16 Measuring and Test Equipment.              NQA-1-1994, Part II Applicability. Applicability for all of        Requirements from ANSI
¶ 4 American National Standard N45.2.4-1972 shall be applied the Subparts (i.e., 2.x) is addressed in a general sense in the        N45.2.4 have been incorporated to those activities occurring during the operational phase that Introduction to Part II.                                            into NQA-1, Basic Requirement are comparable in nature and extent to related activities                                                                          12, Supplement 12S-1, and occurring during construction.                                                                                                      Subpart 2.16.
: 1. Introduction 1.1 Scope.
This standard sets forth the requirements for a calibration        NQA-1 adds introductory program to control and verify the accuracy of measuring and        statement that is similar to the test equipment used to ensure that important parts of a nuclear    overall introduction to the various facility are in conformance with prescribed technical              standards that contained M&TE requirements and that data provided by testing, inspection, or      as a subsection of the maintenance are valid. These requirements also cover                requirements. This standard is modifications and those activities occurring during the            designed to capture the operating phase that are comparable in nature and extent to        information from all the previous related activities occurring during the initial construction of the standards into one location to facility.                                                          avoid repetition.
During the construction phase and when modifications are            Dominion identifies in the QAPD being performed, this standard shall be used in conjunction        the specific Quality Standards with the applicable portions of ANSI/ASME NQA-1-1983 [1]            and editions in lieu of these and ANSI/ ASME NQA-2-1983 [2]. During the operations                standards.
phase this standard shall be used with the applicable portions of ANSI/ANS 3.2-1982 12/03/03                                                                                                                                                Page 1 of 11
 
M&TE was previously addressed in a number of ANSI            Quality Assurance Requirements for Calibration and                        COMMENTS standards. These are addressed below with notation of          Control of Measuring and Test Equipment Used in the applicable standard.                                        Nuclear Facilities NQA-1 1994 Subpart 2.16 1.2 Applicability.
ANSI N18.7 § 5.2.16 Measuring and Test Equipment.          The requirements of this standard apply to the measuring and        The maintenance and testing The method and interval of calibration for each installed  test equipment used during the installation, inspection, test, or  activities addressed by NQA-1 instrument and control device shall be defined and shall be maintenance activities performed at a nuclear facility.            would be comparable to the based on the type of equipment, stability and reliability  Measuring and test equipment does not include test equipment        statement in N18.7 regarding characteristics, required accuracies and other conditions  used for preliminary checks where data obtained will not be        calibration of each installed affecting calibration.                                      used to determine acceptability or be the basis for design or      instrument and control device.
engineering evaluation.                                            Addressed in the QAPD.
The extent to which the individual requirements of this            Similar words to the N45 standard apply will depend upon the nature and scope of the        daughter standards that became work to be performed and the importance of the item or              the basis of this standard.
service involved.
The requirements of this standard are intended to be applied to measuring and test equipment used in safety systems equipment.2 However, they may also be applied to measuring and test equipment used on non-safety related systems equipment.
Footnote 2 Safety systems equipment is defined in IEEE Std 603-1980.
1.3 Responsibility.
It is the responsibility of the organization invoking this standard New requirement.
to provide for the establishment and execution of a calibration program for the plant consistent with the provisions of this standard. The work of establishing practices and procedures and providing the resources in terms of personnel, equipment, and services to implement the requirements of this standard may be delegated to other organizations, and such delegation shall be documented. In any case, the organization invoking this standard shall retain responsibility for overall program effectiveness.
12/03/03                                                                                                                                              Page 2 of 11
 
M&TE was previously addressed in a number of ANSI        Quality Assurance Requirements for Calibration and                    COMMENTS standards. These are addressed below with notation of    Control of Measuring and Test Equipment Used in the applicable standard.                                      Nuclear Facilities NQA-1 1994 Subpart 2.16
: 2. Definitions.
The following definitions are provided to assure a uniform      These definitions are not understanding of selected terms as they are used in this        contained in the current standard.                                                      standards.
accuracy. A measure of the degree by which the actual output of a device approximates the output of an ideal device nominally performing the same function.
calibration. Comparison of items of measuring and test          Clarification, the word quantity equipment with reference standards or with items of            should be replaced with quantify.
measuring and test equipment of equal or closer tolerance to detect and quantity [quantify in context and 1990 edition]
inaccuracies and to report or eliminate those inaccuracies.
measuring and test equipment. Devices or systems used to calibrate, measure, gage, test, inspect or control to acquire research, development, test or operational data or to determine compliance with design, specifications or other technical requirements.
reference standards. Standards (that is, primary, secondary and working standards, where appropriate) used in a calibration program. These standards establish the basic accuracy limits for that program.
tolerance. The allowable deviation from a specified or true value.
: 3. References When the following standards referred to in this standard are  The Dominion QAPD establishes superseded by a revision approved by the American National      the standards to be used with any Standards Institute, the revision is not mandatory until it has approved alternatives.
been incorporated as part of this standard.
[l] ANSI/ASME NQA-1-1983, Quality Assurance Program Requirements for Nuclear Facilities.
[2] ANSI/ASME NQA-2-1983, Quality Assurance Requirements for Nuclear Power Plants.
12/03/03                                                                                                                                    Page 3 of 11
 
M&TE was previously addressed in a number of ANSI                Quality Assurance Requirements for Calibration and                      COMMENTS standards. These are addressed below with notation of              Control of Measuring and Test Equipment Used in the applicable standard.                                            Nuclear Facilities NQA-1 1994 Subpart 2.16
[3] ANSI/ANS 3.2-1982, Administrative Controls and Quality Assurance for the Operational Phase of Nuclear Power Plants.
[4] IEEE Std 603-1980, IEEE Standard Criteria for Safety Systems for Nuclear Power Generating Stations.
: 4. General Requirements N45.2 ¶ 1 Measures shall be established and documented to        A documented program shall be established, implemented and        NQA-1 adds detail.
assure that tools, gages, instruments, and other inspection,    maintained for the calibration and control of measuring and measuring, and testing equipment and devices used in activities test equipment and reference standards. It shall be designed to affecting quality are of the proper range, type, and accuracy to determine and assure the accuracy of measuring and test verify conformance to established requirements.                  equipment and reference standards and shall provide for the prompt detection of inaccuracies and for timely and effective corrective action. This documented program shall include as a minimum the following general requirements.
4.1 Equipment Identification.
A list of measuring and test equipment, and reference            NQA-1 adds a requirement to standards and their assigned locations shall be prepared to      have a list of equipment and specifically identify those items within the calibration program. standards.
4.2 Calibration Procedures.
N45.2.4 § 2.5 Measuring and Test Equipment                      Documented procedures for calibrating measuring and test          NQA-1 adds detail on procedure 2.5.1 Selection. Use shall be made of approved industry          equipment and reference standards shall be used. Procedures      content.
standards relating to measuring procedures.                      such as published standard practices, written instructions that accompany purchased equipment, or other acceptable instructions may be used.
Calibration procedures shall include the following minimum basic information:
(1) Identity of the item to be calibrated (2) Calibration equipment and reference standards to be used (3) Checks, tests, measurements, and acceptable tolerances (4) Sequence of operations (5) Special instructions when necessary 12/03/03                                                                                                                                              Page 4 of 11
 
M&TE was previously addressed in a number of ANSI      Quality Assurance Requirements for Calibration and                      COMMENTS standards. These are addressed below with notation of    Control of Measuring and Test Equipment Used in the applicable standard.                                    Nuclear Facilities NQA-1 1994 Subpart 2.16 4.3 Records.
ANSI N45.2 § 13. Control of Measuring and Test        Records shall be maintained for each individual piece of          NQA-1 adds detail on Equipment                                              equipment to show that established schedules and procedures      information to be included in the N45.2 ¶ 3 Records shall be maintained and equipment    for the calibration of measuring and test equipment and          records.
suitably marked to indicate calibration status.        reference standards have been followed. The records shall contain a history of calibration and other means of control showing calibration interval, date of last calibration, when next calibration is due, conformance or nonconformance to required tolerances prior to and following adjustments, and any limitations on use.
Each record shall identify the equipment to which it applies,    NQA-1 adds detail on the procedure or instruction followed in performing the          information to be included in the calibration, the calibration data, the identity of the standard  records.
used, the identity of the person performing the calibration, and the calibration date.
: 5. Elements of Control The documented program shall include as a minimum the            NQA-1 adds details in Section 5 elements of control described in the following subsections:      on the elements of control.
5.1 Adequacy of Reference Standards.
Reference standards used for calibrating measuring and test      New requirement.
equipment shall have calibration ranges, precisions and accuracies so that the measuring and test equipment and plant equipment can be calibrated and maintained within the required tolerances. In general, the inaccuracy of the reference standards shall contribute no more than one fourth of the allowable measuring and test equipment tolerance.
However, when the actual inaccuracy of the measuring and test equipment is less than one fourth of the plant equipment tolerance, or if reference standards less than one fourth of the tolerance of the measuring and test equipment are not available, the requirement for one fourth may not be necessary. The rationale for deviating from these 12/03/03                                                                                                                                      Page 5 of 11
 
M&TE was previously addressed in a number of ANSI                Quality Assurance Requirements for Calibration and                    COMMENTS standards. These are addressed below with notation of            Control of Measuring and Test Equipment Used in the applicable standard.                                          Nuclear Facilities NQA-1 1994 Subpart 2.16 requirements shall be justified and documented.
5.2 Environmental Controls.
Measuring and test equipment and reference standards shall      New requirement.
be transported, stored and calibrated in environments that will not adversely affect their accuracy. Environmental factors that shall be considered include, but shall not be limited to, temperature, humidity, vibration, radio-frequency interference, electromagnetic interference, background radiation, dust, cleanliness, and fumes. When inaccuracy of measuring and test equipment or reference standards, because of environmental effects, cannot be avoided, compensating corrections shall be determined and applied.
5.3 Intervals of Calibration.
ANSI N45.2 § 13. Control of Measuring and Test                  The program shall require that measuring and test equipment    Similar requirement, more detail Equipment                                                      and reference standards be recalled for recalibration at        added in NQA-1 N45.2 ¶ 2 The method and interval of calibration for each      prescribed intervals to verify the required accuracy. Such item shall be defined and shall be based on the type of        intervals may be in calendar time or relate to usage. Interval equipment, stability characteristics, required accuracy, and    selection should consider experience, inherent stability, other conditions affecting measurement control.                purpose of use, and accuracy required. Historical records which contain sufficient experience data for evaluating and adjusting calibration intervals shall be maintained.
5.4 Traceability.
N45.2 ¶ 1 To assure accuracy, inspection, measuring, and        Measuring and test equipment shall be calibrated utilizing      Similar requirements in the test equipment shall be controlled, calibrated, adjusted, and  reference standards whose calibration has a known valid        context of Section 5 of NQA-1, maintained at prescribed intervals or prior to use against      relationship to nationally recognized standards or accepted    Subpart 2.16.
certified equipment having known valid relationships to        values of natural physical constants.
nationally recognized standards.
N18.7 ¶ 2 Tools, instruments, testing equipment and measuring devices used for measurements, tests and calibration shall be of the proper range and type and shall be controlled, calibrated and adjusted and maintained at specified intervals or prior to use to assure the necessary accuracy of 12/03/03                                                                                                                                            Page 6 of 11
 
M&TE was previously addressed in a number of ANSI                Quality Assurance Requirements for Calibration and COMMENTS standards. These are addressed below with notation of            Control of Measuring and Test Equipment Used in the applicable standard.                                      Nuclear Facilities NQA-1 1994 Subpart 2.16 calibrated devices.
ANSI N45.2.1 § 2.5 Test Equipment 2.5.2 Calibration and Control. Test equipment shall be adjusted and calibrated at prescribed intervals against certified equipment having known valid relationships to nationally known standards.
N45.2.2 § 2.5 Measuring and Test Equipment.
2.5.2 Calibration and Control. As appropriate, measuring and test equipment shall be adjusted and calibrated at prescribed intervals against certified equipment having known valid relationships to nationally recognized standards.
N45.2.4 § 2.5 Measuring and Test Equipment 2.5.2 Calibration and Control. Measuring and test equipment used to determine compliance with specifications, shall be adjusted and calibrated at prescribed intervals against certified equipment having known valid relationships to nationally recognized standards. If no national standards exists, the basis for calibration shall be documented. Records of the calibrations shall be maintained and equipment suitably marked to indicate date of next required calibration. When inspection and testing equipment are found to be out of calibration, an evaluation shall be made of the validity of previous inspection or test results and of the acceptability of items previously inspected or tested. Test equipment found to be out of calibration shall be clearly identified as such.
N45.2.5 § 2.5 Measuring and Test Equipment.
2.5.2 Calibration and Control. The equipment shall be adjusted or calibrated or both at prescribed intervals against certified standards having known valid relationships to national standards, where such exists.
N45.2.8 § 2.8 Measuring and Test Equipment 2.8.2 Calibration and Control. Measuring and test equipment used to determine compliance with Specifications, shall be 12/03/03                                                                                                                  Page 7 of 11
 
M&TE was previously addressed in a number of ANSI                    Quality Assurance Requirements for Calibration and                      COMMENTS standards. These are addressed below with notation of                Control of Measuring and Test Equipment Used in the applicable standard.                                            Nuclear Facilities NQA-1 1994 Subpart 2.16 adjusted and calibrated at predetermined intervals, based on equipment stability and use, against certified equipment having known valid relationships to nationally recognized standards.
N45.2.13 § 7.4 Measuring and Test Equipment 7.4.2 Calibration and Control. As appropriate, measuring and test equipment shall be adjusted and calibrated at prescribed intervals against certified equipment having known valid relationships to nationally recognized standards.
N45.2 ¶ 1 If no national standards exist, the basis for            If no national standard exists, the basis for calibration shall be Similar requirement.
calibration shall be documented.                                  documented.
N45.2.1 § 2.5 Test Equipment 2.5.2 Calibration and Control. If no national standards exist, the basis of calibration shall be documented.
N45.2.2 § 2.5 Measuring and Test Equipment.
2.5.2 Calibration and Control. If no national standards exists, the basis for calibration shall be documented.
N45.2.4 § 2.5 Measuring and Test Equipment 2.5.2 Calibration and Control. If no national standards exists, the basis for calibration shall be documented.
N45.2.5 § 2.5 Measuring and Test Equipment.
2.5.2 Calibration and Control. If no national standards exists, the basis for the adjustment or calibration shall be documented. Records shall be maintained and equipment suitably marked to indicate calibration status. Measures shall be taken to assure proper handling, storage and care of installation of inspection and testing equipment after calibration in order to maintain the required accuracy of such equipment.
N45.2.8 § 2.8 Measuring and Test Equipment 2.8.2 If no national standards exist, the basis for calibration shall be documented.
N45.2.13 § 7.4 Measuring and Test Equipment 7.4.2 Calibration and Control. If no standards exist, the basis for calibration shall be documented.
12/03/03                                                                                                                                                Page 8 of 11
 
M&TE was previously addressed in a number of ANSI                Quality Assurance Requirements for Calibration and                        COMMENTS standards. These are addressed below with notation of              Control of Measuring and Test Equipment Used in the applicable standard.                                              Nuclear Facilities NQA-1 1994 Subpart 2.16 Reference standards used in the calibration program shall be        NQA-1 adds detail on record identified on calibration data records and supported by            information related to reference certificates, reports, or data sheets attesting to the calibration  standards used in calibration.
date, calibration facility, environmental conditions, and data that shows conformance to accuracy requirements.
5.5 Labeling.
Measuring and test equipment shall be labeled to indicate their    New requirement.
control status. The label shall indicate when the next calibration is due. When size or functional characteristics of measuring and test equipment or reference standards prevent the application of a label, an identifying code shall be applied to reflect status. When neither labeling nor coding is practical, the procedures shall provide for monitoring of records to ensure control. Measuring and test equipment whose use shall be limited shall be identified and controlled; for example, a multi-scaled instrument which may be acceptable on one or more scales but limited on a specific scale or an instrument that is intended to be used for making preliminary checks.
5.6 Precalibration Checks.
Measuring and test equipment and reference standards                New requirement.
submitted for calibration shall be checked and the results recorded, before adjustments or repairs are made.
5.7 Nonconformance.
ANSI N18.7 § 5.2.16 Measuring and Test Equipment.              Measuring and test equipment and reference standards found          Similar requirement, but detail
¶ 2 When calibration, testing, or other measuring devices are  to be out of calibration or which have not been properly            added in NQA-1.
found to be out of calibration, an evaluation shall be made and maintained or calibrated, or which have been subjected to documented concerning the validity of previous test and the    possible damage, shall be identified as nonconforming and acceptability of devices previously tested from the time of the removed from service until such time as corrective measures previous calibration.                                          have been taken. All equipment tested or calibrated by the ANSI N45.2 § 13. Control of Measuring and Test                  item since the last calibration shall be identified and sufficient Equipment                                                      investigations performed to either re-establish the acceptability N45.2 ¶ 2 When inspection, measuring, and test equipment        of the equipment or to confirm a nonconformance. The results 12/03/03                                                                                                                                                Page 9 of 11
 
M&TE was previously addressed in a number of ANSI                  Quality Assurance Requirements for Calibration and              COMMENTS standards. These are addressed below with notation of              Control of Measuring and Test Equipment Used in the applicable standard.                                            Nuclear Facilities NQA-1 1994 Subpart 2.16 are found to be out of calibration, an evaluation shall be made  of such investigations shall be documented.
and documented of the validity of previous inspection or test results and of the acceptability of items previously inspected or tested.
N45.2.4 § 2.5 Measuring and Test Equipment 2.5.2 Calibration and Control. When inspection and testing equipment are found to be out of calibration, an evaluation shall be made of the validity of previous inspection or test results and of the acceptability of items previously inspected or tested. Test equipment found to be out of calibration shall be clearly identified as such.
N45.2.5 § 2.5 Measuring and Test Equipment.
2.5.2 Calibration and Control. Test equipment found to be out of calibration shall be clearly identified as such. When discrepancies, malfunctions, or inaccuracies in inspection and testing equipment are found during calibration, all items inspected with that equipment since the last previous calibration shall be considered unacceptable until an evaluation has been made by the responsible authority and appropriate action taken.
N45.2.13 § 7.4 Measuring and Test Equipment 7.4.2 Calibration and Control. When inspection, measuring and test equipment are found to be out of calibration, an evaluation shall be made and documented of the validity of previous inspection or test results and of the acceptability of items previously inspected or tested.
5.8 Control of Measuring and Test Equipment and Reference Standards.
Measuring and test equipment and reference standards shall New requirement.
be controlled to assure consistent results of acceptable accuracy. The following controls shall be considered.
(1) Environmental and handling controls (2) Training and qualification of personnel 12/03/03                                                                                                                                      Page 10 of 11
 
M&TE was previously addressed in a number of ANSI      Quality Assurance Requirements for Calibration and                      COMMENTS standards. These are addressed below with notation of    Control of Measuring and Test Equipment Used in the applicable standard.                                      Nuclear Facilities NQA-1 1994 Subpart 2.16 (3) Checking calibration status before use (4) Interim checks between calibrations (5) Documenting and recalibrating possible damaged measuring and test equipment and reference standards (6) Limiting use to authorized personnel
: 6. Audits The calibrating program, in its entirety, is subject to audit in NQA-1 states a requirement accordance with the requirements of the Quality Assurance        from 10 CFR 50, Appendix B Program.                                                        regarding audits.
: 7. Document Control Equipment identification lists, procedures, calibration records, NQA-1 adds detail to what is personnel qualification reports, and nonconformance reports      contained in ANSI N45.2.9 shall be retained with other project records as required by      regarding records.
codes, standards, specifications, or project procedures.
Collection, storage and maintenance of these records shall be in accordance with the Quality Assurance Program.
12/03/03                                                                                                                                  Page 11 of 11}}

Latest revision as of 01:33, 16 January 2025

Attachment 3 - Comparative Analysis of Current N45.2 Series QA Standards to NQA-1-1994 Standards
ML042470018
Person / Time
Site: Millstone, Surry, North Anna, 07200002, 07100194, 07100207  Dominion icon.png
Issue date: 08/24/2004
From:
Dominion Nuclear Connecticut, Virginia Electric & Power Co (VEPCO)
To:
NRC/FSME
References
+kBR1SISP20060124, 04-326 DOM-QA-1, Rev 0, NQA-1-1994
Download: ML042470018 (430)
v • d • e


Text

Retrieved from "https://kanterella.com/w/index.php?title=ML042470018&oldid=5395882"